DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES r
BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
fA
* I.
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
contents page no.
ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT IN KWAI CHUNG ....................... 1
S.W.D.’S GIRLS’ HOME MOVES TO MODERN COMPLEX ................. 2
MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES UNIT EXPANDS ....................... 3
ANTI-DRUG DESIGN COMPETITION FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS .. 4
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE GRADUATES ............................. 5
EFFORTS TO MAINTAIN TRAFFIC FLOW TO SHA TIN RACECOURSE ....................................................... 6
PLAYGROUND FOR KOWLOON CITY.............................. - 7
WATER CUT..................................................... 7
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
1
ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT IN KWAI CHUNG *****
THE GOVERNMENT IS TO EMBARK ON A 312.6 MILLION ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT IN KWAI CHUNG TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW AT THE JUNCTION OF KWAI CHUNG ROAD, LEI MUK ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD.
ENGINEERING WORK FOR THE PROJECT WILL START LATER THIS MONTH AND WILL TAKE 24 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
THE CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE P.W.D.’S TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, MR. NORMAN TUCKER, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THE PROJECT WOULD INVOLVE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NEW ROTARY INTERSECTION BETWEEN CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND LEI MUK ROAD AND ASSOCIATED GROUND LEVEL LINK ROADS.
+THE ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, WHEN COMPLETED, WILL LINK CASTLE PEAK ROAD WITH CHEUNG WING ROAD, WHICH WILL BE WIDENED AND WILL JOIN WO Yl HOP ROAD IN THE NORTH.
+SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC FROM TSUEN WAN TO KOWLOON WILL BE RE-ROUTED ROUND THE NEW ROTARY INTERSECTION,* HE SAID.
MR. TUCKER ADDED THAT THE NEW ROTARY INTERSECTION WILL MAKE LAND AVAILABLE FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A PROPOSED FLYOVER ON CASTLE PEAK ROAD TO FURTHER IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW.
TO FACILITATE THE ROAD IMPROVEMENT WORK, THE TSUEN WAN TOWN MANAGER, MR. JAMES HAYES SAID, THE GOVERNMENT WOULD RESUME 541.6 SQUARE METRES OF INDUSTRIAL LAND AND 92 SQUARE METRES OF BUILDING LAND. THREE MONTHS’ NOTICE OF THE LAND RESUMPTION WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE LAST FRIDAY.
THE RESUMPTION WILL INVOLVE THE CLEARANCE OF TEN TEMPORARY DOMESTIC STRUCTURES OCCUPIED BY 12 FAMILIES. OF THESE TEMPORARY STRUCTURES, ONE IS ON CROWN LAND AND THE REMAINDERS ON PRIVATE LAND.
IN ADDITION, A TOTAL OF 20 OTHER TEMPORARY STRUCTURES INCLUDING EIGHT WORKSHOPS, THREE SHOPS AND SIX STRUCTURES FOR STORAGE PURPOSES WILL HAVE TO BE CLEARED.
MR. HAYES SAID: +DEPENDING ON THEIR ELIGIBILITY, DISPLACED FAMILIES WILL BE OFFERED EITHER PUBLIC HOUSING OR TEMPORARY PUBLIC HOUSING.*
AS THE LAND TO BE RESUMED LIES WITHIN THE TSUEN WAN/KWAI CHUNG OUTLINE ZONING PLAN, LANDOWNERS CONCERNED WILL BE OFFERED THE ALTERNATIVE OF LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS OR CASH COMPENSATION.
-------o---------
/2......
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
2
S.W.D.’S GIRLS’ HOME MOVES TO MODERN COMPLEX
*****
THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME HAS MOVED TO A $4 MILLION MODERN COMPLEX IN HO MAN TIN WITH MORE ROOM AND BETTER TRAINING FACILITIES.
NOW KNOWN AS THE HO MAN TIN GIRLS’ HOME, IT REPLACES THE OLD HOMES AS ONE OF THE DEPARTMENT’S FIVE CORRECTIONAL INSTITUTIONS PROVIDING RESIDENTIAL TRAINING TO YOUNG OFFENDERS AND YOUNG PERSONS IN NEED OF CARE AND PROTECTION.
THE NEW GIRLS’ HOME COMPRISES A TWO-STOREY BLOCK WHICH ACCOMMODATES TRAINING, RESIDENTIAL AND ADMINISTRATION FACILITIES, AND A SIX-STOREY BLOCK USED AS STAFF DORMITORIES.
APART FROM IMPROVED TRAINING FACILITIES, THE NEW GIRLS’ HOME ALSO HOUSES A LIBRARY, AN ASSEMBLY HALL, COMMON ROOMS FOR TELEVISION AND INTEREST GROUPS, AS WELL AS A BASKETBALL COURT.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY THE NEW HOME HAS A CAPACITY FOR 144 GIRLS WHILE THE ONE IN MA TAU WEI ROAD COULD ACCOMMODATE ONLY 60.
HE SAID THE HO MAN TIN GIRLS’ HOME SERVES AS A COMBINED REMAND AND PROBATION INSTITUTION, AS WELL AS A PLACE OF REFUGE, FOR GIRLS AGED BETWEEN SEVEN AND 18.
IT PROVIDES RESIDENTIAL TRAINING FOR GIRLS WHO ARE PLACED ON PROBATION WITH A SPECIAL CONDITION OF RESIDENCE FOR A PERIOD OF NOT MORE THAN ONE YEAR.
DURING THE RESIDENTIAL PERIOD, HE SAID, THE HOME MAINTAINS CLOSE CONTACTS BETWEEN THE GIRLS, THEIR PARENTS AND PROBATION STAFF WITH A VIEW TO RETURNING THE GIRLS TO THEIR FAMILY AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
IT ALSO SERVES AS A DETENTION CENTRE FOR GIRLS PUT ON REMAND FOR A PERIOD UP TO SIX MONTHS, HE SAID.
AND AS A PLACE OF REFUGE, THE HOME PROVIDES TEMPORARY SHELTER FOR GIRLS WHO ARE IN NEED OF CARE AND PROTECTION, HE ADDED.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE HOME RUNS FOR THE INMATES A VARIETY OF PROGRAMMES WITH STRESS ON CHARACTER TRAINING THROUGH A DISCIPLINED ROUTINE, POSITIVE GUIDANCE AND INDIVIDUAL ATTENTION.
TRAINING PROGRAMMES INCLUDE CASE AND GROUP COUNSELLING, CLASSROOM TEACHING AND PRE-VOCATIONAL TRAINING, AS WELL AS SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES GEARED TO THE INMATES’ REHABILITATION AND RE-EDUCATION, HE SAID.
o -------
/5
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
3
MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES UNIT EXPANDS
* * * *
THE MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES UNIT OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAS EXPANDED ITS WORKSHOPS AND ACQUIRED MORE EQUIPMENT TO MEET THE INCREASING DEMAND FOR AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS IN MODERN TEACHING.
THIS WAS MADE POSSIBLE AFTER THE UN IT'MOVED TO A LARGER OFFICE AT THE FORMER CANTON ROAD POLICE PRIMARY SCHOOL IN MARCH THIS YEAR.
THE NEW OFFICE HAS AN AREA OF 4,700 SQUARE FEET AND IS THREE TIMES LARGER THAN THE OLD ONE AT FUK WAH STREET GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL.
NEW EQUIPMENT ACQUIRED RECENTLY INCLUDE A ONE-FOR-THREE CASSETTE TAPE DUPLICATOR, ONE-FOR-SIX OPEN REEL TAPE DUPLICATOR, A COLOUR TRANSPARENCY PRINTER, PICTURE LAMINATING MACHINE, NEW CAMERAS WITH ACCESSORIES TO PHOTOGRAPH CLOSE-UP PICTURES, SLIDE COPIER, AN OFF-SET PRINTING MACHINE, PAMPHLET BINDING MACHINE AND PAPER GUILLOTINE.
MR. PAUL YUE OF MEDIA PRODUCTION SERVICES UNIT SAID: +THE NEW EQUIPMENT ARE ALL CATERED FOR THE NEED OF TEACHERS IN PRODUCING AUDIO AND VISUAL AIDS FOR CLASSROOM USE.+
+VISUAL AND AUDIO AIDS PLAY AN IMPORTANT PART IN MODERN TEACHING AS THEY HELP STUDENTS TO BETTER UNDERSTAND A SUBJECT.+
+ IN ADDITION IT WILL GREATLY REDUCE THE TIME IN GETTING THE MESSAGE ACROSS TO STUDENTS WHO FIND THIS WAY OF LEARNING MORE INTERESTING AND EASY.+
MR. YUE SAID ALL IN-SERVICE TEACHERS ARE WELCOME TO MAKE USE OF FACILITIES IN THE UNIT’S WORKSHOPS TO PRODUCE AUDIO AND VISUAL AIDS FOR TEACHING PURPOSES.
+ALL EQUIPMENT IN THE WORKSHOPS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE TO IN-SERVICE TEACHERS. THEY CAN BRING THEIR OWN MATERIAL TO PRODUCE THESE AIDS OR USE MATERIALS IN THE WORKSHOPS WHICH ARE CHARGED AT COST ONLY,+ HE ADDED.
THE EQUIPMENT IN THE WORKSHOPS ARE CAPABLE OF PRODUCING VARIOUS AUDIO AND VISUAL AIDS FOR CLASSROOM USE SUCH AS PHOTOGRAPHS, GRAPHIC DRAWINGS, MODELS, COLOUR TRANSPARENCIES, CHARTS, DIAGRAMS AND CASSETTE TAPES WITH RECORDING.
MR. YUE SAID: +T0 PROMOTE THE BETTER USE OF AUDIO-VISUAL AIDS IN TEACHING, WE CONDUCT COURSES FOR IN-SERVICE TEACHERS ON VARIOUS TOPICS AND FAMILIARISE THEM WITH THE TECHNIQUES IN THE PRODUCTION OF THESE AIDS.
+OUR STAFF ALSO HELP TEACHERS TO DESIGN AND MAKE SIMPLE AND INEXPENSIVE TEACHING MATERIALS TO SUIT THEIR SPECIFIC NEEDS IN CLASSROOM.+
IN THE LAST FINANCIAL YEAR, EIGHT SUCH COURSES NUMBERING 26 SESSIONS WERE ORGANISED FOR 520 TEACHERS.
/THE SERVICES .....
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
4
THE SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE UNIT ARE BECOMING MORE POPULAR AND ON AVERAGE ABOUT 200 TEACHERS EACH MONTH MAKE USE OF THE EQUIPMENT IN THE UNIT TO PRODUCE THEIR TEACHING AIDS.
THE UNIT IS OPEN TO TEACHERS EVERY WEDNESDAY FROM 9' A.M. TO 12.30 P.M. AND FROM 2 P.M. TO 4.30 P.M. AND EVERY SATURDAY FROM 9 A.M. TO NOON EXCEPT PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.
ANTI-DRUG DESIGN COMPETITION FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS ******
A DESIGN COMPETITION AIMED AT EDUCATING SCHOOL CHILDREN OF THE DANGERS OF DRUG ABUSE IS NOW OPEN TO ALL SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN HONG KONG.
THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, WHICH IS ORGANISING THE COMPETITION JOINTLY WITH THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN), HAS SENT OUT ENTRY FORMS TO ABOUT 500 SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
ENTRIES TO THE COMPETITION WILL BE IN THE FORM OF DISPLAY STANDS DESIGNED TO ILLUSTRATE THE DANGERS OF DRUG ABUSE AND, AS A CONTRAST, THE ADVANTAGES OF MEANINGFUL ACTIVITIES FOR YOUNG PEOPLE TO SPEND THEIR LEISURE TIME.
THE WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE DISPLAYED AT AN EXHIBITION AT THE CITY HALL NEXT JANUARY.
AN ACAN SPOKESMAN SAID THE COMPETITION IS AIMED AT BROADENING STUDENTS’ KNOWLEDGE OF THE SERIOUS EFFECTS OF DRUG ADDICTION AND SHARPENING THEIR SENSES AGAINST IT.
HE ADDED THAT THE PURPOSE OF ASKING THE STUDENTS TO INCLUDE HEALTHY YOUTH ACTIVITIES IN THEIR DESIGNS IS TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO DEVELOP A GREATER INTEREST IN THESE ACTIVITIES THROUGH PROPER OUTLETS.
THE CLOSING DATE OF ENTRY IS OCTOBER 20 AND THE JUDGING WILL BE HELD IN LATE NOVEMBER, DURING WHICH 10 TO 15 WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE SELECTED FOR THE JANUARY EXHIBITION AT THE CITY HALL.
THE FIRST PRIZE WINNER WILL BE AWARDED $1,500 AND A TROPHY, THE SECOND AND THE THIRD WILL BE AWARDED $1,000 AND $750 RESPECTIVELY PLUS A TROPHY. OTHER WINNING ENTRIES WILL RECEIVE A MERIT PRIZE OF $300 EACH.
MEANWHILE, ACAN, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES ARE CURRENTLY PRODUCING A DRUG EDUCATION TEACHING KIT FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS.
THE KIT, WHICH WILL BE READY IN A FEW WEEKS WILL PROVIDE TEACHERS WITH COMPREHENSIVE INFORMATION ON THE DRUG PROBLEM IN HONG KONG ALONG WITH TEACHING GUIDELINES AND STUDENT EXERCISES ON THE SUBJECT.
- - 0 - -
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
5
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE GRADUATES
******
T1J_ TOTAL OF 5,120 STUDENTS GRADUATED IN JULY THIS YEAR FROM T^E TEN MAIN DISCIPLINES IN THE FOUR TECHNICAL INSTITUTES — MORRISON HILL, KWAI CHUNG, KWUN TONG AND HAKING WONG.
OF THESE, 1,345 (26%) HAD ATTENDED FULL-TIME COURSES- 1 231 (24%) PART-TIME DAY COURSES- AND 2,544 (50%) PART-TIME EVENING COURSES.
THIRTY-FIVE PER CENT, OR 1,790 OF THE GRADUATES COMPLETED TECHNICIAN OR EQUIVALENT LEVEL COURSES AND THE REMAINING CRAFT OR EQUIVALENT LEVEL COURSES — REPRESENTING A 27 PER CENT INCREASE IN TECHNICIAN OR EQUIVALENT LEVEL GRADUATES AND A 67 PER CENT INCREASE IN CRAFT OR EQUIVALENT LEVEL GRADUATES OVER THE PREVIOUS YEAR.
THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE GRADUATES IN THE TEN MAIN DISCIPLINES
ARE: CLOTHING (168), C0.M."ZnC>'“ ------- -----
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (854), _______ ___ ...w „„„ 1VW„IW1.I Q
(106), GENERAL STUDIES (914), MARINE AND FABRICATION (63)
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (f''''^ ---------- --------------~
COMMERCIAL STUDIES (778), CONSTRUCTION (1,016), , HOTEL KEEPING AND TOURISM STUDIES
930), PRINTING (136), AND TEXTILE*(155).
AN EMPLOYMENT SURVEY CONDUCTED LAST YEAR REVEALED THAT OVER 82.9 PER CENT OF THE FULL-TIME GRADUATES COULD FIND JOBS WITHIN A FEW MONTHS OF COMPLETING THEIR STUDIES. ANOTHER 13 PER CENT PURSUED FURTHER STUDIES AND THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATE WAS ONLY 4.1 PER CENT.
-------0---------
/6
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
6
EFFORTS TO MAINTAIN TRAFFIC FLOW TO SHA TIN RACE-COURSE
* * * * *
EVERY EFFORT IS BEING MADE BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TO ENSURE THAT ROAD WORK IN WATERLOO ROAD WILL NOT HINDER TRAFFIC TOO MUCH FOR THE OPENING OF THE SHA TIN RACE-COURSE ON OCTOBER 7.
A PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT WHILE THE WORK NOW IN PROGRESS WOULD NOT BE FINISHED BY NEXT SATURDAY EVERYTHING POSSIBLE WOULD BE DONE TO MAINTAIN A SMOOTH FLOW OF TRAFFIC.
. ' I
THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +THE WORK WILL BE GOING ON FOR SOME TIME --IT IS A BIG PROJECT — BUT THERE WILL BE TWO LANES OF TRAFFIC EACH WAY AND THIS SHOULD KEEP THE FLOW PRETTY EVEN.+
THE PRESENT WORK IS THE FIRST STAGE FOR THE GRADE SEPARATED INTERCHANGE.
+THE WORK IS PROGRESSING SATISFACTORILY,* THE SPOKESMAN .SA ID.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE FIRST LION ROCK TUNNEL WILL DEFINITELY BE OPEN TO TRAFFIC FOR THE PREMIER RACE DAY.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +EVERTHING IS ON TARGET. THERE IS NO DOUBT THE TUNNEL WILL BE OPEN.*
HE SAID THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL OFFICE OF THE P.W.D. BEEN WORKING ON THE VENTILATION SYSTEM AND LINING OF THE TUNNEL SINCE JANUARY AND THAT THE FACELIFT WAS NEARING COMPLETION.
+IT MAY BE THAT WE WILL HAVE TO CLOSE THE TUNNEL TEMPORARILY THE FOLLOWING WEEK TO COMPLETE THE FINISHING TOUCHES. BUT, NEVERTHELESS, ON SHA TIN RACE DAY IT WILL BE OPEN,* THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
/7
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1978
- 7
PLAYGROUND FOR KOWLOON CITY XXX*
RESIDENTS IN THE KOWLOON WALLED CITY AND SAI TAU VILLAGE WILL SOON HAVE THEIR OWN PLAYGROUND UNDER THE GOVERNMENT’S PLAN TO PROVIDE MORE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES TO PEOPLE LIVING IN DENSELY POPULATED AREAS.
THE PLAYGROUND COVERING AN AREA OF ABOUT 300 SQUARE METRES AT HOK LO STREET FEATURES A BASKETBALL COURT, A SITTING-OUT AREA AND A CHILDREN’S PLAY AREA WITH SWINGS, SLIDES, SEE-SAWS AND A MERRY-GO-ROUND.
CONSTRUCTION WORK IS EXPECTED TO START NEXT MONTH AND WILL TAKE ABOUT FIVE MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
-----o------
WATER CUT
FRESH WATER SUPPLY WILL BE CUT OFF FOR SIX TO 6 A.M. ON WEDNESDAY SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN KOWLOON CITY HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT TUESDAY (OCTOBER 3) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS BY WATER
THE PREMISES TO BE AFFECTED ARE THOSE IN BLOCKS 6 TO IT OF TUNG TAU ESTATE, KAI MING LAU AND TAK MING LAU.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978.
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
TSI NG Yl TOWN CENTRE PROJECT ............................. 1
FIRST LION ROCK TUNNEL RE-OPENS TOMORROW ................. 2
SPECIAL TRAINS TO SHA TIN RACE COURSE ..................... 3
DAVID JORDAN RETURNS FROM LEAVE ........................... 4
+RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD+ EXHIBITION MOVES TO TSUEN WAN . 5
FIREMEN GET PRAISES ....................................... 6
URBAN CLEARWAY ON MA TAU WAI ROAD AND CHATHAM ROAD ........ 6
NOTICE OF RATES PAYMENT ................................... 7
PHOTOGRAPHS OF LEGCO MEMBERS .............................. 8
WATER CUT IN WONG TAI SIN ................................. 8
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978
- 1 -
TSI NG Yl TOWN CENTRE PROJECT ******
THE GOVERNMENT IS TO SPEND $170 MILLION TO DEVELOP THE CENTRALLY LOCATED TSING Yl BAY AREA WHICH WILL INCLUDE A SITE FOR THE PROPOSED TOWN CENTRE.
ENGINEERING WORK IS SCHEDULED TO START IN DECEMBER THIS YEAR AND IT INVOLVES MAINLY LAND RECLAMATION AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS AND DRAINS.
♦
THE CHIEF PLANNING OFFICER OF P.W.D.’S TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN DEVELOPMENT OFFICE, MR. KEITH AUSTIN, SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT WOULD ALSO MAKE LAND AVAILABLE FOR A VILLAGE RESITE AREA, DISTRICT OPEN SPACES AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF GOVERNMENT AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES.
THE PROPOSED TOWN CENTRE WILL HAVE MAJOR COMMERCIAL AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES, INCLUDING A MARKET, AN INDOOR GAMES HALL AND A MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK.
IT WILL OCCUPY A 14 HECTARES SITE NEAR THE ISLAND’S DEVELOPING RESIDENTIAL ZONES.
THE TSUEN WAN TOWN MANAGER, MR. JAMES HAYES, DESCRIBED THE TOWN CENTRE PROPOSAL AS ONE THAT WOULD GIVE TSING Yl A VALUABLE FOCAL POINT FOR THE 189,300 PEOPLE WHO WILL LIVE ON THE ISLAND BY THE MID-80S.
+TSING Yl IS IN THE PROCESS OF A TRANSFORMATION AND WILL BECOME A BALANCED AND SELF-CONTAINED PART OF TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN,+ HE SAID.
HE NOTED THAT REVISED ESTIMATES SHOW THAT THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE SPENDING UP TO 198O’S 32,426 MILLION ON THE TSING Yl DEVELOPMENT ALONE.
SITE FORMATION WORK FOR THE TOWN CENTRE PROJECT WOULD REQUIRE THE RESUMPTION OF 45,617 SQUARE METRES OF AGRICULTURAL LAND AND 422 SQUARE METRES OF BUILDING LAND, THREE MONTHS NOTICE OF WHICH WAS PUBLISHED IN LAST FRIDAY’S GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
THE RESUMPTION WILL INVOLVE THE CLEARANCE OF 116 TEMPORARY DOMESTIC STRUCTURES OCCUPIED BY 140 FAMILIES. OF THESE STRUCTURES 45 ARE ON CROWN LAND AND THE REMAINDER ON PRIVATE LAND.
IN ADDITION, ANOTHER 157 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES INCLUDING A WORKSHOP, A SHOP, 43 PIGSTIES AND 12 CHICKEN SHEDS WILL HAVE TO BE CLEARED.
MR. HAYES SAID: +DEPENDING ON THEIR ELIGIBILITY, DISPLACED FAMILIES WILL BE OFFERED EITHER PUBLIC HOUSING OR TEMPORARY PUBLIC HOUSING IN TSUEN WAN OR ON TSING Yl.
♦GENUINE CULTIVATOR FAMILIES MAY OPT FOR A RESITE TOGETHER WITH AN EX-GRATIA REHABILITATION ALLOWANCE OF $5,000 PER FAMILY, BUT WILL FORFEIT THEIR PRIORITY FOR PUBLIC HOUSING.+
/AS THE.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978
2
AS THE LAND TO BE RESUMED LIES WITHIN THE BOUNDARIES OF THE TSI NG Yl OUTLINE DEVELOPMENT PLAN, OWNERS OF AGRICULTURAL LAND WILL BE OFFERED THE ALTERNATIVES OF CASH COMPENSATION AT THE RATE OF 539 PER SQUARE FOOT IN RESPECT OF HALF OF THE AREA SURRENDERED AND THE CHOICE OF EITHER CASH COMPENSATION AT THE SAME RATE OR LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS WITH A CREDIT VALUE OF $19-50 PER SQUARE FOOT IN RESPECT OF THE REMAINING HALF.
OWNERS OF BUILDING LAND WILL BE OFFERED THE ALTERNATIVES OF LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS OR CASH COMPENSATION INCLUDING AN ADDITIONAL EX-GRATIA PAYMENT OF $79 PER SQUARE FOOT OF BUILDING LAND.
THE NEW COMPENSATION RATES FOR LAND RESUMED |'n THE NEW TOWN AND MARKET TOWN DEVELOPMENT AREAS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES WAS ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERNMENT LAST SATURDAY, AND BECAME EFFECTIVE YESTERDAY (SUNDAY).
------0 -------
FIRST LION ROCK TUNNEL RE-OPENS TOMORROW X * X X X X
THE FIRST LION ROCK TUNNEL, REFURBISHING SINCE THE MIDDLE OF FROM 10 A.M. TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
WHICH HAS BEEN CLOSED FOR JANUARY THIS YEAR, WILL RE-OPEN
A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT WITH BOTH TUNNELS OPEN THERE WILL BE ONE-WAY TRAFFIC IN EACH OF THE TWO TUNNELS.
THE FIRST TUNNEL WILL CARRY SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC TO KOWLOON IN TWO TRAFFIC LANES WHILE THE SECOND TUNNEL WILL CARRY TWO LANES OF TRAFFIC TO SHA TIN.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT NEARLY $14 MILLION WAS SPENT ON REFURBISHING THE FIRST LION ROCK TUNNEL.
THE WORK INCLUDED NEW VENTILATION EQUIPMENT TO INCREASE THE SUPPLY OF FRESH AIR, THE INSTALLATION OF CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION AND REPLACING THE OLD LUMINAIRES AND THE PLASTIC SECONDARY LINING OF THE TUNNEL TO PROVIDE MORE ILLUMINATION.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE NEW, ILLUMINATED AND CHANGEABLE TRAFFIC SIGNS HAVE ALSO BEEN PROVIDED ON GANTRIES OVER THE TRAFFIC LANES ON THE IMMEDIATE APPROACHES TO THE PORTALS OF THE TUNNELS.
HE ADVISED MOTORISTS TO PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO THE NEW SIGNALS. THE DOWNWARD POINTING GREEN ARROWS INDICATE WHICH LANES ARE OPEN TO TRAFFIC= DIAGONAL RED CROSS SIGNALS INDICATE WHICH LANES ARE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC' AND GREEN ARROWS POINTING OBLIQUELY DOWNWARDS TO THE RIGHT OR LEFT MEAN THAT MOTORISTS SHOULD MOVE INTO THE RIGHT-HAND OR LEFT-HAND LANE AS INDICATED BY THE ARROWS.
THE SPOKESMAN URGED MOTORISTS NOT TO DRIVE FAST IN THE TUNNELS, AND REMINDED THEM THAT THE SPEED LIMIT IN THE TUNNELS REMAINS UNCHANGED AT 30 MILES PER HOUR.
------o-------
/3....
MONDAY, OCTOEER 2, 1973
SPECIAL TRAINS TC SHA TIN RACE COURSE fc * h
THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY ..ILL OPERATE FOUR SPECIAL PASSENGER TRAINS TO SHA TIN RACE COURSE ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7) CN ITS OPENING.
THE FIRST OF THESE SPECIAL NON-STOP TRAINS WILL LEAVE THE KOWLOON STATION IN HUNG HOM AT 11.32 A.M. THE REMAINING THREE wILL DEPART KOWLOON STATION AT 12.31 P.M., 12.57 P.M. AND 1.10 P.M. RESPECTIVELY.
ON THE RETURN JOURNEY, FOUR SPECIAL TRAINS WILL LEAVE THE RACE COURSE STATION AT 5.55 P.M., 6.08 P.M., 6.21 P.M. AND 7.12 P.M. RESPECTIVELY.
IN ADDITION, K.C.R. WILL RE-ROUTE TWO OF ITS SCHEDULED TRAINS VIA THE RACE COURSE STATION AT 4.31 P.M. AND 6.42 P.M. TO PICK U? PASSENGERS.
TIMETABLES OF THESE SPECIAL TRAINS. WILL BE DISPLAYED ALL RAILWAY STATIONS AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUE’S CFF-COURSE BETTING CENTRES.
AT
A K.C.R. SPOKESMAN REMINDED PEOPLE GOING TO THE RACE COURSE TO EOOK THEIR TICKETS FOR THESE SPECIAL TRAINS AT VARIOUS OFF-COURSE BETTING CENTRES.
AT THt SAME TIME, THE SPOKESMAN ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT THE TIME SCHEDULES OF NORMAL TRAINS OPERATING BETWEEN KOWLOON STATION AND LO WU EETWEEN 11 A.M. AND 11 P.M. ON SATURDAY HAVE BEEN REVISED TC ACCOMMODATE SPECIAL TRAINS TO THE RACE COURSE.
THE REVISED TIMETABLES OF THE SCHEDULED TRAINS EETWEEN 11 A.M. AND 11 P.M., ON SATURDAY ARE AS FOLLOWS:
DEPARTING KOWLOON STATION: 11.0® A.M., 12 NOON, 1.31 P.M., 2.19 P.M., 3.07 P.M., 3.54 P.M., 5.07 P.M., 5.38 P.M., 6.54 P.M., 7.46 P.M., 8.32 P.M., 9.21 P.M. AND 11 P.M.
DEPARTING LO WU: 10.52 A.M., 11.51 A.M., 12.51 P.M., 1.43 P.M., 3 P.M., 3.38 P.M., 4.35 P.M., 5.48 P.M., 6.52 P.M., 7.25 P.M., 8.27 P.M. AND 9.28 P.M.
------o-----
/4.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978
- 4 -
DAVID JORDAN RETURNS FROM LEAVE. * * * * *
MR. DAVID JORDAN, DIRECTOR OF TRADE, RETURNED TO HONG KONG LAST WEEKEND.
INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS,
SINCE MAY, MR. WILLIAM DORWARD HAS BEEN ACTING DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS IN PLACE OF MR. JORDAN WHO WAS ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY PRIOR TO HIS DEPARTURE FOR EUROPE ON HOME LEAVE.
ON MR. JORDAN’S RETURN, MR. DORWARD NOW RESUMES HIS POST AS COMMISSIONER OF INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS WITH MR. ROY PORTER AS DEPUTY COMMISSIONER.
THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR. LAWRENCE MILLS, IS ALSO DUE BACK IN HONG KONG THIS WEEK AFTER SEVERAL WEEKS OF DISCUSSIONS WITH TRADE OFFICIALS IN WASHINGTON, BRUSSELS AND GENEVA.
0 -------
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978
- 5 -
+RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD+ EXHIBITION MOVES TO TSUEN WAN
X X * K * K
THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S EXHIBITION ON +RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD*, WHICH PROVED TO BE A SUCCESS DURING ITS THREE-DAY SHOW AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL A WEEK AGO, WILL MOVE TO TSUEN WAN THIS WEEKEND.
THE EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD AT THE PRINCESS ALEXANDRA COMMUNITY CENTRE IN TSUEN WAN FOR THREE DAYS ON OCTOBER 6, 7 AND 8.
THROUGH A VARIETY OF VISUAL AND PRINTED EXHLBJTS, THE EXHIBITION AIMS AT DRIVING HOME THE IMPORTANCE OF PARENTAL INFLUENCE ON PHYSICAL, PSYCHOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT OF CHILDREN.
THE DEPARTMENT’S OFFICER■IN CHARGE OF THE EXHIBITION, MR. LAWRENCE IU, SAID TODAY THE DECISION TO HOLD THE EXHIBITION IN TSUEN WAN WAS TO ENABLE MORE PEOPLE IN OTHER DISTRICTS TO SEE THE SHOW.
HE SAID: +RECORDS SHOWED THAT SOME 65,000 PEOPLE HAVE SEEN THE EXHIBITION DURING ITS THREE DAYS AT THE OCEAN TERMINAL, REPRESENTING AN AVERAGE HOURLY ATTENDANCE OF 4,000.
+MANY OF THEM MADE ENQUIRIES ON THE SPOT, WHILE OTHERS WERE SEEN TAKING NOTES OF THE INFORMATION ON DISPLAY,+ HE SAID.
ALL THESE, HE SAID, INDICATE THAT THE EXHIBITION HAS ACHIEVED ITS AIM OF IMPARTING KNOWLEDGE ON PROPER CHILD REARING AS WELL AS AROUSING PARENTS’ INTEREST IN THE IMPORTANCE OF THEIR OWN INFLUENCE ON CHILD DEVELOPMENT.
MR. IU SAID THE EXHIBITION IS ONE OF THE HIGHLIGHTS OF THE CURRENT COMMUNITY-WIDE CAMPAIGN ON FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION DESIGNED TO FOSTER FAMILY TIES AND HELP FORESTALL FAMILY BREAKDOWNS.
HE SAID PLANS ARE BEING DRAWN UP FOR THE EXHIBITION TO BE STAGED IN OTHER LOCATIONS AND THE DETAILS, ONCE WORKED OUT, WILL BE ANNOUNCED.
THE EXHIBITION AT THE ALEXANDRA COMMUNITY CENTRE AT TAI HO ROAD WILL BE OPEN ON OCTOBER 6 AND 7 FROM 10.30 A.M. TO 5 P.M. AND THEN FROM 7.30 P.M. TO 9.30 P.M. ON OCTOBER 8, IT WILL OPEN FROM 2 P.M. UNTIL 5 P.M.
THE EXHIBITION WILL MOVE TO THE QUEEN’S COLLEGE IN CAUSEWAY BAY ON HONG KONG ISLAND ON OCTOBER 14 WHEN IT OPENS BETWEEN 2 P.M. AND 6 P.M., AND THEN BETWEEN 10 A.M. AND 6 P.M. ON THE FOLLOWING TWO DAYS (OCTOBER 15 AND 16).
------o-------
/6....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978
6
WESTERN FIREMEN GET PAT ON THE BACK
*****
THE FIRE SERVICES WAS TODAY PRAISED FOR ITS EFFICIENCY AND EFFORTS IN DEALING WITH A WALL COLLAPSE INCIDENT AT CENTRE STREET, WESTERN, IN JULY THIS YEAR. • ' '
AS A MARK OF APPRECIATION, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WESTERN KAIFONG ASSOCIATION, MR. WONG SAU-SAN AND FOUR MEMBERS OF THE ASSOCIATION CALLED AT THE KENNEDY TOWN FIRE STATION THIS MORNING AND PRESENTED THE DIVISIONAL FIRE OFFICER, MR. R.H. BRUCE, WITH A BANNER.
THE INCIDENT OCCURRED SHORTLY AFTER 9 A.M. ON JULY 18 WHEN THE WALL OF A THREE-STOREY TENEMENT BUILDING UNDER DEMOLITION COLLAPSED.
DURING THE RESCUE OPERATION, WHICH LASTED FOR ABOUT EIGHT HOURS, FIREMEN EXTRICATED SIX PERSONS WHO WERE BURIED UNDER THE DEBRIS.
WORK HAD TO BE SUSPENDED SEVERAL TIMES DUE TO FURTHER • COLLAPSE OF OTHER WALLS.
ALL THE 13 PERSONS INJURED IN THE INCIDENT WERE SENT TO HOSPITAL AND A NUMBER OF HAWKER STALLS ON THE ROADSIDE WERE SEVERELY DAMAGED.
TAKING PART IN THE RESCUE OPERATION WERE 43 FIREMEN AND 12 AMBULANCEMEN.
- - - - 0 --------
URBAN CLEARWAY ON MA TAU WAI ROAD AND CHATHAM ROAD * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM 10 A.M.
ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5), THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF A SECTION OF MA TAU WAI ROAD AND CHATHAM ROAD IN TO KWA WAN WILL BE DESIGNATED A RESTRICTED ZONE TO ALL MOTOR VEHICLES, EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES, FROM 7 A.M. TO 13 A.M. AND FROM 4 P.M. TO 7 P.M. DAILY TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA.
THE RESTRICTED ZONE WILL START AT A POINT ABOUT 92 METRES SOUTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH SHEUNG HEUNG ROAD, AND END AT CHATHAM ROAD JUNCTION WITH SHEK TONG STREET.
DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIODS, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL EE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP AND SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS, OR LOADING AND UNLOADING GOODS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE PUT UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
0
/7
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978
- 7
NOTICE OF RATES PAYMENT * * * *
RATEPAYERS WERE TODAY REMINDED THAT RATES FOR THE LAST QUARTER OF 1978 MUST BE SETTLED BY 4 P.M. ON OCTOBER 31.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TREASURY SAID ANY RATEPAYER WHO HAD NOT RECEIVED A DEMAND NOTE SHOULD APPLY IMMEDIATELY FOR A COPY TO THE RATES SECTION OF TREASURY, ROOM 203, HANG CHONG BUILDING, SECOND FLOOR, 5 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL.
+NON-RECEIPT OF THE DEMAND NOTE DOES NOT ALTER THE REQUIREMENT THAT THE RATES MUST BE PAID BY 4 P.M. ON OCTOBER 31,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
+AND UNLESS SO PAID IT MAY BE SUBJECT TO A SURCHARGE OF FIVE PER CENT IMPOSED UNDER THE RATING ORDINANCE. A FURTHER SURCHARGE OF TEN PER CENT MAY EE ADDED TO AMOUNTS, INCLUDING THE NORMAL FIVE PER CENT SURCHARGE, WHICH REMAIN UNPAID SIX MONTHS AFTER THE DUE DATE,+ HE ADDED.
WHEN MAKING PAYMENT, RATEPAYERS ARE REMINDED THAT THE AMOUNT TO BE PAID IS INDICATED ON THE DEMAND NOTE BY AN ARROW-HEAD IN THE +TOTAL AMOUNT NOW DUE+ BOX.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT +RATES ARE PAYABLE ON VACANT PROPERTIES BUT ARE REFUNDABLE UNDER CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE ORDINANCE.+
HOWEVER, NO REFUNDS WOULD BE PAYABLE IN THE CASE OF A VACANT TENEMENT LAST USED OR INTENDED TO BE USED WHOLLY OR PRIMARILY FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSES, UNLESS IT IS VACANT BY REASON OF AN ORDER OF THE GOVERNMENT.
RATEPAYERS ARE URGED TO PAY BY CHEQUE OR MONEY-ORDER THROUGH THE POST TO AVOID THE POSSIBLE INCONVENIENCE OF QUEUING. IF THEY ARE PAYING IN PERSON THEY ARE REQUESTED TO DO SO EARLY AT ANY OF THE OFFICES LISTED ON THE BACK OF THE DEMAND NOTE.
-------0---------
/8
MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1978
8
NOTE TO EDITORS
PHOTOGRAPHS OF LEGCO MEMBERS * * * * *
COPIES OF TWO PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE NEWLY APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, THE HON. DAVID KENNEDY NEWBIGGING, AND THE HON. ANDREW SO HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED IN THE G. I.S. PRESS BOXES TODAY.
THESE PHOTOGRAPHS ARE FOR YOUR RECORD AND EDITORIAL USE.
WATER CUT * * *
WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN WONG TAI SIN WILL BE STOPPED FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 4) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TEST BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
THE PREMISES TO BE AFFECTED ARE BLOCK NOS. 16, 17, 26 AND 27 OF LOWER WONG TAI SIN ESTATE, KAI MING LAU AND TAK MING LAU.
- 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES
BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
CONTENTS - PAGE NO.
• •• w • .... . . .. ..... • . - • H
INSIGNIA PRESENTATION ................................... 1
COMPREHENSIVE OBSERVATION SCHEME RECEIVES ENCOURAGING RESPONSE ................................................ 2
TOP EEC TEAM ARRIVES IN HONG KONG........................ 3
CONSULTANTS SEE HOW SCIENCE IS TAUGHT IN HONG KONG ...... 4
/ ■ _ - . •
MR. TOPLEY SPEAKS ABOUT PROBLEM SOLVING ................. 5
BANKING STATISTICS FOR AUGUST ........................... 6
MR. GORDON BELL ATTENDS TYPHOON CONFERENCE IN BANGKOK .. 7
REGISTRATION TEAM TO VISIT KAM TIN ...................... 8
WATER CUT
8
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
1
INSIGNIA PRESENTATION * * * *
SEVENTY-FOUR LOCAL RESIDENTS WHO HAVE BEEN DECORATED BY THE QUEEN WILL RECEIVE THEIR AWARDS FROM THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, AT A CEREMONY IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER
THE INSIGNIA TO BE PRESENTED ONE ISO, ONE ISM AND EIGHT MBE’S.
INCLUDE FOUR^CBE’S, FIVE OBE’S,
SPECIAL PARKING ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE MADE THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY.
FOR GUESTS ATTENDING
ALL CARS CARRYING GUESTS MAY ENTER BY THE MAIN GATE OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE. AFTER GUESTS HAVE ALIGHTED, VEHICLES BEARING G.H. LABELS MAY PARK IN THE FORECOURT OR THE TENNIS COURT AS DIRECTED, OR, IF CHAUFFEUR DRIVEN, RETURN AT 7 P.M.
VEHICLES BEARING BLUE LABELS MUST EXIT BY THE EAST GATE AND THEN PARK AT UPPER ALBERT ROAD, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, THE SLIP ROAD TO THE SOUTH OF THE UNITED STATES CONSULATE BUILDING, THE METERED CAR PARK BETWEEN KENNEDY ROAD AND GARDEN ROAD AND THE CAR PARK AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, LOWER ALBERT ROAD.
ALL VEHICLES PARKED INSIDE GOVERNMENT HOUSE SHOULD LEAVE BY THE EAST GATE. OTHER GUESTS ARE REQUESTED TO WALK TO THEIR CARS AFTER THE CEREMONY.
PARKING FACILITIES IN METERED SPACES IN UPPER AND LOWER ALBERT ROADS AND THE METERED CAR PARK BETWEEN KENNEDY ROAD AND GARDEN ROAD WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 3 P.M. UNTIL THE CEREMONY IS OVER ON THAT DAY.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
COPIES OF A LIST OF THE RECIPIENTS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR COLLECTION FROM THE G.I.S., PRESS ROOM, SIXTH FLOOR, BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, AT 6 P.M. ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5).
ONLY PRESS PHOTOGRAPHERS WITH SPECIAL PASSES WILL BE ADMITTED TO GOVERNMENT HOUSE. THEY SHOULD MEET G.I.S. OFFICERS IN THE GUARD ROOM OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE NOT LATER THAN 5.30 P.M.
NEWSPAPERS NOT RECEIVING SUCH PASSES WILL BE ABLE TO OBTAIN PHOTOGRAPHS BY MAKING ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE SUPPLY OF PRINTS WITH MING YUEN STUDIO, 22 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, HONG KONG, TELEPHONE: 5-224310.
------0-------
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
2
COMPREHENSIVE OBSERVATION SCHEME RECEIVES ENCOURAGING RESPONSE
* * * *
THE COMPREHENSIVE OBSERVATION SCHEME INTRODUCED BY THE JJEB1SALAND HEALTH DEPARTMENT IN MAY THIS YEAR TO PROVIDE REGULAR
CHILDREN FROM BIRTH TO THE AGE OF FIVE, HAS RECEIVED ENCOURAGING RESPONSE WITH ABOUT 25,000 CHILDREN JOINING IT SO FAR.
WR,CH ,S T0 ENSURE THAT ALL CONGENITAL OR ACQUIRED AN°MAEIES OF A CHILD ARE DISCOVERED, AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS TAKEN
IS 0NE 0F THE MANY NEW MEDICAL AND SOCIAL AMnVlnnn-r?ATLLNED IN LAST OCTOBER’S REHABILITATION WHITE PAPER, A.NLAD0FTED BY the government.
OF THESE 25,000 CHILDREN, ABOUT TWO PER CENT WERE FOUND~ TO POSSESS CONGENITAL DEFECTS OF VARYING DEGREES WHILE A NUMBER OF OTHERS HAVE RISKS OF DEVELOPING DISABLING CONDITIONS.
THOSE HAVING CONGENITAL ANOMALIES WERE REFERRED TO VARIOUS SPECIALISTS FOR TREATMENT, OR TO THE DEPARTMENT’S ARRAN STREET CHILD ASSESSMENT CENTRE FOR CLOSE OBSERVATION.
THOSE WHO HAVE BEEN DISCOVERED HAVING POSSIBILITY TO DEVELOP DISABLING CONDITIONS ARE KEPT UNDER CLOSE OBSERVATION BY MEDICAL STAFF ASSIGNED TO THE SCHEME.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT SAID THE COMPREHENSIVE OBSERVATION SERVICE IS PROVIDED AT THE DEPARTMENT’S 38 MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH CENTRES THROUGHOUT HONG KONG AND PARENTS WITH CHILDREN UNDER THE AGE OF FIVE ARE URGED TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN FOR THE SCHEME.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +WE AIM TO COVER 50 PER CENT OR MORE OF THIS AGE GROUP OF CHILDREN NEXT YEAR AND WILL EVENTUALLY EXTEND TO HAVE A BLANKET COVERAGE FOR ALL CHILDREN FROM BIRTH TO THE AGE OF FIVE.
HE SAID THE SCHEME IS AN EXPANSION OF SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE MATERNAL AND CHILD HEALTH CENTRES WHICH ALSO OFFER ANTE AND POST NATAL CARE TO THE MOTHER, AND HEALTH AND IMMUNISATION SERVICES TO THE INFANT.
UNDER THE SCHEME, ROUTINE CHECK-UPS OF A CHILD’S INTELLIGENCE AND PHYSICAL GROWTH WITH THE AIM OF DETECTING ANY ANOMALIES AT AN EARLY STAGE FOR REMEDY ARE CARRIED OUT AT FIVE STAGES, THE FIRST BEING SIX WEEKS AFTER A CHILD’S BIRTH AND THE LAST WHEN HE APPROACHES THE AGE OF FIVE.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THESE CHECK-UPS MAINLY TO TEST A CHILD’S VISUAL, HEARING AND SPEAKING ABILITIES AS WELL AS HIS REFLEX AND SOCIAL ADAPTABILITY ARE CONDUCTED IN A ROOM SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR THIS PURPOSE.
/♦IT GIVES.....
1 I
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
- 3 -
+IT GIVES A SURROUNDING OF BEING IN A KINDERGARTEN WITH TOYS AND KIDDIE FURNITURE SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR THE CHECK-UP PURPOSES TO ALLAY A CHILD’S FEAR OF BEING IN A CLINIC WHICH MIGHT IMPEDE THE TEST.
+THE CHECK-UPS ARE CARRIED OUT BY NURSES WHO HAVE RECEIVED SPECIAL TRAINING FOR THIS JOB AND IF ANY ANOMALY IS DISCOVERED, THE DOCTOR WILL BE CONSULTED.
+ONCE A DISABLING CONDITION IS ESTABLISHED, THE CHILD WILL BE REFERRED TO THE APPROPRIATE SPECIALIST FOR TREATMENT. IF A RISK OF DEVELOPING SUCH A CONDITION OR ANY DELAY IN HIS GROWTH IS DISCOVERED, HE WILL BE KEPT UNDER CLOSE OBSERVATION,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
TOP EEC TEAM ARRIVES IN HONG KONG
* * * *
A DELEGATION FROM THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC COMMUNITY (EEC)’ ARRIVED IN HONG KONG TODAY (TUESDAY) AFTER A TWO-WEEK VISIT TO CHINA.
THE GROUP, HEADED BY MR. WILHELM HAFERKAMP, VICE-PRESIDENT OF THE EEC COMMISSION, WAS MET AT HUNG HOM RAILWAY STATION BY THE COMMISSIONER OF INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR. WILLIAM DORWARD.
BESIDES MR. HAFERKAMP, THE 12-MEMBER GROUP INCLUDES SIR ROY DENMAN, DIRECTOR GENERAL OF THE EEC EXTERNAL RELATIONS DIRECTORATE AND THE CHEF DE CABINET, MR. F. FROSCHMAIER.
THEY WILL HOLD TALKS TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) MORNING WITH
*1 ?c-rJH^TTRADE’ ,NDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT AND MEET INpUSTR|AL|STS AT A JOINT MEETING OF THE TRADE AND INDUSTRY ADVISORY BOARD AND THE TEXTILES ADVISORY BOARD.
AEJER ™E TALKS» THE GROUP WILL ATTEND A LUNCH HOSTED BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE.
R0Y DENMAN WILL LEAVE HONG KONG TOMORROW EVENING AND THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE GROUP WILL LEAVE FOR EUROPE ON THURSDAY.
-----0------
/4
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
4
CONSULTANTS SEE HOW SCIENCE IS TAUGHT IN HONG KONG *****
A FIVE-MEMBER TEAM OF CONSULTANTS FROM THE UNITED STATES CALLED AT THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT TODAY (TUESDAY) FOR TALKS WITH SENIOR OFFICIALS AND GAINED AN INSIGHT INTO SCIENCE EDUCATION AND PRACTICE IN HONG KONG.
THE TEAM, FROM THE ASSOCIATION OF SCIENCE-TECHNOLOGY
CENTRES BASED IN WASHINGTON, D.C., WAS MET BY THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (PROFESSIONAL), MR. N.M. HO= THE DEPUTY CHIEF INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS, MRS. LOUISE MOK, AND STAFF FROM THE SCIENCE SECTION.
NEXT THE TEAM VISITED ST. STEPHEN GIRLS’ COLLEGE WHERE THEY SAW A SCIENCE CLASS AT WORK, AND LATER THE NORTHCOTE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION FOR DISCUSSIONS WITH SCIENCE LECTURERS.
THE TEAM IS CURRENTLY ON A VISIT AT THE INVITATION OF THE URBAN COUNCIL TO ADVISE ON A PROPOSED MUSEUM OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY IN HONG KONG. ITS MEMBERS ARE MR. DANIEL MACMASTER, DR. WATSON LAETSCH, DR. BRADFORD WASHBURN, MR. RUSSELL PEITHMAN AND MR. MICHAEL TEMPLETON.
TODAY’S VISIT TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE COLLEGES IS TO ASSIST THEM IN THEIR ASSESSMENT OF THE AUDIENCE LEVEL AND AREAS WHICH THE PROPOSED MUSEUM SHOULD AIM AT.
------0-------
/5.....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
5
MR. TOPLEY SPEAKS ABOUT PROBLEM SOLVING ******
THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR. KENNETH TOPLEY, TODAY SPOKE ABOUT HIS OWN EXPERIENCES IN PROBLEM SOLVING.
SPEAKING ON +GETTING THINGS DONE+ AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE PO LEUNG KUK, HE SAID THE FIRST THING WAS TO IDENTIFY THE PROBLEM CORRECTLY.
+BE SURE YOU KNOW WHAT THE PROBLEM REALLY IS, THEN THINK COOLLY AND LOGICALLY,+ MR. TOPLEY SAID.
THE NEXT STEP WAS TO FIND THE RIGHT MAN FOR THE JOB. BUT FOR THAT YOU MUST FIRST IDENTIFY THE ESSENTIAL QUALITIES NEEDED TO DO THE JOB, BE IT THE ABILITY TO PERSUADE, THE CAPACITY TO ORGANISE OR WHATEVER.
ALSO, ONE MUST NOT MISLEAD ONESELF BY UNDUE ATTENTION TO IRRELEVANT OR LESS RELEVANT ASPECTS OF MAN AND JOB, CLOTHES PERHAPS OR A CHARMING MANNER, IN SOME CASES, HE SAID.
+A THIRD IS THAT IF YOU HAVE AN AWKWARD NUT TO CRACK, A REALLY HARD PROBLEM, THEN DEVOTE ENOUGH RESOURCES TO IT SO THAT YOU GIVE YOURSELF A GOOD CHANCE TO BEAT THE PROBLEM,+ MR. TOPLEY SAID.
ANOTHER POINT WAS THAT IF YOUR MAIN ORGANISATION COULD NOT BEAT A PROBLEM, YOU MIGHT NEED A TEMPORARY SUB-ORGANISATION TO TACKLE IT, HE ADDED.
TO ILLUSTRATE HIS POINTS, MR. TOPLEY RECALLED AN EPISODE WHEN HE WAS WITH THE FORMER RESETTLEMENT DEPARTMENT WHERE 30,300 TONS OF SCRAP METAL HAD TO BE REMOVED FROM A PIECE OF LAND REQUIRED FOR BUILDING A HOUSING ESTATE, AND HOW HE FOUND +THE RIGHT MAN+ TO DO THE JOB.
-----0------
/6
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
6
BANKING STATISTICS FOR AUGUST * * * X * M *
BANKING DEPOSITS AT THE END OF AUGUST THIS YEAR STOOD AT $63,045 MILLION, COMPRISING $15,130 MILLION IN DEMAND DEPOSITS $23,721 MILLION IN TIME DEPOSITS AND $24,144 MILLION IN SAVINGS DEPOSITS, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED BY THE BANKING COMMISSIONER’S OFFICE TODAY.
THE AVERAGE LIQUIDITY DURING THE MONTH WAS 45.24 PER CENT.
THERE WERE 77 LICENSED BANKS IN HONG KONG AT THE END OF AUGUST.
THE FOLLOWING TABLES SHOW A DETAILED BREAKDOWN OF BANK LIABILITIES, ASSETS AND MONEY SUPPLY AT THE END OF THE MONTH:-
LIABILITIES ^MILLION
DEPOSITS 63,045
AMOUNT DUE TO BANKS ABROAD 39,294
OTHER LIABILITIES 13,057 '
TOTAL LIABILITIES: 115,396
ASSETS
CASH AMOUNT DUE FROM BANKS ABROAD: (I) DEMAND AND SHORT TERM CLAIMS (II) TIME DEPOSITS LOANS AND ADVANCES: (1) HONG KONG (II) ABROAD INVESTMENTS: ( 1) HONG KONG (II) ABROAD OTHER ASSETS: ( 1) HONG KONG (II) ABROAD TOTAL ASSETS: 1,093 35,568 7,485 43,053 44,846 15,827 60,673 4,038 121 4,159 5,975 443 6,418 115,396
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
- 7 -
MONEY SUPPLY ------------- $M|LLI0N
LEGAL TENDER COINS AND NOTES IN CIRCULATION (A)
(I) COMMERCIAL BANK ISSUES 6,490
(II) GOVERNMENT ISSUES 647
------ 7,137
LICENSED BANKS’ HOLDINGS OF LEGAL TENDER
COINS AND NOTES (B) 1,093
LEGAL TENDER COINS AND NOTES IN HANDS OF
NON-BANK PUBLIC (A) - (B) = (C) 6,044
DEMAND DEPOSITS WITH LICENSED BANKS (D) 15,180
MONEY SUPPLY (DEFINITION 1) (C) + (D) = (E) 21,224
TIME DEPOSITS WITH LICENSED BANKS (F) 23,721
SAVINGS DEPOSITS WITH LICENSED BANKS (G) 24,144
MONEY SUPPLY (DEFINITION 2) (E) + (F) + (G) = (H) 69,089
------0-------
MR.GORDON BELL ATTENDS TYPHOON CONFERENCE IN BANGKOK * * * *
THE DIRECTOR OF THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY, MR. GORDON BELL LEFT HONG KONG LAST (MONDAY) NIGHT TO ATTEND THE 11TH SESSION OF THE TYPHOON COMMITTEE TO BE HELD IN BANGKOK BETWEEN OCTOBER 2 AND 9.
THE MEETING WILL REVIEW THE PROGRESS IN TYPHOON DAMAGE MITIGATION AND PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO FUTURE PROGRAMMES.
MR. BELL IS ACCOMPANIED EY DR. P.C. CHIN, ACTING ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, ROYAL OBSERVATORY.
------0-------
/8
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1978
8 -
REGISTRATION TEAM TO VISIT KAM TIN *****
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT KAM TIN RURAL COMMITTEE’S OFFICE FOR THREE DAYS FROM OCTOBER 11 TO 13.
DURING THESE THREE DAYS REGISTRATION WILL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND 4.30 P.M. DAILY.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS OR GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN OR WARDS FROM 11 TO 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS, AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
PEOPLE LIVING IN KAM TIN AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS, AND TO REPORT ANY CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT OR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR ANY OTHER PARTICULARS WHICH HAVE CHANGED SINCE REGISTERING FOR THEIR IDENTITY CARDS,
-----0------
WATER CUT * * * WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN TAI KOK TSUI AND NORTH POINT WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5), TO FACILITATE WORK BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
IN TAI KOK TSUI, THE SUPPLY WILL BE CUT OFF FOR TEN HOURS FROM 8 P.M. ON THURSDAY. PREMISES TO BE AFFECTED ARE THOSE ALONG FUK LEE STREET, WAI ON STREET, MEI ON STREET, CHUNG WUI STREET, TAI TSUN STREET, IVY STREET BETWEEN TAI KOK TSUI ROAD AND KOK CHEUNG STREET, LI TAK STREET, FUK CHAK STREET, KA SIN STREET, POK MAN STREET, FOO KWAI STREET, CHERRY STREET, KOK CHEUNG STREET, HOP KWAN STREET, LOK KWAN STREET, MAN ON STREET, TAI CHING STREET, HOI KING STREET, CHUN WING STREET AND TAI KOK TSUI ROAD.
IN NORTH POINT, PREMISES IN 243-277 KING’S ROAD AND IN KIN WAH STREET, FORT STREET, MING YUEN WEST STREET AND PEACOCK ROAD. WILL BE WITHOUT WATER SUPPLY FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON THURSDAY.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
SHA THANKS SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME ORGANISERS .......... 1
FINAL STAGE OF TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN HO MAN TIN AND KOWLOON TONG .................... 2
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS FOR SHA TIN RACE-COURSE AND NORTH POINT................................................... 4
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE STUDENTS SCORE DISTINCTIONS ........ 5
NEW EDITION OF STREET INDEX ON SALE .................... 5
CONCERT BY TRAINEE MUSICIANS ............................ ' 6
WATER CUT............................................... 6
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1978
1
TRIBUTE TO SUMMER FUN ORGANISERS
* * * * *
THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS AND INFORMATION, MR. LI FOOK-KOW, TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THANKED ALL THOSE wHO HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO-THE SUCCESS OF THIS YEAR’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME — THE TENTH IN THE SER IES.
IN A MESSAGE OF APPRECIATION, MR. LI SAID THAT THROUGHOUT THE PROGRAMME, NO LESS THAN 8,000 EVENTS INCLUDING CAMPING, OUTINGS, SPORTS AND GAMES, TRAINING COURSES, FUN FAIRS, VARIETY SHOWS AND COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECTS WERE ORGANISED.
HE ALSO PAID TRIBUTE TO THE YOUNG PEOPLE THEMSELVES WHO, BY THEIR ENTHUSIASTIC PARTICIPATION, HAD SHOWED THE ORGANISERS THAT ALL THE EFFORTS WERE INDEED WORTHWHILE.
+AS WAS THE PRACTICE LAST YEAR, JOCKEY CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS WOULD AGAIN BE AWARDED TO THE THREE MOST OUTSTANDING YOUNG PEOPLE TO ATTEND COURSES AT THE OUTWARD BOUND SCHOOL,+ HE ADDED.
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF MR. LI’S MESSAGE OF • APPRECIATION ISSUED AT THE CLOSE OF THIS YEAR’S SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME:
+NOW THAT THE TENTH SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME HAS DRAWN TO A CLOSE, 1 SHOULD LIKE TO CONGRATULATE ALL THOSE WHO HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO ITS UNDOUBTED SUCCESS.
+A SPECIAL VOTE OF THANKS SHOULD BE GIVEN TO THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB WHO HAS BEEN THE BIGGEST SINGLE DONOR OF FUNDS TOWARDS THE PROGRAMME SINCE 1969. THE CLUB’S CONTRIBUTION TO THE TENTH SUMMER YOUTH PROGRAMME AMOUNTED TO Si.76 MILLION. MANY OTHER ORGANISATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS, FAR TOO MANY TO NAME HERE, ALSO DIPPED DEEPLY INTO THEIR POCKETS TO GIVE FINANCIAL SUPPORT TO THE PROGRAMME, WHICH WAS ALSO BACKED EY GOVERNMENT AND URBAN COUNCIL FUNDS.
+THROUGHOUT THE PROGRAMME, NO LESS THAN 8,000 EVENTS INCLUDING CAMPING, OUTINGS, SPORTS AND GAMES, TRAINING COURSES, FUN FAIRS, VARIETY SHOWS AND COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECTS WERE ORGANISED. MY THANKS MUST THEREFORE ALSO GO TO ALL THE BODIES CONCERNED FOR THEIR EFFORTS IN PLANNING AND ORGANISING THESE ACTIVITIES. THEY INCLUDE THE 44 MEMBER AGENCIES OF THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE, OVER 1,500 PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, SOME 950 COMMUNITY CENTRES AND LOCAL GROUPS, THE BRITISH FORCES, THE URBAN COUNCIL AND VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. I SHOULD LIKE PARTICULARLY TO THANK THE 50,000 OR SO PEOPLE FROM ALL WALKS OF LIFE WHO VOLUNTARILY GAVE THEIR TIME TO ASSIST IN THE PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE EVENTS.
+LAST BUT NOT LEAST, I WOULD ALSO LIKE TO PAY TRIBUTE TO THE YOUNG PEOPLE THEMSELVES WHO, BY THEIR ENTHUSIASTIC PARTICIPATION, SHOWED US THAT ALL THE EFFORTS WERE INDEED WORTHWHILE. AS WAS THE PRACTICE LAST YEAR, JOCKEY CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS WOULD AGAIN BE AWARDED TO THE THREE MOST OUTSTANDING YOUNG PEOPLE TO ATTEND COURSES AT THE OUTWARD BOUND SCHOOL.+
------o-------
/2.....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1978
2
FINAL STAGE OF TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN HO MAN TIN AND KOWLOON TONG ******
THE FOURTH AND FINAL STAGE TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW IN HO MAN TIN AND KOWLOON TONG DURING RACING AT SHA TIN WILL COME INTO EFFECT FROM 10 A.M. ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 6).
IN THIS STAGE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO TURN RIGHT FROM WATERLOO ROAD INTO JUNCTION ROAD. INSTEAD, THEY SHOULD USE THE ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA HEREFORD ROAD AND RENFREW ROAD.
AT THE SAME TIME, LEARNER DRIVERS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING AND PRACTISING DRIVING IN RENFREW ROAD BETWEEN HEREFORD ROAD AND JUNCTION ROAD- HEREFORD ROAD BETWEEN WATERLOO ROAD AND LA SALLE ROAD- OXFORD ROAD BETWEEN HEREFORD ROAD TO WILTSHIRE ROADCAMBRIDGE ROAD BETWEEN HEREFORD ROAD AND WILTSHIRE ROAD- LA SALLE ROAD BETWEEN DURHAM ROAD AND HEREFORD ROAD- THE NORTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE WATERLOO ROAD SECTION FROM DORSET CRESCENT TO CORNWALL STREET- AND THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE CORNWALL STREET SECTION FROM WATERLOO ROAD TO DEVON ROAD.
ALL THE PARKING SPACES IN HEREFORD ROAD BETWEEN WATERLOO ROAD AND OXFORD ROAD WILL BE CANCELLED.
THE HEREFORD ROAD SECTION BETWEEN WATERLOO ROAD AND RENFREW ROAD WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY EASTBOUND.
BUS ROUTE NOS. 30, 7A, 70 AND 103 WILL BE DIVERTED AT THE JUNCTION OF WATERLOO ROAD AND HEREFORD ROAD TO OPERATE ALONG HEREFORD ROAD TO REJOIN JUNCTION ROAD.
TRAFFIC LIGHT SIGNALS WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE JUNCTION OF WATERLOO ROAD AND HEREFORD ROAD AND AT THE JUNCTION OF RENFREW ROAD AND JUNCTION ROAD TO FACILITATE TRAFFIC FLOW.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN ADVISED MOTORISTS THAT WHEN THE RACING SEASON STARTS AT SHA TIN ON OCTOBER 7 THEY SHOULD NOT ATTEMPT TO FIND PARKING IN SHA TIN.
+THERE ARE NO PARKING SPACES IN THE VICINITY OF THE SHA TIN RACE-COURSE FOR MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC,* HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN URGED MOTORISTS TO USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT INSTEAD.
HE SAID THAT ADDITIONAL TRAINS WOULD BE OPERATED NON-STOP FROM KOWLOON RAILWAY STATION TO THE NEW STATION AT THE RACE-COURSE.
/HOWEVER, .....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBEB 4, 1978
HOWEVER, HE URGED RACEGOERS TO EUY THEIR TRAIN TICKETS IN ADVANCE AT THE VARIOUS JOCKEY CLUB OFFICES THROUGHOUT HONG KONG AS TRAIN TICKETS WOULD NOT BE AVAILABLE ON RACE DAYS AT THE KOWLOON RAILWAY STATION.
ALSO, ALL TICKETS FOR THE RACES AT SHA TIN MUST BE BOUGHT IN ADVANCE AT THE VARIOUS JOCKEY CLUB OUTLETS. NO TICKETS WILL BE SOLD AT THE SHA TIN RACE-COURSE.
THERE WILL BE 12 SPECIAL BUS SERVICES, INCLUDING THREE CROSSHARBOUR ROUTES, OPERATING TO AND FROM THE SHA TIN RACE-COURSE.
THE SPECIAL RACE-COURSE BUSES rtILL RUN FROM TSUEN WAN FERRY, TAI PO MARKET, TSIM SHA TSUI, KENNEDY TOWN, CHAI WAN (EAST), ABERDEEN, LAI CHI KOK, TAI KOK TSUI, SHA TIN MARKET, KWUN TONG, CHOI HUNG AND KOWLOON CITY FERRY.
THE SPECIAL SERVICES WILL BEGIN ABOUT TWO-AND-A-HALF HOURS BEFORE THE FIRST RACE AND WILL OPERATE AT FREQQENT 'INTERVALS ACCORDING TO TRAFFIC DEMAND.
THE HUNG HOM MULTI-STOREY CAR PARK, WHICH WAS CLOSED IN MARCH THIS YEAR, WILL BE TEMPORARILY RE-OPENED FOR PUBLIC USE AT 8 A.M. ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7).
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THERE WOULD EE 750 PARKING SPACES AVAILABLE AND THE RE-OPENING OF THE CAR PARK WAS TO ENABLE RACE GOERS TO PARK THEIR VEHICLES AT THE STATION SO THAT THEY MAY TRAVEL TO THE RACE-COURSE BY TRAIN.
HE SAID THAT THE CAR PARK WOULD BE RE-OPENED FOR .
A PERIOD OF NINE DAYS ONLY, FROM OCTOBER 7 TO OCTOBER 15, FROM 8 A.M. TO MIDNIGHT DAILY.
THE CAR PARK WOULD BE CLOSED AGAIN FROM MIDNIGHT ON SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE.
-----o------
/4
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1978
- 4 -
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS FOR SHA TIN RACE-COURSE AND NORTH POINT * * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM 10 A.M. TOMORROW (THURSDAY), THE TAI PO ROAD (HO TUNG LAU) AND RACE-COURSE INTERCHANGE WILL BE OPENED TO TRAFFIC TO FACILITATE ACCESS TO THE SHA TIN RACE-COURSE.
FRANCHISED BUSES AND PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WISHING TO ENTER THE RACE-COURSE FROM THE SHA TIN DIRECTION WILL HAVE TO USE A NEW FLYOVER 300 METRES EAST OF THE SIGNALLED JUNCTION OF TAI PO ROAD (HO TUNG LAU) AND FO TAN. THERE WILL BE NO CHANGE IN THE PRESENT ROUTE FOR VEHICLES TRAVELLING FROM SHA TIN TO TAI PO.
VEHICLES FROM TAI PO BOUND FOR SHA TIN WILL BE DIVERTED TO TRAVEL VIA A NEW BRIDGE OVER THE RAILWAY.
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT SEVERAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN INTRODUCED IN NORTH POINT FROM 10 A.M. TODAY (WEDNESDAY) FOR ABOUT TWO WEEKS TO FACILITATE TRAM TRACK RENEWAL WORK.
UNDER THE ARRANGEMENTS, SOUTHBOUND VEHICLES IN THE SECTION OF KAM HONG STREET NORTH OF KING’S ROAD ARE NOT PERMITTED TO PROCEED STRAIGHT AHEAD INTO THE SOUTHERN SECTION.
AT THE SAME TIME, ALL TRAFFIC WISHING TO GO TO THE SECTION OF KAM HONG STREET SOUTH OF KING’S ROAD ARE DIVERTED ALONG JAVA ROAD AND MARBLE ROAD TO TIN CHIU STREET, KING’S ROAD, AND LEFT INTO KAM HONG STREET.
HOWEVER, BUSES ON-TOW ARE ALLOWED TO TURN RIGHT FROM KING’S ROAD EASTBOUND TO KAM HONG STREET UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE POLICE.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS HAVE BEEN SET UP IN THESE AREAS TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
------0-------
/5.....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1978
- 5 -
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE STUDENTS SCORE DISTINCTIONS *****
SIX STUDENTS FROM THE MORRISON HILL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE HAVE OBTAINED DISTINCTIONS IN THE JUNE EXAMINATIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF ARTS AND THE LONDON CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
THEY ARE FOK KA-LING, LAU KUN-CHE, LUNG CHIU-YEE, TAI KWAI-HEUNG, WONG SIK-CHEONG AND WONG YEE-MAN.
ANOTHER 15 OF THE 25 STUDENTS FROM THE INSTITUTE WHO TOOK PART IN THE EXAMINATION PASSED WITH MANY CREDITS IN VARIOUS SUBJECTS.
AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THIS WAS AN ENCOURAGING RESULT OF THE FIRST INTAKE OF THE DIPLOMA COURSE IN BUSINESS STUDIES BY THE INSTITUTE,. THE 25 STUDENTS HAVE ALL ATTENDED THE TWO-YEAR COURSE ON A FULL-TIME BASIS. THE COURSE WAS PREVIOUSLY ONLY AVAILABLE AT THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC.
SEVEN OF THE 25 STUDENTS HAVE BEEN ACCEPTED INTO THE SECOND YEAR OF THE HIGHER DIPLOMA COURSE IN BUSINESS STUDIES AT THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC, AND THE OTHERS ARE ALREADY EMPLOYED IN VARIOUS POSTS IN THE COMMERCIAL SECTOR.
IM VIEW OF THE BIG DEMAND FOR THE DIPLOMA IN BUSINESS STUDIES, IT IS PLANNED TO OFFER IT AT THE LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT KOWLOON TONG WHEN IT OPENS IN SEPTEMBER, 1979.
0 - -
NEW EDITION OF STREET INDEX ON SALE *****
A NEW EDITION OF THE +INDEX OF STREETS*, +HOUSE NUMBERS AND LOTS* IN HONG KONG, KOWLOON AND NEW KOWLOON HAS BEEN PUBLISHED AND IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE IN CONNAUGHT PLACE.
THE NEW EDITION, WHICH IS THE 29TH IN THE SERIES, SHOWS THE POSITION AS AT JUNE 30, 1977 AND SUPERSEDES THE 28TH EDITION ISSUED IN 1967.
LIKE THE PREVIOUS EDITION, THE NEW EDITION IS PUBLISHED IN LOOSE-LEAF FORM, THUS ENABLING SUCCESSIVE ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO BE MADE, PARTICULARS OF WHICH WILL BE CONTAINED IN +NOTERS-UP+ TO BE ISSUED AT SIX-MONTHLY INTERVALS.
THE PRESENT EDITION IS AGAIN PUBLISHED IN TWO VOLUMES, VOLUME I FOR HONG KONG ISLAND AND VOLUME II FOR KOWLOON AND NEW KOWLOON.
THE PRICE FOR EACH VOLUME IS 580.
------o-------
A.....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1973
6
CONCERT BY TRAINEE MUSICIANS
* * * *
TRAINEE MUSICIANS OF THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR’S OFFICE WILL GIVE A CONCERT AT THE ARTS CENTRE IN WAN CHAI AT 5.30 P.M. • ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 6).
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR’S OFFICE SAID SIMILAR CONCERTS WOULD BE HELD REGULARLY ON THE FIRST FRIDAY OF EVERY MONTH.
HE ADDED THAT THESE CONCERTS WILL HELP YOUNG STUDENTS BUILD UP CONFIDENCE IN GIVING LIVE PERFORMANCE IN PUBLIC.
THE PROGRAMME OF THE CONCERT ON OCTOBER 6 INCLUDES SOLO ITEMS FOR THE FRENCH HORN, FLUTE, CLARINET, DOUBLE BASS AND OBOE AS WELL AS DUETS AND TRIOS FOR A VARIETY OF ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENTS. .
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE CONCERT. ADMISSION CARDS ARE AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE AT THE MUSIC ADMINISTRATOR’S OFFICE, NINTH FLOOR, ARTS CENTRE, HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI (TEL. NO. 5-283257).
----o------
WATER CUT
* * *
WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CENTRAL WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 6) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TEST BY WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY 127-133 AND 84-130 HOLLYWOOD ROAD, INCLUDING HOLLYWOOD ROAD POLICE PRIMARY SCHOOL-1-13 SHING WONG STREET AND 1-51 GOUGH STREET.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
TOP LEVEL ECONOMIC MISSION TO JAPAN ........................ 1
INSIGNIA PRESENTATION .................................... 2
NEW MAXICAB ROUTES FOR THE ISLAND .......................... 5
MORE LAND TO BE RECLAIMED FROM THE SEA ..................... 6
*
TUEN MUN FESTIVAL .......................................... 7
FIRST JOINT SCHOOL MATHEMATICS EXHIBITION .................. 8
EXTENSION OF SPEEDPOST SERVICE TO U.S.A. ................... 9
INSTITUTE RECEIVES GIFT OF CAR ENGINE ................... 9
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WAN,CHA I ......................... 10
C.A.S. BAND BEATING RETREAT................................ 10
WATER CUT ................................................. 10
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
1
TOP LEVEL ECONOMIC MISSION TO JAPAN *****
AN ECONOMIC MISSION MADE UP OF TOP HONG KONG INDUSTRIALISTS, BANKERS, BUSINESSMEN AND GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS WILL VISIT JAPAN NEXT MONTH. THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WILL JOIN THE MISSION IN JAPAN FOR TWO DAYS OF HIGH-LEVEL ENGAGEMENTS.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (THURSDAY) AT A KOWLOON ROTARY CLUB LUNCHEON MEETING, THE COMMISSIONER OF INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR. WILLIAM DORWARD, SAID THE MISSION WOULD BE +PROBABLY THE HIGHEST LEVEL GROUP OF ITS KIND EVER ASSEMBLED TO REPRESENT HONG KONG ABROAD.+
THE MISSION, WHICH IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AND THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL, IS HEADED BY SIR YUET-KEUNG KAN.
OTHER MEMBERS OF THE MISSION WILL BE SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, SIR YUE-KONG PAO, MR. T.K. ANN, MR. MICHAEL SANDBERG, MR. DAVID NEWBIGGING, MR. LEN DUNNING AND MR. DORWARD HIMSELF. *
THE MAIN OBJECTIVES OF THE MISSION ARE TO INCREASE AWARENESS OF THE ECONOMIC POTENTIAL WHICH HONG KONG OFFERS JAPAN" TO EXPLORE JOINTLY THE OPPORTUNITIES EXISTING IN HONG KONG FOR INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT AND THE TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY BY JAPANESE COMPANIES" TO ENCOURAGE THE EXPANSION OF TWO-WAY TRADE BETWEEN HONG KONG AND JAPAN" AND TO FOSTER GOOD RELATIONS BETWEEN JAPAN.AND HONG KONG AT A SENIOR LEVEL IN BOTH THE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SECTORS.
MR. DORWARD SAID THAT HONG KONG HAS ALREADY ATTRACTED NEARLY 100 JAPANESE INDUSTRIAL VENTURES WITH A TOTAL INVESTMENT OF SOME HK$400 MILLION.
+BUT WHEN YOU CONSIDER THAT THIS REPRESENTS LESS THAN TWO PER CENT OF TOTAL INVESTMENT IN HONG KONG INDUSTRY" WHEN YOU REMEMBER THE SCOPE AND RANGE OF JAPANESE INVESTMENT ELSEWHERE" AND WHEN YOU THINK OF HOW MUCH MORE ATTRACTIVE'INVESTMENT COSTS MUST APPEAR WITH THE RISE OF THE YEN" IT WOULD APPEAR THERE IS SCOPE FOR SUBSTANTIAL IMPROVEMENT,* HE ADDED.
+0F COURSE IT IS NOT ONLY DIRECT INVESTMENT JAPAN HAS TO OFFER,+ MR. DORWARD SAID. +TECHNOLOGY IS A COMMODITY WHICH CAN BE EXPORTED LIKE ANY OTHER AND THE JAPANESE AUTHORITIES, THROUGH JETRO, HAVE RECENTLY GIVEN PUBLICITY AND ENCOURAGEMENT TO THE PROMOTION OF TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER.
+1 BELIEVE THAT IT WILL INCREASINGLY BE A FEATURE OF HONG KONG INDUSTRY THAT IT WILL GO OUT TO SHOP FOR TECHNOLOGY AS IT DOES FOR RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES.+
-----0------
/2
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
2
INSIGNIA PRESENTATION
******
A TOTAL OF 74 LOCAL RESIDENTS DECORATED BY THE QUEEN FOR SERVICES TO THE COMMUNITY RECEIVED THEIR INSIGNIA FROM THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, AT A PRESENTATION CEREMONY IN GOVERNMENT HOUSE TODAY (THURSDAY).
THE FOLLOWING IS THE LIST OF INSIGNIA RECIPIENTS:
C.E.E. (COMMANDER ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE)
MRS. ELSIE ELLIOTT MR. JAY KAI-C|dU THE HONOURABLE R.H. LOBO MRS. C.J. SYMONS
O.B.E. (OFFICER ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE)
MR. L.W. GORDON
MR. RICHARD LAI-MING
(HONORARY) - THE REVEREND THE HON. P.T. MCGOVERN MR. HO NGA-MING
(HONORARY) - MR. JACK TANG
I.S.O. (IMPERIAL SERVICE ORDER) '
MR. J.A. FORTUNE
I.S.M. (IMPERIAL SERVICE MEDAL)
MR. CHEUNG CHI-HUNG
M..B.E. (MEMBER ORDER OF THE BRITISH EMPIRE)
MR. CHAN PAK-KEUNG
MR. HANSON WONG HING-SHEUN
MR. KWOK KA-MING (HONORARY) - MR. NG CHING-KWOK (MIL ITARY)(HONORARY) - WARRANT OFF ICER II TSANG PO-CHOI (MILITARY)(HONORARY) - WARRANT OFFICER I SHIEK ANAIT ULLA (HONORARY) - MR. WARNER YEH SHAO-YIN
MR. YUEN TAT-CHO
THUHSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
3
B.E.M. (BRITISH EMPIRE MEDAL)
(MILITARY) -
(MILITARY) -
(MILITARY) -
(MILITARY) -
MR. CHAN KIM-CHE MR. CHEUNG CHIU-SHUN MR. CHEUNG PUI-SING MR. CHOW KING-SHING CHIEF TECHNICIAN GERALD FOSH MR. LAU KIM-KONG MR. LO KAM-TO MR. LO SHUI-YIN MR. NG CHEUK-TONG MR. NG CHUNG-FAI MR. NG KWONG MR. POON'YU I-FUNG STAFF SERGEANT SARBADHOJ RAI STAFF SERGEANT KARNABHADUR ROKA MR. A.G. SANTOS SERGEANT TONG SO MR. TSUI PO-SHU MR. Ja'ONG SHUT-TSANG MR. YEUNG CHAP-LAI
Q.P.M. (QUEEN’S POLICE MEDAL)
MR. ERIC BLACKBURN
Q.F.S.M. (QUEEN’S FIRE SERVICE MEDAL)
MR. B.G. FENDER
C.P.M. (COLONIAL POLICE MEDAL)
MR. ABDUL LATIF CASSUMBHOY
MR. CHAN CHO-WING
MR. CHAN HO-YIN
MR. CH IK KWAN-FU
MR. TOMMY KIMMEN CHOY MR. CHU HON-MING MR. P.J. CLARKE MR. B.F. GRAVENER MR. K.W. HODGKINS MR. KWAN SA I-YIU MR. M.F. QUINN MR. R.B. ROCHA MR. J.A. THORPE MR. WAN NGOR
MR. WONG KWAN MR. YUEN TAI
/BADGE OF HONOUR .
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
4
BADGE OF HONOUR
MRS. VIVIAN CHAN PUI-KI MR. CHAN YIU-MO MR. CHEUNG KWAI-LUNG MR. HA KWOK-CHEUNG MR. HAU SAU-TAK MR. HO CHUN-TUNG . MR. HO WING-KWONG MR. KONG YUE-CHEONG MR. WONG MO-YUEN MR. WONG WING-PIU MR. YIP YUM-FONG MR. YUEN CHAU
QUEEN’S COMMENDATION FOR BRAVE CONDUCT
SERGEANT CHU YING-SAN
ORDER OF ST. JOHN
SERVING OFFICER - DR. D. YUE PUI-LAM
SERVING BROTHER - MR. CHIU KUNG-PHOO
- MR. YUEN POR
SERVING SISTER - MISS WOO MO-PING
- MISS YU ME I-YING
-----0------
/5
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
5 -
NEW MAX I CAB ROUTES TO COME INTO OPERATION SOON ******
ELEVEN NEW MAXICAB ROUTES, WHICH WERE OFFERED TO PUBLIC LIGHT BUS OPERATORS EARLIER THIS YEAR, ARE EXPECTED TO COME INTO * OPERATION ON HONG KONG ISLAND TOWARDS THE END OF THIS MONTH.
A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT SELECTION PROCEDURES HAVE NOW BEEN COMPLETED AND LETTERS WOULD BE GOING OUT THIS WEEK TO SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS.
HE SAID: +ONCE THE SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS HAVE INDICATED THEIR AGREEMENT TO OPERATE THE ROUTES OFFERED TO THEM THEN WE CAN START THE NEW SERVICES.+
THE AREAS SERVED BY THE 11 NEW ROUTES INCLUDE BOWEN ROAD, SANDY BAY, KENNEDY TOWN, BROADWOOD ROAD, STANLEY, CHUNG HOM KOK, SHING ON VILLAGE AND CAPE COLLINSON.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT RESPONSE TO THIS PARTICULAR EXERCISE WAS QUITE GOOD. *
HE SAID: +UNFORTUNATELY IT TOOK A MUCH LONGER TIME THAN ANTICIPATED TO PROCESS THE APPLICATIONS BECAUSE CERTAIN PROCEDURES HAD TO BE WORKED OUT WITH OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.
+NOW THAT WE HAVE SORTED OUT THESE PROCEDURES WE CAN LOOK FORWARD TO QUICKER PROCESSING IN FUTURE.+
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT UNSUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS CAN APPLY AGAIN VERY SOON. +WE ARE PLANNING TO OFFER ANOTHER 20 ROUTES, THIS TIME IN KOWLOON, AT THE END OF THIS MONTH.+
THESE ROUTES WILL BE THE FIRST OF ABOUT 30 MAX I CAB ROUTES PLANNED FOR KOWLOON.
+WHEN WE HAVE COMPLETED PROCESSING THIS BATCH WE WILL START ON HONG KONG AND KOWLOON AGAIN, AND THEN THE NEW TERRITORIES,* HE SAID.
BY THEN, HE ADDED, THERE SHOULD .BE ABOUT 40 MAXICAB ROUTES ON HONG KONG ISLAND, SOME 30 IN KOWLOON AND MORE THAN 60 IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
-----o------
/6
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
6
HONG KONG TO RECLAIM LAND FROM THE SEA ******
HONG KONG IS EXPANDING -- BY RECLAMATION. IF TWO NEW RECLAMATION PROJECTS GO AHEAD AS PLANNED, THE LAND AREA OF THE TERRITORY WILL BE INCREASED BY ABOUT 10.5 HECTARES.
AS PART OF THE COMPREHENSIVE DEVELOPMENT OF THE MARKET TOWN OF TAI PO, THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO RECLAIM TWO AREAS OF FORESHORE AND SEA BED TOTALLING ABOUT 7.9 HECTARES AT TAI PO KAU. THE RECLAMATION WILL PROVIDE SITES FOR A NEW WHOLESALE FISH MARKET, A MARINE LICENSING OFFICE, A MARINE FUELLING STATION, AN ICE PLANT AS WELL AS A BUS TERMINUS, CAR PARK AND PUBLIC OPEN SPACE. CONSTRUCTION WORK FOR THE RECLAMATION IS DUE TO START BEFORE THE END OF THE YEAR.
THE GOVERNMENT ALSO INTENDS TO RECLAIM AN AREA OF ABOUT
2.5 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEA BED AT YUEN CHAU TSAI, TOLO HARBOUR. THE WORK IS IN CONNECTION WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF • A NEW DUAL THREE-LANE ROAD BETWEEN SHA TIN AND NORTH TAI PO. CONSTRUCTION WORK FOR THE TRUNK ROAD IS DUE TO START EARLY NEXT YEAR.
THE TWO PROJECTS WILL BE PUBLISHED TOMORROW (FRIDAY) IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE, INVITING OBJECTIONS AND CLAIMS RELATING TO THE PROPOSED RECLAMATIONS.
ANYONE WHO HAS OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSALS OR ANY CLAIMS OF PRIVATE RIGHT SHOULD SUBMIT THEM IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS WITHIN TWO MONTHS.
THE NOTICE, IN BOTH ENGLISH AND CHINESE, WITH ITS RELATED PLANS CAN BE SEEN ON NOTICE BOARDS POSTED NEAR THE SITES.
THE PLAN SHOWING THE AREAS INVOLVED MAY ALSO BE SEEN AT THE PORT WORKS DIVISION, FIRST FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG OR THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG, OR THE DISTRICT OFFICE, TAI PO, TAI PO MARKET, NEW TERRITORIES.
o --------
/7
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
TUEN MUN FESTIVAL
******
RESIDENTS OF THE FAST GROWING TUEN MUN NEW TOWN WILL HAVE THEIR FIRST MAJOR FESTIVAL — TUEN MUN.FESTIVAL -- FROM NOVEMBER 4 TO 12 THIS YEAR.
THROUGHOUT THE FESTIVAL PERIOD THEY WILL BE TREATED TO A WIDE VARIETY OF CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL AND ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMMES. '
PARTLY FUNDED BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD, THE TUEN MUN FESTIVAL IS AIMED AT PROMOTING THE NEED TO LIVE IN A COHESIVE AND HARMONIOUS COMMUNITY.
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES, WILL OFFICIALLY OPEN THE FESTIVAL ON NOVEMBER 6. HE IS THE HONORARY PATRON OF THE FESTIVAL.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
A PRESS CONFERENCE TO ANNOUNCE DETAILS OF THE TUEN MUN FESTIVAL WILL BE HELD AT 10 A.M. TOMORROW (FRIDAY) ON THE SIXTH FLOOR OF HONG KONG HOTEL. THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, Mb PETER NG AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FESTIVAL’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR. LAU WONG-FAT WILL EE PRESENT AT THE CONFERENCE.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE PRESS CONFERENCE.
- - 0 - -
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
8
FIRST JOINT SCHOOL MATHEMATICS EXHIBITION ******
THE FIRST JOINT SCHOOL MATHEMATICS EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD FROM SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7) TO OCTOBER 10 AT ST. PAUL’S SECONDARY SCHOOL IN HAPPY VALLEY/
IT WILL BE OPENED DAILY TO THE PUBLIC BETWEEN 10 A.M. AND 5 P.M.
TEN SCHOOLS WILL PARTICIPATE IN THE EXHIBITION, WHICH IS SPONSORED BY THE MATHEMATICS TEACHING CENTRE OF THE ADVISORY INSPECTORATE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.
THE PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS ARE CARITAS ST. FRANCIS PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOL- KING’S COLLEGE, KWUN TONG MARYKNOLL COLLEGE” MORAL TRAINING ENGLISH COLLEGE” QUEEN’S COLLEGE” RAIMONDI COLLEGE-ST. FRANCIS XAVIER’S SCHOOL, TSUEN WAN- ST. LOUIS SCHOOL-ST. PAUL’S SECONDARY SCHOOL AND YING WA COLLEGE.
THE AIM OF THE EXHIBITION IS TO STIMULATE STUDENTS’ INTEREST IN THE LEARNING OF MATHEMATICS, TO PROMOTE CO-OPERATION AMONG THE PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS AND TO AROUSE PUBLIC AWARENESS IN THE IMPORTANCE OF MATHEMATICS IN THIS MODERN AGE.
THE VARIOUS PROJECTS IN THE EXHIBITION WILL DEAL WITH DIFFERENT ASPECTS OF MATHEMATICS AS WELL AS THE DEVELOPMENT OF MATHEMATICS IN RECENT YEARS.
THE PROJECTS ON STATISTICS, NUMBER, MATHEMATICAL TOOLS AND MACHINES SHOW US THE APPLICATION OF MATHEMATICS IN OUR DAILY LIVES-WHILE THE PROJECTS ON LINKAGE DRAWING, GEOMETRIC PATTERNS, PROBABILITY EXPERIMENTS, MATHEMATICAL GAMES AND PUZZLES HELP US TO GRASP THE MORE ENLIGHTENED SIDE OF MATHEMATICS.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND YOUR REPQRTERS/PHOTOGRAPHERS TO COVER THE EXHIBITION AT 10 A.M. ON SATURDAY AT ST PAUL’S SECONDARY SCHOOL, HAPPY VALLEY.
------0-------
/9
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
9
SPEEDPOST SERVICE TO ALL CITIES IN U.S.A.
*****
THE POST OFFICE HAS ANNOUNCED THAT SPEEDPOST CONTRACT SERVICE,WHICH HAS BEEN RESTRICTED TO PRINCIPAL CITIES AND TOWNS IN THE U.S.A., IS NOW AVAILABLE TO ALL DESTINATIONS IN THE COUNTRY.
THE COST FOR THE SERVICE IS A BASIC CHARGE OF $80 FOR THE FIRST POUND PLUS $15 FOR EACH ADDITIONAL POUND.
COMMENTING ON THE EXTENSION OF THE SERVICE, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE POST OFFICE SAID THE SPEEDPOST NETWORK FOR PRIORITY MAIL IS EXPANDING ALL THE TIME AND THIS IS A WELCOME IMPROVEMENT TO THIS POPULAR SERVICE.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO SAID THAT IT IS EXPECTED TO INTRODUCE SPEEDPOST SERVICE TO SWITZERLAND IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR.
-----0------
DONATION OF A CAR ENGINE TO TECHNICAL INSTITUTE * * * *
THE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT OF THE KWUN TONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE TODAY (THURSDAY) RECEIVED A DONATION OF A MERCEDES BENZ ENGINE AS A TEACHING AID FOR ITS CRAFT AND TECHNICIAN APPRENTICES FROM ZUNG FU.
AT A BRIEF CEREMONY HELD AT THE INSTITUTE, MR. C.P. MOORE, MANAGING DIRECTOR OF ZUNG FU, AND MR. D.E. YOUNG, THE SENIOR SERVICE MANAGER, PRESENTED THE ENGINE TO MR. J.R. DEVEREUX, PRINCIPAL OF THE INSTITUTE AND MR. YANG YU-WAI, HEAD OF THE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT.
MR. DEVEREUX SAID: +THIS DONATION IS A VALUABLE ADDITION TO THE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT AND I AM SURE IT WILL BENEFIT THE 500-0DD CRAFT APPRENTICES AND TECHNICIAN APPRENTICES.+
THE FOUR-CYLINDER PETROL ENGINE HAS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION. FUEL INJECTION AND TRANSISTORISED IGNITION SYSTEMS.
------o-------
/10.....................................
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1978
10
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WAN CHAI
******
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY NEW TRAFFIC > ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE INTRODUCED AT THE JUNCTION OF MORRISON HILL ROAD, TIN LOK LANE AND WAN CHAI ROAD FROM 10 A.M. TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
. ■ ■ ’ J
UNDER THE ARRANGEMENTS NORTHBOUND VEHICLES ON MORRISON HILL ROAD WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO TURN RIGHT INTO WAN CHAI ROAD AND EASTBOUND VEHICLES ON WAN CHAI ROAD WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO TURN LEFT INTO TIN LOK LANE. . I .. >
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
-----0------
CAS BAND BEAT I NG■RETREAT * * * *
THE CIVIL AID SERVICES BAND WILL EE BEATING RETREAT AT 8.30 P.M. ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7) AT THE SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND IN WAN CHAI.
THIS IS THE FIRST BEATING RETREAT BY THE BAND WHICH WAS
FORMED IN 1976.
C.A.S. COMMISSIONER, MR. ROGER LOBO, wILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE BEATING RETREAT AT 8.30 P.M. ON SATURDAY AT THE SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND, WAN CHAI.
--------o----------
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN KWUN TONG WILL BE STOPPED FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT TOMORROW (OCTOBER 6) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TEST.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY HOI YUEN ROAD, HOW ROAD aIdEWAI JipNJppptTREET AND H01 BUN R0AD’ 'ELUDING HUNG TO F\\Jnv A I v U n M I I I r O I K u t I «
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES
BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
, FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
CONTENTS • PAGE NO.
HEALTH CARE OF THE ELDERLY TO BE EXPANDED................ 1
GOVERNOR TO OPEN 1978/79 NEW LEGCO SESSION .............. 3
WORK TO START ON SHA TIN HOSPITAL ....................... 4
EXPANSION ON OUT-PATIENTS CLINIC SERVICES ............... 5
S.N.T. CALLS FOR'EXPANSION OF SCOUTING ACTIVITIES IN N.T................................................... 6
VACANCIES FOR ASSISTANT FIRE STATION OFFICER ............. 6 .
PROGRAMME OF TUEN MUN FESTIVAL OUTLINED ................. 8
DETAILS OF STREETS AFFECTED BY MTR EXTENSION PUBLISHED . 9
EDUCATIONAL WALK FOR CHILDREN AT WAN CHAI .............. 10
WARNINGS AGAINST HILL FIRE DURING CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL . 11
ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN MOVES TO SOUTHERN DISTRICT .......... 12
EXAMINATION FEES FOR LOCAL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY INCREASED .............................................. 13
LADY MACLEHOSE TO OPEN NEW GIRLS’ HOME ................. 14
NO MAIL DELIVERY ON PUBLIC HOLIDAY ..................... 14
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
1
HEALTH CARE OF THE ELDERLY TO BE EXPANDED ******
THE MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE HAS RECOMMENDED THE EARLY EXPANSION OF COMMUNITY NURSING TO INCREASE THE HEALTH CARE OF THE ELDERLY AND THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES IS WORKING ON THESE RECOMMENDATIONS, THE SECRETARY FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, MR. E.P. HO, SAID TODAY.
SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF THE ST. JAMES SETTLEMENT, MR. HO SAID WITH THE DRAFTING OF THE WHITE PAPER COVERING SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY STILL INCOMPLETE, IT WAS DIFFICULT FOR HIM TO ANTICIPATE FURTHER GOVERNMENT DECISIONS IN THIS FIELD AT THIS STAGE.
HOWEVER, HE WAS OPTIMISTIC IN ONE AREA — THIS IS THE EXPANSION OF COMMUNITY NURSING TO INCREASE THE HEALTH CARE OF THE ELDERLY.
HE SAID THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES WAS WORKING ON RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE TO TRANSLATE THIS GENERAL DESIRE INTO CONCRETE STEPS FOR THE TRAINING OF NURSES FOR THIS SERVICE, THE DEFINITION OF THE SCOPE OF THEIR OPERATION, THE TERRITORIAL COVERAGE FROM THE VARIOUS REGIONAL HOSPITALS AND CENTRES, AND THE CRITERIA FOR THE SUBVENTION OF SUCH SERVICES WHERE THEY ARE PROVIDED BY THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR.
IF THESE PROPOSALS WERE APPROVED IT WAS HOPED THAT THE COMMUNITY NURSES’ TRAINING AND DEPLOYMENT PROGRAMME WOULD BE PHASED OVER NOT MORE THAN ABOUT FIVE YEARS. BY THE END OF THIS PERIOD IT WAS ESTIMATED THAT SOME 350 ADDITIONAL NURSES WOULD HAVE BEEN DEPLOYED AND UP TO ONE THIRD OF THEIR TIME WOULD BE DEVOTED TO GERIATRIC CARE, HE EXPLAINED.
MR. HO SAID ANOTHER AREA OF CONCERN WAS THE PROVISION OF CARE AND ATTENTION HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY WHO NEEDED RESIDENTIAL FACILITIES WITH GENERAL PURPOSE CARE. THE 1978 SOCIAL WELFARE REVIEW HAD INDICATED THAT THE CURRENT SHORTFALL IN PROVISION WAS OVER 1,000 PLACES OR NEARLY TWO THIRDS OF DEMAND.
+CONS IDER ING THAT THE CASES REPRESENTED AS THE DEMAND HERE ARE LEAST ABLE TO FEND FOR THEMSELVES, THIS IS A SERIOUS MATTER,+ HE SAID.
HITHERTO THIS SERVICE HAD BEEN WHOLLY PROVIDED BY THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR, +AND WE ARE MOST ANXIOUS TO SPEED UP THE PROCESS OF MEETING THIS SHORTFALL WHICH IS ESTIMATED TO BE STILL AT OVER 500 PLACES BY MARCH, 1981.+
MR. HO SAID HE WOULD WELCOME SUGGESTIONS AS TO HOW ACTION COULD BE SPEEDED UP.
/LEAVING the .....
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
2
LEAVING THE UNCERTAINTIES OF THE FUTURE FOR THE PRACTICAL REALITIES OF SPECIFIC PLANS, MR. HO SAID, HE WAS VERY GLAD TO LEARN THAT THE SETTLEMENT INTENDED TO OPEN A DAY-CARE UNIT TO SERVE THOSE ELDERLY PERSONS WHO REQUIRED NURSING AND PERSONAL CARE IN THE DAYTIME. +l HAVE NO DOUBT THAT SUCH A UNIT WILL BE A MOST POPULAR ADDITION TO THE SPLENDID SERVICES WHICH THE SETTLEMENT IS ALREADY OFFERING TO THE PEOPLE IM THE AREA. THIS IS POSSIBLY A PARTIAL ANSWER TO THE QUESTION I HAVE JUST POSED AND IN YOUR TYPICAL WAY DEMONSTRATES THE FORWARD LOOKING NATURE OF YOUR PROJECTS.*
MR. HO SAID THE OBJECTIVE OF GOVERNMENT’S PROGRAMME PLAN FOR THE ELDERLY WAS TO PROMOTE THE WELL BEING OF THE ELDERLY IN ALL ASPECTS OF THEIR LIVING BY PROVIDING SERVICES THAT WOULD ENABLE THEM TO REMAIN MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY FOR AS LONG AS POSSIBLE- AND TO THE EXTENT NECESSARY TO PROVIDE RESIDENTIAL CARE SUITED TO THE VARYING NEEDS OF THE ELDERLY.
+l AM GLAD TO OBSERVE THAT IN THE MANY COMMENTS RECEIVED ON THE GREEN PAPER PROPOSALS PUBLISHED LAST NOVEMBER THERE WAS NO CRITICISM OF THIS BASIC OBJECTIVE,* HE SAID.
MR. HO SAID THAT ALTHOUGH THE WHITE PAPER HAD NOT BEEN FINALISED THE GOVERNMENT HAD ALREADY PUT INTO OPERATION A NUMBER OF THE IMPORTANT PROPOSALS IN THE GREEN PAPER WHICH WOULD INVOLVE ADDITIONAL GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE OF ABOUT $60 MILLION IN 1978/79 AND $90 MILLION IN 1979/80.
HE SAID GOVERNMENT’S RECORD IN THE SOCIAL WELFARE FIELD IN RECENT YEARS WAS SUFFICIENT TESTIMONY OF ITS DETERMINATION TO BRING ABOUT FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS.
+TOTAL SOCIAL WELFARE EXPENDITURE HAS INCREASED MORE THAN 13 FOLD FROM JUST UNDER $40 MILLION IN 1970/71 TO OVER $540 MILLION IN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR,* MR. HO SAID.
+S0 THERE IS NO QUESTION OF TURNING BACK THE CLOCK AND WE WILL PRESS ON WITH OUR DEVELOPMENT PLANS. BUT PROGRAMME PLANS NO MATTER HOW COMPREHENSIVE WILL SERVE LITTLE PURPOSE UNLESS THEY CAN BE EFFECTIVELY IMPLEMENTED. THIS REQUIRES THE CONCERTED EFFORT OF BOTH THE GOVERNMENT AND THE VOLUNTARY SECTOR WORKING IN PARTNERSHIP TOWARDS A COMMON GOAL. THE EXPERIENCE AND EXPERTISE OF THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, COUPLED WITH THE PLANNING, CO-ORDINATION, FINANCIAL AND SERVICE SUPPORT OF THE GOVERNMENT WILL ENSURE THAT ADEQUATE FACILITIES AND HELP WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL WHO ARE IN NEED,* HE SAID.
--------o ---------
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
- 3 -
GOVERNOR TO OPEN NEW LEGCO SESSION
* * * * * r
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WILL REVIEW THE AFFAIRS CF HONG KONG WHEN HE OPENS THE NEW LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SESSION FOR 1978/79 ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 11).
THE PROCEEDINGS, WHICH BEGIN AT 2.30 P.M. IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL CHAMBER, WILL BE BROADCAST LIVE ON RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG CHANNEL 2 (CHINESE) AND CHANNEL 3 (ENGLISH).
COMMERCIAL RADIO WILL BROADCAST THE ADDRESS IN CHINESE ON ITS CHANNEL 1 WHILE THE TWO TELEVISION STATIONS WILL GIVE HIGHLIGHTS OF THE GOVERNOR’S REVIEW IN THEIR REGULAR NEWS PROGRAMMES.
ON NOVEMBER 1, THE CHIEF SECRETARY WILL MOVE A MOTION TO THANK THE GOVERNOR FOR HIS ADDRESS AND UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL SPEAK ON THE MOTION ON THE SAME DAY AND THE FOLLOWING DAY (NOVEMBER 2). IF NECESSARY.
OFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL ARE SCHEDULED TO REPLY ON NOVEMBER 15 AND, IF NECESSARY, NOVEMBER 16 TO THE POINTS RAISED BY THE UNOFFICIALS.
MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL EE JOINED BY THEIR FOUR NEWLY-APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL COLLEAGUES IN THE NEW SESSION. THEY ARE DR. THE HON. HO KAM-FAI, THE HON. ALLEN LEE, THE HON. DAVID NEWBIGGING AND THE HON. ANDREW SO.
A
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
WORK TO START ON SHA TIN HOSPITAL
******
A $40.3 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE FIRST PHASE OF THE SHA TIN TEACHING HOSPITAL AND POLYCLINIC WAS SIGNED TODAY AT THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS.
WORK ON THE FIRST PHASE, WHICH COMPRISES SITE PREPARATION AND CAISSON FOUNDATION WORK, IS EXPECTED TO START THIS MONTH AND TAKE ABOUT TEN MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
THE CONTRACT FOR THIS WORK WAS AWARDED TO THE HING LEE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY.
WHEN FULLY COMPLETED IN SEPTEMBER 1982, THE REGIONAL HOSPITAL WILL HAVE 1,400 BEDS AND SERVE 700,000 PEOPLE IN THE EASTERN AREA OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE NEW HOSPITAL WILL PROVIDE A FULL RANGE OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH FACILITIES WITH GENERAL AND SPECIALIST SERVICES, ' INCLUDING OUT-PATIENTS AND CASUALTY SERVICES AND TREATMENT FOR PATIENTS BEFORE AND AFTER HOSPITALISATION.
IT WILL ALSO BE THE TEACHING HOSPITAL FOR THE PROPOSED MEDICAL FACULTY OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.
THE HOSPITAL COMPLEX WILL INCLUDE A MAIN WARD BLOCK, A SPECIAL WARD BLOCK, A PROFESSORIAL ANNEX AND A TEACHING POLYCLINIC.
RESIDENTIAL QUARTERS FOR ABOUT 2,000 MEDICAL STAFF AND STUDENTS WILL ALSO BE BUILT CONCURRENTLY WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HOSPITAL.
SITES FOR THE HOSPITAL AND OTHER CONNECTED FACILITIES ARE ALL LOCATED ON RECLAIMED LAND.
DESIGN FOR THE HOSPITAL IS BASED ON THE PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL WARD SYSTEM AND WAS PREPARED BY THE ARCHITECTURAL OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
THE HOSPITAL WILL BE FINANCED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTERED BY THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT, WITH THE TEACHING STAFF EMPLOYED AND PAID BY THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY.
TOTAL COST OF THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BE NEARLY $400 MILLION.
-----o------
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
- 5 -
OUT-PATIENTS CLINIC SERVICES EXPAND
******
THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT IS TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL CLINIC SESSIONS IN THE EVENING AS WELL AS ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS IN YET ANOTHER MAJOR EFFORT TO EXPAND OUT-PATIENTS SERVICES FOR THE COMMUNITY.
FROM MONDAY (OCTOBER 9), FOUR MORE GOVERNMENT OUT-PATIENTS CLINICS WILL OPERATE EVENING SESSIONS. THESE ARE TANG SHIU KIN HOSPITAL’S OUT-PATIENTS DEPARTMENT ON THE ISLAND, THE SHEUNG SHA WAN JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC IN KOWLOON AND THE YUEN LONG JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC AND SHEK WU HUI JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
IN ADDITION, THE KOWLOON HOSPITAL OUT-PATIENTS DEPARTMENT AND THE YAUMATI JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC, WHICH ALREADY PROVIDE EVENING CLINIC SERVICES, WILL HAVE EXTRA DOCTORS TO SERVE THE INCREASING NEED IN THE AREAS.
THE YUEN LONG JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC AND THE SHEK WU HUI JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC WILL ALSO OPERATE ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.
AT PRESENT, 10 CLINICS ARE PROVIDING OUT-PATIENTS SERVICES IN THE EVENING AND SIX CLINICS ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS. THERE ARE MORE THAN 50 GOVERNMENT OUT-PATIENTS CLINICS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG ISLAND, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES SERVING THE COMMUNITY.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT EXPLAINED THAT THE PROVISION OF EXTRA CLINICAL SESSIONS IN THE EVENING AND ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS IS IN LINE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE TO IMPROVE THE OUT-PATIENTS SERVICES.
+THESE ARE CONSIDERED TO BE THE MOST PRACTICAL AND EFFICIENT SHORT-TERM MEASURES TO ALLEVIATE THE PRESSURE ON OUT-PATIENTS SERVICES CAUSED BY THE STEADY POPULATION GROWTH,* HE SAID.
+EXPERIENCES DURING THE PAST YEARS SHOWED THAT THE ADDITIONAL SESSIONS HAVE CONTRIBUTED MUCH TO RELIEVING THE PRESSURE AT GOVERNMENT CLINICS AND AT THE SAME TIME HAVE PROVIDED A MUCH NEEDED FACILITY FOR PEOPLE WHO PREFER TO ATTEND CLINICS IN THE EVENINGS,* HE ADDED.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THIS SCHEME IS BEING KEPT UNDER CONSTANT REVIEW WITH A VIEW TO MAKING FURTHER IMPROVEMENTS AND EXPANSION WHERE NECESSARY.
HE URGED THE PUBLIC TO MAKE BETTER USE OF THESE ADDITIONAL FACILITIES AS SOME EVENING CLINICS ARE NOT FULLY UTILISED.
FR IDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
6
MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES CALLS
FOR EXPANSION OF SCOUTING ACTIVITIES IN N.T
******
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES, THIS (FRIDAY) EVENING URGED THE N.T. REGIONAL ORGANISATION OF THE HONG KONG SCOUT ASSOCIATION TO SET UP A WORKING PARTY TO PLAN A PHASED EXPANSION OF SCOUTING IN THE RAPIDLY-DEVELOPING NEW TERRITOR IES.
HE SAID THE WORKING PARTY SHOULD ALSO LOOK AT WHAT STAFF, BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT MAY BE NEEDED AS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE NEW AND EXPANDING TOWNS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES.
MR. AKERS-JONES MADE THE SUGGESTION AT A FUND-RAISING BALL ORGANISED BY THE ASSOCIATION AT THE HOLIDAY INN.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE POPULATION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD REACH ABOUT TWO MILLION PEOPLE BY 1984. +THIS EXPANSION WILL REQUIRE AN EFFORT ON THE PART OF ALL OUR COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS TO GROW AND EXTEND THEIR FACILITIES TO THE PEOPLE, THE MEN, .WOMEN AND CHILDREN WHO WILL BE LIVING IN THE NEW TOWNS.+
+TO THIS END IT IS MOST IMPORTANT ABOVE ALL THAT THE WELL-ESTABLISHED ORGANISATIONS SUCH AS THE SCOUTS AND THE GIRL GUIDES SHOULD EXAMINE MOST CAREFULLY THEIR EXPANSION PROGRAMMES TO MEET THE NEEDS OF THIS GROWING POPULATION AND THE STAFF AND OTHER FACILITIES REQUIRED TO FULFIL THEM,+ MR. AKERS-JONES SAID.
- - 0 - -
RECRUITMENT OF ASSISTANT STATION OFFICER
******
THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS TO LAUNCH A RECRUITMENT DRIVE NEXT WEEK TO FILL SOME 50 VACANCIES IN THE RANK OF ASSISTANT STATION OFFICER.
THE RECRUITS WILL BE TRAINED FOR GENERAL FIRE FIGHTING AND RESCUE WORK BUT THEY WILL ALSO BE REQUIRED TO PERFORM SUPERVISORY AND ADMINISTRATIVE DUTIES.
APPLICANTS SHOULD BE AGED BETWEEN 18 AND 30, HAVE GOOD PHYSIQUE AND NORMAL EYE SIGHT.
THE MINIMUM ACADEMIC QUALIFICATION AN APPLICANT MUST HAVE IS FIVE SUBJECTS, INCLUDING ENGLISH LANGUAGE (SYLLABUS B) AT GRADE E IN THE HONG KONG CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION.
/THE STARTING
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
7
THE STARTING SALARY FOR AN ASSISTANT STATION OFFICER VARIES FROM 52,425 TO $2,835 DEPENDING ON QUALIFICATIONS AND IT RISES TO $3,155.
AN INCREMENT IS AWARDED ON SATISFACTORY COMPLETION OF SIX MONTHS’ RESIDENTIAL TRAINING COURSE IN THE FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL AT PAT HEUNG, THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE OFFICER WILL BE PUT ON PROBATION FOR THE FIRST THREE YEARS, AFTER WHICH, PROVIDED HE HAS CARRIED OUT ALL HIS DUTIES SATISFACTORILY AND PASSES THE REQUIRED EXAMINATIONS, HE WILL BE CONFIRMED TO THE PERMANENT AND PENSIONABLE ESTABLISHMENT AND ADVANCED TO THE RANK OF STATION OFFICER AUTOMATICALLY. THE PRESENT SALARY SCALE FOR A STATION OFFICER IS 53,850 TO $5,865 PER MONTH.
COMMENTING ON THE RECRUITMENT, A FIRE SERVICES SPOKESMAN SAID: +A CAREER WITH THE FIRE SERVICES OFFERS VARIETY AND INTEREST TO THOSE JOINING THE DEPARTMENT, ALTHOUGH IT MUST BE POINTED OUT THAT THE WORK OF A FIRE OFFICER IS OFTEN DEMANDING, BOTH MENTALLY- AND PHYSICALLY.
+AND AMONG THE MANY QUALITIES WE ARE LOOKING FOR IN A SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATE IS THAT OF LEADERSHIP,+ HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN NOTED THAT WITH THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF HIGH RISE BUILDINGS AND SOPHISTICATION OF COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY IN HONG KONG, THE FIRE SERVICES IS ALSO EXPANDING TO KEEP PACE BY CREATING ADDITIONAL PROMOTION OPPORTUNITIES.
+THE HIGHER RANKS OF THE DEPARTMENT ARE OPEN TO THOSE WHO SHOW APTITUDE AND ARE PREPARED TO STUDY HARD TO ATTAIN HIGHER QUALIFICATIONS,+ HE SAID.
ANYONE WHO IS INTERESTED IN A CAREER WITH THE FIRE SERVICES SHOULD APPLY IN PERSON BETWEEN 9 A.M. AND 6 P.M. FROM WEDNESDAY TO FRIDAY (OCTOBER 11 - 13) AT TSIM SHA TSUI FIRE STATION ON CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON.
HE SHOULD BRING HIS IDENTITY CARD, DOCUMENTS PROVING HIS EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS AND A DULY COMPLETED APPLICATION FORM (G.F. 340) WHICH IS OBTAINABLE FROM ANY CITY DISTRICT OFFICE, THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRE OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND THE LOCAL EMPLOYMENT SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT.
CANDIDATES SHOULD ALSO BRING ALONG A PAIR OF RUBBER-SOLED GYM SHOES AND SHORTS FOR USE IN THE STRENGTH TEST AT THE RECRUITMENT CENTRES. A PAMPHLET ENTITLED +HOW TO JOIN AS A FIREMAN+ GIVES FULL DETAILS OF THE STRENGTH TEST AND IS AVAILABLE FREE OF CHARGE FROM CITY DISTRICT OFFICES.
-------o
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
8
DETAILS OF TUEN MUN FESTIVAL OUTLINED
* * * *
ABOUT $200,930 WILL BE SPENT TO PROVIDE RESIDENTS OF THE FAST-GROWING TUEN MUN NEW TOWN WITH THEIR FIRST MAJOR FESTIVAL -THEN MUN FESTIVAL - FROM NOVEMBER 4 TO 12 THIS YEAR.
THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. PETER NG, TOLD A PRESS CONFERENCE AT THE HONG KONG HOTEL TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THROUGHOUT THE FESTIVAL PERIOD THE RESIDENTS WOULD EE TREATED TO A WIDE VARIETY OF CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL AND ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMMES.
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES, WILL OFFICIALLY OPEN THE FESTIVAL ON NOVEMBER 6 IN HIS CAPACITY AS HONORARY PATRON OF THE FESTIVAL.
+THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD HAS ALLOCATED $50,000 OF ITS FUNDS TO THE FESTIVAL WHICH AIMS AT AROUSING RESIDENTS’ INTERESTS IN CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES TO PAVE THE WAY FOR OPTIMUM UTILIZATION OF CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES SOON TO BE BUILT IN TUEN MUN,+ HE SAID.
+THE FESTIVAL ALSO AIMS AT BUILDING UP THE COMMUNITY OF TUEN MUN AND TO INSTIL A STRONGER SENSE OF BELONGING THROUGH THE INVOLVEMENT OF RESIDENTS IN PARTICIPATING AND ORGANISING THE FESTIVAL. +
ALSO SPEAKING AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE WAS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FESTIVAL’S ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR. LAU WONG-FAT, WHO TOLD THE GATHERING THAT HIGHLIGHTS OF THE PROGRAMMES WOULD INCLUDE A SERIES OF CONCERTS BY THE HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA, THE HONG KONG UNITED CHINESE ORCHESTRA AND THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE BRASS BAND. MANY POPULAR SINGERS AND TELEVISION ARTISTES WILL HELP ADD GLAMOUR TO THE OCCASION.
THERE WILL ALSO EE A VARIETY SHOW, DRAMA AND DANCING PERFORMANCES, A FILM SHOW AND FOOTBALL MATCHES AS WELL AS COMPETITIONS IN DRAMA, SINGING AND DANCING.
AT THE SAME TIME A +TUEN MUN ART EXHIBITION '78+ WILL BE HELD DAILY FROM NOVEMBER 6 TO 11 AT THE HOH FUK TONG COLLEGE.
THE FESTIVAL WILL END WITH A GRAND CARNIVAL TO BE HELD AT THE TUEN MUN PLAYGROUND ON NOVEMBER 12.
/?
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
- 9
DETAILS OF STREETS AFFECTED BY MTR EXTENSION GAZETTED ******
A NOTICE GIVING DETAILS OF STREETS THAT WILL BE AFFECTED BY THE START OF WORK ON THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY EXTENSION TO TSUEN WAN IS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
THE WORK, INVOLVING THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE LAI KING AND TAI WO HAU STATIONS, SECTIONS OF THE OVERHEAD VIADUCT NORTH OF LAI KING STATION AND SECTIONS OF THE TUNNELS LINKING THE KWAI HING AND TAI WO HAU STATIONS, WILL BEGIN IN NOVEMBER AND TAKE ABOUT FOUR YEARS TO COMPLETE.
THE MAIN ROADS TO BE AFFECTED BY THE FIRST STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION WILL BE KWAI CHUNG ROAD, LAI KING HILL ROAD AND CASTLE PEAK ROAD, WHERE RESTRICTIONS TO CARRIAGEWAYS AND FOOTPATHS WILL BE NECESSARY.
SOME STAIRCASES AND PATHS WILL BE PERMANENTLY ALTERED OR CLOSED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAYOUT OF THE M.T.R. STATIONS, BUT ALTERNATIVE PEDESTRIAN ACCESS WILL BE PROVIDED.
PLANS SHOWING THE AREAS AFFECTED BY THE PROJECT MAY BE INSPECTED DURING OFFICE HOURS IN THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE AT THE FU WAH CENTRE, 310 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TSUEN WAN- THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE OF THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE IN THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING ENTRANCE, CENTRAL- AND THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 10TH FLOOR, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, 405 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON.
THE NOTICE GAZETTED TODAY STIPULATED THAT CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION MUST BE MADE IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS.
CLAIMS MUST REACH THE OFFICE OF THE DIRECTOR WITHIN A YEAR OF THE DATE OF THE CLOSURE OF THE STREET OR THE COMPLETION OF THE SUBSTANTIAL ALTERATION THAT IS ALLEGED TO HAVE CAUSED PECUNIARY LOSS OR DAMAGE.
0 -
/1O
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
10
EDUCATIONAL WALK FOR CHILDREN AT WAN CHAI ******
ABOUT 270 CHILDREN FROM 12 SCHOOLS IN WAN CHAI WILL BE TESTED ON THEIR GENERAL CRIME PREVENTION AND ROAD SAFETY KNOWLEDGE DURING AN EDUCATIONAL WALK ON OCTOBER 8 (SUNDAY).
THE WALK WILL START AT SHUE YAN COLLEGE AT MONMOUTH PATH AND END AT SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND, COVERING BOWEN DRIVE, BOWEN ROAD, WAN CHAI GAP ROAD, QUEEN’S ROAD EAST AND JOHNSTON ROAD.
WAN CHAI CITY DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. BOWEN LEUNG, SAID: +IT IS HOPED THAT THROUGH PUBLICISING THE WALK, WAN CHAI RESIDENTS COULD BE EDUCATED IN CRIME PREVENTION AND ROAD SAFETY KNOWLEDGE.+
AS PART OF THE ROAD SAFETY ACTIVITIES HELD IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE WAN CHAI BEAT CRIME CAMPAIGN THE WALK WILL START AT 9 A.M. AND TAKE ABOUT 50 MINUTES TO COMPLETE.
CARTOONS DEPICTING DIFFERENT ASPECTS OF EITHER CRIME PREVENTION OR ROAD SAFETY WILL BE PUT UP AT EACH OF THE 12 CHECKPOINTS SET UP ALONG BOWEN ROAD. ON ARRIVING AT EACH CHECKPOINT ALL PARTICIPANTS WILL HAVE TO ANSWER QUESTIONS AGAINST THE STORIES DESCRIBED IN INE CARTOONS AND TICK THE RIGHT ANSWER ON THE QUESTIONNAIRE PAPER GIVEN TO THEM BEFOREHAND.
AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE WALK, THE PAPERS WILL BE CORRECTED AND THE 12 PARTICIPANTS WHO HAVE SCORED THE HIGHEST MARKS WILL BE AWARDED A PRIZE.
MEANWHILE, AT 7.30 P.M. THE SAME DAY, THE G.I.S, MOBILE THEATRE WILL STAGE A VARIETY SHOW TO BFrillG THE MESSAGE ON ROAD SAFETY TO RESIDENTS IN WAN CHAI.
THE TWO-HOUR SHOW WILL FEATURE A SERIES OF ENTERTAINMENT PROGRAMMES INCLUDING POP SONGS, PUPPET SHOWS, MODEL CAR DEMONSTRATIONS, ACROBATIC DISPLAYS AND A DRAMA PERFORMED BY THE HONG KONG REPERTORY THEATRE.
A ROAD SAFETY BUS CONTAINING DISPLAYS, GAMES AND A +MOUSE TOWN+ WILL BE STATIONED IN SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND TO COINCIDE WITH THOSE TWO EVENTS.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE EDUCATIONAL WALK TO BE HELD ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 8) FROM 9 A.M. TO NOON STARTING FROM SHUE YAN COLLEGE, AND TO THE ROAD SAFETY VARIETY SHOW AT 7.30 P.M. ON THE SAME DAY AT SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND, WAN CHAI.
- 0 -
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
11
WARNINGS AGAINST HILL-FIRE DURING # * K O
CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL
THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT TODAY WARNED VISITORS TO GRAVE SITES DURING THE CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL TO BE CAREFUL AND NOT TO START ANY HILL FIRES.
DURING ONE DAY OF CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVITIES LAST YEAR, SOME 6,000 TREES WERE DAMAGED IN 53 FIRES. THE AREA BURNT COVERED 65 HECTARES (ABOUT 150 ACRES).
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID ALL OF THESE FIRES WERE CAUSED BY SHEER CARELESSNESS OF VISITORS TO THE GRAVE SITES.
+THIS YEAR, FIRE GUARD PATROLS WILL BE INCREASED, AND CIVIL AID SERVICES PATROLS WILL BE DOUBLED TO 150 PERSONNEL TO ENSURE THAT VISITORS DO NOT BREAK THE COUNTRY CODE.+ HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT PEOPLE COULD ASSIST IN FIRE PREVENTION BY:
* CLEARING WEEDS SURROUNDING THE GRAVE BEFORE BURNING JOSS STICKS OR PAPER-
* BURN GRADUALLY AND IN SMALL QUANTITIES-
* WATCH OUT FOR SPARKS AND HOT ASHES-
* IF POSSIBLE, USE A CONTAINER AS AN INCINERATOR TO CONTROL THE SPREAD OF FIRE"
* BEAT OUT THE FIRE WITH TREE BRANCHES IF THE FIRE DOES JUMP TO NEARBY VEGETATION. DON’T PANIC- AND
* DON’T LEAVE THE SITE BEFORE ALL MATERIAL IS COMPLETELY BURNT OUT OR EXTINGUISHED.
+THE INCIDENCE OF HILL FIRE HAS CAUSED GREAT CONCERN TO THE DEPARTMENT AND ASSOCIATED AGENCIES AND WE CANNOT AFFORD TO BE LENIENT WITH ANY OFFENDERS. PENALTIES FOR BREACHING THE COUNTRYSIDE REGULATIONS COULD RESULT IN A MAXIMUM FINE OF $5,000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR ONE YEAR.+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
---o------
/12
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
12
ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN MOVES TO SOUTHERN DISTRICT *******
AN INTENSIVE, MONTH-LONG ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN WILL BE LAUNCHED IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF HONG KONG IN THE MIDDLE OF THIS MONTH.
DETAILS OF THE CAMPAIGN WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TO BE HELD AT THE JUMBO FLOATING RESTAURANT AT ABERDEEN ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 9).
SPEAKING AT THE CONFERENCE WILL BE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE, MR. HO CHUN-TUNG- ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS, MR. CANICE.MAK, AND CITY DISTRICT OFFICER (SOUTHERN), MISS ELLE SHUM.
THE CAMPAIGN, WHICH HAS TAKEN MORE THAN FOUR MONTHS TO ORGANISE, INVOLVES THE PARTICIPATION OF OVER 20 LOCAL ORGANISATIONS OF THE DISTRICT. IT WILL START OFF WITH A GRAND OPENING IN WHICH 1,000 YOUNG PEOPLE WILL DISTRIBUTE LEAFLETS TO RESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICT. THEREAFTER, ABOUT 40 EVENTS OF VARIOUS KINDS WILL BE HELD DURING THE MONTH TO DRIVE HOME THE ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE TO BOTH THE POPULATION ON LAND AND IN THE ABERDEEN TYPHOON SHELTER.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPORTERS AND PHOTOGRAPHERS TO COVER THE PRESS CONFERENCE WHICH WILL START AT 1 P.M.
PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE AVAILABLE. A GOVERNMENT VAN (AM 2121) TAKING MEMBERS OF THE PRESS TO THE CONFERENCE WILL LEAVE FROM THE SUPREME COURT AT BATTERY PATH AT 12.30 P.M. SHARP.
_ 0 - -
/13
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
13
EXAMINATION FEES FOR LOCAL CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY INCREASED *****
EXAMINATION FEES FOR ALL GRADES OF LOCAL CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY AS SHIPS MASTER OR ENGINEER, INCLUDING THE PLEASURE VESSEL GRADE, HAVE BEEN INCREASED FROM 525 TO $100.
THIS WAS ANNOUNCED IN THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (FEES)(AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS, 1978 PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY.
MEANWHILE, EXAMINATION FEES FOR BONA FIDE FISHERMEN SITTING FOR MODIFIED CERTIFICATES HAVE ALSO BEEN INCREASED FROM 515 TO 560.
COMMENTING ON THE INCREASE, A MARINE DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THE REVISION WAS THE FIRST SINCE 1965.
THE REGULATIONS ALSO PROVIDE FOR THE FORFEITURE OF ANY EXAMINATION FEES PAID BY CANDIDATES IN THE EVENT OF THEIR FAILURE TO ATTEND THE EXAMINATION AT THE APPOINTED TIME, UNLESS THE MARINE DEPARTMENT EXAMINATION CENTRE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE CANCELLATION OF THE APPOINTMENT AT LEAST THREE DAYS IN ADVANCE OR IT CAN BE PROVED THAT THE FAILURE TO ATTEND WAS DUE TO CIRCUMSTANCES BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THE CANDIDATE.
---0-------
/14
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1978
- 14 -
LADY MACLEHOSE TO OPEN NEW GIRLS’ HOME
******
LADY MACLEHOSE WILL OFFICIALLY OPEN THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S NEW MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME IN HO MAN TIN ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 9).
SHE WILL UNVEIL A PLAQUE TO MARK THE OPENING OF THE $4 MILLION INSTITUTION WHICH REPLACES THE OLD ONE IN TO KWA WAN.
THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL TAKE PLACE AT 10.30 A.M. AT THE GIRLS’ HOME AT 51 SHEUNG SHING STREET IN HO MAN TIN.
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, WILL ALSO SPEAK AT THE CEREMONY.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE OPENING OF THE NEW MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME AT 51 SHEUNG SHlNG STREET, HO MAN TIN.
PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED FOR MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES A GOVERNMENT VAN, AM 2143, WILL LEAVE AT 9.40 A.M. ON MONDAY FROM THE EAST ENTRANCE OF THE LEE GARDENS, CAUSEWAY BAY. MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO MAKE THEIR OWN WAY TO THE GIRLS’ HOME ARE REQUESTED TO ARRIVE THERE BEFORE 10.15 A.M.
-------0 - - - -
NO MAIL DELIVERY ON TUESDAY
******
THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THERE WILL BE NO MAIL DELIVERY ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10) WHICH IS A PUBLIC HOLIDAY.
ON THAT DAY, ALL POST OFFICES WILL BE CLOSED.
- - - - 0 --
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1978 ■i CONTENTS PAGE'NO.
GOVERNOR OPENS SHA TIN RACE-COURSE .................. 1
GOVERNMENT TO PROVIDE FREE REPAIR OR RENEWAL OF ARTIFICIAL LIMBS .................................... 2
NEW HANDBOOK ON HONG KONG ......................... "
••••••••
+PARENTS’ WEEK+ IN WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT............. 4
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN TAI KOK TSUI AND KWUN TONG 5 HOLIDAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR MARINE DEPARTMENT .......... 5
FIRING PRACTICE ..................................... 6
WATER CUT..........'................................. 6
/
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1978
1
GOVERNOR OPENS SHA * *
TIN RACE-COURSE *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY THAT THE SHA TIN RACE-COURSE PROJECT WOULD BE A CENTRAL FEATURE OF THE SHA TIN NEW TOWN AS WELL AS AN ADDITIONAL AMENITY FOR ALL PEOPLE IN HONG KONG.
SPEAKING AT THE OFFICIAL OPENING OF THE RACE-COURSE, SIR MURRAY SAID THE CENTRE OF THE COURSE PROVIDED A +DELIGHTFUL PARK+ FOR THE PUBLIC OF SHA TIN WHEN RACING WAS NOT TAKING PLACE.
THE GOVERNOR ALSO PRAISED THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB FOR ITS INITIATIVE IN THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE PROJECT AND UNDERTAKING TO MEET THE COST OF THE EIGHT-POOL SWIMMING COMPLEX FOR SHA TIN NEW TOWN.
FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH :-
+IT IS NEARLY SEVEN YEARS TO THE DAY THAT MY PREDECESSOR, SIR DAVID TRENCH, GAVE HIS GOVERNMENT’S APPROVAL IN PRINCIPLE TO THIS PROJECT. IT WILL BE A CENTRAL FEATURE OF THE SHA TIN NEW TOWN AND AN ADDITIONAL AMENITY FOR ALL PEOPLE IN HONG KONG. ESPECIALLY FOR THOSE LIVING IN NORTH KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.
+APART FROM PROVIDING RACE GOERS WITH THIS VAST AND SPLENDID FACILITY, THE JOCKEY CLUB HAS PROVIDED IN THE CENTRE OF THE COURSE A DELIGHTFUL PARK WHERE THE PUBLIC OF SHA TIN CAN RELAX WHEN RACING IS NOT TAKING PLACE.
+IN ADDITION WE SHALL SEE THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE IN THE SOUTH WEST CORNER OF THE SITE. THIS IS A PARTNERSHIP OF THE CLUB AND GOVERNMENT, BUT I SHOULD LIKE TO SAY THAT THE INITIATIVE FOR THIS EXCITING CONCEPT CAME FROM THE JOCKEY CLUB ITSELF.
+THE CLUB WILL PAY FOR THE EIGHT-POOL SWIMMING COMPLEX PLANNED FOR THE BENEFIT OF THEIR NEIGHBOURS IN THE NEW TOWN OF SHA TIN. I AM VERY GLAD TO USE THIS OCCASION TO ANNOUNCE THIS GRACEFUL AND WELCOME GESTURE.
+THE PROVISION OF THESE VARIOUS BENEFITS ACCORDS WITH THE HIGH TRADITION OF THE CLUB.
+MAY I WISH THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB EVERY SUCCESS IN THEIR NEW VENTURE. I HAVE MUCH PLEASURE IN NOW UNVEILING A PLAQUE TO MARK THIS IMPORTANT LANDMARK IN THE CLUB’S HI STORY.+
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1978
2
GOVERNMENT TO PROVIDE FREE REPAIR OR RENEWAL OF ARTIFICIAL LIMBS * X * * X * *
THE WELFARE OF INJURED WORKERS TOOK ANOTHER STEP FORWARD TODAY WITH THE ANNOUNCEMENT THAT THE GOVERNMENT WOULD REPAIR OR RENEW FREE OF CHARGE ARTIFICIAL LIMBS FOR THOSE WHO ARE MAIMED AT WORK.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT SAID: +UNDER THE NEW ARRANGEMENT, AN INJURED WORKER CAN APPLY DIRECTLY TO THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT FOR NORMAL REPAIR AND RENEWAL OF PROSTHESIS OR SURGICAL APPLIANCE, IF HE CAN PROVE THAT THE INITIAL FITTING WAS A RESULT OF INDUSTRIAL OR OCCUPATIONAL ACCIDENTS.*
UNDER THE WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ORDINANCE THE EXPENSES FOR THE INITIAL FITTING OF THE PROSTHESIS OR SURGICAL APPLIANCE ARE BORNE BY THE EMPLOYERS.
+HOWEVER,* HE SAID, +THE USABLE LIFE OF A PROSTHESIS OR SURGICAL APPLIANCE IS LIMITED AND AT PRESENT THE INJURED WORKMAN HAS TO MEET THE COSTS OF REPAIR AND RENEWAL.*
EMPLOYEES WHO WANT MORE INFORMATION ON THE NEW ARRANGEMENT CAN APPROACH THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT’S WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION UNIT AT CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES FIFTH FLOOR (TEL: 3-688111 EXT. 431)= THE PROSTHET I STS-1N-CHARGE AT THE DAVID TRENCH REHABILITATION CENTRE, 9B BONHAM ROAD (TEL: 5-495121 EXT. 259)= KOWLOON REHABILITATION CENTRE IN KOWLOON HOSPITAL (TEL: 3-010111 EXT. 146)= OR SOUTH KWAI CHUNG POLYCLINIC (TEL: 12-231161 EXT. 265) IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
0 -------
/5
♦
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1978
NEW HANDBOOK ON HONG KONG
* * * *
A NEW HANDBOOK ON HONG KONG WHICH WILL BE OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO VISITORS IS NOW ON SALE. PRICED AT £4, +AN INTRODUCTION TO HONG KONG+ PROVIDES A CONCISE GUIDE, EXTENSIVELY ILLUSTRATED IN COLOUR, TO THE TERRITORY’S DEVELOPMENT FROM EARLY DAYS TO MODERN TIMES.
i
IT ALSO CONTAINS INFORMATION ON CULTURAL LIFE, LOCAL FESTIVALS, CLIMATE AND OTHER MATTERS USEFUL TO THE VISITORS.
THE BOOKLET IS ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL AND LEADING BOOKSHOPS. IT HAS BEEN COMPILED AND DESIGNED EY THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES.
THE PREFACE TO THE BOOKLET OBSERVES THAT NO-ONE VISITING HONG KONG CAN FAIL TO BE IMPOSED BY ITS REMARKABLE VITALITY.
IT ADDS: +THE SUCCESS OF ITS MANUFACTURING ACTIVITIES HAS EARNED HONG KONG A PLACE IN THE TOP 20 EXPORTING NATIONS.
+AND A BUOYANT ECONOMY HAS SPURRED FAR-REACHING DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES TO MEET THE NEEDS OF A POPULATION OF FOUR-AND-A-HALF MILLION PEOPLE, NEARLY HALF OF WHOM LIVE IN PUBLIC HOUSING.
+HONG KONG’S STATED AIM IS TO BALANCE PROSPERITY AND ECONOMIC GROWTH WITH SOCIAL PROGRESS. IT HAS ALREADY GONE A LONG WAY TOWARDS ACHIEVING THAT IDEAL.+
/4
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1978
- 4 -
WEEK-LONG EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMME FOR PARENTS IN WONG TAI SIN * * * * *
A WEEK-LONG EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMME DESIGNED TO HELP PARENTS BETTER UNDERSTAND THE VARIOUS NEEDS OF THEIR CHILDREN WILL START TOMORROW (SUNDAY) IN WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT.
THE PROGRAMME, KNOWN AS +PARENTS’ WEEK+, IS ORGANISED BY FIVE UNITS OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S GROUP AND COMMUNITY WORK DIVISION IN CONJUNCTION WITH LOCAL VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AS PART OF THE CURRENT FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN.
IT WILL START WITH A VARIETY SHOW AT THE WONG TAI SIN COMMUNITY CENTRE, FEATURING FOLK-SINGING, ORIENTAL DANCES AND A FILM SHOW, TO BE FOLLOWED BY A DISCUSSION SESSION ON CHILD REARING.
OTHER ACTIVITIES WILL BE HELD IN VARIOUS PLACES IN THE DISTRICT ON MONDAY. A SEMINAR, OPEN TO PARENTS WITH CHILDREN AGED FROM TWO TO FIVE YEARS, WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE TSZ WAN SHAN ESTATE COMMUNITY CENTRE (SOUTHERN).
AT THIS SEMINAR, TALKS WILL BE GIVEN ON THE PSYCHOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT OF PLAY-AGE CHILDREN BY TWO PROFESSIONAL WORKERS IN THE CHILD CARE FIELD, AND PARTICIPANTS WILL BE INVITED TO DISCUSS THEIR OWN CHILD REARING PROBLEMS.
FOR PARENTS WHO ARE ANXIOUS ABOUT THE PHYSICAL AND EMOTIONAL ADJUSTMENT OF ADOLESCENT CHILDREN, ANOTHER SEMINAR WILL BE HELD ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) EVENING IN THE TSZ WAN SHAN CHILDREN’S CENTRE OF THE BOYS’ AND GIRLS’ CLUBS ASSOCIATION.
CONCENTRATING ON THE SPECIFIC NEEDS OF SCHOOL AGE CHILDREN, THIS LECTURE-CUM-DISCUSSION, WILL TOUCH ON BEHAVIOURAL GUIDANCE, HOME WORK SUPERVISION AS WELL AS TECHNIQUES TO ACHIEVE BETTER COMMUNICATION.
ON' FRIDAY (OCTOBER 13) EVENING, A REGISTERED NURSE AND MIDWIFE WILL GIVE A LECTURE ON +INFANT CARE, NUTRITION AND PREVENTION OF DISEASE* AT THE TSZ WAN SHAN ESTATE COMMUNITY CENTRE (EASTERN), SUPPLEMENTED BY EDUCATIONAL FILMS ON BABY CARE.
THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE WEEK-LONG PROGRAMME WILL BE A THREE-DAY EXHIBITION OF TOYS AND BOOKS TO BE HELD AT THE TOY LIBRARY OF THE BOYS’ AND GIRLS’ CLUBS ASSOCIATION’S TSZ WAN SHAN CHILDREN’S CENTRE, ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12).
THIS DISPLAY OF A WIDE SELECTION OF TOYS AND MAGAZINES AIMS AT ASSISTING PARENTS IN PLANNING HEALTHY RECREATIONAL PURSUITS FOR THEIR CHILDREN.
APART FROM BRIEF LUNCH-BREAKS, THE EXHIBITION WILL EE OPEN FROM 9.30 A.M. TO 9.30 P.M. ON THURSDAY AND FRIDAY, AND FROM 2.30 P.M. TO 5 P.M. ON SATURDAY. FILMS AND SLIDES ON CHILD REARING WILL BE SHOWN AT REGULAR INTERVALS DURING OPENING HOURS.
------0 ------
/5 ...
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1978
- 5 -
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN TAI KOK TSUI AND KWUN TONG * * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM 10 A.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 9) A SECTION OF TAI KOK TSUI ROAD BETWEEN CHERRY STREET AND BOUNDARY STREET WILL BE DESIGNATED A RESTRICTED ZONE TO ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES FROM 7 A.M. TO 10 A.M. AND FROM 4 P.M. TO 7 P.M. DAILY.
DURING THE RESTRICTED PERIODS, ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES ARE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS AND LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS ALONG THIS SECTION OF TAI KOK TSUI ROAD.
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT FROM 10 A.M. ON MONDAY, PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL EE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE UNNAMED ACCESS ROAD TO SHUN LEE TSUEN ESTATE BEGINNING AT THE JUNCTION OF SAU MAU PING ROAD AND HIP WO STREET IN KWUN TONG.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP IN THESE AREAS TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
-----0------
HOLIDAY ARRANGEMENTS FOR MARINE DEPARTMENT
*****
THE MARINE DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT PUBLIC CARGO WORKING AREAS IN WAN CHAI, YAU MA TEI, KWUN TONG AND TSUEN WAN AND THE PORT COMMUNICATIONS CENTRE WILL REMAIN OPEN ON CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL DAY (OCTOBER 10) WHICH IS A PUBLIC HOLIDAY.
THE OFFICES OF THE MACAU FERRY WHARF UNIT WILL ALSO BE OPEN ON THAT DAY FROM 7.30 A.M. TO 1.30 A.M. THE FOLLOWING MORNING.
ALL OTHER SECTIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT WILL BE CLOSED ON THAT DAY.
-------o----------
/6......
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1978
FIRING PRACTICE * * *
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON TWO DAYS NEXT WEEK.
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES ARE:
DATE HOURS
OCTOBER 12 (THURSDAY) 8.30 A.M. -- 11 P.M.
OCTOBER 13 (FRIDAY) 4 A.M. — 11 A.M.
- - 0
WATER CUT X K #
SALT WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN THE MID-LEVELS WILL BE STOPPED FOR EIGHT HOURS FROM 9 A.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 9) TO FACILITATE WORK BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY 1 - 27A HIGH STREET, 1-9 BONHAM ROAD, 2-10 HOSPITAL ROAD, INCLUDING THE MID-LEVELS POLICE STATION.
- - 0 -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
• . . - • * •
GOVERNMENT STEPS UP EFFORTS TO EMPLOY DISABLED PEOPLE ............................................. 1
NEW TECHNICAL INSTITUTE BEING BUILT IN KOWLOON TONG .. 2
KEEPING FIT WITH YOGA ............................... 3
ALL URBAN CENTRES TO HAVE SWIMMING POOLS ............ 4
BUSY MONTH FOR FLYING VOLUNTEERS..................... 4
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN SAN TIN ............. 5
•l
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1978
1
GOVERNMENT STEPS UP EFFORTS TO EMPLOY DISABLED PEOPLE * * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS PLANNING TO AMEND ITS RECRUITMENT PROCEDURES TO ENABLE MORE DISABLED PERSONS TO BE EMPLOYED IN THE CIVIL SERVICE.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THE SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE HAD SENT A CIRCULAR TO HEADS OF ALL GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS STATING THAT SUITABLE AMENDMENTS WILL BE MADE TO RECRUITMENT PROCEDURES +TO INCREASE THE TEMPO OF RECRUITING DISABLED PERSONS CONSISTENT WITH GOVERNMENT POL ICY.+
THE CIRCULAR POINTS OUT THAT THERE ARE AT PRESENT ABOUT 11,000 BLIND, DEAF OR PHYS ICALLY DISABLED PERSONS OF WORKING AGE IN HONG KONG, OF WHOM 451 HAD JOBS IN THE CIVIL SERVICE ON APRIL 1.
IT SAYS: +IT IS GOVERNMENT POLICY TO PLACE THE DISABLED IN APPROPRIATE JOBS (I.E. IN THE CIVIL SERVICE) WHEREVER POSSIBLE. THIS IS CONSISTENT WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S GENERAL POLICY TO INTEGRATE THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY THROUGH THE PROCESS OF VOCATIONAL REHABILITATION AND EVENTUAL GAINFUL EMPLOYMENT IN THE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SECTOR AS WELL AS IN THE CIVIL SERVICE.*
TO ACHIEVE THIS, THE GOVERNMENT MUST CONTINUE TO GIVE A LEAD IN PLACING THE DISABLED IN APPROPRIATE JOBS IN THE CIVIL SERVICE, RECOGNISING THAT THE ABILITIES OF MANY DISABLED PERSONS OUTWEIGHED THEIR DISABILITIES AND THAT ONLY IN PRODUCTIVE AND REMUNERATIVE EMPLOYMENT WOULD THEIR FULLEST POSSIBLE VOCATIONAL, SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC POTENTIAL BE REALISED. »
+DISABLED EMPLOYEES HAVE MUCH TO OFFER. THEIR VERY LACK OF MOBILITY, COUPLED WITH THE FACT THAT THEIR EMPLOYMENT ENABLES THEM TO REGAIN SELF-RESPECT AND HENCE GENERATES CONSIDERABLE JOB SATISFACTION, MEANS THAT THEY ARE LIKELY TO BE HARD WORKING AND LOYAL.+
THE CIRCULAR URGES HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS TO MAKE +EVEN GREATER EFFORTS* TO EMPLOY MORE DISABLED PERSONS BY:
* ACTIVELY IDENTIFYING JOBS WHICH COULD BE FILLED BY DISABLED PERSONS’ AND
* ARRANGING WI TH THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT FOR ANY NEW OFFICE BUILDINGS EITHER UNDER CONSTRUCTION OR IN THE PLANNING STAGE TO BE PROVIDED WITH NECESSARY FACILITIES IN ANTICIPATION OF THE EMPLOYMENT OF DISABLED PERSONS, AND FOR NECESSARY ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING OFFICE PREMISES AND FITTINGS FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF DISABLED OFFICERS.
IT REMINDS HEADS OF DEPARTMENTS OF THE PROVISIONS OF A CIVIL SERVICE REGULATION REQUIRING DEPARTMENTS TO INFORM THE OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF THE JOB PLACEMENT UNIT OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT OF ANY VACANCY, RECRUITMENT TO WHICH IS NOT BY ADVERTISEMENT, IF THE RECRUITING DEPARTMENT CONSIDERS THAT THE DUTIES OF SUCH A VACANT POST COULD BE UNDERTAKEN BY DISABLED PERSONS.
------o-------
/2....
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1978
2
NEW TECHNICAL INSTITUTE BEING BUILT IN KOWLOON TONG
* * * *
A FIFTH TECHNICAL INSTITUTE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IS BEING BUILT AT RENFREW ROAD IN KOWLOON TONG.
THE INSTITUTE WILL BE NAMED LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AFTER A GENEROUS DONOR WHO HAS CONTRIBUTED SUBSTANTIALLY TOWARDS EQUIPPING OF THE INSTITUTE.
CONSTRUCTION WORK IS PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY AND THE FIRST STAGE IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN JULY NEXT YEAR WHEN CLASSROOMS AND THE ADMINISTRATION BLOCK WILL BE READY. THE SECOND STAGE COMPRISING THE WORKSHOPS, LABORATORIES AND HALL IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION IN FEBRUARY, 1980.
THE INSTITUTE WILL HAVE 21 CLASSROOMS, 30 WORKSHOPS OR SPECIALISED ROOMS AND THREE MAJOR LABORATORIES AS WELL AS A VISUAL-AID ROOM, A LANGUAGE LABORATORY AND SPORTS FACILITIES.
COMMENTING ON THE NEW INSTITUTE, THE PRINCIPAL, MR. HUGH CAMERON SAID, +1 THINK THIS IS THE BEST TECHNICAL INSTITUTE TO BE BUILT SO FAR IN HONG KONG BECAUSE NOT ONLY IS IT WELL PLANNED IT IS LOCATED ON AN EXTENSIVE OPEN SITE WITH FREE SPACE FOR RECREATION PURPOSES BY THE STUDENTS.
♦THERE IS ALSO ROOM ON THE SITE FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF THE INSTITUTE IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS.+
MR. CAMERON ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE INSTITUTE HAS BEEN SPECIALLY DESIGNED AND EQUIPPED TO CATER FOR HANDICAPPED STUDENTS WHO WILL BE ENCOURAGED TO ENROL. THERE WILL BE AN ELEVATOR AND RAMPS THROUGHOUT THE BUILDINGS SO THAT STUDENTS IN WHEELCHAIRS CAN GAIN ACCESS TO ALL AREAS.
THE INSTITUTE WILL OFFER A WIDE RANGE OF COURSES FOR FORM III AND FORM V SCHOOL LEAVERS. THE DISCIPLINES WILL INCLUDE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING, AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING, MOTOR VEHICLE, METAL FINISHING AND A FULL RANGE OF COMMERCIAL, ACCOUNTANCY AND’ SECRETARIAL COURSES.
THIS WILL BE THE FIRST TECHNICAL INSTITUTE WITH A DESIGN DEPARTMENT WHICH WILL INCORPORATE COURSES ON GRAPHIC, INTERIOR FABRIC AND FASHION DESIGNS AS WELL AS JEWELLERY AND CERAMICS.
THE NUMBER OF STUDENTS ATTENDING THE INSTITUTE DAILY WHEN CLASSES ARE FULL IS ESTIMATED TO BE BETWEEN 1,300 AND 1,503, BUT MR. CAMERON POINTED OUT THAT THE ACTUAL ENROLMENT FIGURE WILL BE MUCH HIGHER BECAUSE MANY OF THE STUDENTS WILL BE ATTENDING PART-TIME COURSES — ONCE OR TWICE A WEEK.
THE INSTITUTE WILL ALSO BE HEAVILY COMMITTED TO RUNNING EVENING COURSES AND THE NUMBER OF SUCH STUDENTS WILL RUN INTO THOUSANDS.
o --------
/3
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1978
3
YOGA COURSE TO KEEP FIT
*****
THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT STARTED A NEW COURSE ON YOGA LAST MONTH FOR PEOPLE OF VARIOUS AGE GROUPS WHO WANT TO KEEP FIT.
THE YOGA CLASS BEGAN AT THE MA TAU CHUNG GOVERNMENT PRIMARY SCHOOL FROM SEPTEMBER 21, AND IT IS ONE OF THE MANY +KEEP FIT+ COURSES ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE SAID YOGA IS A GOOD EXERCISE THAT CAN PROVIDE BOTH PHYSICAL FITNESS AND RELAXATION FROM MENTAL STRAIN TO THOSE WHO PRACTISE IT.
+THE COURSE IS DESIGNED FOR BEGINNERS WITH SIMPLE YOGA POSTURES WHICH CAN BE PRACTISED WITHOUT ANY PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE,+ HE SAID.
+THE BEAUTY OF THIS EXERCISE IS THAT IT CAN ALSO CURE MINOR AILMENTS AND SPEED UP RECOVERY FROM AN ILLNESS.+
THE SPOKESMAN SAID BY PRACTISING YOGA PROPERLY AND REGULARLY IT WILL HELP STIMULATE THE, CIRCULATI ON OF BLOOD AND TONE'UP THE HEART AND LUNGS AS WELL AS OTHER VITAL PARTS OF THE BODY.
HE SAID THE EXERCISE IS PARTICULARLY BENEFICIAL IF IT IS PRACTISED IN THE MORNING BEFORE ONE BEGINS A DAY’S WORK BECAUSE YOGA PROVIDES AN EXERCISE FOR EVERY PART OF THE BODY, INCLUDING THE MIND THUS ENABLING ONE TO START THE DAY WITH FITNESS AND IN A GOOD MOOD.
THE COURSE IS OPEN TO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC. MEANWHILE A LEAFLET LISTING THE DETAILS OF THE COURSES ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE FOR THIS MONTH IS OBTAINABLE FROM CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, DISTRICT OFFICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE’S 17 DISTRICT OFFICES. ENQUIRIES CAN ALSO BE MADE AT THE SERVICE HEADQUARTERS, TELEPHONE 5-458791.
------0-------
/4....
4
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1978
ALL URBAN CENTRES TO HAVE SWIMMING POOLS * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT AIMS AT ENSURING THAT ALL URBAN CENTRES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES HAVE SWIMMING POOLS AS PART OF A CALCULATED PLAN TO PSOVIOE EVERY COfflUNITY WITH FACILITIES FOR RECREATION OF ALL K I Iwo.
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES SA D THIS TODAY (SUNDAY) AT THE PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE THIRD NEW TERRITORIES SWIMMING GLGA AT KWAI SHING SWIMMING POOL.
+AT THE MOMENT THERE IS ONLY ONE SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX IN THE NEW TERRITORIES — THE KWAI SHING SWIMMING POOL.+ HE SAID +A NEW SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WILL HOWEVER BE OPENED IN FAN LING LATER THIS MONTH.+
♦THREE OTHER POOLS, ONE AT YUEN LONG, AND ONE AT TUEN MUN AND ANOTHER AT SHA TIN ARE DUE FOR COMPLETION IN 1981,+ HE ADDED.
MR. AKERS-JONES SAID THAT SPORTSMANSHIP AND THE ENTHUSIASM DISPLAYED BY MORE THAN 350 COMPETITORS IN THE SWIMMING GALA WAS INDICATIVE OF THE GROWING INTEREST IN SWIMMING AS A COMPETITIVE SPORT IN HONG KONG.
THE ANNUAL SWIMMING EVENT WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE, THE NEW TERRITORIES SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATION AND THE HEUNG YEE KUK CULTURAL AND RECREATION SUB-COMMITTEE.
----o------
BUSY MONTH FOR FLYING VOLUNTEERS
* * * *
THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE CARRIED OUT 24 MISSIONS IN RESPONSE TO EMERGENCY CALLS LAST MONTH — THE HIGHEST FOR A SINGLE MONTH SINCE ITS INCEPTION.
ON SEVEN OCCASIONS DURING THE MONTH, THE FORCE’S HELICOPTERS WERE CALLED OUT TO SEARCH FOR MISSING CAMPERS, SURVIVORS OF A SUNKEN BOAT AND A LIGHT AIRCRAFT CRASH.
OTHER -MISSIONS INVOLVED FLYI NG PREGNANT WOMEN AND INJURED PERSONS, INCLUDING THOSE SUFFERING FROM SNAKE BITES, FROM OUTLYING ISLANDS TO HOSPITALS.
OF THE MISSIONS, SEVEN WERE UNDERTAKEN DURING THE NIGHT TIME.
SO FAR THIS YEAR, THE RHKAAF HAS MADE MORE THAN 100 FLIGHTS IN RESPONSE TO EMERGENCY CALLS.
--------o ----------
/5
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1978
5
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN SAN TIN * * * * *
A TEAM PROM REGISTRATIONS AT PEOPLE LIVING IN
THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT THE OFFICE OF THE SAN TIN RURAL COMMITTEE FOR THE AREA FOR TWO DAYS ON OCTOBER 16 AND 17.
DURING THE
9.30 A.M. AND 4. SoTm?^ REG1STRAT10NS W,LL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS OR GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN OR WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
ALL PERSONS LIVING IN THE AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSE ILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT OR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES MARITAL STATUS, OR ANY OTHER PARTICULARS WHICH HAVE CHANGED SINCE ’ REGISTERING FOR THEIR IDENTITY CARDS.
------0 - - - _
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LADY MACLEHOSE OPENS S.W.D.’S NEW GIRLS’ HOME ............... 1
TUEN MUN ROAD EMERGENCY TELEPHONES IN OPERATION ............. 3
FINAL PHASE OF TING KOK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TO BEGIN SOON .................................................. 4
SUNDAY FIRES RAVAGE COUNTRYSIDE ........................... ’ 5
SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN BEGINS THIS SUNDAY .. 6
PWD COMPLAINTS OFFICER ON THE MOVE ......................... 7
SINGER FROM HAWAII TOURS HANDICAPPED CHILDREN’S SCHOOL ...................................................... 8
WATER CUT ................................................... 9
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
- 1 -
LADY MACLEHOSE OPENS NEW MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME
******
LADY MACLEHOSE TODAY OFFICIALLY OPENED THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S NEW MA TAU WEI GIRLS’ HOME WHICH SHE SAID WAS REPRESENTATIVE OF THE GROWING AWARENESS OF THE NEEDS OF THE . COMMUNITY.
ADDRESSING THE GATHERING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY, LADY MACLEHOSE SAID THE ULTIMATE SUCCESS OF ANY REHABILITATION PROGRAMME DEPENDED UPON THE RE-1NTEGRATI ON OF THE INDIVIDUAL INTO THE COMMUNITY.
TO THIS END, SHE ADDED, PROBATION OFFICERS AND SOCIAL CASE WORKERS WERE READILY AVAILABLE.
+HOWEVER, TO ENSURE COMPLETE SUCCESS OVER THIS DIFFICULT TRANSITORY PERIOD, IT IS UP TO US ALL TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENCOURAGEMENT AND SO INSTIL RENEWED CONFIDENCE, TO MEET THE CHALLENGE OF LIFE AHEAD,+ SHE SAID.
THE NEW HOME OFFERS A MODERN COMPLEX OF BUILDINGS WITH SPACIOUS AND EXTENSIVE FACILITIES - A FAR CRY FROM THE ORIGINAL HOME BUILT IN 1954.
-♦-FACILITIES ALONE ARE NOT ENOUGH,* LADY MACLEHOSE SAID. +THROUGHOUT HONG KONG, YOUTH PROGRAMMES ARE BEING ORGANISED TO ENCOURAGE YOUNG PEOPLE TO REALIZE THEIR FULL POTENTIAL.*
+SUCH SCHEMES ARE RELIANT UPON THE SPECIALIST SKILLS OF SOCIAL WORKERS, YOUTH LEADERS AND ON THE SUPPORT AND INTEREST OF PEOPLE SUCH AS YOURSELVES,* SHE TOLD THE GATHERING.
LADY MACLEHOSE SAID THAT AT THE NEW GIRLS’ HOME, THE PROFESSIONAL SKILLS WERE OF THE HIGHEST CALIBRE AND IT REQUIRED A HIGH SENSE OF DEDICATION TO SOLVE THE DIFFICULT PSYCHOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR PROBLEMS OF SOME OF THE GIRLS.
+1 SHOULD LIKE TO THANK THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND THE STAFF OF THE HOME FOR THEIR PATIENCE AND HARD WORK,* SHE SAID.
THE $4 MILLION PURPOSE-BUILT GIRLS’ HOME REPLACES THE OLD ONE IN TO KWA WAN WHICH COULD NOT ADEQUATELY COPE WITH THE GROWING NUMBER OF ADMISSION.
EARLIER IN HIS WELCOMING ADDRESS, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, SAID THE GIRLS ADMITTED WERE EITHER ON REMAND, ON PROBATION OR IN NEED OF CARE AND PROTECTION FROM PHYSICAL OR MORAL DANGER.
/he said.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
2
HE SAID ALTHOUGH THEY DID NOT POSE SUCH A THREAT TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC TO WARRANT THEIR REMOVAL FROM THE COMMUNITY, THESE GIRLS HAD BEHAVIOURAL PROBLEMS WITH WHICH THEIR PARENTS COULD NOT COPE.
THE GIRLS THEMSELVES MAY, TOO, BE CONFUSED OVER HOW BEST TO RESOLVE THEIR PROBLEMS, BOTH PSYCHOLOGICAL AND SOCIAL, AND HOW TO REACT TO THE DIFFERENT SITUATION IN THE SOCIAL SYSTEM, HE SAID.
+SERVICES PROVIDED IN THE GIRLS’ HOME ARE, THEREFORE, MEANT TO ASSIST THEM AND THEIR PARENTS TO OVERCOME THESE DIFFICULTIES,* HE ADDED.
MR. LEE SAID THAT IN THE NEW HOME, THERE WOULD BE THREE SEPARATE WINGS OF 50 PLACES EACH - ONE FOR GIRLS REMANDED FOR FURTHER COURT HEARING, A SECOND FOR THOSE ON PROBATION WITH A CONDITION OF RESIDENCE IN THE HOME, AND A THIRD FOR GIRLS IN NEED OF CARE, PROTECTION AND TRAINING.
THE PROGRAMME, HE SAID, INCLUDED GENERAL EDUCATION, VOCATIONAL, SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL TRAINING, AS WELL AS CASE WORK AND GROUP WORK SERVICES.
+AMPLE OPPORTUNITIES ARE GIVEN TO THE GIRLS TO HELP THEM FIND THEMSELVES, TO RECOGNISE THEIR REAL CAPACITY AND TO BRING ABOUT A REDEFINITION OF VALUES.
+IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT WHEN THE GIRLS RETURN TO THEIR FAMILIES, THEY WILL HAVE A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THEMSELVES, THEIR FAMILIES, AND THE SOCIETY IN WHICH THEY LIVE, AND THUS BE BETTER ABLE TO MAKE DECISION FOR THEIR FUTURE,* HE ADDED.
--------o----------
/3
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
3
TUEN MUN ROAD EMERGENCY TELEPHONES IN OPERATION ******
SEVENTY-TWO EMERGENCY TELEPHONES ARE NOW IN OPERATION ALONG TUEN MUN ROAD.
ABOUT 500 METRES APART, THE CLEARLY IDENTIFIABLE TELEPHONES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HIGHWAY, ALLOWING EASY ACCESS FOR MOTORISTS TRAVELLING IN EITHER DIRECTION.
A PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT BASICALLY THERE WERE SIX +RULES+ OF OPERATION:
* BE SURE TO LEAVE YOUR VEHICLE IN A SAFE PLACE BEFORE ALIGHTING TO USE THE TELEPHONE-
* DO NOT ATTEMPT TO CROSS THE ROAD. USE A TELEPHONE ON THE SAME SIDE OF THE ROAD-
* TO USE THE TELEPHONE, SIMPLY LIFT THE HANDSET. IT IS A DIRECT LINK WITH THE CONTROL CENTRE-
* WHEN THE EMERGENCY OPERATOR ANSWERS, STATE THE DETAILS OF YOUR PROBLEM-
* LISTEN CLEARLY TO INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN- AND
* WAIT FOR ASSISTANCE TO ARRIVE.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE DESIGN OF THE TELEPHONE SYSTEM ENABLED EMERGENCY OPERATORS TO PIN POINT EXACTLY WHICH TELEPHONE WAS BEING USED TO REPORT A PROBLEM.
THE OPERATION IS CONTROLLED FROM THE NEW TERRITORIES DISTRICT COMMAND AND CONTROL CENTRE IN KWAI CHUNG POLICE STATION.
OPERATORS ARE ON DUTY 24 HOURS A DAY.
A POLICE SPOKESMAN SAID HE HOPED MOTORISTS WOULD NOT HESITATE TO MAKE USE OF THE TELEPHONES.
+WE HOPE PEOPLE WILL USE THEM TO REPORT PROBLEMS OR ASK FOR ADVICE, NO MATTER HOW MINOR,+ HE SAID.
HE ADDED THAT POLICE WOULD WILLINGLY CONTACT RELATIVES OR ARRANGE GARAGE SERVICES.
THE POLICE SPOKESMAN ALSO REMINDED MOTORISTS THAT THEY SHOULD TAKE EXTRA CARE WHEN DRIVING BACK ONTO THE ROAD, AFTER USING THE TELEPHONES.
------o--------
/4.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
TWO-LANE DUAL CARRIAGEWAY TO SERVE TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE NEXT YEAR ******
THE GOVERNMENT IS ABOUT TO IMPLEMENT THE FINAL PHASE OF THE $16 MILLION TING KOK ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TO PROVIDE A TWO-LANE DUAL-CARRIAGEWAY FROM KWONG FUK ROAD TO THE FAST GROWING TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE.
CONSTRUCTION WORK FOR THE FINAL PHASE WILL START NEXT MONTH AND IS DUE FOR COMPLETION BY THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR.
THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. PETER JOHNSON, SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THAT THE 3.5 KILOMETRE CARRIAGEWAY WOULD CATER FOR ADDITIONAL TRAFFIC GENERATED BY THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT.
+A SPECIAL FEATURE OF THE ROAD IMPROVEMENT PROJECT IS THE PROVISION OF A CYCLE TRACK ALONG THE LENGTH OF TING KOK ROAD TO HA HANG.
+THE CYCLE TRACK WILL OFFER AN IDEAL MEANS OF TRANSPORT-FOR LOCAL EMPLOYEES WHO WANT TO CYCLE TO AND FROM WORK,+ HE SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION HAD RECEIVED WELL OVER A HUNDRED APPLICATIONS FOR SITES AT TAI PO AND ALREADY 23 OF THESE HAVE BEEN APPROVED.
TEN LEASES HAVE BEEN SIGNED AND ANOTHER FOUR ARE BEING NEGOTIATED. THE INVESTORS ARE FROM EUROPE, THE UNITED STATES, JAPAN, AUSTRALIA, SAUDI ARABIA AND SINGAPORE AS WELL AS HONG KONG, MR. JOHNSON ADDED.
THE SECOND STAGE OF THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION BY THE END OF 1980 BY WHICH TIME THE WHOLE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE WOULD CONSIST OF MORE THAN 100 ACRES OF INDUSTRIAL SITES HOUSING 75 TO 100 FACTORIES WITH A WORK FORCE IN EXCESS OF 10,000.
MR. JOHNSON SAID THE DUAL CARRIAGEWAY WAS ONE OF THE MOST IMPORTANT FEATURES OF THE ESTATE PROVIDING READY AND SMOOTH ACCESS.
TO FACILITATE ROAD' IMPROVEMENT WORKS, HE SAID, THE GOVERNMENT WOULD HAVE TO RESUME 954.4 SQUARE METRES OF AGRICULTURAL LAND. TWO MONTHS’ NOTICE OF THE LAND RESUMPTION WAS PUBLISHED IN LAST FRIDAY’S (OCTOBER 6) GOVERNMENT GAZETTE.
MR. JOHNSON ADDED THAT NO STRUCTURES WOULD BE AFFECTED BY THE LAND RESUMPTION.
AS THE LAND TO BE RESUMED LIES WITHIN THE TAI PO OUTLINE ZONING PLAN, OWNERS OF AGRICULTURAL LAND CONCERNED WILL BE OFFERED THE ALTERNATIVES OF CASH COMPENSATION AT THE RATE OF $39 PER SQUARE FOOT IN RESPECT OF HALF OF THE AREA OF EACH LOT SURRENDERED AND THE CHOICE OF EITHER CASH COMPENSATION AT THE SAME RATE OR LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS WITH A CREDIT VALUE OF $19.50 PER SQUARE FOOT IN RESPECT OF THE REMAINING HALF OF THE LOT.
- 0 - -
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
SUNDAY FIRES RAVAGE COUNTRYSIDE
******
MORE THAN 5,000 TREES WERE DESTROYED IN 21 HILL FIRES YESTERDAY (SUNDAY).
AND IN THE SHING MUN AREA ALONE SOME 3,000 TREES WERE DESTROYED IN TWO SEPARATE FIRES, ONE LASTING TWO AND A HALF HOURS AND THE OTHER FOR TWO HOURS.
IN VIEW OF THE LARGE NUMBER OF VISITORS TO GRAVE SITES TOMORROW (TUESDAY) FOR THE CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL, THE RED FIRE WARNING WILL BE ISSUED. THIS MEANS THE RISK OF FIRE WILL BE EXTREMELY HIGH. SUDDEN DRYNESS, LOW HUMIDITY AND NORTH OR NORTH-EASTERLY WINDS ALSO CONTRIBUTE TO THE FIRE RISK.
DURING YESTERDAY’S FIRES THE ROYAL AIR FORCE AND ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE HELICOPTERS ATTENDED TO FOUR OF THE HILL FIRES AND ASSISTANCE WAS ALSO CALLED FOR FROM THE CIVIL AID SERVICES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT SAID DAMAGE CAUSED BY THE FIRES WOULD HAVE BEEN MUCH GREATER IF SUCH ASSISTANCE WAS NOT FORTHCOMING.
TOMORROW THERE WILL BE 300 FOREST GUARDS AND 150 C.A.S. PERSONNEL ON DUTY IN THE COUNTRYSIDE TO CHECK THE POSSIBLE OUTBREAK OF FIRE. RAF AND RHKAAF HELICOPTERS WILL BE ON STANDBY AT SHEK KONG.
THE SPOKESMAN WARNED VISITORS TO THE COUNTRYSIDE TO EXERCISE THE UTMOST CAUTION WHEN BURNING JOSS STICKS OR PAPER AT GRAVE SITES. HE ALSO WARNED THAT OFFENCES RELATING TO FIRE COULD RESULT IN A MAXIMUM FINE OF $5,000 AND A POSSIBLE IMPRISONMENT OF ONE YEAR.
HE ADVISED PEOPLE TO USE A CANISTER OR METAL CONTAINER FOR BURNING AND ENSURE THAT THE FIRE IS PROPERLY EXTINGUISHED BEFORE LEAVING THE SITE.
-----0------
A
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN BEGINS THIS SUNDAY
*******
ANTI-DRUG SLOGANS WILL EE AIRBORNE OVER WONG CHUK HANG PLAYGROUND THIS SUNDAY (OCTOBER 15) IN A PARACHUTING DISPLAY WHICH ALONG WITH OTHER PERFORMANCES, MARKS THE OPENING OF A MONTH-LONG, INTENSIVE ANTI-DRUG EDUCATIONAL CAMPAIGN IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT.
THE CAMPAIGN TO BE HELD BETWEEN OCTOBER 15 AND NOVEMBER 12 IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN) AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE.
UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, THE REVEREND PATRICK MCGOVERN, WHO IS ALSO A MEMBER OF ACAN, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE CEREMONY AND ADDRESS THE GATHERING.
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE, MR. HO CHUN-TUNG, TODAY (MONDAY) ANNOUNCED THE DETAILS OF THE CAMPAIGN AT A PRESS CONFERENCE WHICH WAS ALSO ATTENDED BY THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS, MR. CAN ICE MAK AND CITY DISTRICT OFFICER (SOUTHERN), MISS ELLE SHUM.
MR. HO SAID ABOUT TWO HOURS BEFORE THE OPENING CEREMONY OVER 1,000 YOUTH VOLUNTEERS WILL BE MOBILISED TO DISTRIBUTE ANTI-DRUG LEAFLETS TO RESIDENTS IN WAH FU, TIN WAN, SHEK PAI WAN, ABERDEEN, WONG CHUK HANG, STANLEY AND SHEK 0.
+THE FLOATING POPULATION IN ABERDEEN TYPHOON SHELTER WILL NOT BE FORGOTTEN,+ MR. HO ADDED.
HE SAID WHILE THE YOUNG PEOPLE ARE DISTRIBUTING LEAFLETS ON LAND, A BOAT DECORATED WITH BANNERS AND EQUIPPED WITH LOUD HAILERS WILL WEAVE ITS WAY THROUGH THE TYPHOON SHELTER TO ANNOUNCE THE START OF THE CAMPAIGN.
APART FROM THE GRAND OPENING, MORE THAN 40 EVENTS HAVE BEEN ORGANISED FOR THE NEXT FOUR WEEKS FOR THE 230,000 RESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICT.
THESE INCLUDE EXHIBITIONS, VARIETY AND FILM SHOWS, MOBILE THEATRE AND VARIOUS FORMS OF COMPETITIONS.
THE NUMEROUS FACTORIES IN THE DISTRICT ALSO PROMPT THE CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE TO ORGANISE EVENTS SPECIALLY FOR INDUSTRIAL WORKERS.
ONE OF THESE EVENTS WILL BE A +WORKERS’ EVENING* IN WHICH OVER 600 FACTORY WORKERS ARE EXPECTED TO TAKE PART. THE EVENT WILL BE BROADCAST LIVE BY THE CHINESE RADIO SERVICE OF RTHK.
ANOTHER SPECIAL EVENT IS A PAINTING CONTEST TO BE HELD AT THE OCEAN PARK. MORE THAN 300 YOUTHS WILL TAKE PART IN THE CONTEST WHICH WILL BE BROADCAST LIVE BY COMMERCIAL RADIO.
/the acting.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
7 -
THE ACTING COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS, MR. CANICE MAK, PRAISED THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE AND ABOUT 20 AGENCIES IN THE DISTRICT WHICH HAVE ASSISTED IN ORGANISING THE CAMPAIGN.
HE SAID THEIR ENTHUSIASTIC EFFORT MIGHT SERVE AS AN INCENTIVE FOR A GREATER COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT OF OTHER PEOPLE IN THE DISTRICT IN THE BATTLE AGAINST DRUGS.
--------0----------
*4
PWD COMPLAINTS OFFICER ON THE MOVE *****
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S COMPLAINTS OFFICER, MR. JOHN DODWELL, IS A MAN ON THE MOVE — LITERALLY.
SINCE MARCH 1, THIS YEAR WHEN HE TOOK UP HIS POST HE HAS SPENT MOST OF THE TIME WORKING FROM HIS 20TH FLOOR OFFICE IN MURRAY BUILDING. BUT, NOT ALL OF IT.
+1 HAVE BEEN DEALING WITH AROUND 20 CALLS A WEEK,* HE EXPLAINED +S0 IT’S NOT SURPRISING THAT SOME OF MY TIME IS SPENT OUT AND ABOUT.+
MOST OF THE CALLS CONCERN HOLES IN ROADS, BLOCKAGES OF DRAINS, PROBLEMS WITH TRAFFIC LIGHTS, SUSPECTED ILLEGAL STRUCTURES ON BUILDINGS AND A HOST OF OTHER +ODDS AND ENDS+ THAT SEEM TO CONCERN RESIDENTS.
IN MANY CASES MR. DODWELL CAN LOOK INTO MATTERS QUICKLY AND EASILY.
+BUT,+ HE SAID, +THERE ARE TIMES WHEN I HAVE TO SEE WHAT THE CALLER IS TALKING ABOUT. THAT IS WHEN I TAKE TO THE HIGHWAYS.*
THAT DOES NOT MEAN THAT WHEN MR. DODWELL IS OUT, THE PUBLIC IS OUT OF REACH OF HELP.
THE PUBLICITY UNIT OF THE P.W.D. IMMEDIATELY TAKES OVER THE JOB OF RECEIVING CALLS AND ENSURING THAT ACTION IS INITIATED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
AND, SO FAR, INVESTIGATION HAS BEEN CARRIED OUT ON NO FEWER THAN 1,000 REQUESTS. THE VAST MAJORITY OF THEM HAVE NOT BEEN COMPLAINTS AGAINST THE P.W.D.= RATHER, IT HAS BEEN A CASE OF CALLS FOR HELP AND GUIDANCE.
------o-------
/8....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
8
VISITOR FROM HAWAII TOURS HANDICAPPED CHILDREN’S SCHOOL
******
A WELL-KNOWN SINGER FROM HAWAII, WHO HAS SPENT HALF HER PROFESSIONAL LIFE IN RAISING FUNDS FOR HANDICAPPED CHILDREN, TODAY TOURED A SUBSIDISED SPECIAL SCHOOL FOR MILDLY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN IN THE COMPANY OF MR. KENNETH TOPLEY, THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION.
SHE IS MISS CAROLE KAI, WHO IS CURRENTLY PERFORMING AT A LEADING HOTEL IN HONG KONG.
THE SCHOOL THEY VISITED WAS MARY ROSE SCHOOL AT DERBY ROAD, KOWLOON. TOGETHER WITH THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (SERVICES), MR. P.S. SUN, AND THE HEADMASTER, W. S.W. IP, THEY TOURED THE CLASSES IN SESSION AND SAW THE CHILDREN AT WORK AND AT PLAY.
MARY ROSE SCHOOL, WHICH IS SPONSORED BY THE CHRIST CHURCH, RUNS SEVEN PRIMARY CLASSES CATERING FOR 140 STUDENTS FROM SIX TO 16 YEARS OLD.
SUBJECTS TAUGHT INCLUDE CHINESE, MATHEMATICS, HANDWORK, ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL EDUCATION, HEALTH EDUCATION AND SOCIAL STUDIES.
MEANWHILE THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IS PLANNING TO EXPAND ITS EDUCATIONAL SERVICES FOR MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN IN THE NEXT DECADE.
DURING THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR, 1,220 PLACES WILL BE PROVIDED IN SPECIAL SCHOOLS FOR MILDLY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN, AS COMPARED WITH 780 PLACES IN 1976/77. ALSO, 70 PLACES WILL BE PROVIDED FOR MODERATELY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN.
IT IS PLANNED THAT BY 1987/88, THERE WILL EE 7,800 PLACES FOR MILDLY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN, 2,150 PLACES FOR MODERATELY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN, AND 480 PLACES FOR SEVERELY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN.
- - o-----------
MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1978
- 9 -
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CAUSEWAY BAY AND TAI PO WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 11) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
IN CAUSEWAY BAY, WATER SUPPLY TO PREMISES ALONG TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD FROM TUNG LO WAN ROAD TO BEL IL IOS SCHOOL, INCLUDING LAU SIN STREET, DRAGON ROAD, AND DRAGON TERRACE, WILL BE TURNED OFF FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON WEDNESDAY.
IN TAI PO, THE NEW TERRITORIES PREMISES IN KWONG FUK ROAD, TUNG CHEUNG STREET, PLOVER COVE ROAD, PO HEUNG STREET AND PO YICK STREET INCLUDING LUK HEUNG LANE AND ON FU ROAD, WILL BE. WITHOUT WATER SUPPLY FOR SIX HOURS FROM WEDNESDAY MIDNIGHT TO 6 A.M. ON THURSDAY.
MEANWHILE SALT WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN THE MID-LEVELS WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR EIGHT HOURS FROM 9 A.M. ON WEDNESDAY TO FACILITATE WORK BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY SEYMOUR ROAD, CASTLE ROAD, 119-147C AND 92-1AOA CAINE ROAD, 19-21 AND 2-10 SHING WONG STREET, WA IN FONG WEST, W'A IN FONG EAST, PO WAH STREET, WOODLAND TERRACE AND CASTLE LANE.
-----0------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
LEGAL AID BRANCH OFFICE — A USEFUL CHANNEL FOR SEEKING ASSISTANCE ................................................. 1
ID CARDS REGISTRATION SERVICE EXPANDING ................... 2
REGISTRATION TEAM TO VISIT TA KWU LING................... 3
WATER CUT................................................... 3
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1978
1
LEGAL AID BRANCH OFFICE — A USEFUL CHANNEL FOR SEEKING ASSISTANCE ******
THE KOWLOON BRANCH OFFICE OF THE LEGAL AID DEPARTMENT IS FAST ESTABLISHING ITSELF AS A USEFUL CHANNEL FOR RESIDENTS IN KOWLOON AND TFTE NEW TERRITORIES TO SEEK LEGAL ASSISTANCE.
SINCE ITS OPENING IN JANUARY THIS YEAR, THE FIRST BRANCH OFFICE OF THE DEPARTMENT HAS HANDLED 2,840 CASES OF LEGAL AID IN RESPECT OF CIVIL PROCEEDINGS.
MR. A.J.C. NORTH, THE SENIOR LEGAL AID OFFICER IN CHARGE OF THE BRANCH OFFICE IN RITZ BUILDING, MONG KOK, SAID: +THOUGH OFFICIALLY WE ONLY ACCEPT APPLICATIONS FOR AID IN CIVIL PROCEEDINGS, WE HAVE ANSWERED MANY THOUSANDS OF ENQUIRIES CONCERNING LEGAL MATTERS.+
AT PRESENT, THE KOWLOON BRANCH OFFICE IS STAFFED BY A SENIOR LEGAL AID OFFICER, TWO LEGAL AID OFFICERS, FOUR LAW CLERKS AND SUPPORTING JUNIOR STAFF.
IN ITS FIRST MONTH OF OPERATION, IT HANDLED ABOUT 300 APPLICATIONS FOR LEGAL AID IN RESPECT OF CIVIL PROCEEDINGS INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR COMPENSATION IN INDUSTRIAL AND TRAFFIC ACCIDENTS, MATRIMONIAL MATTERS, AND WINDING-UP AND BANKRUPTCY PETITIONS.
THE NUMBER OF APPLICATIONS FOR AID IN THE KOWLOON BRANCH OFFICE HAS GRADUALLY INCREASED TO SOME 440 CASES IN AUGUST. THE NEW BRANCH OFFICE HAS BECOME KNOWN TO MORE PEOPLE IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES, AND TO COPE WITH THIS, FURTHER PROFESSIONAL MANPOWER WILL BE GIVEN TO THE KOWLOON OFFICE IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
The DIRECTOR OF LEGAL AID, MR. D.O’R. MAYNE, SAID: +THE KOWLOON BRANCH OFFICE HAS BEEN A VERY DEFINITE SUCCESS FROM EVERY POINT OF VIEW AND PARTICULARLY IN MEETING THE CONVENIENCE OF RESIDENTS OF KOWLOON. AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.*
-----o------
/2
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1978
- 2
ID CARDS REGISTRATION SERVICE EXPANDING
******
THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT IS EXTENDING ITS REGISTRATION OF IDENTITY CARD SERVICE TO ITS BRANCH OFFICES FOR THE CONVENIENCE OF THE PUBLIC.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THAT THIS ADDITIONAL SERVICE WAS FIRST INTRODUCED AT YUEN LONG OFFICE IN MID-AUGUST AND THE RESPONSE SO FAR HAS BEEN +VERY ENCOURAGING+.
HE SAID THAT PEOPLE LIVING IN YUEN LONG AND IN SURROUNDING AREAS HAVE MADE FULL USE OF THE IDENTITY CARD SERVICE PROVIDED BY THE YUEN LONG OFFICE AND THEY ALL FOUND IT VERY CONVENIENT.
+PREVIOUSLY THEY HAD TO TRAVEL A LONG DISTANCE EITHER TO TSUEN WAN OR TO TAI PO TO REGISTER, OR ELSE THEY HAD TO WAIT FOR THE MOBILE REGISTRATION TEAM WHICH CALLS AT THEIR DISTRICT ONLY ONCE A YEAR.+
SINCE THE INTRODUCTION OF THIS EXTRA SERVICE, THE YUEN LONG OFFICE HAS HANDLED ABOUT 2,330 CASES OF IDENTITY CARDS INCLUDING THE REGISTRATION FOR JUVENILE AND ADULT CARDS, AND APPLICATIONS FOR REPLACEMENTS AND CHANGES IN PARTICULARS.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO URGED PEOPLE TO REGISTER IN TIME FOR JUVENILE AND ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 11 AND 18 YEARS OF AGE RESPECTIVELY. NEW ARRIVALS TO HONG KONG WHO INTEND TO STAY HERE FOR MORE THAN THREE MONTHS ARE ALSO REQUIRED TO REGISTER. FAILURE TO DO SO, HE POINTED OUT, IS A BREACH OF THE LAW.
HE STRESSED THAT IT WAS VERY IMPORTANT FOR ALL HOLDERS OF IDENTITY CARDS TO REPORT IMMEDIATELY TO THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE ANY CHANGES IN RESIDENTIAL OR OCCUPATIONAL ADDRESSES AND MARITAL STATUS.
PEOPLE WHO LEAVE HONG KONG FOR A PERIOD EXCEEDING THREE MONTHS OR TAKE PERMANENT RESIDENCE OVERSEAS SHOULD ALSO NOTIFY THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE SO THAT THEIR RECORDS MAY BE KEPT UP-TO-DATE.
SUCH CHANGES CAN BE REPORTED EITHER BY WRITING TO THE DEPARTMENT OR BY COMPLETING ROP FORM 18/19 COPIES OF WHICH ARE OBTAINABLE FROM POST OFFICES, CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, DISTRICT OFFICES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES AND ALL OFFICES OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT INCLUDING REGISTRATION OF PERSONS CFF ICES.
------0-------
/3....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1978
- 3 -
REGISTRATION TEAM TO VISIT TA KWU LING * * * * *
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT THE OFFICE OF THE TA KWU LING RURAL COMMITTEE FOR PEOPLE LIVING IN THE AREA FOR THREE DAYS FROM OCTOBER 18 - 20.
DURING THESE THREE DAYS REGISTRATIONS WILL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND 4.30 P.M. DAILY.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS OR GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN OR WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
ALL PERSONS LIVING IN THIS AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT OR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR ANY OTHER PARTICULARS WHICH HAVE CHANGED SINCE REGISTERING FOR THEIR IDENTITY CARDS.
- - - - 0 -----
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN WAN CHAI AND KOWLOON CITY WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
IN WAN CHAI, THE AREA BOUNDED BY HENNESSY ROAD, LUARD RCAD, GLOUCESTER ROAD AND ARSENAL STREET, INCLUDING POLICE HEADQUARTERS, POLICE MARRIED QUARTERS AND THE NEW RODNEY ELOCK WILL BE WITHOUT WATER FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON THURSDAY.
IN KOWLOON CITY, THE SUPPLY AVENUE AND BRAGA CIRCUIT WILL BE FROM MIDNIGHT THURSDAY TO 6 A.M.
TO PREMISES ALONG KADOORIE INTERRUPTED FOR SIX HOURS ON FRIDAY.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
HONG KONG’S PROSPECTS ARE BRIGHT - SAYS GOVERNOR ......... 1
SI NO-BRITISH RELATIONS CONTINUE TO BE GOOD .............. 4
WATER SUPPLY AGREEMENT WITH CHINA TO BE SIGNED SOON .. 5
TEN PER CENT GROWTH IN 1978 GDP EXPECTED ................ 6
SPREADING OUT OF THE CITY - ESSENTIAL TO SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC GROWTH .......................................... 8
LAND PRODUCTION PROGRAMME OUTLINED ....................... 9
LAND SALES BOOST REVENUE ................................ 10
FURTHER IMPROVEMENT IN QUALITY OF EDUCATION .......... 11
WHITE PAPER ON SOCIAL WELFARE ASSISTANCE TO BE OUT SOON .................................................... 13
NEED FOR SELF-CONTAINED HOUSING FOR ALL STRESSED ........ 15
OBJECTIVES IN DEVELOPMENTS OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES ................................................ 16
/ I
CHILD EMPLOYMENT CONTROL TO BE EXTENDED TO NON-INDUSTRI AL SECTOR ................................ 17
IMMIGRATION CONTINUES TO SOAR ........................... 18
ADMINISTRATIVE REFORM IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ............ 1?
NEW LEGAL SCHEMES TO START OPERATING EARLY NEXT YEAR . 20
DIVERSIFICATION COMMITTEE COMPLETES STUDY OF ECONOMY . 21
PROGRESS IN REORGANISING POLICE HEADQUARTERS STRUCTURE ............................................... 22
RECREATION AND SPORT DEVELOPMENTS ....................... 24
STRENGTH AND VIGILANCE OF ICAC TO BE MAINTAINED ......... 25
/EFFORTS TO.....
EFFORTS TO IMPROVE CIVIL SERVICE ....................... 26
ANTI-NARCOTICS WORK ACHIEVING RESULTS .................. 27
BIG IMPROVEMENT IN PRISON CONDITIONS ................... 28
LAWS TO CONTROL POLLUTION .............................. 28
LEGCO PAYS RESPECTS TO SIR ALEXANDER GRANTHAM .......... 29
GOVERNOR PAYS TRIBUTE TO LEGCO MEMBERS ................. 30
WORK OF RETIRING LEGCO MEMBERS PRAISED ................ 31'
FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION AND THE ELDERLY .................. 33
WATER CUT............................................... 34
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
1
HONG KONG’S PROSPECTS ARE BRIGHT, SAYS GOVERNOR ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY WITH THE GOODWILL OF CHINA AND SUPPORT OF THE UNITED KINGDOM THE PROSPECTS FOR HONG KONG ARE SURELY BRIGHT.
WINDING UP HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY NOTED THAT CHINA WAS POISED FOR A PERIOD OF RAPID MODERNISATION AND THAT THE WESTERN PACIFIC BASIN AND SOUTH-EAST ASIA REPRESENTED ONE OF THE FASTEST GROWTH AREAS IN THE WORLD.
+IN THE MIDDLE OF THIS FERMENT OF ACTIVITY IS HONG KONG WITH ITS MAGNIFICENT COMMUNICATIONS, ALL THE MODERN FACILITIES REQUIRED BY INTERNATIONAL COMMERCE AND FINANCE, DYNAMIC AND EVOLVING INDUSTRIES, A LARGE MARKET IN ITS OWN RIGHT, A CONVENIENT PLATFORM FROM WHICH OTHER MARKETS CAN BE WORKED, A STABLE GOVERNMENT, AND IT IS, AND WILL BE EVEN MORE SO IN SIX YEARS’ TIME, A HONG KONG THAT HAS BEEN RE-BUILT, RELOCATED AND REGENERATED,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY SAID AN IMMENSE AMOUNT HAD ALREADY BEEN ACHIEVED DURING THE 197OS - WHETHER IN ECONOMIC, FINANCIAL, SOCIAL OR CULTURAL TERMS, THE PROGRESS, IN WHICH ALL OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG HAD PLAYED A PART, WAS THERE FOR ALL TO SEE.
THE GOVERNMENT’S PLANS FOR EXPANSION, HE SAID, WERE DESIGNED TO CONTINUE THE PROGRESS OF THE SEVENTIES AND, BY THE MID-80S, TO HAVE LIFTED THE LIFE OF HONG KONG ON TO A PLATEAU ON WHICH THE SAME SORT OF MASSIVE EFFORT OF CHANGE WILL NO LONGER BE NECESSARY.
+WITH NEW TOWNS AND NEW LAND IN WHICH TO DEVELOP, WITH THE CROWDED INSANITARY AND INSECURE CONDITIONS OF THE PAST BEHIND US, THE UNIVERSAL OPPORTUNITIES FOR EDUCATION TO SUSTAIN OUR ABILITY TO GRASP WHAT THE FUTURE OFFERS, AND WITH FACILITIES FOR A CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL ELEMENT OF LIFE UNKNOWN TEN YEARS AGO HONG KONG WILL BE ABLE TO TAKE ITS RIGHTFUL PLACE IN THE REGION WITH ITS HEAD HELD HIGH,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY BEGAN HIS ADDRESS BY REFERRING TO THE CONTINUING GOOD SINO-BRITISH RELATIONS. +THEY ARE GOOD SPECIFICALLY OVER HONG KONG, AND WE KNOW WELL THE FRIENDLY AND HELPFUL ATTITUDE OF CHINESE OFFICIALS STATIONED IN HONG KONG.+
THIS, HE SAID, HAD BEEN MANIFESTED IN MANY WAYS — INCLUDING INVESTMENT AND MOVES TO IMPROVE COMMUNICATION, AND THE RECENT AGREEMENT BY THE KWANTUNG WATER AUTHORITY TO INCREASE HONG KONG’S SUPPLY OF WATER FROM THE EAST RIVER BY 33 PER CENT BY 1982. SIR MURRAY SAID AN AGREEMENT TO THIS EFFECT WOULD BE SIGNED SOON, PROBABLY IN CANTON.
/TURNING TO .....
'7SDN2SDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
2
TURNING TO IMMIGRATION, SIR MURRAY EXPRESSED CONCERN OVER THE HIGH INFLOW OF IMMIGRANTS TO HONG KONG. DURING THE LAST SIX MONTHS, HE SAID, THE HIGH LEVEL OF IMMIGRATION INTO HONG KONG HAS BEEN WORRYING, AND AT THE PRESENT RATE THE NUMBER MAY REACH 95,000 THIS YEAR.
THE GOVERNMENT WAS ALSO WATCHING WITH APPREHENSION THE GROWING NUMBER OF ARRIVALS FROM VIETNAM. AT PRESENT, 3,670 ARRIVALS FROM VIETNAM ARE AWAITING RESETTLEMENT OVERSEAS.
REFERRING TO POLICE STRUCTURE GENERALLY, THE GOVERNOR SAID MUCH PROGRESS HAS BEEN MADE IN STRENGTHENING AND REORGANISING THE HEADQUARTERS STRUCTURE AND SIMILAR PROGRESS WAS MADE IN IMPROVING IN-SERVICE TRAINING, STAFF RELATIONS, PUBLIC RELATIONS THE HANDLING OF COMPLAINTS AGAINST THE POLICE, AND IN OPERATIONAL DEPLOYMENT AND EFFICIENCY.
ON MATTERS CONCERNING POLICE WELFARE, SIR MURRAY SAID THF GOVERNMENT CONSIDERS THAT THE BROAD PUBLIC INTEREST REQUIRES THAT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR LEGAL REPRESENTATIONS IN COURT FOR POLICEMEN SHOULD BE PROVIDED.
HE SAID THAT COMPLAINTS WERE A MUCH HIGHER OCCUPATIONAL HAZARD FOR POLICE THAN FOR OTHER PUBLIC SERVANTS BECAUSE THEY HAVE THE DUTY OF LAW ENFORCEMENT ON THE GROUND, AND COUNTER-CHARGES OR COMPLAINTS WERE SOMETIMES THE ONLY DEFENCE GUILTY MEN COULD MAKE.
SIR MURRAY NOTED THAT THE COUNCIL’S NEW SESSION OPENED IN A PERIOD OF CONTINUING UNCERTAINTY AND DISAPPOINTING GROWTH LEVELS IN THE ECONOMIES OF THE GREAT OVERSEAS COUNTRIES ON WHOSE MARKETS HONG KONG DEPENDS, AND WHEN OUR EXPORTERS ARE HAVING TO CONTEND WITH THE NEW RESTRICTIONS IMPOSED ON OUR EXPORTS LAST YEAR.
+NEVERTHELESS, WITH HONG KONG’S EXTRAORDINARY ENTERPRISE AND ADAPTABILITY WE HAVE MAINTAINED A REASONABLE LEVEL OF EXPORTS AND AN UNEXPECTEDLY HIGH GROWTH RATE, A COMPARATIVELY LOW RATE OF INFLATION, VIRTUALLY NIL UNEMPLOYMENT, AND RAPIDLY RISING REAL INCOMES,+ HE SAID.
HE EXPECTED HONG KONG’S GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT FOR 1978 TO GROW BY ABOUT 10 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS, AND HONG KONG’S FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS GENERATED BY EXPORTS TO RISE IN 1979 AT ABOUT SAME RATE AS LAST YEAR.
AS TO GOVERNMENT REVENUE, SIR MURRAY SAID IT I." ;.G..
EXCEED THE ORIGINAL ESTIMATE BY PERHAPS AS MUCH AS $1 b7ll7on'''"duE LARGELY TO BUOYANT LAND SALES. ALTHOUGH IT WAS TOO EARLY TO "INDICATE WITH ANY PRECISION THE LIKELY BUDGET OUTTURN, HE SAID, THERE COULD BE LITTLE DOUBT THAT THERE WOULD AGAIN EE A SURPLUS THIS YEAR.
WAS NOW EXPECTED TO
SIR MURRAY SAID SOME BASIC REORGANISATION OF THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES WAS PLANNED TO ENSURE THAT ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIVITIES ARE CO-ORDINATED REGIONALLY AND INTEGRATED WITH THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS, SO THAT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS CAN EE MORE DIRECTLY RESPONSIVE TO LOCAL NEEDS.
/CHS REORGANISATION, .....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
3 -
THE REORGANISATION, HE SAID, WOULD INVOLVE SOME SHIFT OF EMPHASIS FROM THE HEADQUARTERS OF SOME DEPARTMENTS TO REGIONAL OFFICES IN THE MAIN CENTRES OF POPULATION.
+AS THIS CHANGE IS GRADUALLY IMPLEMENTED IT WILL PROBABLY AFFECT ALSO THE ROLE OF THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, SO THAT HE WILL BE LESS INVOLVED IN THE DAY-TO-DAY ADMINISTRATION AND MORE CONCERNED WITH THE BROAD ISSUES, SUCH AS THOSE WITH WHICH THE HEUNG YEE KUK IS PARTICULARLY CONCERNED,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
ON SOCIAL WELFARE, SIR MURRAY ANNOUNCED THAT A COMPREHENSIVE WHITE PAPER ON SOCIAL WELFARE ASSISTANCE WOULD BE PUBLISHED SHORTLY. THE PROGRAMMES ENVISAGED IN THE WHITE PAPER WOULD, AT 1978 PRICES, INVOLVE $223 MILLION IN CAPITAL EXPENDITURE AND AN INCREASE OF $513 MILLION IN THE LEVEL OF RECURRENT EXPENDITURE OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS.
ON HOUSING, SIR MURRAY SAID CONSTRUCTION WAS NOW PROCEEDING ON NO LESS THAN 57 PROJECTS WITH A CONTRACT VALUE OF OVER $2,200 MILLION. THE CURRENT PROGRAMME WAS AT LAST REACHING FRUITION AND COMPLETIONS WOULD RISE FROM 18,000 FLATS THIS YEAR TO 45,000 NEXT YEAR AND WOULD BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN 40,000 AND 45,000 LEVELS UNTIL 1985.
THIS MEANS THAT EACH YEAR A QUARTER OF A MILLION PEOPLE WILL BE HOUSED.
SIR MURRAY SAID A NUMBER OF NEW LABOUR LEGISLATION WOULD BE INTRODUCED DURING THE CURRENT SESSION, THESE WOULD INVOLVE EXTENDING CHILD EMPLOYMENT CONTROL TO THE NON-1NDUSTRI AL SECTOR, THE PROTECTION OF MORE NON-MANUAL WORKERS, THE CONTROL OF WORKERS’ SAFETY IN THE USE OF ELECTRICITY, AND THE CONTROL OF FIRE SAFETY IN INDUSTRY.
ON EDUCATION, SIR MURRAY SAID A WHITE PAPER WOULD SHORTLY BE PUBLISHED CONTAINING REVISED PLANS ON SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION. AS WELL AS PROVIDING FOR A GREAT EXPANSION OF PLACES, THE WHITE PAPER WOULD REFLECT THE IMPORTANCE THE GOVERNMENT ATTACHES TO IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF SECONDARY EDUCATION.
REVIEWING PUBLIC WORKS AND TRANSPORT, SIR MURRAY UNDERLINED THE NEED FOR SPREADING OUT OF THE CITY INTO NEW AREAS SO AS TO ACHIEVE NOT ONLY BETTER LIVING STANDARDS BUT NEW ENVIRONMENT, NEW INDUSTRY AND NEW ECONOMIC FLEXIBILITY.
HE SAID THIS YEAR’S PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME WOULD EXCEED $3,000 MILLION AND MAY VERY WELL RISE NEXT YEAR TO PROVIDE FOR THE GROWTH OF THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL LIFE OF HONG KONG IN THE NEXT FIVE OR SIX YEARS.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
4
SI NO-BRITISH RELATIONS CONTINUE TO BE GOOD * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID SINO-BRITISH RELATIONS CONTINUE TO BE VERY GOOD AND THEY ARE GOOD SPECIFICALLY OVER HONG KONG.
+AND WE KNOW WELL THE FRIENDLY AND HELPFUL ATTITUDE OF CHINESE OFFICIALS STATIONED IN HONG KONG,+ HE SAID IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
+THIS HAS BEEN MANIFESTED IN MANY WAYS - INVESTMENT, MOVES TO IMPROVE COMMUNICATIONS AND SO ON - BUT THE ONE OF THE MOST IMMEDIATE INTERESTS TO MEMBERS WILL BE THE RECENT AGREEMENT OF THE KWANGTUNG WATER AUTHORITY TO INCREASE THE SUPPLY OF WATER FROM THE EAST RIVER BY 33 PER CENT BY 1982,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
-----o------
/5
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
- 5 -
WATER SUPPLY AGREEMENT WITH CHINA TO BE SIGNED SOON * * * * *
AN AGREEMENT IS TO BE SIGNED SHORTLY WITH THE KWANGTUNG WATER AUTHORITY TO INCREASE WATER SUPPLY TO HONG KONG FROM THE EAST RIVER BY 33 PER CENT BY 1982.
ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THE AGREEMENT WOULD PROBABLY BE SIGNED IN CANTON.
THE INCREASE IN WATER SUPPLY, HE SAID, WOULD INVOLVE THE KWANGTUNG WATER AUTHORITY IN SUBSTANTIAL EXPENDITURE.
+CONSIDERING THAT THE CHARGE OF THIS WATER HAS BEEN UNCHANGED AT HKS1.26 PER THOUSAND GALLONS SINCE 1964 IT IS ENTIRELY REASONABLE THAT THEY SHOULD HAVE PROPOSED TO INCREASE THE CHARGE TO HK$1.88 FROM OCTOBER 1, 1978, AND THAT YOUR GOVERNMENT SHOULD HAVE AGREED,* HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY STRESSED, HOWEVER, THAT EVEN AT THE NEW CHARGE THIS WATER WOULD STILL BE VERY MUCH CHEAPER THAN ANY NEW SOURCE WITHIN HONG KONG, AND WATER CHARGES TO THE PUBLIC WOULD NOT BE AFFECTED.
THE AGREEMENT COVERS INCREASES UP TO 1983. +HOWEVER THE KWANGTUNG WATER AUTHORITY HAS AGREED TO CONSIDER OUR LONG-TERM REQUIREMENTS AND TO DISCUSS WHAT MIGHT BE DONE IN ABOUT A YEAR’S TIME — THAT IS TO SAY BEFORE WE WOULD HAVE TO COMMENCE ANY OTHER, AND OF COURSE MUCH COSTLIER, LOCAL MEANS OF MAINTAINING THE INCREASE IN SUPPLIES NECESSARY AFTER FEBRUARY 1983.+
+THIS LATTER DEVELOPMENT IS OF SPECIAL SIGNIFICANCE, SINCE IT COULD VERY CONSIDERABLY EASE ONE OF THE MAJOR PROBLEMS OF THIS COMMUNITY,* HE SAID.
HONG KONG’S LONG-TERM REQUIREMENTS WERE LARGE, SIR MURRAY EXPLAINED, AND TO SUPPLY THEM FROM KWANGTUNG WOULD REQUIRE SUBSTANTIAL ENGINEERING WORK AND VERY CONSIDERABLE RESOURCES.
ALTHOUGH THE HIGH ISLAND WATER SCHEME, WHICH WILL OPEN SHORTLY AND DOUBLE HONG KONG’S WATER STORAGE CAPACITY, WAS A GREAT ENGINEERING FEAT, IT EXHAUSTS OUR LAST MAJOR CATCHMENT AREA, HE ADDED.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
6
TEN PER CENT GROWTH IN 1978 GDP EXPECTED K * * * * *
HONG KONG’S GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT FOR 1978 IS EXPECTED TO GROW BY ABOUT 10 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS, AND OUR FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS GENERATED BY EXPORTS WILL RISE 'N 1979 AT ABOUT THE SAME RATE AS THIS YEAR.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SIR MURRAY SAID ALLOWING FOR SOME SLOWING DOWN IN.THE GROWTH OF DOMESTIC DEMAND AND AN INCREASE IN THE GROWTH OF EXPORTS, WE EXPECT THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT TO GROW BY ABOUT 10 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS — A VERY SATISFACTORY PERFORMANCE BY ANY STANDARDS.
+COMPETING DEMANDS FROM THE SECTORS CATERING FOR DOMESTIC ACTIVITY AND FOR EXPORTS HAVE RESULTED IN FURTHER RAPID GROWTH IN REAL WAGES AND EARNINGS AND VIRTUALLY NIL UNEMPLOYMENT,* HE SAID.
ON THE OUTLOOK FOR 1979, SIR MURRAY SAID PROSPECTS FOR OUR EXPORTS IN 1979 WILL INEVITABLY BE INFLUENCED BY THE RESTRICTIONS ON TEXTILES AND CLOTHING.
+0F COURSE, POSSIBILITIES FOR TRADING UP AND FOR DIVERSIFICATION INTO OTHER INDUSTRIES REMAIN= AND I FEEL SURE THAT OUR ENTREPRENEURS AND OUR LABOUR WILL EXERCISE THEIR TRADITIONAL INGENUITY TO MAKE THE BEST OF THE SITUATION,* SAID SIR MURRAY.
+BUT THE LOW RATES OF GROWTH INCLUDED IN OUR LATEST TEXTILES AGREEMENTS AND THE GREATLY REDUCED PROVISIONS FOR FLEXIBILITY LIMIT THE EXTENT TO WHICH OUR EXPORTERS CAN ADJUST TO CHANGING DEMAND IN OUR MARKETS.*
SIR MURRAY ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE EXPORT SECTOR IS NOW REASONABLY COMPETITIVE AND WELL POISED FOR MORE RAPID GROWTH AND IT IS HOPED THAT THIS WILL BE FACILITATED BY A FURTHER SLOWDOWN IN DOMESTIC DEMAND IN 1979 THEREBY RELEASING THE NECESSARY RESOURCES.
HE SAID, +RE-EXPORTS ARE TRADITIONALLY HARD TO PREDICT BUT IT WOULD BE PRUDENT TO ASSUME THAT GROWTH WILL BE SLOWER NEXT YEAR THAN THIS.
SIR MURRAY ALSO NOTED THAT THE VIEWS ON DEMAND IN OUR MAJOR EXPORT MARKETS IN 1979 ARE MIXED. IN THE UNITED STATES, THE EMPHASIS APPEARS TO EE ON COUNTERING INFLATION AND MORE CAUTIOUS POLICIES ARE LIKELY TO RESULT.
IN THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, WITH A TENDENCY TOWARDS GROWING UNEMPLOYMENT, A LOW INFLATION RATE AND A LARGE TRADE SURPLUS, PRESSURES THERE ARE MOUNTING FOR THE ECONOMY TO BE REFLATED WHILE IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, THE RECOVERY WHICH STARTED IN 1978 SHOULD CONTINUE IN 1979.
/taking .....
'7EDN3SDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
7
+TAKING ALL THESE RELEVANT FACTORS TOGETHER, IT LOOKS AS IF OUR FOREIGN EXCHANGE EARNINGS GENERATED BY EXPORTS WILL CONTINUE TO GROW IN 1979 AT ABOUT THE SAME RATE AS THIS YEAR.
+PROVIDED ECONOMIC GROWTH, EVEN AT ITS COMPARATIVELY LOW PRESENT RATE, CONTINUES IN OUR MAJOR MARKETS - AND GENERALLY SPEAKING THIS IS WHAT WE EXPECT - IT SHOULD GENERATE SUBSTANTIAL FURTHER GROWTH IN HONG KONG,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
+HOWEVER,+ HE ADDED +THERE IS THE PROBLEM OF THE PRESENT IMBALANCE BETWEEN THE GROWTH RATES OF DOMESTIC DEMAND AND OF IMPORTS ON THE ONE HAND AND OF EXPORTS ON THE OTHER.
+THE NATURAL EFFECT OF THIS SITUATION ON OUR EXCHANGE RATE SHOULD DISCOURAGE IMPORTS AND ENCOURAGE EXPORTS.
+IF, AS WE EXPECT, THERE IS A BUDGETARY SURPLUS AGAIN THIS YEAR, THIS TOO SHOULD HELP TO RESTRAIN DEMAND,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY ALSO POINTED OUT THAT DESPITE THE DEMANDS ON RESOURCES BEING MADE BY CONSUMPTION, THE GROWTH OF DOMESTICALLY PRODUCED EXPORTS WILL BE HIGHER IN 1978 THAN IT WAS IN 1977.
HE SAID THERE ARE SEVERAL FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO IT.
+FIRST A LARGER WORK-FORCE HAS BEEN DEPLOYED THAN WE THOUGHT POSSIBLE.
+SECOND, THE DEPRECIATION OF THE HONG KONG DOLLAR, AT A TIME WHEN WORLD PRICES OF RAW MATERIALS ARE FALLING, HAS MEANT THAT OUR EXPORTS ARE GRADUALLY PROVING MORE COMPETITIVE.
+THIRD THERE HAS BEEN SOME IMPROVEMENT IN DEMAND IN OUR MAJOR MARKETS, THOUGH OUR EXPORTS OF TEXTILES AND CLOTHING ARE BEGINNING TO RUN UP AGAINST THE NEW AND HARSHER QUOTA LIMITS WE WERE FORCED TO ACCEPT LAST YEAR.
REVIEWING THE ECONOMY IN 1977, SIR MURRAY SAID THE GROWTH RATE CF THE GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT IN 1977 IS NOW ESTIMATED TO HAVE BEEN ABOUT 11 PER CENT IN REAL TERMS WHICH IS SIGNIFICANTLY ABOVE THE AVERAGE SO FAR IN THE SEVENTIES.
+THE REAL EARNINGS OF THE LABOUR FORCE INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY AND WORKERS SHARED WELL IN THE BENEFITS OF ECONOMIC GROWTH.
HE SAID THIS UNDOUBTED PROGRESS WAS ACHIEVED AGAINST A LESS HEALTHY BACKGROUND WHOSE MAIN CHARACTERISTIC WAS A MORE RAPID GROWTH IN DOMESTIC DEMAND THAN IN EXPORTS AND A THREAT ON THE INTERNATIONAL FRONT OF A PROGRESSIVE SLIDE INTO PROTECTIONISM.
+THESE -..ERE OUR TWO MAIN CONCERNS AS THE ECONOMY ENTERED 1978 AND THEY REMAIN TODAY,+ HE SAID.
-------0----------
/8
'WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
8 -
SPREADING OUT OF THE CITY - ESSENTIAL TO SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC GROWTH * * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY UNDERLINED THE NEED FOR SPREADING OUT OF THE CITY INTO NEW AREAS TO ACHIEVE NOT ONLY EETTER LIVING STANDARDS BUT NEW ENVIRONMENT, NEW INDUSTRY AND NEW ECONOMIC FLEXIBILITY.
IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, HE SAID THIS YEAR’S PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME WILL EXCEED 33,000 MILLION AND MAY VERY WELL RISE NEXT YEAR TO PROVIDE FCR THE GROWTH OF THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL LIFE OF HONG KONG IN THE NEXT FIVE OR SIX YEARS.
+IT MUST EE THE LARGEST PROGRAMME UNDERTAKEN BY ANY CITY PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IN THE WORLD,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY OUTLINED SOME OF THE MAJOR COMMUNICATIONS PROJECTS THAT ARE BASIC TO HONG KONG’S DEVELOPMENT.
HE SAID: +BY 1981, ABERDEEN WILL EE LINKED WITH THE LION ROCK TUNNEL BY MEANS OF THE ABERDEEN TUNNEL AND A SERIES OF ELEVATED HIGHWAYS AND FLYOVERS. BY 1985 THE NEW MOTORWAY WILL EE BUILT ALONG THE NORTH COAST OF THE ISLAND LINKING VICTORIA AND SHAU KEI WAN.
+IN KOWLOON, BY 1980 THE AIRPORT TUNNEL LINK WITH KWUN TONG WILL BE COMPLETED AND THE CORRIDOR UP THE WESTERN SIDE OF THE PENINSULA FROM GASCOIGNE ROAD TO LAI CHI KOK, ALREADY UNDER CONSTRUCTION, WILL BE COMPLETED EY 1984.
+BY 198] THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY SHOULD EE DOUBLE-TRACKED AND ELECTRIFIED TO THE FRONTIER AND LINKED TO THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY THROUGH THE KOWLOON TONG INTERCHANGE.*
BY 1980, HE ADDED, THE SECOND HALF OF THE SIX-LANE TSUEN WAN/ TUEN MUN HIGHWAY WOULD EE OPEN AND THE TSUEN WAN BY-PASS EY MID-1983.
AND BY THE END OF 1981 THE NEW COASTAL MOTORWAY FROM SHA TIN TO TAI PO WILL EE COMPLETED, WHILE THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY ITSELF WILL BE IN FULL OPERATION IN THE URBAN AREA EY APRIL 1980 AND TO TSUEN WAN BY 1982.
+S0 BY 1983 THE DRIVING TIME FROM SAY, AP LI CHAU TO TUEN MUN COULD BE ABOUT 45 MINUTES, GIVE OR TAKE A MINUTE OR TWO, A JOURNEY EY UNDERGROUND FROM CENTRAL TO TSUEN WAN SHOULD TAKE ABOUT 28 MINUTES, OR FROM HUNG HOM TO TAI PO AND SHEUNG SHU I EY TRAIN ABOUT 28 AND 36 MINUTES.
+THIS WILL EE A FAR CRY FROM THE HONG KONG HEMMED IN EY THE MOUNTAINS ROUND THE HARBOUR OF 13 OR 15 YEARS AGO,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
SIR MURRAY NOTED THAT THE VAST PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, COUPLED v-ITH THOSE OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR, WAS NOW SO INTENSE THAT HONG KONG GIVES THE IMPRESSION OF BEING ONE GREAT CONSTRUCTION SITE.
+1 DEEPLY SYMPATHISE WITH THOSE WHO LIVE AND WORK CLOSEST TO THE DUST AND NOISE AND THE TRAFFIC CONGESTION. BUT OUT OF THIS INCONVENIENT ACTIVITY WILL EMERGE, AND EMERGE SOON, A HONG KONG THAT IS LARGELY TRANSFORMED FROM THE CITY WE HAVE KNOWN,*
• VVtJJWt^DAT , UGlUbth 11, 1^/0
- 9 - :: .
i
LAND PRODUCTION PROGRAMME OUTLINED ****** '*•
THE GOVERNMENT EXPECTS TO PRODUCE AN AVERAGE OF 229 HECTARES OF LAND A YEAR BETWEEN THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR AND 1983-84, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
AN AVERAGE OF ABOUT 80 HECTARES A YEAR WILL BE PRODUCED FOR INDUSTRIAL USE, 64 FOR PRIVATE NON-1NDUSTRI AL USE AND 65 FOR PUBLIC HOUSING. MANY OF THE COMMUNICATIONS PROJECTS PLANNED PROVIDE ACCESS TO THESE AREAS.
SIR MURRAY SAID: +THESE FIGURES OF LAND PRODUCTION MAY SEEM SMALL, BUT IN OUR GEOGRAPHICAL CIRCUMSTANCES THEY ARE VERY LARGE AND REPRESENT A VERY MAJOR ENGINEERING COMMITMENT, AND WILL REQUIRE CAREFUL PHASING FOR FINANCIAL AND PRACTICAL REASONS.+
SIR MURRAY ADDED THAT THESE FIGURES, WHICH INCLUDE THE T*0 INDUSTRIAL ESTATES, REPRESENT A MUCH HIGHER FLOW OF LAND ON TO THE MARKET THAN HAS EVER BEEN ACHIEVED BEFORE. + IT IS QUESTIONABLE WHETHER IT WILL BE ENOUGH AND IN ANY CASE THERE IS THE PERIOD AFTER 1983-84 WHICH MUST BE PLANNED FOR NOW.+
THE MAIN SOURCES OF NEW LAND ARE LIKELY TO BE THE NORTH COAST OF LANTAU ISLAND AND JUNK BAY.
SIR MURRAY SAID A DECISION AS TO WHEN AND HOW DEVELOPMENT SHOULD START WOULD DEPEND ON THE GOVERNMENT’S CONSULTANTS REPORT ON A FIXED CROSSING TO LANTAU WHICH WILL BE READY BY EARLY NEXT YEAR, AND THE GOVERNMENT’S OWN ENGINEERING INVESTIGATIONS INTO THE DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL OF THE ISLAND AND THE LAND PRODUCTION COSTS.
+THE EARLIEST TIME WHEN A BRIDGE COULD BE COMPLETED IS MID-1984, ALTHOUGH SUBSTANTIAL AREAS OF LAND WOULD PROBABLY EE FORMED FOR USE BY THE TIME THE BRIDGE WAS OPENED.
+BUT IT WILL ALSO BE NECESSARY TO START LAND PRODUCTION PROJECTS IN OTHER AREAS TO BRIDGE THE SHORTFALLS OF THE EARLY EIGHTIES. OF THESE THE MOST IMPORTANT IS JUNK BAY.+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
THIS AREA WOULD PROVIDE FOR A NEW SATELLITE TOWN OF SOME 230,000 PEOPLE WITH ABOUT 72 NET HECTARES OF NEW INDUSTRIAL LAND. THE PROVISION OF PROPER ACCESS AND WATER SUPPLIES WOULD ALSO ALLOW ABOUT 35 HECTARES OF EXISTING INDUSTRIAL LAND TO BE BETTER UTILISED.
SIR MURRAY SAID IT WAS PROPOSED TO SEEK THE APPROVAL OF THE PUBLIC WORKS SUB-COMMITTEE TO START WORK ON THE INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE COMING YEAR. AT THE SAME TIME APPROVAL WOULD BE SOUGHT TO START DEVELOPMENT ON AN EXTENSION TO SHA TIN NEW TOWN ALONG THE EASTERN SIDE OF THE COVE TO WU KWAI SHA WHICH WOULD PROVIDE FOR ABOUT 22 AND 47 NET HECTARES OF LAND FOR INDUSTRY AND PRIVATE HOUSING RESPECTIVELY IN ADDITION TO PUBLIC USE.
SIR MURRAY ALSO SAID THAT THE RELEASE OF THE COMMUNICATIONS STATION AT LITTLE SAI WAN WOULD MA1E AVAILABLE ABOUT 33 HECTARES CF ADDITIONAL INDUSTRIAL RECREATIONAL AND INSTITUTIONAL LAND, AND THE GOVERNMENT WAS AIMING TO HAVE THIS AREA FORMED AND AVAILABLE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFT2: ITS RELEASE AT THE END OF 1982. i
------0_______ /10............................
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
10 -
LAND SALES BOOST REVENUE
* * * *
THE GOVERNMENT’S TOTAL REVENUE FOR 1978-79 IS NOW EXPECTED TO EXCEED THE ORIGINAL ESTIMATE BY A QUITE CONSIDERABLE AMOUNT, PERHAPS BY AS MUCH AS $1,900 MILLION, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY.
IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY SAID THE INCREASED REVENUE IS ALMOST ALL LARGELY DUE TO BUOYANT LAND SALES AND THOUGH IT IS TOO EARLY TO INDICATE WITH ANY PRECISION THE LIKELY BUDGET OUTTURN, THERE CAN BE LITTLE DOUBT THAT THERE WILL AGAIN BE A SURPLUS THIS YEAR.
HE ALSO NOTED THAT A LARGE PART OF THE INCREASED REVENUE IS BEING ABSORBED IN INCREASED EXPENDITURE ON BOTH RECURRENT AND CAPITAL ACCOUNTS.
+WE HAVE FOR EXAMPLE, INCURRED ADDITIONAL EXPENDITURE, NOT PROVIDED FOR IN THE ESTIMATES, AS A RESULT OF THE 1978 CIVIL SERVICE SALARY AWARDS, AND OF THE DECISION TO REDUCE THE QUALIFYING AGE FOR THE OLD AGE ALLOWANCE SCHEME, FROM 75 TO 70 IN ONE STEP RATHER THAN TWO AS ORIGINALLY PLANNED.+
HOWEVER, IT IS ON THE CAPITAL ACCOUNT THAT WE EXPECT A SUBSTANTIALLY HIGHER LEVEL OF EXPENDITURE THAN PROVIDED FOR IN THE APPROVED ESTIMATES, HE SAID.
+THIS IS LARGELY ACCOUNTED FOR BY THE PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME AS SUCH, AND HOUSING.
+HIGHER PRICES ACCOUNT FOR A PART OF THIS INCREASE, BUT WE HAVE ALSO MADE GOOD PROGRESS ON EXISTING CONTRACTS AND EARLIER STARTS ON NEW PROJECTS,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
-----o------
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
11
FURTHER IMPROVEMENT IN QUALITY OF EDUCATION
******
THE GOVERNMENT WILL SHORTLY PUBLISH A WHITE PAPER CONTAINING REVISED PLANS ON SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS AFTERNOON.
AS WELL AS PROVIDING FOR A GREAT EXPANSION OF PLACES, THE WHITE PAPER WILL REFLECT THE IMPORTANCE THE GOVERNMENT ATTACHES TO IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF SECONDARY EDUCATION.
HE SAID: +THE MOST IMPORTANT RELEVANT STEP ENVISAGED WILL BE A PHASED SCHEME TO RAISE ’PER CAPUT’ SCHOOLS TO FULLY-AIDED STATUS SO AS TO ENSURE PROPER FACILITIES AND MORE UNIFORM STANDARDS IN ALL SCHOOLS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR.+
SIR MURRAY POINTED OUT THAT +QUALITY WILL ALSO BE IMPROVED BY BROADENING THE CURRICULUM TO GIVE MORE WEIGHT TO PRACTICAL AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS, BY IMPROVING, AND WHERE APPLICABLE, LENGTHENING TEACHER TRAINING PROGRAMMES, AND BY STRENGTHENING SCHOQLS SUPPORT SERVICES.*
ON TERTIARY AND HIGHER EDUCATION, THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSED THAT THE POLYTECHNIC SHOULD RAISE THE LEVEL OF SOME OF ITS WORK, AND THAT, IN COMPENSATION, MORE ORDINARY TECHNICAL PROGRAMMES SHOULD BE PROVIDED IN THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES WHICH SHOULD BE EXPANDED ACCORDINGLY.
THE GOVERNOR SAID DISCUSSIONS HAD TAKEN PLACE WITH THE COLLEGES RECOGNISED UNDER THE POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES ORDINANCE ABOUT WAYS IN WHICH THEY MIGHT CONTRIBUTE TO ACHIEVING THE GOVERNMENT’S TARGETS FOR SIXTH FORM AND TERTIARY EDUCATION, AND THE FRUITS OF THESE DISCUSSIONS WOULD BE PRESENTED IN THE WHITE PAPER.
ON THE SCALE OF EXPANSION IN HIGHER EDUCATION WHICH THE GOVERNMENT HOPED TO ACHIEVE BY ABOUT 1986, THE GOVERNOR LISTED THE FOLLOWING TARGETS:
* RAISING FROM 25.7 PER CENT TO ABOUT 83 PER CENT THE NUMBER OF SUBSIDISED PLACES FOR THE RELEVANT AGE GROUP IN SECONDARY FORMS 4 AND 5, OR IN POST-FORM 3 COURSES IN TECHNICAL INSTITUTES. THESE INCREASES, COUPLED WITH AN EXPANSION OF ADULT EDUCATION CENTRES, SHOULD BE ABLE TO MEET MOST OF THE DEMAND EXPECTED IN THE 1980S FROM STUDENTS LEAVING FORM 3.
* INCREASING FROM 5.5 PER CENT TO ABOUT 20 PER CENT THE NUMBER OF SUBSIDISED PLACES FOR THE RELEVANT AGE GROUP FOR FORM 6.
* RAISING FROM 17.9 PER CENT TO ABOUT 33 PER CENT BY 1986 THE NUMBER OF SUBSIDISED PLACES FOR THE AGE GROUP FOR TERTIARY EDUCATION (INCLUDING UNIVERSITIES, POLYTECHNIC, THE SCHOOLS OF NURSING AND EDUCATION, AND POST-FORM 5 COURSES IN TECHNICAL INSTITUTES).
/• IF THESE
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
12
* IF THESE PROPOSALS ARE APPROVED, AND ADDED TO PLANS FOR EXPANSION IN JUNIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION AND FOR PRIMARY EDUCATION ALREADY APPROVED, RECURRENT EXPENDITURE ON EDUCATION AT 1978 PRICES MAY BE EXPECTED TO RISE FROM ABOUT $1,700 MILL ION IN 1978/79 TO MORE THAN $2,900 MILLION IN'1986/87 AND TOTAL CAPITAL EXPENDITURE OVER THE SAME PERIOD WOULD BE $2,100 MILLION.
SIR MURRAY SAID THAT EDUCATION AFTER FORM 3 WOULD BE HEAVILY SUBSIDISED BUT NOT FREE.
HE ADDED: +FEE REMISSION AND STUDENT LOAN SCHEMES WILL BE EXPANDED TO ENSURE THAT NO STUDENT JUDGED SUITABLE FOR THE WIDE VARIETY OF COURSES OFFERED SHOULD BE DENIED THEM THROUGH LACK OF MEANS.+
SIR MURRAY RECALLED THAT UNIVERSAL FREE AND COMPULSORY PRIMARY EDUCATION WAS ACHIEVED IN 1971.
+ALL PUPILS COMPLETING PRIMARY SCHOOL LAST SUMMER ARE NOW BEING PROVIDED WITH FREE SECONDARY EDUCATION PLACES TO FORM 3. EY NEXT SEPTEMBER WE SHALL BE MAKING EDUCATION COMPULSORY TO 14 AND EY SEPTEMBER 1980 WE WILL HAVE ACHIEVED OUR GOAL OF UNIVERSAL FREE AND COMPULSORY EDUCATION TO 15 OR FORM 3,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY SAID TWO WORKING PARTIES WERE EXPECTED TO REPORT SHORTLY ON THE QUALITY OF PRIMARY EDUCATION AND ITS FUTURE DEVELOPMENT, AND THE SERVICES BELOW PRIMARY AGE AND KINDERGARTEN CENTRES.
THE RESULTING PROPOSALS BY THE WORKING PARTIES WOULD BE PUBLISHED IN A GREEN PAPER.
+PLANS ARE THUS WELL UNDER WAY TO PREPARE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMMES FOR ALL STAGES OF EDUCATION FROM KINDERGARTENS TO THE TERTIARY LEVEL.
+WHILE THESE PROGRAMMES WILL LAY DOWN THE MAIN LINES OF ADVANCE, THERE SHOULD BE SCOPE FOR RE-EXAMINATION IN A WIDER CONTEXT.
+ACCORDINGLY, ON THE ADVICE OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION, I PROPOSE TO INITIATE A WIDE-RANGING REVIEW THAT WOULD COVER THE WHOLE OF THE EDUCATION SYSTEM, ITS METHODS AND ITS OBJECTIVES,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
IT WAS PROPOSED THAT THIS SHOULD BE CONDUCTED PRIMARILY BY PERSONS FROM ABROAD WITH GREAT EXPERTISE IN EDUCATION, THOUGH CERTAINLY WITH LOCAL PARTICIPATION.
+1 SEE THIS REVIEW AS A LONGER TERM DEVELOPMENT TO CHECK THE PLANS WE HAVE ALREADY MADE BEFORE THEY BECOME TOO DEEPLY ENTRENCHED,* SIR MURRAY STATED.
/U
0 -
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
15 -
WHITE PAPER ON SOCIAL WELFARE ASSISTANCE TO BE OUT SOON ******
A COMPREHENSIVE WHITE PAPER WILL BE PUBLISHED SHORTLY ON SOCIAL WELFARE ASSISTANCE, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS AFTERNOON.
HE SAID THE WHITE PAPER’S CONCLUSIONS BROADLY WERE AS FOLLOWS:
* THAT THE SYSTEM OF PUBLIC ASSISTANCE BASED ON THE COST-OF-LIVING WAS WELL UNDERSTOOD AND ACCEPTED AS THE BASIS FOR CASH PAYMENTS BUT THAT ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS WERE REQUIRED FOR THOSE DEPENDENT UPON PUBLIC ASSISTANCE FOR LONG PERIODS, AND THIS HAS BEEN DONE=
* THAT MORE SHOULD BE DONE FOR THE AGED AND PARTICULARLY TO MAKE IT EASIER FOR THEM TO CONTINUE LIFE WITHIN THEIR FAMILY OR COMMUNITY IN DIGNITY. THE QUALIFYING AGE FOR OLD AGE ALLOWANCE HAS BEEN DROPPED FROM 75 TO 70= AND A SUPPLEMENT FOR THOSE OVER 60 RECEIVING PUBLIC ASSISTANCE HAS BEEN INTRODUCED. IN ADDITION TO THESE PAYMENTS, A RANGE OF SERVICES SHOULD BE ESTABLISHED OVER THE NEXT TEN YEARS INCLUDING: THE PROVISION OF SPECIAL PLACES IN PUBLIC HOUSING, EXPANSION OF COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICES, DAY HOSPITALS AND MORE GERIATR IC BEDS =
FOR THOSE NOT IN NEED OF MEDICAL CARE BUT WHO ARE UNABLE TO LOOK AFTER THEMSELVES OR TO BE CARED FOR BY THEIR FAMILIES, THE GOVERNMENT ENVISAGED PROVISION OF 1,700 ADDITIONAL CARE AND ATTENTION PLACES AND 2,800 ADDITIONAL PLACES IN HOMES FOR THE AGED. THESE FACILITIES WOULD SERVE ONLY A VERY SMALL PROPORTION OF A TOTAL POPULATION OF 400,000 AGED 60 AND OVER=
THE BULK OF HONG KONG’S OLD PEOPLE WOULD REMAIN WITH THEIR FAMILIES, WHERE THEY PREFERRED TO BE, BUT THERE WOULD EE A RANGE OF SUPPORTING SERVICES TO HELP THEM TO DO SO. THE FOCAL POINT OF SUCH SERVICES WOULD BE 17 DISTRICT MULTI-PURPOSE CENTRES A NETWORK OF SOCI AL■CENTRES WHICH WOULD PROVIDE A BASE FOR ORGANISING HOME HELP, LAUNDRY SEK
THE BULK OF HONG KONG’S OLD PEOPLE WOULD REMAIN WITH THEIR FAMILIES, WHERE THEY PREFERRED TO BE, BUT THERE WOULD BE A RANGE OF SUPPORTING SERVICES TO HELP THEM TO DO SO. THE FOCAL POINT OF SUCH SERVICES WOULD BE 17 DISTRICT MULTI-PURPOSE CENTRES AND A NETWORK OF SOCIAL CENTRES WHICH WOULD PROVIDE A BASE FOR ORGANISING HOME HELP, LAUNDRY SERVICES, COUNSELLING AND SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES'
* THAT MORE SHOULD BE DONE FOR THE REHABILITATION OR SUPPORT OF THOSE MENTALLY OR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED, AND A TEN-YEAR PROGRAMME OF PHASED DEVELOPMENT OF CENTRES AND SERVICES HAD BEEN DRAWN UP AND THEIR DETAILS ALREADY PUBLISHED IN A WHITE PAPER=
/THBSB SERVICES .....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 19?8
- 14 -
THESE SERVICES COULD BE SUPPLEMENTED WITH BOTH DISABILITY ALLOWANCES AND PUBLIC ASSISTANCE WHERE APPLICABLE” AND
* THAT MORE SHOULD BE DONE FOR CERTAIN CATEGORIES OF YOUNG PEOPLE REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION BEYOND THE ALREADY WIDE RANGE OF NORMAL PROVISION. THE MAIN THRUST WOULD BE BY MEANS OF SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK AND FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION.
SIR MURRAY SAID THAT THESF PROGRAMMES WERE TECHNICAL IN CONTENT AND COULD ONLY BE SUPPORTED BY A STEADY FLOW OF 'SOCIAL OR PARA-MEDICAL WORKERS TRAINED IN A WIDE VARIETY OF DISCIPLINES. PROVISION FOR THE NECESSARY COURSES HAD BEEN MADE AND MANY WERE ALREADY IN OPERATION.
HE STATED THAT THE DETAILS OF ALL THESE PROGRAMMES EITHER HAD BEEN OR VERY SHORTLY WOULD BE PUBLISHED IN WHITE PAPERS.
+ AT 1978 PRICES, OVER THE NEXT FIVE, YEARS THIS WILL INVOLVE $223 MILLION IN CAPITAL EXPENDITURE, AND AN INCREASE OF $513 MILLION IN THE LcVEL OF RECURRENT EXPEND I TURE.+
REFERRING TO A RECOMMENDATION IN A GREEN PAPER ON A VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTORY SCHEME OF INSURANCE AGAINST THE RISKS OF EXTENDED SICKNESS, DEATH AND RETIREMENT, SIR MURRAY SAID THE PROPOSAL HAD BEEN THE SUBJECT OF WIDE DEBATE AND ALSO OF TESTS OF PUBLIC OPINION, AND THE PUBLIC ACTUARY’S OFFICE IN THE UNITED KINGDOM HAD BEEN CONSULTED.
+A GROUP OF EMPLOYERS HAS ALSO PUT FORWARD A COUNTER-SCHEME TO COVER THE SAME RISKS. WHILE YOUR GOVERNMENT ACCEPTS THE NEED FOR THE COVERAGE, IT HAS NOT YET REACHED A CONCLUSION ON WHAT THE BEST METHOD OF PROCEEDING WOULD BE --GIVEN THE WIDE MEASURE OF COVER FOR THE LOWER INCOME GROUPS ALREADY PROVIDED BY PUBLIC ASSISTANCE AND DISABILITY AND OLD AGE ALLOWANCES, AND BY STATUTORY BENEFITS UNDER LABOUR LEGISLATION AND THE SIGNIFICANT NUMBERS ALREADY COVERED EY THE TERMS OF THEIR EMPLOYMENT,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY EXPRESSED THE HOPE THAT PROPOSALS MIGHT EE PUT TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL DURING THE CURRENT SESSION.
-----0------
/15
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
15
SELF-CONTAINED HOUSING FOR ALL STRESSED ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, THIS AFTERNOON STRESSED THE NEED TO ENSURE THAT THERE IS SELF-CONTAINED HOUSING FOR ALL.
THE CURRENT PROGRAMME, WHICH STARTED BETWEEN FIVE AND SIX YEARS AGO, WAS AT LAST REACHING FRUITION, AND COMPLETIONS WOULD RISE FROM 18,000 FLATS THIS YEAR TO 45,000 NEXT YEAR AND WOULD BE MAINTAINED BETWEEN THE 40,000'AND 45,000 LEVELS UNTIL 1985, HE SAID.
THIS MEANS THAT EACH YEAR A QUARTER OF A, MILLION PEOPLE WOULD BE HOUSED.
CONSTRUCTION WAS NOW PROCEEDING ON NO LESS THAN 57 PROJECTS a I TH A CONTRACT VALUE OF OVER 32,203 MILLION.
+THESE FIGURES,* SIR MURRAY SAID, +INCLUDE THE FLATS FOR PURCHASE UNDER THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME AT PRESENT PLANNED TO AVERAGE ABOUT 6,000 A YEAR AS FROM NEXT YEAR WHEN 8,530 WILL BE COMPLETED.
+IN VIEW OF THE POPULARITY OF THE SCHEME, WE MUST BE ALIVE TO THE POSSIBILITY OF VARYING THE BALANCE BETWEEN THE PROGRAMMES FOR RENTING AND SALE IN THE LIGHT OF PUBLIC DEMAND, AND THE DESIGN OF NEW ESTATES PROVIDES FOR THIS DEGREE OF FLEXIBILITY.*
COINCIDING WITH THE APPROACH TO THE LEVEL OF PUBLIC HOUSING PRODUCTION WAS A SPURT IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF FLATS BY PRIVATE DEVELOPERS, MANY FOR THE MIDDLE AND LOWER-MIDDLE INCOME GROUPS.
SIR MURRAY SAID THAT +30,300 WILL EE COMPLETED THIS YEAR AND PROBABLY AS MANY NEXT. THIS IS A MOST WELCOME CONTRIBUTION.*
BUT, HE SAID, MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SHOULD BE UNDER NO ILLUSION ABOUT THE SIZE OF THE PROBLEM.
+THIS YEAR WE RECKON THE SHORTFALL IN SELF-CONTAINED LIVING ACCOMMODATION TO BE OVER 200,000 UNITS. ALLOWING FOR ABOUT 303,030 MORE HOUSEHOLDS EY 1985, AND ASSUMING THAT THE PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME IS MAINTAINED AT THE LEVEL I HAVE INDICATED, AND THAT THE PRIVATE SECTOR CONTINUES TO MAKE A SUBSTANTIAL CONTRIBUTION, THE SHORTFALL SHOULD HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED EY 1985 AND WELL BEFORE THAT THE PROBLEM AS WE HAVE KNOWN IT WILL HAVE BEEN VASTLY REDUCED.
+HOWEVER, THESE FIGURES MAKE THE TRADITIONAL ASSUMPTION THAT 60 PER CENT OF ALL ONE PERSON AND TWO PERSON HOUSEHOLDS WILL SHARE ACCOMMODATION WITH OTHERS.
+IN VIEW OF THE TREND TOWARDS SMALLER HOUSEHOLDS AND THE RISING ASPIRATIONS OF OUR RAPIDLY EVOLVING SOCIETY I DOUBT IF THAT ASSUMPTION WILL CONTINUE TO HOLD TRUE MUCH LONGER,* HE SAID.
AFTER 1985 THERE MIGHT THEREFORE BE A FORWARD THE HOUSING PROGRAMME, ALBEIT AT A
CASE FOR ROLLING LESS DRAMATIC LEVEL.
SITES FOR SUCH A PROGRAMME SHOULD EE EARMARKED SOON, SIR MURRAY SAID.
- - o ----------
/16
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
- 16 -
GOVERNOR OUTLINES OBJECTIVES IN MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY OUTLINED VARIOUS PROPOSED DEVELOPMENTS IN THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES.
THE MAIN OBJECTIVES FOR 1986-87 RECOMMENDED BY THE MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT ADVISORY COMMITTEE, HE SAID, WERE:
* TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF GENERAL AND SPECIALISED HOSPITAL BEDS FROM THE PRESENT 20,000 OR 4.4 PER THOUSAND POPULATION, TO ABOUT 31,800 OR 6.1 PER THOUSAND-
X TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF OUT-PATIENT CLINICS FROM 52 WITH 250 CONSULTING ROOMS, TO 66 WITH 407 CONSULTING ROOMS -- AN INCREASE OF FROM 5.4 CONSULTING ROOMS PER 100,000 TO 7.8=
* EXPANDING MATERNITY AND CHILD HEALTH, FAMILY PLANNING, IMMUNISATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION PROGRAMMES=
X INCREASING THE NUMBER OF PSYCHIATRIC BEDS FROM 2,400 TO 5,000= PSYCHIATRIC DAY BEDS FROM 180 TO 450= AND MENTALLY RETARDED BEDS FROM 260 TO 700=
X OPENING A NEW DENTAL SCHOOL IN 1980 AND A SECOND MEDICAL SCHOOL IN 1981=
X TWO NEW NURSES TRAINING SCHOOLS TO EE AVAILABLE BY 1982f AND
* A SCHOOL DENTAL CARE SERVICE TO EE INTRODUCED IN 1980.
A NEW DENTAL THERAPIST TRAINING SCHOOL WOULD OPEN THIS MONTH, AND EXTENSIVE NEW COURSES FOR THE TRAINING OF PARA-MEDICAL PERSONNEL STARTED AT THE POLYTECHNIC IN SEPTEMBER.
SIR MURRAY SAID: +.IF IMPLEMENTED THESE PROPOSALS WILL RAISE RECURRENT EXPENDITURE ON MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, AT 1978 PRICES, FROM $825 MILLION IN 1978/79 TO OVER $1,600 MILLION IN 1986/87, AND INVOLVE CAPITAL EXPENDITURE OF MORE THAN $2,200 MILLION OVER THE SAME PERIOD, INCLUDING THE COST OF MEDICAL AND PARA-MEDICAL TEACHING FACILITIES AT THE TWO UNIVERSITIES AND THE POLYTECHNIC.
+1 HOPE THAT THE PROPORTIONATE INCREASES IN FACILITIES IN HOSPITALS AND CLINICS WILL RELIEVE PRESSURE ON BEDS AND BUILDINGS, IMPROVE THE CONVENIENCE AND SPEED OF MEDICAL SERVICES TO THE PUBLIC, AND FACILITATE THEIR ADMINISTRATION,* HE SAID.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
17
CHILD EMPLOYMENT CONTROL TO BE EXTENDED TO NON-1NDUSTRI AL SECTOR ******
THE EXTENSION OF CHILD EMPLOYMENT CONTROL TO THE NON-1NDUSTRI AL SECTOR IS AMONG A NUMBER OF NEW ITEMS OF LABOUR LEGISLATION TO BE INTRODUCED DURING THIS SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY.
IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY SAID OTHER NEW LABOUR LEGISLATION WOULD INCLUDE THE PROTECTION OF MORE NON-MANUAL WORKERS UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE, THE CONTROL OF WORKERS’ SAFETY IN THE USE OF ELECTRICITY AND THE CONTROL OF FIRE SAFETY IN INDUSTRY.
THE WORKING PARTY ON THE WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION ORDINANCE IS CONTINUING ITS REVIEW AND WILL DRAW UP RECOMMENDATIONS SOON, HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY SAID HONG KONG’S COMPLIANCE WITH INTERNATIONAL LABOUR CONVENTIONS ALSO CONTINUED TO IMPROVE WITH 40 CONVENTIONS HAVING BEEN APPLIED IN FULL OR WITH MODIFICATIONS.
+THIS REPRESENTS AN INCREASE OF 11 SINCE 1974 AND WE HOPE TO EE ABLE TO IMPROVE OUR DECLARATIONS IN RESPECT OF A FURTHER SIX BY 1980. IN THIS RESPECT HONG KONG COMPARES FAVOURABLY WITH OTHER COUNTRIES IN TH IS REG ION.+
SIR MURRAY STRESSED THAT THE LABOUR LEGISLATION INTRODUCED IN RECENT YEARS HAD BEEN PROPOSED ON ITS HONG KONG MERITS.
+OUR CONCERN IS WHAT IS BENEFICIAL FOR HONG KONG, ITS WORKFORCE, AND ITS ECONOMY AS A WHOLE.
+NEVERTHELESS IT DOES NO HARM TO KEEP INTERNATIONAL COMPARISONS IN MIND. THESE ARE FAVOURABLE AND YOUR GOVERNMENT HAS MADE VERY GOOD PROGRESS IN ACHIEVING ITS TARGET OF BROAD COMPARABILITY WITH THE BEST AMONG NEIGHBOURING ASIAN COUNTRIES EXCLUDING JAPAN,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY NOTED THAT THE VOLUME OF LABOUR LEGISLATION IN RECENT YEARS AND THE SUBSEQUENT WORK OF ENFORCEMENT IS INVOLVING SUBSTANTIAL RECRUITMENT OF STAFF WHICH MUST BE TRAINED AND ABSORBED, AND HE BELIEVED THAT IN THIS FIELD THE FIRST PRIORITY NOW IS ADMINISTRATIVE CONSOLIDATION.
ON INDUSTRIAL TRAINING, THE GOVERNOR SAID HE INTENDED TO APPOINT MORE TRAINING BOARDS AND SPECIALISTS COMMITTEES SOON TO ENABLE THE HONG KONG TRAINING COUNCIL TO EXTEND ITS ACTIVITIES INTO THE COMMERCIAL AND SERVICE SECTORS.
HE SAID THE NEWLY ESTABLISHED CLOTHING INDUSTRY AND CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRES HAD PROVED POPULAR AND SUCCESSFUL, AND THE TRAINING COUNCIL HAD RECOMMENDED A NUMBER OF .ADD ITIONAL TRAINING SCHEMES IN OTHER INDUSTRIES TO BE FINANCED BY A GENERAL LEVY AND ADMINISTERED BY A STATUTORY TRAINING COUNCIL.
+THESE RECOMMENDATIONS ARE NOW BEING CONSIDERED EY THE GOVERNMENT,* HE SAID. SIR MURRAY ADDED THAT ON THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE TRAINING COUNCIL, A FURTHER EIGHT TRADES HAD BEEN DESIGNED UNDER THE APPRENTICESHIP ORDINANCE DURING THE YEAR.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
18
IMMIGRATION CONTINUES TO SOAR
******
THE NUMBER OF IMMIGRANTS COMING TO HONG KONG AT THE PRESENT RATE MAY REACH 95,300 THIS YEAR, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
DURING THE LAST SIX MONTHS, THE HIGH LEVEL OF IMMIGRATION INTO HONG KONG HAS BEEN WORRYING, HE SAID.
+THIS IS SOMETHING THAT MUST BE KEPT IN PERSPECTIVE SINCE THE LEVEL OF IMMIGRATION CHANGES CONSIDERABLY FROM YEAR TO YEAR, AND THERE IS AN OUTFLOW TO OTHER COUNTRIES AS WELL AS AN INFLOW LARGELY FROM NEIGHBOURING PROVINCES OF CHINA,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
IN THE FIVE YEARS UP TO DECEMBER 1976, THE AVERAGE ANNUAL ARRIVALS FROM CHINA BY ALL MEANS WERE ABOUT 53,300 BUT HONG KONG’S OVERALL AVERAGE NET GAIN BY MIGRATION WAS ONLY 18,000 A YEAR. LAST YEAR THE NET GAIN ROSE TO 33,030, AND THIS YEAR, IF THE CURRENT RATE IS MAINTAINED, IT COULD BE AS HIGH AS 60,000.
SIR MURRAY SAID: +AT THIS RATE TWO EXTRA VERY LARGE HOUSING ESTATES, WITH ALL ACCOMPANYING FACILITIES WOULD BE NECESSARY EACH YEAR IF STANDARDS WERE NOT TO BE DILUTED.
+WE HAVE EXPLAINED BOTH HERE DIRECTLY, AND THROUGH DIPLOMATIC CHANNELS IN PEKING AND LONDON, THE PROBLEMS THAT THIS RATE OF INFLUX COULD PRESENT FOR US IF IT WERE ALLOWED TO CONTINUE, AND I VERY MUCH HOPE TO SEE THE FIGURES GRADUALLY AND SUBSTANTIALLY REDUCED.+
THE GOVERNMENT IS ALSO WATCHING WITH APPREHENSION THE GROWING NUMBER OF ARRIVALS HERE FROM VIETNAM AWAITING RESETTLEMENT WHICH NOW STANDS AT 3,673.
OVER THE LAST TWO YEARS THE GOVERNMENT HAS GIVEN PERMISSION FOR SOME 4,333 WITH SOME CLAIM ON HONG KONG TO STAY HERE. ANOTHER 5,333 HAVE BEEN GIVEN PERMISSION TO STAY TEMPORARILY ON AN UNDERSTANDING BY THE UNITED NATIONS HIGH COMMISSIONER FOR REFUGEES — WHO HAS BEEN DOING EXCELLENT WORK — TO FIND THEM A PERMANENT HOME ELSEWHERE.
/1?......
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
- 19 -
ADMINISTRATIVE REFORM IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ******
THE GOVERNMENT IS PLANNING SOME EASIC REORGANISATION OF THE ADMINISTRATION IN THE NEW TERRITORIES SO THAT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS CAN BE MORE DIRECTLY RESPONSIVE TO LOCAL NEEDS.
THE MOVE IS ALSO AIMED AT ENSURING THAT ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIVITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ARE CO-ORDINATED REGIONALLY AND INTEGRATED WITH THE WORK OF THE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS SET UP BY THE GOVERNMENT LAST YEAR.
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, ANNOUNCED THIS TODAY AT THE OPENING CF THE NEW SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND GAVE A GENERAL OUTLINE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE REFORM TO EE IMPLEMENTED.
THE REORGANISATION WILL INVOLVE SOME SHIFT OF EMPHASIS FROM THE HEADQUARTERS OF SOME DEPARTMENTS TO REGIONAL OFFICES IN THE MAIN CENTRES OF POPULATION.
+AS THIS CHANGE IS GRADUALLY IMPLEMENTED IT WILL PROBABLY ALSO AFFECT THE ROLE OF THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, SO THAT HE WILL EE LESS INVOLVED IN THE DAY-TO-DAY ADMINISTRATION AND MORE CONCERNED WITH THE BROAD ISSUES, SUCH AS THOSE, FOR INSTANCE, WITH WHICH THE HEUNG YEE KUK IS PARTICULARLY CONCERNED,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
REGULAR INCREASES IN STAFF AND OTHER RESOURCES MUST BE PROVIDED TO KEEP PACE WITH POPULATION GROWTH AND TC MAINTAIN THE HIGH STANDARDS TO WHICH THE TOWNS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ARE BEING BUILT, HE ADDED. THIS ..ILL AFFECT MANY DEPARTMENTS, BUT PARTICULARLY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.
COMMENTING ON THE ESTABLISHMENT OF DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARDS LAST NOVEMBER, SIR MURRAY DESCRIBED IT AS AN +IMMEDIATE SUCCESS.+
HE PRAISED THE BOARDS FOR BEING ACTIVE, INSISTENT AND CONSTRUCTIVE. PROPOSALS AFFECTING THE GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF EACH TOWN OR REGION ARE DISCUSSED, AND LOCAL VIEWS TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT AT THE PLANNING STAGE BEFORE FINAL DEPARTMENTAL SUBMISSIONS ARE MADE.
+THE BOARDS ARE ALSO MAKING FULL USE OF THEIR FUNDS FOR RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES AND FOR MINOR WORKS TO IMPROVE THEIR TOWNS,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
+THEY HAVE BECOME THE NATURAL CHANNELS FOR LOCAL ADVICE
TO GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS. IN SHORT THEY ARE BEGINNING TO PROVIDE THE PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN RESIDENTS AND GOVERNMENT IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF EACH TOWN OR REGION THAT WAS SO BADLY NEEDED.+
/2O......
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
20
NEW LEGAL SCHEMES TO START OPERATING EARLY NEXT YEAR
* X X- X X X
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY EXPRESSED HOPE THAT THE VARIOUS LEGAL SCHEMES OUTLINED BY THE ATTORNEY GENERAL LAST JULY TO ASSIST THE PUBLIC WILL START OPERATING EARLY IN THE NEW YEAR WHEN A DETAILED ANNOUNCEMENT WILL BE MADE.
THE SCHEMES COMPRISE A DUTY LAWYER SCHEME IN SOME MAGISTRATES’ COURTS, A ’QUICK LEGAL ADVICE’ SCHEME IN TWO CITY DISTRICT OFFICES, AND THE SCHEME OF APPOINTING CANTONESE-SPEAKING MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO SIT WITH MAGISTRATES IN AN ADVISORY CAPACITY.
BOTH THE DUTY LAWYER AND THE LEGAL ADVICE SCHEMES WILL EE FREE OF CHARGE TO THE PUBLIC WITH THE GOVERNMENT PROVIDING THE ADMINISTRATIVE CLERICAL BACK UP AND THE NECESSARY FUNDS.
SIR MURRAY SAID THESE SCHEMES ARE DESIGNED FIRSTLY TO ■ HELP BRIDGE THE COMMUNICATIONS AND UNDERSTANDING GAP THAT CAN DEVELOP BETWEEN A CANTONESE-SPEAKING POPULATION UNFAMILIAR WITH THE BRITISH LEGAL SYSTEM ON THE ONE HAND AND A GOVERNMENT OPERATING THROUGH BRITISH LAW AND LEGAL PROCEDURES ON THE OTHER AND SECONDLY TO ASSIST PERSONS CHARGED WITH CERTAIN OFFENCES IN MAGISTRATES’ COURTS WHO ARE WITHOUT LEGAL ADVICE.
HE SAID: +THOUGH EXPERIMENTAL AND LIMITED, THE SCHEMES HAVE PROVED COMPLICATED TO START OWING TO THE LARGE NUMBER OF PERSONS INVOLVED. WITHOUT THE PUBLIC SPIRIT OF MANY MEMBERS OF THE LEGAL PROFESSION, THEY WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN POSSIBLE.+
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
21
ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DIVERSIFICATION COMPLETES STUDY ON ECONOMY
******
THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DIVERSIFICATION HAS COMPLETED A STUDY OF THE GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG’S ECONOMY OVER THE PAST 15 YEARS AND MADE CERTAIN FORECASTS OF THE LIKELY GROWTH OF EXPORTS OF BOTH GOODS AND SERVICES OVER THE FIVE YEARS TO 1982.
THIS WAS REVEALED BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SIR MURRAY SAID THE COMMITTEE IN ITS STUDY OF HONG KONG’S ECONOMY HAS TENTATIVELY IDENTIFIED THE LIKELY FUTURE DETERMINANTS OF GROWTH OF VARIOUS INDUSTRIES THAT MAKE UP OUR ECONOMY, INCLUDING SOCIO-POLITICAL AND GEO-POLITICAL FACTORS AND THE RESTRICTIVE IMPACT OF THE NEW GENERATION OF TEXTILE RESTRAINT AGREEMENTS.
HE ALSO NOTED THAT SIX SUB-COMMITTEES ARE STUDYING THE FACTORS WHICH HAVE ATTRACTED OR DETERRED THE ESTABLISHMENT OF NEW ACTIVITIES IN THE MANUFACTURING AND OTHER SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY IN HONG KONG AND THE MEASURES TAKEN IN COMPETITOR COUNTRIES AND THEIR COMPARATIVE SUCCESS.
+THESE SUB-COMMITTEES WILL REPORT BEFORE THE END OF THE YEAR, AND ON THE BASIS OF ALL THE MATERIALS BY THEN ASSEMBLED, THE COMMITTEE WILL MOVE ON TO THE FINAL STAGE OF CONSIDERING WHETHER THERE IS A CASE FOR MODIFYING EXISTING GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND/OR EXTENDING THEM TO FACILITATE DIVERSIFICATION OF OUR ECONOMY.
HE SAID THIS STAGE IS PLANNED TO COMMENCE AFTER THE PREPARATION OF THE BUDGET AND WILL LEAD ON TO THE COMPILATION OF THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE’S INEVITABLY LENGTHY REPORT WHICH HE HOPED THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE WILL HAVE COMPLETED BY THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR.
ON OTHER FINANCIAL DEVELOPMENTS, SIR MURRAY SAID THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE WILL HAVE ITS FIRST MEETING IN A FEW WEEKS’ TIME TO CONSIDER THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT’S REPORT ON THE ACCOUNTS FOR 1977-78.
HE ALSO SA IP THAT THE WORKING PARTY SET UP TO CONSIDER A METHOD OF STATUTORY BACKING FOR OUR SYSTEM OF FINANCIAL CONTROL HAS MADE GOOD PROGRESS AND A PUBLIC FINANCE BILL ./ILL BE INTRODUCED DURING THIS SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
IN ADDITION, A BILL WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL VERY SHORTLY TO AMEND THE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE A SYSTEM OF PRUDENTIAL SUPERVISION OF SUCH COMPANIES OF WHICH THERE ARE 234 IN HONG KONG, ON SOMEWHAT SIMILAR LINES TO THAT PRESENTLY EXERCISED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF BANKING IN RESPECT OF LICENSED BANKS.
0 - -
/22 ...
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
22 -
STRENGTHENING AND REORGANISING POLICE HQ STRUCTURE
******
MUCH PROGRESS HAS BEEN MADE IN STRENGTHENING AND REORGANISING THE HEADQUARTERS STRUCTURE OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS AFTERNOON.
SIMILAR PROGRESS WAS MADE IN IMPROVING IN-SERVICE TRAINING, STAFF RELATIONS, PUBLIC RELATIONS, THE HANDLING OF COMPLAINTS AGAINST THE POLICE, AND IN OPERATIONAL DEPLOYMENT AND EFFICIENCY.
THIS FOLLOWED RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY A MOST EXPERIENCED TEAM FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM LED BY MR. J. CRANE, ONE OF HER MAJESTY’S INSPECTORS OF CONSTABULARY, AND A THOROUGH INVESTIGATION OF THE ORGANISATION AND ADMINISTRATION OF POLICE CONDUCTED JOINTLY WITH THE COMMISSIONER AND HIS STAFF AND THE SECURITY BRANCH OF THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT AND MR. CRANE’S TEAM.
+IN BROAD TERMS THE CONCLUSION WAS THAT PROFESSIONALLY THE FORCE WAS WORKING ON THE RIGHT LINES= BUT THAT INTENSE PREOCCUPATION WITH THE FIGHT AGAINST CRIME AND THE RAPID EXPANSION, REDEPLOYMENT AND REORGANISATION OF THE FORCE IN RECENT YEARS TO COMBAT CRIME, HAS HAD A DOUBLE-EDGED EFFECT.
+SUCCESS AGAINST CRIME, AND IN ACHIEVING AN IMPROVED RELATIONSHIP WITH THE PUBLIC, HAS BEEN REMARKABLE,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
THE TEAM’S VISIT HAD ALSO RESULTED IN A LARGE NUMBER OF PROPOSALS TO DO WITH WELFARE, LIVING CONDITIONS AND HOUSING AND ALSO FACILITIES FOR RECREATION, SOME OF WHICH, SIR MURRAY SAID, WERE APPLICABLE TO THE POLICE AND SOME TO OTHER OR ALL ELEMENTS OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE.
+A FURTHER POINT THAT IS UNDER CONSIDERATION AS A RESULT OF THIS ENQUIRY IS THE EXTENT TO WHICH YOUR GOVERNMENT AS A GOOD EMPLOYER SHOULD PROVIDE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TOWARDS LEGAL COSTS INCURRED BY PUBL IC SERVANTS WHO ARE PROSECUTED FOR OFFENCES ALLEGEDLY COMMITTED WHEN THEY ARE ON DUTY. IT IS A POINT OF SPECIAL RELEVANCE TO THE POLICE,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY STRESSED THAT IT WAS VITAL THAT PROCEDURES SHOULD EXIST FOR THE QUICK, EXPERT AND IMPARTIAL INVESTIGATION OF COMPLAINTS, AND THE STRENGTHENED COMPLAINTS AGAINST THE POLICE OFFICE AND THE UMELCO COMPLAINTS AGAINST THE POLICE COMMITTEE HAD GREATLY IMPROVED THE SITUATION.
BUT IT SHOULD BE REMEMBERED THAT COMPLAINTS WERE A MUCH HIGHER OCCUPATIONAL HAZARD FOR POLICE THAN FOR OTHER PUBLIC SERVANTS BECAUSE THEY HAVE THE DUTY OF LAW ENFORCEMENT ON THE GROUND= AND COUNTER-CHARGES OR COMPLAINTS WERE SOMETIMES THE ONLY DEFENCE GUILTY MEN COULD MAKE.
THE GOVERNMENT, HE SAID, +CONSIDERS THAT THE BROAD PUBLIC INTEREST REQUIRES THAT FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR LEGAL REPRESENTATIONS IN COURT SHOULD BE PROVIDED.+
THE IN-DEPTH STUDY WAS CONTINUING AND SHOULD BE COMPLETED BY JANUARY AT THE LATEST.
/THS POLICE FORCE, .....
.7EDITSSDAY, OCTOBSP. 11, 1978
- 2J -
THE POLICE FORCE, HE SAID, WAS FUNCTIONING WITH MARKED SUCCESS, AND THE DOWNWARD TRENDS IN CRIME HAD BEEN MAINTAINED.
+VIOLENT CRIME HAS DECREASED BY A FURTHER THREE PER CENT THIS YEAR AND THERE HAS BEEN A FURTHER DECREASE IN THE NUMBER OF YOUNG OFFENDERS.
+l AM SURE THAT HERE THE EXTRAORDINARY SUCCESS OF THE JUNIOR POLICE CALL WITH ITS QUARTER OF A MILLION MEMBERS, AND THE MASSIVE EFFORTS BEING MADE TO IMPROVE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FOR ALL YOUNG PEOPLE HAVE PLAYED AN IMPORTANT PART.
+SO TOO HAS THE CO-OPEPATION OF THE PUBLIC THROUGH THE MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND THE MUCH GREATER AWARENESS THAT EXISTS OF WHAT CITIZENS CAN DO TO HELP PROTECT THEMSELVES AND HELP THE POLICE. LAST YEAR, NINE PER CENT OF ARRESTS WERE MADE BY MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC - A TRULY REMARKABLE RECORD,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
THE POLICE FORCE HAD INCREASED BY 48 PER CENT SINCE 1973 TO 21,000 MEN AND WOMEN INCLUDING CIVILIANS, AND IT WOULD INCREASE BY A FURTHER 1,000 THIS YEAR. A FURTHER INCREASE OF STRENGTH OF 1,300 WAS PLANNED FOR NEXT YEAR.
THESE INCREASES, HE SAID, WERE LARGE, EUT POLICE COMMITMENTS WERE GROWING WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW ESTATES AND NEW TOWNS, AND WITH THE GROWTH IN POPULATION.
AS AN INDICATION OF THE EFFORTS THE FORCE WAS MAKING TO USE ITS NEW STRENGTH TO INCREASE ITS COVERAGE, 97 NEIGHBOURHOOD POLICE UNITS AND POLICE REPORTING CENTRES IN HOUSING ESTATES AND OTHER AREAS WERE ALREADY IN OPERATION, 32 MORE WERE PLANNED FOR COMPLETION DURING THIS FINANCIAL YEAR, AND 23 NEXT YEAR.
FIVE NEW POLICE STATIONS WERE BEING OPENED THIS YEAR IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES. NEXT YEAR TWO MORE WOULD BE COMPLETED AND WORK WOULD START ON FOUR MORE.
IN ALL, 21 NEW STATIONS WERE PLANNED FOR COMPLETION BY 1985/86.
SIR MURRAY SAID: +WHAT INCREASES IN STRENGTH WILL BE NECESSARY OVER THIS PERIOD IT IS IMPOSSIBLE TO SAY WITH PRECISION. THE HIGH LEVEL OF RECRUITMENT IN RECENT YEARS HAS BEEN A GREAT ACHIEVEMENT, BUT THE FORCE IS NOW EXCEPTIONALLY YOUNG.
♦THOUGH THIS REPRESENTS AN OPPORTUNITY AND A CHALLENGE, AND THE QUALITY OF THE NEW ENTRY IS HIGH, THE RESPONSIBILITY FALLING ON SUPERVISING OFFICERS HAS BEEN EXTREMELY HEAVY, AND OTHER THINGS EE ING EQUAL I AM SURE THAT THE NEED NOW IS FOR A PERIOD OF CONSOLIDATION, AND LESS FRENETIC EXPANS ION.+
THE RECURRENT COST OF THE FORCE WAS ESTIMATED, AT 1978 PRICES, TO RISE FROM S600 MILLION IN 1978/79 TO ABOUT 3785 MILLION IN 1983/84.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
2A
RECREATION AND SPORT DEVELOPMENTS * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY THE CHANGE IN THE LEISURE INTERESTS OF HONG KONG SYMBOLISES, JUST AS DRAMATICALLY AS THE CHANGED SILHOUETTES OF THE SKYSCRAPERS, THE STRIDES THAT ARE BEING TAKEN IN THE SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC LIFE OF THIS COMMUNITY.
OUTLINING THE VARIOUS DEVELOPMENTS TO CATER FOR THESE INTERESTS IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY SAID THE ADMINISTRATION OF CULTURAL AND LEISURE ACTIVITIES IS A WHOLE NEW AND IMPORTANT FIELD OF GOVERNMENT ACTIVITY AND THE SCALE AND SPEED OF DEVELOPMENT IS EXTRAORDINARY.
HE SAID: +SOME OF THESE DIVERSE ACTIVITIES SUPPORTED BY PUBLIC FUNDS HAVE EXISTED FOR SOME TIME, BUT MOST HAVE NOT AND IN ANY CASE THE SCALE OF ACTIVITY IS OUT OF ALL RECOGNIT ION.+
THESE CULTURAL AND LEISURE ACTIVITIES HAVE BEEN DELIBERATELY STIMULATED BY THE GOVERNMENT, URBAN COUNCIL AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, HE SAID.
+WE HAVE EACH YEAR AN INTERNATIONAL HONG KONG ARTS FESTIVAL, A FESTIVAL OF ASIAN ARTS, AND USUALLY A FILM FESTIVAL. A WEEK SELDOM PASSES WITHOUT AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEE OR HEAR SOMETHING OF HIGH ARTISTIC MER IT.+
HE SAID THE HONG KONG PHILHARMONIC HAS NOW TAKEN ITS RIGHTFUL PLACE AS HONG KONG’S ORCHESTRA. THERE IS AN EXCELLENT AND POPULAR CHINESE ORCHESTRA, DANCE AND BALLET GROUPS ARE OF A HIGH STANDARD, AND WE ARE DEVELOPING A FINE YOUTH ORCHESTRA.
THE ARTS CENTRE HAD ALSO PROVED AN IMMEDIATE SUCCESS, HE SAID, + INDEED ALL AVAILABLE AUDITORIA ARE SO HEAVILY BOOKED, THAT IT IS JUST AS WELL THAT BEFORE THE MID SO’S UNDER REVIEW THE NEW CULTURAL COMPLEX AT TSIM SHA TSUI WILL EE COMPLETED AND THREE NEW LARGE CITY HALLS AND TWO SMALL ONES WILL BE COMPLETED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.+
SIR MURRAY NOTED THAT A WIDE VARIETY OF SPORTS ARE SUPPORTED THROUGH THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT, AND THE GOVERNMENT HAS GONE INTO PARTNERSHIP WITH THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB OVER ESTABLISHING A VERY LARGE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE.
IN ADDITION, THE RECREATION AND SPORTS SERVICE ORGANISED DIVERSE FORMS OF RECREATION FOR AT LEAST 30,000 PEOPLE OF ALL AGES A MONTH AND SUPPLEMENTS AND ASSISTS THE WORK OF VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND LOCAL GROUPS IN CATERING FOR MUCH LARGER NUMBERS.
+THERE ARE A LARGE NUMBER OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES UNDER CONSTRUCTION AND IN THIS THE URBAN COUNCIL IS DOING PARTICULARLY GOOD WORK,+ HE SAID.
+THEN THERE IS THE NEW COUNTRY PARKS AUTHORITY WITH RESPONSIBILITY FOR CARE AND DEVELOPMENT FOR RECREATION OF ABOUT 200 SQUARE MILES OF MOUNTAIN, VALLEY AND BEACH, WHICH IT IS EXPECTED WILL BE VISITED BY ANYTHING UP TO 103,ODD PEOPLE ON ANY WEEKEND OF GOOD WEATHER,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
- 25 -
STRENGTH AND VIGILANCE OF ICAC TO EE MAINTAINED * * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, STRESSED TODAY THAT THERE CAN BE NO QUESTION OF RELAXING THE EFFORTS OF THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION, AND REDUCING ITS STRENGTH.
ADDRESSING THE NEW SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY POINTED OUT THAT THERE IS MUCH MORE STILL TO BE DONE.
+THERE WILL ALWAYS BE SOME PEOPLE READY TO INDULGE IN CORRUPTION, AND WE MUST THEREFORE BE VIGILANT AND EQUIPPED TO PREVENT A RELAPSE INTO THE SITUATION FROM WHICH WE HAVE JUST EXTRICATED OURSELVES SO PAINFULLY. THIS SPECIAL VIGILANCE WILL HAVE TO CONTINUE FOR MANY YEARS,+ HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY ADDED THAT HE HAD BEEN ASSURED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF ICAC THAT THERE HAD NOT BEEN ANY RETROGRESSION AS FAR AS SYNDICATED CORRUPTION WAS CONCERNED SINCE THE +PARTIAL AMNESTY+ ON NOVEMBER 5 LAST YEAR. NOR HAD THERE BEEN A SLIP BACK INTO THE BAD OLD WAYS.
+WE SHOULD REMEMBER THAT THE RESOURCES OF THE POWERFUL OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT ARE NOW FREED FROM DELVING INTO THE PAST AND ABLE TO CONCENTRATE ON INVESTIGATING AND MONITORING THE PRESENT,+ HE SAID. +THE WHOLE POSITION WITHIN BOTH THE PUBLIC AND PRIVATE SECTORS IS TRANSFORMED FROM WHAT IT WAS FOUR OR FIVE YEARS AGO.
+THIS IS AN EXTRAORDINARY ACHIEVEMENT IN WHICH MANY HAVE PLAYED A PART AS WELL AS THE ICAC, AND IN WHICH ALL OF US CAN TAKE PR IDE.+
SIR MURRAY ADDED THAT WITH THE HIGH DEGREE OF SUCCESS ALREADY ACHIEVED, IT WOULD BE POSSIBLE TO PLACE INCREASING EMPHASIS AND RELIANCE ON THE ACTIVITIES OF ITS PREVENTION AND COMMUNITY RELATIONS DEPARTMENTS.
------o-------
/26.....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
- 26 -
EFFORTS TO IMPROVE THE CIVIL SERVICE
******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY PARTICULAR EFFORTS WILL BE MADE OVER THE NEXT YEAR TO IMPROVE STAFF MANAGEMENT AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT, STAFF RELATIONS, TRAINING AND MACHINERY FOR SETTLING PAY AND STRUCTURE PROBLEMS IN THE CIVIL SERVICE.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE NEW SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY SAID: +IT WILL ALSO BE POSSIBLE TO FINALISE THE CURRENT REVIEW OF THE POLICIES ON HOUSING AND LEAVE FOR CIVIL SERVANTS - INCLUDING OF COURSE MEMBERS OF THE DISCIPLINED SERVICES.
SIR MURRAY EXPRESSED HIS THANKS AND ADMIRATION FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE’S COMMITMENT, ENTHUSIASM AND ACCOMPLISHMENT, POINTING OUT THAT THE ACHIEVEMENT OF OUR PLANS AND ALL THE CONDUCT OF GOVERNMENT DEPENDS VERY LARGELY UPON THE EFFORTS OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE.
+THE PUBLIC SERVICE HAS BEEN UNDER PARTICULAR PRESSURE BECAUSE OF THE RAPID EXPANSION OF GOVERNMENT ACTIVITY IN PARALLEL WITH, AND INDEED AS A REFLECTION OF, THE DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG ITSELF,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
+THIS EXPANSION AND THIS PRESSURE WILL CONTINUE BECAUSE AS NONE KNOWS BETTER THAN MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE, THERE IS A LOT TO BE DONE.
+1 SHOULD HOPE THAT THE EXPANSION OF THE SERVICE, ITS STEADY RISE IN THE LEVEL OF EXPERIENCE OF ITS MEMBERS, AND THE PROGRESSIVE ACHIEVEMENT OF OUR MAJOR TARGETS SHOULD REDUCE THIS PRESSURE WITHIN THE NEXT FOUR OR FIVE YEARS,+ HE ADDED.
..EDHESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
27
HONG KONG’S ANT I-NARCOTICS WORK ACHIEVING RESULTS ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY THAT THE SITUATION OF HONG KONG’.S TRADITIONAL PROBLEM OF DRUG ADDICTION AND TRAFFICKING IS + BEGI.NNING TO LOOK ENCOURAGING+.
IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY SAID; +ALL THE INDICATIONS NOW POINT TO A STEADY CONTAINMENT OF THE NUMBERS ADDICTED, AND TO A REDUCTION OF THE NUMBERS OF YOUNG PEOPLE BECOMING INVOLVED.*
EUT HE EMPHASISED THAT +WE HAVE NO ILLUSIONS ABOUT THE LENGTH CF THE ROAD TO BE TRAVELLED, OR ABOUT THE DANGERS OF REGRESSION IF THE INTENSITY OF THESE MANY-SIDED ENDEAVOURS WERE RELAXED.*
LIAISON WITH INTERNATIONAL AGENCIES, DISRUPTION OF IMPORTATION, MANUFACTURE AND DISTRIBUTION, EROSION OF DEMAND BY VOLUNTARY OR COMPULSORY CURE, AND BETTER EDUCATION OF THE PUBLIC ABOUT THE DANGERS OF ADDICTION AND THE AVAILABILITY OF CURE, WERE ALL HAVING THEIR EFFECT — PARTICULARLY SINCE ALL ACTION WAS NOW SO CLOSELY CO-ORDINATED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS, SUPPORTED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS, SIR MURRAY POINTED OUT.
+WE CAN THEREFORE CONCENTRATE MURRAY ADDED.
ON OUR DOMESTIC PROBLEM,* SIR
HOWEVER, SIR MURRAY SAID THIS PROBLEM MIGHT NOT BE QUITE SO LARGE AS WE HAD FEARED BECAUSE IT NOW SEEMED POSSIBLE THAT THE NUMBER OF ADDICTS MIGHT BE CONSIDERABLY LESS THAN 50,000 INSTEAD OF THE PREVIOUS ESTIMATE OF 100,000, ACCORDING TO THE INITIAL DATA FROM THE NEW COMPUTERISED REGISTER OF ADDICTS.
FURTHERMORE, HE SAID THAT WITH THE LARGE NUMBER OF VOLUNTARY TREATMENT CENTRES NOW AVAILABLE AND THE EXPANSION OF ACCOMMODATION IN COMPULSORY DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRES) THE TOTAL NUMBER OF ADDICTS UNDER COMPULSORY OR VOLUNTARY TREATMENT OR FURTHER CARE AT ANY ONE TIME, NOW AVERAGES BETWEEN 13,003 AND 14,000.
+THIS IS PROBABLY STILL TOO SMALL A PROPORTION OF THE WHOLE, EVEN WITH THE COMPARATIVELY HIGH SUCCESS RATE ACHIEVED IN COMPARISON TO THOSE ELSEWHERE,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
+NEVERTHELESS THERE ARE HEARTENING INDICATORS. FOR INSTANCE THE PERCENTAGE OF ALL PERSONS ENTERING PRISON INSTITUTIONS FOUND TO BE ADDICTED HAS DROPPED OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS FROM 73 PER CENT TO 40 PER CENT — IT WAS A STAGGERING 90 PER CENT IN 1950 — AND THE PERCENTAGE AMONGST THOSE UNDER 21 HAS DROPPED FRCM 4.7 PER CENT TO UNDER 1 PER CENT,* SIR MURRAY SAID.
SIR MURRAY SAID THAT THIS FERMENT OF PURPOSEFUL ACTIVITY IN HONG KONG HAS STIMULATED CONSIDERABLE INTERNATIONAL INTEREST. A STEADY FLOW OF VISITORS COME TO STUDY OUR METHODS AND THE INTERNATIONAL NARCOTICS CONTROL BOARD’S REPORT FOR 1977 REFERRED TO THE VALUE OF HONG KONG’S EXPERIENCE TO THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY.
/28 .
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1973
- 28 -
BIG IMPROVEMENT IN PRISON CONDITIONS
******
CONDITIONS IN PRISONS HAVE IMPROVED DRAMATICALLY FROM THE SERIOUS OVER-CROWD I NG OF A FEW YEARS AGO, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
+THE NUMBERS OF PRISONERS HAVE DROPPED, AND ACCOMMODATION HAS IMPROVED AS A RESULT OF SUBSTANTIAL NEW CONSTRUCTION DURING THE LAST FOUR OR FIVE YEARS.+
NEVERTHELESS, HE SAID, THE NUMBER OF LONG-TERM PRISONERS REQUIRING HIGH SECURITY IS INCREASING.
+A FURTHER HIGH SECURITY PRISON IS THEREFORE BEING BUILT AT SHEK PIK, FOR COMPLETION IN EARLY 1981, AND A FURTHER MEDIUM SECURITY PRISON TO REPLACE VICTORIA PRISON IS PLANNED FOR COMPLETION ABOUT 1984 ON HEI LING CHAU.
+IT WILL THEN, AT LAST, EE POSSIBLE TO DEMOLISH THE OLD VICTORIA PR ISON,+ HE ADDED.
SIR MURRAY SAID THE DRUG ADDICTION CENTRE ON HEI LING CHAU WAS ACHIEVING EXCELLENT RESULTS IN THE CURE OF CERTAIN TYPES OF ADDICTS, AND WOULD ACCOMMODATE 1,170.
+THIS IS EXPECTED TO RISE TO 1,440 BY 1980- 81 WHEN THE TOTAL TREATMENT ACCOMMODATION WILL REACH 2,250 PLACES WITH AN ANNUAL THROUGHPUT OF NEARLY 7,000,+ HE ADDED.
------0-------
LAWS TO CONTROL POLLUTION * * * *
A SERIES OF ORDINANCES v. ILL EE DRAFTED TO BRING UNDER CONTROL THE VARIOUS FORMS OF POLLUTION TO WHICH HONG KONG IS EXPOSED THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY.
HE TOLD THE OPENING SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THAT STRONG TIDES AND WINDS HAVE SO FAR SAVED US FROM THE WORST CF POLLUTION, BUT THE SOONER A CORPUS OF LEGISLATION IS ON
EFFECTS THE
STATUTE BOOK THE BETTER.
+1 HOPE THAT IT MAY BE POSSIBLE TO MAKE SOME PROGRESS DURING THIS SESSION,* HE SAID.
SIR MURRAY ASSURED THE COUNCIL THAT THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE CAREFUL AND REALISTIC.
APPROACH OF THE
SIR MURRAY PRAISED THE EXCELLENT PREPARATORY WORK OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMITTEE AND SAID HE WAS SURE THAT THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE NEW ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION UNIT? UNDER ITS EXPERT ADVISER, HAD COME AS A RELIEF TO COUNCIL MEMBERS.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
29
LEGCO PAYS RESPECTS TO SIR ALEXANDER GRANTHAM ******
THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON OBSERVED A MINUTE’S SILENCE AS A MARK CF RESPECT FOR THE LATE SIR ALEXANDER GRANTHAM, FORMER GOVERNOR OF HONG KONG, wHO PASSED AWAY ON OCTOBER 4.
IN A SPECIAL TRIEUTE EARLIER, THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, DESCRIBED SIR ALEXANDER AS +THE GREATEST GOVERNOR+ WHO, MORE THAN ANY SINGLE MAN, LAID THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE HONG KONG IN WHICH WE LIVE.
SIR MURRAY SAID:
+IT IS THE WISH OF MEMBERS THAT BEFORE WE SIT DOWN WE MARK THE PASSING OF ALEXANDER GRANTHAM, PAST PRESIDENT OF THIS COUNCIL, PAST GOVERNOR OF HONG KONG, A GREAT ADMINISTRATOR, A GREAT PERSONALITY, THE GREATEST GOVERNOR.
+THE BASIC PROBLEMS BESETTING HONG KONG HAVE VARIED LITTLE OVER THE LAST 30 YEARS. WHETHER ECONOMIC, SOCIAL, PHYSICAL OR DIPLOMATIC, THEY HAVE BEEN PROBLEMS FORCED ON HONG KONG BY OUTSIDE CIRCUMSTANCES. SUCCESSIVE GENERATIONS OF ADMINISTRATORS HAVE GRAPPLED WITH THEM, AND WITH SOME SUCCESS. AND IN THIS SUCCESS I KNOW HE TOOK CONTINUING INTEREST AND PRIDE. BUT IT WAS ALEXANDER GRANTHAM’S FATE AND HONG KONG’S GOOD FORTUNE, THAT IT WAS HE WHO WAS THE FIRST GOVERNOR TO FACE THESE PROBLEMS OF MODERN HONG KONG -AND HOW INTRACTABLE THEY MUST HAVE LOOKED AT THAT TIME ONLY HE CAN KNOW. BUT HE IDENTIFIED THEM, CONFRONTED THEM, SECURED PUBLIC SUPPORT AND ACTED TO TACKLE THEM AND HE GAVE HONG KONG CONFIDENCE IN ITS SUCCESS AND ITS FUTURE. IN SO DOING HE ALSO ESTABLISHED THE CONCEPT OF HONG KONG AS A MULTI-RACIAL ALL-EMBRACING COMMUNITY. HE THUS, MORE THAN ANY SINGLE MAN, LAID THE FOUNDATIONS OF THE HONG KONG IN WHICH WE LIVE. HE LAID THEM WITH STYLE AND HUMOUR AS WELL AS WITH EXPERIENCE, WISDOM AND COURAGE AND ABOVE ALL HE LAID THEM WELL.
+1 THINK IT WOULD EE FITTING IF WE NOW STOOD FOR A MINUTE IN SILENCE IN RESPECT FOR HIS ACHIEVEMENTS AND IN SYMPATHY FOR HIS WIDOW.+
-------o----------
z30.......
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
30
GOVERNOR PAYS TRIBUTE TO LEGCO MEMBERS * * * * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY PAID TRIBUTE TO UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR THE GREAT VOLUME OF WORK THEY HAVE DONE WITHOUT WHICH THE +GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG COULD NOT EE CARRIED ON AND WITH WHICH HONG KONG HAS SC SIGNIFICANTLY PROSPERED.+
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE NEW SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY SAID HONG KONG OWED A GREAT DEAL TO THEIR DEVOTION TO THIS WORK AND HE BELIEVED THAT THIS WAS BECOMING MORE GENERALLY APPRECIATED BY THE PEOPLE.
HE EXTENDED HIS GOOD WISHES TO THE NEW CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON. JACK CATER AND THE NEW SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, THE HON. OSWALD CHEUNG.
HE ALSO WELCOMED THE FOUR NEW UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS TO THE COUNCIL WHO, HE SAID, BRING WITH THEM A WIDE AND DIVERSE KNOWLEDGE OF MANY LEVELS AND ASPECTS OF HONG KONG’S SOCIETY AND ECONOMY.
THE NEW MEMBERS ARE: THE HON. DAVID NEWEIGGING, THE HON. ANDREW SO, THE HON. ALLEN LEE AND DR. THE HON. HO KAM-FAI.
SIR MURRAY SAID THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IS AN ORGAN OF GOVERNMENT THAT IS CONSTITUTIONALLY UNIQUE IN ITS MANY ROLES OF FORUM FOR DEBATE, THE ENACTMENT OF LAWS AND OMBUDSMAN, ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC WHETHER TO HEAR COMPLAINTS OR GIVE ADVICE.
+THE ACCESS THAT ALL UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS OF EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS HAVE BOTH TO OFFICIALS AND TO CONFIDENTIAL OFFICIAL PAPERS, IN ITSELF DISTINGUISHES THEM FROM MEMBERS OF ANY OTHER LEGISLATURE I HAVE KNOWN.
+1 AM GLAD THAT IN RECENT YEARS THESE ROLES HAVE BEEN STRENGTHENED NOT ONLY BY A LARGE EXPANSION OF MEMBERSHIP, BUT ALSO BY THE SUPPORT OF A STRONG UMELCO OFFICE, PROVISION OF BETTER ACCOMMODATION, AND ALLOWANCES FOR MEMBERS, AND THAT A CLOSER SCRUTINY OF LEGISLATION AND A BETTER SERVICE TO THE PUBLIC HAS RESULTED,+ HE SAID.
-------0----------
/31
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
31
WORK OF RETIRING LEGCO MEMBERS PRAISED ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY PAID TRIBUTE TO FIVE RETIRING MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FOR THE SERVICES THEY HAVE RENDERED TO THE COUNCIL AND HONG KONG.
IN A VALEDICTORY TO SIR DENYS ROBERTS, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, MR. Q.W. LEE, MR. PETER WILLIAMS AND MRS. KWAN KO SIU-WAH AT THE OPENING OF THE NEW SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR MURRAY SAID: +1 AM SURE THAT HONOURABLE MEMBERS WILL JOIN ME IN EXPRESSING GRATITUDE TO THESE RETIRING MEMBERS FOR THEIR CONTRIBUTION TO THIS COUNCIL AND HONG KONG.+
HE SAID: +SIR DENYS WAS AN OUTSTANDING CHIEF SECRETARY AND AN OUTSTANDING MEMBER OF THIS COUNCIL. HIS MASTERY OF FACT ENLIGHTENED IT, HIS WIT ENLIVENED IT, AND HIS COURTESY SOOTHED IT.
+1 AM SURE THAT THESE FINE GIFTS WILL NOT IN ANY WAY BE RESTRICTED BY THE FULL-BOTTOMED WIG AND BUCKLED SHOES OF HIS NEW CALLING.
+THE PART HE PLAYED IN THIS COUNCIL 'WILL LONG BE REMEMBERED WITH RESPECT AND AFFECTION,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
IN A TRIBUTE TO THE RETIRING SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, THE GOVERNOR SAID SIR SZE-YUEN MADE A MAJOR AND VERY PERSONAL CONTRIBUTION IN HIS TEN YEARS MEMBERSHIP.
+HE WAS A NOTABLE SENIOR MEMBER AND HIS ENERGY, CONCERN AND LEADERSHIP EASED THE COUNCIL’S PASSAGE FROM A COMPARATIVELY SMALL TO A MUCH LARGER BODY. FORTUNATELY HIS ADVICE WILL STILL BE AVAILABLE IN THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AND UMELCO.+
ON THE RETIREMENT OF MR. Q.W. LEE, SIR MURRAY SAID: +WE ARE ALL VERY SORRY THAT ILL HEALTH FORCED MR. Q.W. LEE TO RETIRE. HIS FIELDS WERE FINANCE, THE ECONOMY AND EDUCATION, AND HIS WIDE EXPERIENCE AND WISDOM MADE HIS INTERVENTIONS OF PARTICULAR VALUE.
+1 AM VERY GLAD THAT HE WILL EE CONTINUING IN OTHER LESS TIME-CONSUMING FIELDS OF PUBLIC SERVICE, INCLUDING THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION.+
SIR MURRAY ALSO PRAISED MR. PETER WILLIAMS FOR GIVING GENEROUSLY OF HIS TIME AND ENERGY IN HIS SIX YEARS’ SERVICE ON THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, DESPITE HIS MANY OTHER COMMITMENTS.
+HIS MOST CHARACTERISTIC INTERVENTIONS WERE FOR MORE FACILITIES FOR RECREATION FOR YOUNG PEOPLE. AND THIS CONCERN HAS ALSO BEEN APPARENT IN HIS CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUE.+ HE SAID.
/♦I HOPE ......
WEDNESDAY, OC&HSR 11 r 1978
52
+l HOPE HE FEELS THAT THE GREAT STRIDES MADE IN PROVISION FOR YOUTH IN RECENT YEARS ARE SOME REWARD FOR HIS ADVOCACY.+
IN A TRIBUTE TO MRS. KWAN KO SIU-WAH, SIR MURRAY SAID SHE wILL ALSO EE GREATLY MISSED.
+AT A TIME IN WHICH THE REFASHIONING AND ESTABLISHMENT OF LONG-TERM PLANS FOR SOCIAL WELFARE AND EDUCATION WAS MUCH BEFORE THE COUNCIL AND UMELCO, HER CONTRIBUTION HAS BEEN INVALUABLE. SHE ALSO HAS MADE HISTORY AS ONE OF THE FIRST PROFESSIONAL WOMEN APPOINTED TO THIS COUNCIL,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
THE NEW SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, THE HON. OSWALD CHEUNG ALSO PAID TRIBUTE TO SIR DENYS AND THE FOUR UNOFFICIALS WHO RETIRED FROM THE COUNCIL.
SIR DENYS, HE SAID, WAS EVER-READY TO LISTEN TO UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, WITHOUT BIAS TOWARDS THE GOVERNMENT’S VIEWS, BEFORE FINALLY FORMULATING GOVERNMENT’S POLICIES OR LEGISLATIVE MEASURES.
+AND WHEN HE COULD NOT ACCEPT UNOFFICIAL PROPOSALS OR CRITICISMS, HE DID IT WITH THE UTMOST COURTESY, WITHOUT INTELLECTUAL ARROGANCE, AND WITH URBANE GOOD HUMOUR.+
IN SIR SZE-YUEN CHUNG, THE PREVIOUS SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, THE UNOFFICIALS HAD A LEADER WHO WAS AT PAINS TO SEE THAT EVERY MEMBER SHOULD HAVE HIS SAY, EVERY VIEWPOINT PUT FORWARD, CANVASSED AND DISCUSSED, AND PUBLIC OPINION FULLY TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT.
HIS RETIREMENT, TOGETHER WITH THAT OF MR. Q.W. I. ■ E, MR. WILLIAMS AND MRS. KWAN KO SIU-WAH DEPRIVED THE C UNCIL OF THE RICH AND DIVERSE TALENTS THEY BROUGHT TO IT.
THEY AVAILED THE COUNCIL GF THEIR SPECIALISED KNOWLEDGE AND UNIQUE EXPERIENCE IN THEIR MANY FIELDS OF INTEREST. EACH OF THEM DEVOTED A GREAT DEAL OF TIME, THOUGHT AND LABOUR TO THE ENORMOUS NUMBER OF PROBLEMS AND PROJECTS WITH WHICH THE COUNCIL AND UMELCO WAS CONCERNED. +THEY COUNSELLED WISELY AND WITH MODERATION,+ MR. CHEUNG SAID.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
- 55 -
FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION AND THE ELDERLY ******
A SENIOR SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT OFFICIAL TODAY SUGGESTED FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION AS A MEASURE TO PREVENT THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE FEELINGS OF SOLITUDE AND INSECURITY EXPERIENCED BY A MAJORITY OF THE AGING POPULATION.
SPEAKING AT THE LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE LIONS CLUB OF THE PEAK THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON, MRS. HENRIETTA CHEN, PRINCIPAL SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER IN CHARGE OF FAMILY LIFE -DUCAT ION, SAID THAT A HARMONIOUS, HOMELY ENVIRONMENT WAS ESSENTIAL FOR THE GRADUAL ADJUSTMENT OF THE ELDERLY TO THE PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL CHANGES OF OLD AGE.
SHE STRESSED THAT FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION, A COMMUNITYWIDE PROGRAMME AIMED AT STRENGTHENING THE STRUCTURE AND FUNCTIONS OF THE FAMILY, WAS EQUALLY IMPORTANT TO THE YOUNG AND OLD.
EXPLAINING THE COMMON CHARACTERISTICS OF THE ELDERLY, THE TARGET GROUP OF THIS MONTH’S FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION CAMPAIGN, MRS. CHEN SAID THAT SIGNS OF PHYSICAL FRAILTY, FAILING MEMORY, NARROWING SOCIAL CIRCLE, DWINDLING ECONOMIC RESOURCES AND LOSS OF A LIFE-LONG CAREER WOULD EASILY CULTIVATE IN AN UNPREPARED INDIVIDUAL A GROWING SENSE OF FEAR AND ISOLATION.
+TO FILL THE ’PSYCHOLOGICAL VACUUM’ OF THOSE WHO RETIRED, AND TO MAKE LIFE HAPPIER FOR THE ELDERLY POPULATION IN GENERAL, STRENUOUS EFFORTS SHOULD BE MADE BY EVERY MEMBER IN THE FAMILY,* SHE SAID.
SHE POINTED OUT THAT EARLY PREPARATION FOR THE NATURAL PHYSICAL AND PSYCHOLOGICAL CHANGES OF AGING TOGETHER WITH ENCOURAGEMENT AND GUIDANCE FOR THE CULTIVATION OF LEISURELY PURSUITS WOULD GO A LONG WAY TO ERADICATE THIS UNSETTLING FEELING AND AT THE SAME TIME ENRICH OLD PEOPLE’S DAILY LIFE.
+WITH REGARD TO THE RE-DEFINITION OF VALUES FOR THE ELDERLY, FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION WILL SERVE TO REAFFIRM THE ROLE AND RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OLDER GENERATION BOTH WITHIN THE FAMILY AND IN THE COMMUNITY,* SHE SAID.
MRS. CHEN POINTED OUT THAT ELDERLY MEMBERS, WITH THEIR WISDOM AND WEALTH OF EXPERIENCE, COULD MAKE TREMENDOUS CONTRIBUTION TO HOUSEHOLD ACTIVITIES AS WELL AS TO VOLUNTARY WELFARE WORK.
/+APART FROM .....
7SDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1978
- & -
+APART FROM ASSISTING THEM TO MAKE GOOD USE OF THEIR CAPABILITY, FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION PROGRAMMES ARE ALSO GEARED TO BRING ABOUT BAS IC ATT ITUDINAL CHANGES SO THAT THEY ARE MORE RECEPTIVE TO THEIR NEW IDEAS AND TRENDS OF SOCIAL DEVELOPMENT,+ SHE ADDED.
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMMES DIRECTED AT VARIOUS FAMILY MEMBERS wILL ALSO BE CONDUCTED IN ORDER TO AROUSE AWARENESS AND CONCERN FOR THE WELFARE OF SENIOR FAMILY MEMBERS, SHE SAID.
MRS. CHEN HOPED THAT THESE GESTURES OF PERSONAL CONCERN, COUPLED WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S EXPANSION PLAN FOR ELDERLY SERVICES, WOULD RESULT IN THE PROVISION OF WHOLESOME AND HAPPY LIFE FOR OLD PEOPLE.
------0-------
WATER CUT * * *
the WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN TSUEN WAN AND WAN CHAI WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 13) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS. '
__A1/ WAN’ WATER SUPPLY TO THE AREA BOUNDED BY CASTLE
ROAD, SHA TSUI ROAD, TAI CHUNG ROAD, SEA-FRONT AND PUN SHAN STREET INCLUDING CHAI WAN KOK STREET WILL BE STOPPED FOR SIX HOURS FROM FRIDAY MIDNIGHT TILL 6 A.M. ON SATURDAY.
'N J/AN CHAI> PREMISES ALONG HENNESSY ROAD, LUARD ROAD GLOUCESTER ROAD AND ARSENAL STREET WILL BE WITHOUT WATER SUPPLY FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON FRIDAY.
-----0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL. 5-233191
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
^!^nY^CH00LS INVITED TO REGISTER FOR ALLOCATION OF JUNIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES .......................... 1
GOVERNOR PRAISES WORK OF HONG KONG CHINESE WOMEN’S CLUB . 2
RECLAMATION IN SA I WAN HO TO BENEFIT FERRY COMMUTERS .... 3
SPECIAL TRAINS TO SHA TIN RACE-COURSE ................... 4
TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF QUEEN’S PIER AND OLD KCR PIER ...... 5
AIR MAIL SERVICES TO ISRAEL SUSPENDED ................... 5
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1978
1
PRIMARY SCHOOLS INVITED TO REGISTER
FOR ALLOCATION OF JUNIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES
******
THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAS AGAIN INVITED ALL PRIMARY SCHOOLS TO PARTICIPATE IN THE NEW SYSTEM OF ALLOCATION OF JUNIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES IN I960 FOR THEIR CURRENT PR IMARY 5 PUPILS.
THE DEPARTMENT HAS SENT CIRCULARS TO ALL SCHOOLS REMINDING THEM OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO INFORM PARENTS IF THEY CHOSE NOT TO PARTICIPATE IN THE SCHEME.
THE CLOSING DATE OF APPLICATION FOR PRIMARY SCHOOLS WILL BE OCTOBER 23. THIS SCHEME WAS INTRODUCED IN 1976 TO REPLACE THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ENTRANCE EXAMINATION IN 1978.
AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT UNDER THE SCHEME PRIMARY 6 LEAVERS OF A PARTICIPATING PRIMARY SCHOOL WOULD HAVE THE PRIVILEGE OF CHOOSING THEIR SECONDARY SCHOOL BUT NOT SO FOR NON-PARTICl PANTS.
+SCHOOLS NOT TAKING PART IN THE SCHEME SHOULD CLEARLY INFORM PARENTS OF THE CONSEQUENCE,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
HE ADDED THAT THE DEPARTMENT COULD HELP TO ARRANGE PLACES FOR PUPILS CURRENTLY STUDYING IN PRIMARY 5 OF NON-PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS INTO OTHER SCHOOLS AT PARENTS’ REQUEST.
EXPLAINING THE SCHEME, THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT A PRIMARY 6 PUPIL’S CHANCES OF BEING ALLOCATED A SECONDARY SCHOOL OF HIS CHOICE DEPEND ON THE SCHOOL’S INTERNAL ASSESSMENT AT THE END OF HIS PRIMARY 5 YEAR AND AT THE END OF THE FIRST AND TOWARDS THE END OF THE SECOND TERM OF HIS PRIMARY 6 YEAR ON ALL SUBJECTS, EXCEPT PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN ALL SCHOOLS AND BIBLICAL KNOWLEDGE IN SOME SCHOOLS.
TO ENSURE FAIRNESS, PUPILS OF ALL PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS HAVE TO SIT THE DEPARTMENT’S ACADEMIC APTITUDE TEST, RESULTS OF WHICH WILL BE USED TO SCALE AND CONVERT INTERNAL ASSESSMENT INTO AN OVERALL ORDER OF MERIT.
+THE ACADEMIC APTITUDE TEST IS NECESSARY AS DIFFERENT SCHOOLS MAY HAVE DIFFERENT CURRICULUM AND THE STANDARD OF MARKING OR ASSESSMENT MAY VARY,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
UNDER THE SCHEME THE WHOLE OF HONG KONG IS DIVIDED INTO 24 +SCHOOL NETS+ EASED ON THE LOCATION OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS.
IN EACH NET IS A COMPARABLE MIX OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES IN TECHNICAL SCHOOLS, GOVERNMENT SECONDARY GRAMMAR SCHOOLS, AIDED SECONDARY GRAMMAR SCHOOLS, PRIVATE NON-PROFIT-MAKING SECONDARY GRAMMAR SCHOOLS, AND PRIVATE INDEPENDENT SECONDARY GRAMMAR SCHOOLS. PRE-VOCATIONAL SCHOOLS, HOWEVER, ARE NOT LIMITED TO PARTICULAR NETS.
EACH PRIMARY 6 PUPIL HAS A CHOICE OF UP TO 30 SECONDARY SCHOOLS WITHIN HIS NET.
ALL THE PUPILS LISTED IN THE ORDER OF MERIT ARE THEN GROUPED INTO FIVE BANDS AND FED INTO A COMPUTER FOR ALLOCATION OF A PLACE IN A SECONDARY SCHOOL BASED ON PARENTAL CHOICE.
/2 .
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1978
2
GOVERNOR PRAISES WORK OF HONG KONG CHINESE WOMEN’S CLUB
* * * *
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY PRAISED THE HONG KONG CHINESE WOMEN’S CLUB FOR ITS WORK IN PROMOTING THE STATUS OF WOMEN IN HONG KONG AND ASSISTING IN THE REFORM OF DISCRIMINATORY LAWS AND CUSTOMS AFFECTING WOMEN IN MARRIAGE AND SUCCESSION.
SPEAKING AT THE 40TH ANNIVERSARY OF THE CLUB, SIR MURRAY NOTED THAT THE CLUE HAD ALWAYS EMPHASISED EDUCATION IN ITS COMMUNITY SERVICE, STARTING WITH LITERACY CLASSES AS LONG AGO AS 1948.
+THE MOST RECENT AND VERY TIMELY CONTRIBUTION IS THE NEW SECONDARY SCHOOL AT SHAU KEI WAN WHICH OPENED THIS MONTH,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH AT THE 4OTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE HONG KONG CHINESE WOMEN’S CLUB TODAY:
+1 AM HERE TO CONGRATULATE THE HONG KONG CHINESE WOMEN’S CLUB ON THE 40TH ANNIVERSARY OF ITS FOUNDATION AND TO THANK PRESENT AND PAST MEMBERS FOR THE GOOD WORK THEY HAVE CARRIED OUT ON BEHALF OF THE COMMUNITY.
+IN ITS COMMUNITY SERVICE YOUR CLUB HAS ALWAYS EMPHASISED EDUCATION, STARTING WITH LITERACY CLASSES AS LONG AGO AS 1948. THE MOST RECENT AND VERY TIMELY CONTRIBUTION IS THE NEW SECONDARY SCHOOL AT SHAU KEI WAN WHICH OPENED EARLIER THIS MONTH.
+1 AM HAPPY TO LEARN THAT THE CLUB INTENDS TO ASSIST OLDER PEOPLE BY ESTABLISHING AN OPEN-DAY CARE CENTRE FOR THEM.
+IN ADDITION TO ITS CONTRIBUTION TO HONG KONG’S SOCIAL SERVICES, YOUR CLUB HAS DONE MUCH OVER THE YEARS TO PROMOTE THE STATUS OF WOMEN IN HONG KONG AND TO ASSIST IN THE REFORM OF DISCRIMINATORY LAWS AND CUSTOMS AFFECTING WOMEN IN MARRIAGE AND SUCCESSION.
+THESE ARE ACHIEVEMENTS WHICH YOUR CLUE IS ENTITLED TO LOOK PON WITH PRIDE AND SATISFACTION AND I AN SURE THAT YOU WILL CONTINUE THIS TRADITION OF PUBLIC SERVICE INTO THE DECADE AHEAD.+
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1978
- 3 -
RECLAMATION IN SAI WAN HO TO BENEFIT FERRY COMMUTERS ******
FERRY COMMUTERS IN THE SAI WAN HO AREA OF HONG KONG ISLAND ARE TO BENEFIT FROM GOVERNMENT PLANS TO RECLAIM MORE THAN 15 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEA BED.
DETAILS OF THE DEVELOPMENT PLANS WILL BE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
THE INTENTION IS TO RECLAIM A TOTAL OF 15.44 HECTARES WHICH WILL PROVIDE FOR TWO NEW FERRY PIERS, A NEW WATERFRONT ROAD, A BUS TERMINUS, CONCOURSE AREAS FOR THE NEW FERRY SERVICES, AREAS FOR LIGHT INDUSTRIAL PURPOSES AND OPEN SPACE.
ONE OF THE NEW FERRY PIERS WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING PIER AT HING MAN STREET AND THE OTHER WILL PROVIDE A NEW VEHICULAR SERVICE FOR THE AREA.
THE EXTENT OF THE AREA INVOLVED WILL BE DESCRIBED IN THE GAZETTE NOTIFICATION. ALL PERSONS HAVING OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL, OR ANY CLAIM OF PRIVATE RIGHT, SHOULD SUBMIT THESE OBJECTIONS AND/ OR CLAIMS IN WRITING TO THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS WITHIN TWO MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF THE GAZETTE NOTIFICATION.
THE NOTICE, IN ENGLISH AND CHINESE, WITH THE RELATED PLAN, IS POSTED ON BOARDS NEAR THE SITE.
THE PLAN SHOWING THE AREA OF FORESHORE AND SEA BED CAN ALSO BE SEEN AT THE PORT WORKS DIVISION, FIRST FLOOR, OR THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, 19TH FLOOR, BOTH IN MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG.
-------o----------
A
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1978
SPECIAL TRAINS TO SHA TIN RACE-COURSE
*****
THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY WILL OPERATE FOUR SPECIAL PASSENGER TRAINS TO SHA TIN RACE-COURSE ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14).
THESE SPECIAL NON-STOP TRAINS WILL LEAVE THE KOWLOON STATION IN HUNG HOM AT 12.15 P.M., 12.31 P.M., 12.57 P.M. AND 1.10 P.M. RESPECTIVELY.
ON THE RETURN JOURNEY, THERE WILL BE FOUR SPECIAL TRAINS TO CARRY PASSENGERS BACK FROM THE RACE-COURSE TO KOWLOON.
IN ADDITION, K.C.R. WILL RE-ROUTE TWO OF ITS SCHEDULED TRAINS VIA THE RACE-COURSE STATION AT 4.31 P.M. AND 6.42 P.M. TO PICK UP PASSENGERS.
THE TIME-TABLE OF THESE SPECIAL TRAINS WILL BE DISPLAYED AT ALL RAILWAY STATIONS AND THE JOCKEY CLUB’S OFF-COURSE BETTING CENTRES.
i
A K.C.R. SPOKESMAN REMINDED PEOPLE GOING TO THE RACE-COURSE TO BOOK THEIR TICKETS FOR THESE SPECIAL TRAINS AT THE VARIOUS OFF-COURSE BETTING CENTRES.
THE TIME SCHEDULES OF NORMAL TRAINS OPERATING BETWEEN KOWLOON AND LO WU STATIONS BETWEEN 11 A.M. AND 11 P.M. ON SATURDAY HAVE BEEN SLIGHTLY ADJUSTED.
THE REVISED TIMETABLES OF SCHEDULED TRAINS BETWEEN 11 A.M.
AND 11 P.M. ON SATURDAY ARE AS FOLLOWS:
FROM KOWLOON STATION: 11.09 A.M., 12 NOON, 1.31 P.M., 2.19 P.M. , 3.07 P.M., 3.54 P.M., 5.07 P.M., 5.38 P.M., 6.54 P.M., 7.46 P.M., 8.32 P.M., 9.21 P.M. AND 11 P.M.
FROM LO WU: 10.52 A.M., 11.51 A.M., 12.51 P.M., 1.43 P.M., 3 P.M., 3.38 P.M., 4.35 P.M., 5.48 P.M., 6.52 P.M., 7.25 P.M., 8.27 P.M. AND 9.28 P.M.
-----0 - -
/5
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1978
- 5 -
TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF QUEEN’S PIER AND OLD KCR PIER
*******
QUEEN’S PIER P.M. ON SATURDAY FOR THE THIRD
THE MARINE DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT WILL BE CLOSED FOR THREE HOURS FROM 3 P.M. TO 6 (OCTOBER 14) TO FACILITATE THE OPENING CEREMONY FESTIVAL OF ASIAN ARTS WHICH TAKE PLACE AT EDINBURGH PLACE.
DURING THE CLOSURE PERIOD ALL CRAFT WILL BE DIVERTED TO BLAKE’S PIER.
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 15)
THE OLD KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY PIER AND QUEEN’S PIER WILL BE CLOSED TO ALL MARINE TRAFFIC FROM 9 A.M. TO 11 A.M. TO FACILITATE THE CROSS HARBOUR SWIMMING RACE.
ANNUAL
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT URGED SHIPMASTERS, HARBOUR PILOTS AND COXSWAINS OF LOCAL CRAFT NAVIGATING IN THE CENTRAL HARBOUR AREA DURING THE RACING PERIOD TO PROCEED WITH CAUTION AND TO GIVE CONSIDERATION TO CONTESTANTS.
_____0------
AIR MAIL SERVICES TO ISRAEL SUSPENDED ******
thf POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT DUE TO A POSTAL STRIKE IN ISRAEL ALL AiR MAIL LETTER AND PARCEL DESPATCHES TO THE COUNTRY WILL BE SUSPENDED UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE.
HOWEVER, SURFACE LETTERS AND PARCELS TO ISRAEL ARE NOT AFFECTED.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCE TO BE AMENDED ... 1
OUTLINE ZONING PLAN FOR CAUSEWAY BAY AMENDED ....... 2
LICENSING OF HONG KONG’S FOOTWEAR EXPORTS .......... 3
TUEN MUN COMMERCIAL SITE FOR AUCTION ............... 4
FINAL CHAPTER OF CHATHAM ROAD CENTRE CLOSES ........ 5
EMPLOYMENT SURVEY OF MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS .. 6
SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-NARCOTICS DRIVE KICKS OFF ON SUNDAY .......................................... 7
STUDENTS JOIN AIR POLLUTION SURVEY ................. 7
RE-ROUTING OF MOUNT KELLETT ROAD ................... 8
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1978
“1-DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCE TO BE AMENDED ******
A BILL TO INTRODUCE A SYSTEM OF PRUDENTIAL SUPERVISION OF REGISTERED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES IS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY).
THE BILL, KNOWN AS DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES (AMENDMENT) BILL, IMPLEMENTS THE DECISIONS ANNOUNCED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON MARCH 15, 1978.
THE SUPERVISION WOULD BE SOMEWHAT SIMILAR TO THAT PRESENTLY APPLIED TO BANKS LICENSED UNDER THE BANKING ORDINANCE.
THE BILL, WHICH AMENDS THE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ORDINANCE OF 1976, WOULD INTRODUCE :
* DETAILED MONTHLY RETURNS BY DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES AND ANY OTHER MORE DETAILED INFORMATION THAT MAY BE REQUIRED"
* INSPECTION OF THE BOOKS OF DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES" AND
* THE REQUIREMENT THAT DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES HOLD A MINIMUM PROPORTION OF LIQUID ASSETS, IN RELATION TO THEIR DEPOSITS.
THE BILL ALSO PROVIDES FOR THE COMMISSIONER OF BANKING TO HOLD THE NEW POST OF COMMISSIONER OF DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES, AND TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE NEW SYSTEM OF DETAILED SUPERVISION.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY THAT THE LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS WOULD NOT BE DEFINED OR INTRODUCED UNTIL THERE HAD BEEN AN OPPORTUNITY TO EXAMINE THE MONTHLY RETURNS OVER A PERIOD OF TIME. HE SAID THAT DURING THIS PERIOD THE COMMISSIONER WOULD HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO EXAMINE THE APPLICATION OF MINIMUM LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS TO DEPOSITTAKING COMPANIES AND ALSO TO REVIEW THEIR PRESENT-DAY SUITABILITY FOR LICENSED BANKS.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO SAID THAT THE ANNUAL REGISTRATION FEE FOR DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES WOULD GO UP FROM 310,300 TO $30,000 FROM THE DATE THE AMENDING LEGISLATION COMES INTO FORCE: THIS INCREASE WOULD BE NECESSARY TO COVER THE COSTS OF EXPANDED SUPERVISION.
THE BANKING (AMENDMENT) BILL, WHICH IS ALSO PUBLISHED IN TODAY’S GAZETTE, MAKES SOME MINOR TECHNICAL CHANGES IN THE BANK ING ORDINANCE.
------o-------
/2....
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1978
- 2 -
REZONING OF CAUSEWAY BAY GAZETTED
#**##**
NEW ELEVATED HIGHWAYS ALONG THE CAUSEWAY BAY WATERFRONT AND MORETON TERRACE, AND RECLAMATION OF PART OF THE TYPHOON ANCHORAGE FOR GOVERNMENT/INSTITUTION AND COMMUNITY USE ARE TWO OF THE AMENDMENTS CONTAINED IN THE NEW DRAFT OUTLINE ZONING PLAN FOR THE CAUSEWAY BAY AREA.
ALSO INCLUDED IN THE PLAN, PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE TODAY, IS A POSSIBLE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY ALIGNMENT BENEATH VICTORIA PARK.
THERE ARE SEVEN ASPECTS OF THE PLAN UNDER AMENDMENT, INCLUDING THE M.T.R. ALIGNMENT, RECLAMATION, HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION, REZONING AND ADJUSTMENTS TO ZONE BOUNDARIES.
THEY ARE :
* THE REZONING OF AN INDUSTRIAL SITE OFF HING FAT STREET TO GOVERNMENT/INSTITUTION AND COMMUNITY-
* THE REZONING OF A GOVERNMENT/INSTI TUT I ON AND COMMUNITY SITE IN YUN PING ROAD TO COMMERCIAL/RESIDENTIAL-
* THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE RESIDENTIAL (B) ZONE BOUNDARIES OFF TAI HANG ROAD-
* THE ADJUSTMENT OF THE GOVERNMENT/INSTI TUT ION AND COMMUNITY ZONE BOUNDARIES OFF TAI HANG ROAD-
* THE ADDITION OF A GOVERNMENT/INSTI TUT ION AND COMMUNITY SITE TO BE RECLAIMED AT THE EASTERN END OF CAUSEWAY BAY TYPHOON ANCHORAGE-
* THE INCORPORATION OF THE EASTERN CORRIDOR ROAD FROM GLOUCESTER ROAD NEAR THE NEW POLICE RECREATION CLUB ALONG VICTORIA PARK ROAD, AND ALSO A PARTLY ELEVATED ROAD INLAND ALONG GLOUCESTER ROAD AND MORETON TERRACE- AND
* THE INCORPORATION OF A POSSIBLE M.T.R. ALIGNMENT BENEATH VICTORIA PARK.
THE TOTAL AREA COVERED BY THE PLAN IS ABOUT 143.5 HECTARES, INCLUDING 22.4 HECTARES OF GREEN BELT AND 19.1 HECTARES OF TYPHOON ANCHORAGE.
THE PLAN, IN ITS PRESENT FORM, ILLUSTRATES ONLY THE BROAD PRINCIPLES OF DEVELOPMENT IN THE AREA AND AFFORDS A GUIDE FOR MORE DETAILED PLANNING.
/the DRAFT.....
FRIDAY, OCTOBJB 13, 1978
THE DRAFT AMENDMENT PLAN CAN BE SEEN DURING NORMAL OFFICE HOURS UNTIL NOVEMBER 2, 1978 AT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS :
* CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (CENTRAL AND WESTERN) ENQUIRY SUE-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING ENTRANCE, HONG KONG=
* CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (EASTERN), 884 - 886 KING’S ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG=
* CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (WAN CHAI), TUNG WAH MANSION, 201 HENNESSY ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG= AND
* TOWN PLANNING OFFICE, 17TH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG.
ALSO, UNTIL NOVEMBER 2, 1978 ANYONE AFFECTED BY THE SCHEDULED AMENDMENTS CAN INFORM THE TOWN PLANNING BOARD OF ANY OBJECTIONS EY WRITING TO THE SECRETARY, TOWN PLANNING BOARD, C/0 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG.
------0-------
LICENSING OF HONG KONG’S FOOTWEAR EXPORTS
X X * X X X
THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT TODAY ANNOUNCED THAT ALL FOOTWEAR WOULD BE SUBJECT TO EXPORT LICENSING WITH EFFECT FROM OCTOBER 22, 1978. THE DECISION TO DO SO HAS BEEN MADE ON THE ADVICE OF THE TRADE AND INDUSTRY ADVISORY BOARD.
NORMALLY EXPORT LICENCES WILL BE ISSUED AUTOMATICALLY FOR THESE PRODUCTS, BUT FOR SHIPMENTS TO THE U.S. OF NON-RUBBER FOOTWEAR FOR WHICH HONG KONG ORIGIN IS CLAIMED, LICENCES WILL BE ISSUED ONLY IF A VALID CERTIFICATE OF HONG KONG ORIGIN HAS FIRST BEEN OBTAINED.
THE ORGANISATIONS APPROVED TO ISSUE CERTIFICATES OF HONG KONG ORIGIN ARE THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT; THE HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF'COMMERCE; THE INDIAN CHAMBER OF COMMERCE, HONG KONG; THE CHINESE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG; THE FEDERATION OF HONG KONG INDUSTRIES AND THE CHINESE GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
UNDER AN ARRANGEMENT AGREED WITH THE U.S. GOVERNMENT, THE U.S. AUTHORITIES WILL ACCEPT IMPORTS FROM HONG KONG OF NON-RUBBER FOOTWEAR ONLY IF THEY ARE SUPPORTED BY CERTIFICATES OF HONG KONG ORIGIN. IMPORTS OF NON-RUBBER FOOTWEAR NOT COVERED BY A CERTIFICATE OF HONG KONG ORIGIN MAY BE DENIED ENTRY. FOR SHIPMENTS OF THESE PRODUCTS TO THE U.S. WHICH DO NOT CLAIM TO BE OF HONG KONG ORIGIN, EXPORT LICENCES WILL BE ISSUED AUTOMATICALLY BUT THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT SUCH SHIPMENTS WILL BE ALLOWED INTO THE U.S.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT SAID THIS WAS BASICALLY A SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM AND NO QUANTITATIVE RESTRICTION IS INVOLVED. THE SYSTEM IS DESIGNED TO ENSURE THAT FOOTWEAR MANUFACTURED IN THOSE COUNTRIES WHICH HAVE UNDERTAKEN TO RESTRICT EXPORTS OF FOOTWEAR TO THE U.S. DO NOT CIRCUMVENT THEIR QUOTA RESTRICTIONS BY CLAIMING THEM TO BE OF HONG KONG ORIGIN.
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1978
TUEN MUN COMMERCIAL SITE FOR AUCTION
******
THE GOVERNMENT WILL AUCTION THE FIRST COMMERCIAL SITE IN THE FAST-GROwING TUEN MUN NEW TOWN AT THE END OF THIS MONTH.
THE AUCTION WILL BE HELD AT THE ST. SIMON LUI MING CHOI SECONDARY SCHOOL IN TUEN MUN ON OCTOBER 31, STARTING AT 2.30 P.M. A LARGE INDUSTRIAL SITE, MEASURING 4,971 SQUARE METRES WILL ALSO BE SOLD AT THE SAME AUCTION.
THE ESTATE SURVEYOR OF TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE, MR. JOHN DILLEY, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY): +THE COMMERCIAL SITE OF NEARLY 700 SQUARE METRES IS VERY ATTRACTIVE AND IS SITUATED WITHIN 15 MINUTES WALKING DISTANCE FROM THE TOWN CENTRE.
+IT IS SPECIALLY DESIGNATED FOR MULTI-STOREY COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND ITS CONDITIONS OF SALE WOULD ALLOW FOR THE WIDE VARIETY OF COMMERCIAL USES SUCH AS A RESTAURANT, SHOPS AND BANKING PREMISES ON THE LOWER FLOORS AND OFFICE SPACES ON THE UPPER FLOORS.+
MR. DILLEY ADDED THAT THE AUCTION OF THE SITE IS AIMED AT DEVELOPING TUEN MUN INTO A SELF-CONTAINED AND MODERN NEW TOWN FOR 500,000 PEOPLE BY 1985.
THE SITE WITH AN AREA OF 693.1 SQUARE METRES CARRIES A
BUILDING COVENANT OF $1.5 MILLION TO BE FULFILLED WITHIN 36 CALENDAR MONTHS.
COMMENTING ON THE INDUSTRIAL SITE, HE SAID, IT WAS AN EXTENSION OF EXISTING INDUSTRIAL AREA IN TUEN MUN SAN HUI. IT CARRIES A BUILDING COVENANT OF $8 MILLION TO EE FULFILLED WITHIN 40 CALENDAR MONTHS.
MR. DILLEY SAID HE EXPECTED KEEN BIDDING FOR THE TWO PRIME SITES AT THE AUCTION JUDGING EY THE LARGE NUMBER OF INQUIRIES RECEIVED AT THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND ITS DISTRICT OFF ICES.
HE SAID THE LAST INDUSTRIAL SITE AUCTION IN THE NEW TOWN ON JULY 18 THIS YEAR HAD REALISED $15.2 MILLION FOR THE AREA -- MORE THAN TWICE ITS OPENING BID OF S7 MILLION. THE 2,702 SQUARE METRE SITE REALISED THE EQUIVALENT OF $522 PER SQUARE FOOT.
A TOTAL OF 20 NEW FACTORY BUILDINGS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED IN TUEN MUN NEW TOWN AND ANOTHER 21 ARE CURRENTLY BEING BUILT.
CONSTRUCTION WORK ON ANOTHER FOUR SITES WILL COMMENCE IN THE NEXT FEW MONTHS, HE ADDED.
+ INDUSTRIALISTS HAVE SHOWN A VERY KEEN INTEREST IN TUEN MUN AND THERE a ILL BE A CONTINUING SUPPLY OF INDUSTRIAL LAND IN TUEN MUN IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS,+ MR. DILLEY SAID.
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1978
- 5 -
FINAL CHAPTER OF CHATHAM ROAD CENTRE CLOSES
******
THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT’S CHATHAM ROAD CENTRE FOR YOUNG INMATES CLOSED TODAY (FRIDAY), ENDING THE FINAL CHAPTER IN ITS 28 YEARS VARIED HISTORY.
AT A CEREMONY OUTSIDE THE MAIN GATE OF THE CENTRE THIS MORNING, MR. GARTH HYDES, THE DEPARTMENT’S SENIOR SUPERINTENDENT, HANDED OVER THE KEYS OF THE CENTRE TO MR. LARRY TAM, CHIEF ESTATE SURVEYOR (URBAN) OF THE CROWN LANDS BRANCH.
THE LAST SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CENTRE, MR. JIMMY GRANT, WHO IS NOW IN CHARGE OF THE NEW LAI KING TRAINING CENTRE FOR YOUNG OFFENDERS, WAS ALSO PRESENT AT THE CEREMONY.
A PRISONS DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID : +THE CHATHAM ROAD CENTRE, EE ING REASONABLY EASY TO CONTROL, HAS SERVED THE DEPARTMENT VERY aELL OVER THE LAST FEW YEARS, BUT MODERNISATION AND IMPROVED NEW METHODS NOW ALLOW US TO RELEASE THIS OUT-DATED INSTITUTION.*
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE DEPARTMENT WAS ABLE TO STREAMLINE ITS PENAL FACILITIES WITH THE COMPLETION OF NEW AND MODERN PRISON INSTITUTIONS.
THE CHATHAM ROAD CENTRE, BUILT IN THE EARLY 195O’S, WAS DESIGNATED AS THE CHATHAM ROAD COMPOUND IN 1951 AND WAS USED BY THE POLICE AS A TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATION FOR PEOPLE AWAITING DEPORTATION, UNTIL 1961.
BETWEEN THEN AND 1967, THE COMPOUND WAS USED BY THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT AS A STAFF TRAINING CENTRE, AS AN EMERGENCY RELIEF STORE FOR SOCIAL SERVICES, AND LATER AS A POLICE DISTRICT TRAINING SCHOOL.
DURING THE NEXT TWO YEARS, THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT USED PART OF THE COMPOUND AS A CHOLERA ISOLATING CENTRE.
THE COMPOUND REMAINED EMPTY UNTIL 1971, WHEN THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BEGAN RENOVATION WORK ON IT.
THE COMPOUND WAS THEN TAKEN OVER BY THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT AND RENAMED THE CHATHAM ROAD CENTRE IN 1973 WHEN THE DEPARTMENT’S INSTITUTIONS WERE EXPERIENCING PROBLEMS OF OVER-CROWDING.
SINCE THEN, THE CENTRE HAS HOUSED ADULT AND GERIATRIC PRISONERS FOR A WHILE AND MORE RECENTLY, YOUNG CONVICTED PERSONS AND REMANDS UNDER 21 YEARS OF AGE. MORE THAN 30,000 INMATES HAVE PASSED THROUGH THE DOORS OF THE CENTRE DURING THE FIVE YEARS OF USE EY THE PR I SONS.DEPARTMENT.
------o-------
/6....
FR IDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1978
6
EMPLOYMENT SURVEY OF MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS
*****
THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY REMINDED MANAGEMENTS OF MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS WHICH HAVE NOT COMPLETED THEIR EMPLOYMENT RETURNS FOR THE THIRD QUARTER OF THIS YEAR TO DO SO AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID ABOUT 11,500 REMINDERS HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THOSE ESTABLISHMENTS SELECTED FOR THE SURVEY AND WHICH HAVE NOT YET RETURNED THE SURVEY CARDS.
MANUFACTURING EMPLOYMENT SURVEY CARDS WERE MAILED TO ABOUT 18,700 MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS SELECTED FROM A TOTAL OF 40,000.
MANAGEMENTS WERE REQUESTED TO COMPLETE THE CARDS WITH THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE EMPLOYED AND EXISTING VACANCIES AS AT SEPTEMBER 15, AND TO RETURN THEM TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT BY EARLY THIS MONTH.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM THE SURVEY WILL PROVIDE ESSENTIAL DATA FOR ANALYSING EMPLOYMENT LEVELS AND TRENDS IN VARIOUS MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES.
+PROMPT REPORTING FROM MANAGEMENTS WILL AVOID FURTHER FOLLOW-UPS AND FACILITATE THE EARLY RELEASE OF SURVEY RESULTS.*
MEANWHILE, THE DEPARTMENT IS ALSO CONDUCTING AN EMPLOYMENT SURVEY ON THE IMPORT/EXPORT, WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS.
THE SPOKESMAN APPEALED TO MANAGEMENTS OF THE SELECTED ESTABLISHMENTS FOR THEIR CO-OPERATION IN THE SURVEY.
HE STRESSED THAT INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY INDIVIDUAL ESTABLISHMENTS WOULD BE TREATED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND WOULD BE USED SOLELY FOR COMPILING STATISTICAL TABLES.
--------0 ---------
/7
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1978
- 7 -
ANTI-NARCOTICS DRIVE KICKS OFF ON SUNDAY
*****
UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, THE REV. P.T. MCGOVERN, WHO IS ALSO A MEMBER OF THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS, WILL OFFICIATE AT AN OPENING CEREMONY AT WONG CHUK HANG PLAYGROUND AT 2.30 P.M. THIS SUNDAY (OCTOBER 15) WHICH MARKS THE START OF A MONTH-LONG, INTENSIVE ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT.
A VARIETY SHOW WHICH WILL BE HIGHLIGHTED BY THE PERFORMANCE OF FOUR FREE-FALL SKY-DIVERS CARRYING ANTI-DRUG BANNERS WILL BE STAGED DURING THE CEREMONY. IT WILL EE ATTENDED BY OVER 1,000 YOUTHS FROM THE DISTRICT.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER AND A PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE CEREMONY. TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. A GOVERNMENT VAN (AM 3242) WILL BE WAITING OUTSIDE SUPREME COURT AT BATTERY PATH. IT WILL LEAVE AT 1.45 P.M. SHARP.
------o-------
STUDENTS JOIN SURVEY OF AIR POLLUTION
*****
A SEMINAR WILL BE HELD TOMORROW (SATURDAY) FOR TEACHERS AND STUDENTS WHO WILL TAKE PART IN THE +CLEAN AIR AND LICHENS+ SURVEY LATER THIS MONTH TO PRODUCE A COMPREHENSIVE PICTURE OF AIR POLLUTION IN HONG KONG.
THE SEMINAR, ORGANISED BY THE SCIENCE SUBJECTS SECTION OF THE ADVISORY INSPECTORATE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, AIMS TO ACQUAINT PARTICIPANTS WITH THE ORGANISATION AND CONDUCT OF THIS HONG KONGWIDE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES PROJECT, AND THE CORRECT WAY OF REPORTING THEIR FINDINGS.
DURING THE SEMINAR, DR. S.L. THROWER OF THE DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG WILL GIVE AN ILLUSTRATED TALK ON THE SUBJECT.
EACH SCHOOL PARTICIPATING IN THE SURVEY WILL EE PROVIDED WITH A NUMBER OF +CLEAN AIR AND LICHENS+ BOOKLETS AND A SET OF +ZONE MAPS+ COVERING THE AREAS THE SCHOOL GROUP CHOOSES TO INVESTIGATE.
THE MAPS DIVIDE HONG KONG INTO 26 ZONES MARKED A TO Z FOR EASY REFERENCE AND IT IS HOPED THAT ALL THE ZONES, INCLUDING THE OUTLYING ISLANDS, WOULD BE THOROUGHLY COVERED.
/TB3 BOOKLET.....
FRIDAY, OCTOB2R 13, 1978
8
THE BOOKLET AND THE MAPS, THROWER, ARE JOINTLY PUBLISHED DR. THROWER WITH THE FINANCIAL TERRITORIES.
WHICH HAVE BEEN PREPARED BY DR. BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND SUPPORT OF ROTARY CLUB OF NEW
THE SEMINAR FOR TEACHERS AND STUDENT GROUP LEADERS WILL BE AT THE SCHOOL HALL OF TRUE LIGHT GIRLS’ COLLEGE AT WATERLOO ROAD BETWEEN 10 A.M. AND NOON.
IT WILL BE CHAIRED BY MRS. LOUISE MOK, DEPUTY CHIEF INSPECTOR
~ AND MR* ARTHUR BROWN, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (CHIEF INSPECTOR
OF SCHOOLS) WILL DELIVER THE OPENING ADDRESS.
... president of ROTARY club of new territories,
WILL PRESENT THE BOOKLETS AND MAPS TO MR. BROWN DURING THE SEMINAR.
„r__ SHUN H,NG ELECTRONIC TRADING COMPANY WILL PROVIDE THE SEMINAR. RRBt CHARGE, WITH THE NATIONAL VIDEO PROJECTION SYSTEM (CINEMA VISION), THE PORTABLE PA SYSTEM AND TECHNICAL SERVICE.
VIS ION),
----o-------
RE-ROUTING OF MOUNT KELLETT ROAD
*****
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT A SECTION OF MOUNT KELLETT ROAD SOUTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH HOMESTEAD ROAD WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE WAY IN THE CLOCKWISE DIRECTION BETWEEN 9 A.M. AND 5 P.M. TOMORROW (SATURDAY) IN CONNECTION WITH THE ANNUAL BAZAAR OF THE MATILDA AND WAR MEMORIAL HOSPITAL.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
----o-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1978
CONTENTS PASE NO.
GOVERNOR INAUGURATES NEW TAP MUN POWER SCHEME ........ 1
FIELD STUDIES CENTRE FOR STUDENTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION .... 3
KOWLOON HILLS FITNESS TRAIL OPENS .................... 4
A WARMER AND DRIER SEPTEMBER ......................... 5
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHEUNG WAN AND TAK KOK TSUI .. 6
WATER CUT ............................................ 6
FIRING PRACTICE
7
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1978
1
GOVERNOR INAUGURATES NEW TAP MUN POWER SCHEME ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE,TODAY PRAISED THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY FOR ITS OUTSTANDING RECORD IN BRINGING ELECTRICITY TO THE RURAL AREAS.
THE RESULT IS THAT MOST VILLAGES - HOWEVER SMALL OR REMOTE -NOW HAVE A POWER SUPPLY, SIR MURRAY SAID.
SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY TO MARK THE INAUGURATION OF THE POWER COMPANY’S NEWEST POWER SCHEME AT TAP MUN, SIR MURRAY SAID +THIS IS A REMARKABLE ACT OF PUBLIC SERVICE, SINCE THERE IS LITTLE OR NO ECONOMIC RETURN TO THE COMPANY FROM MANY OF ITS RURAL ELECTRIFICATION SCHEMES.+
THE $1.4 MILLION SCHEME WILL SERVE FIVE VILLAGES IN SAI KUNG NORTH AND ON TAP MUN, THE REMOTE ISLAND OFF THE NORTH-EAST OF SAI KUNG PENINSULA WHICH IS THE HOME BASE FOR THE MIRS BAY FISHING FLEET.
SIR MURRAY SAID VILLAGE LIGHTING IS A COMPLEMENTARY PROGRAMME, PART OF GOVERNMENT’S POLICY OF MAKING GOOD DEFICIENCIES IN RURAL AREAS.
+THIS, TOO, IS A SCHEME THAT RELIES UPON THE CO-OPERATION AND GOODWILL OF CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY.+
MOST OF THE ISLAND’S POPULATION OF 2,500 TURNED OUT TODAY TO SEE SIR MURRAY OFFICIALLY +SWITCH-ON+ THE COMPANY’S LATEST RURAL ELECTRIFICATION SCHEME WHICH WAS MADE POSSIBLE THROUGH THE CO-OPERATION OF THE ARMY, THE AIR FORCE AND THE AUXILIARY AIR FORCE IN BRINGING IN MORE THAN 130 TONS OF PLANT AND MACHINERY TO 175 DIFFERENT LOCATIONS IN 284 HELICOPTER FLIGHTS.
+THESE FIGURES SPEAK FOR THEMSELVES,+ SIR MURRAY SAID.
THE GOVERNOR PAID TRIBUTE TO ALL THOSE INVOLVED. HE SAID: +IT WAS LESS THAN 18 MONTHS AGO THAT THIS WAS FIRST DISCUSSED, AND IT IS A TRIBUTE TO THE GOODWILL, FINE PLANNING AND THE ABILITY OF ALL THOSE INVOLVED THAT WE ARE HERE TODAY FOR THE OPENING CEREMONY.+
THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY, SIR LAWRENCE KADOORIE, WHO ALSO SPOKE AT THE OPENING, SAID THE CEREMONY MARKED ANOTHER MILESTONE IN CHINA LIGHT’S RURAL ELECTRIFICATION SCHEME, WHICH HAD AS ITS OBJECTIVE THE PROVISION OF ELECTRICITY TO ISOLATED COMMUNITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
+SINCE THE INCEPTION OF THE SCHEME IN 1961, SOME 650 VILLAGES, REPRESENTING 47,000 FAMILIES HAVE RECEIVED SUPPLY,+ HE SAID.
/SIR LAWRENCE .....
SATURDAY, OCTOBSR 14, 1078
2
SIR LAWRENCE SAID FEW PEOPLE REALISED THE PLANNING. EFFORT AND HARD WORK PUT IN BY SO MANY WHICH PRECEDED THE SUPPLY OF ELECTRICITY.
HE THANKED THE TAI PO AND SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICES, THE ARMY, THE AIR FORCE, THE ROYAL AUXILIARY AIR FORCE AND ALL'CONCERNED FOR THE READY ASSISTANCE PROVIDED TCrMAKE THE SCHEME A REALITY.
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH AT TODAY’S +SWITCHING-ON+ CEREMONY OF THE RURAL ELECTRIFICATION SCHEME AT TAP MUN:-
+IT WAS LESS THAN EIGHTEEN MONTHS AGO THAT THIS SCHEME WAS FIRST DISCUSSED, AND IT IS A TRIBUTE TO THE GOODWILL, FINE PLANNING AND THE ABILITY OF ALL THOSE INVOLVED THAT WE ARE HERE TODAY FOR THE OPENING CEREMONY.
+IT IS IMPOSSIBLE ON THESE OCCASIONS TO PAY DUE TRIBUTE TO ALL, BUT I MUST SINGLE OUT THOSE INVOLVED IN THE LOGISTICS OF TH IS OPERATION. THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF THE ARMY, THE AIR FORCE AND THE AUXILIARY AIR FORCE BROUGHT IN MORE THAN 130 TONS OF PLANT AND MACHINERY TO 175 DIFFERENT LOCATIONS IN 284 HELICOPTER FLIGHTS. THESE FIGURES SPEAK FOR THEMSELVES.
+THE- POWER COMPANY HAS AN OUTSTANDING RECORD IN BRINGING ELECTRICITY TO THE RURAL AREAS, AND MOST VILLAGES HOWEVER SMALL OR REMOTE NOW HAVE A SUPPLY. THIS IS A REMARKABLE ACT OF PUBLIC SERVICE, SINCE THERE IS LITTLE GR NO ECONOMIC RETURN TO THE COMPANY FROM MANY OF ITS RURAL ELECTRIFICATION SCHEMES. VILLAGE LIGHTING IS A COMPLEMENTARY PROGRAMME, PART OF GOVERNMENT’S POLICY OF MAKING GOOD DEFICIENCIES IN RURAL AREAS. THIS, TOO, IS A SCHEME THAT RELIES UPON THE CO-OPERATION AND GOODWILL OF CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY.
+IT GIVES ME GREAT PLEASURE NOW TO DECLARE THIS SCHEME OPEN, AND TO SWITCH ON THE SUPPLY.+
-----o------
/3
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1978
- 3 -
FIELD STUDIES CENTRE FOR STUDENTS UNDER CONSTRUCTION * * * *
A FIELD STUDIES CENTRE DESIGNED TO HELP STUDENTS IN THEIR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES IS BEING BUILT AT THE SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATION CENTRE, MR. ARTHUR BROWN, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (SPECIAL DUTIES) SAID TODAY.
IN HIS OPENING ADDRESS AT THE SEMINAR ON +CLEAN AIR AND LICHENS+ SURVEY ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT FOR TEACHERS AND STUDENTS, MR. BROWN SAID THE CENTRE WOULD PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR PUPILS TO DO THE FIELD WORK THAT IS REQUIRED IN MODERN BIOLOGY AND GEOGRAPHY.
+IF EVERYTHING GOES AS PLANNED THIS FIELD STUDIES CENTRE WILL BE READY FOR USE BY SCHOOL GROUPS EARLY NEXT YEAR,* HE ADDED.
+THE SURROUNDING OF THE CENTRE OFFERS EXCELLENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR FIELD STUDIES, WITH A VARIETY OF HABITATS.
COMMENTING ON THE TERRITORY-WIDE +CLEAN AIR AND LICHENS+ SURVEY, MR. BROWN SAID IT WAS AN EXCELLENT WAY TO INVOLVE SCHOOL CHILDREN IN ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES, AND WOULD FULFIL A NUMBER OF AIMS ESSENTIAL FOR THE ORGANISATION AND CONDUCT OF ACTIVITIES CONNECTED WITH ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION.
+IT WILL INTEREST CHILDREN IN THEIR OWN ENVIRONMENT AND HELP THEM FIND OUT SOMETHING ABOUT IT. IT WILL GIVE CHILDREN A POSITIVE INTEREST IN PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT,* HE SAID.
MR. BROWN NOTED THAT THE SURVEY WOULD ALSO ENCOURAGE SOCIAL AWARENESS AND GIVE STUDENTS FIRST HAND INFORMATION WHICH COULD BE FED INTO A CENTRAL POOL FOR PRACTICAL AND USEFUL PURPOSES.
MRS. LOUISE MOK, THE DEPUTY CHIEF INSPECTOR OF SCHOOLS WHO IS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE SEMINAR SAID IN HER OPENING REMARKS THAT THE SURVEY WOULD BE VERY POPULAR WITH SCHOOL CHILDREN.
IT WOULD ALSO LEAD TO AN INCREASING AWARENESS OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROBLEMS AMONG THE GENERAL PUBLIC, SHE SAID.
+IN HONG KONG, EDUCATIONAL INTEREST IN THE ENVIRONMENT, FROM BOTH INTRA-CURRICULAR AND EXTRA-CURRICULAR POINTS OF VIEW, THOUGH COMPARATIVELY NEW, HAS BEEN EXTREMELY KEEN AND HAS BEEN GATHERING MOMENTUM BOTH WITHIN THE SCHOOLS AND OUTSIDE DURING THE LAST DECADE,* MRS. MOK ADDED.
SHE NOTED THAT OVER THE YEARS, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, WITH THE HELP OF THE TWO UNIVERSITIES, OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, COMMERCIAL CONCERNS AND VARIOUS VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, HAD MADE SUCCESSFUL ATTEMPTS TO LAUNCH A SERIES OF HONG KONG ENVIRONMENTAL SURVEYS.
+1 CAN ASSURE YOU THAT THE SURVEY WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT BY SCHOOL GROUPS WILL EE OF A PIONEERING NATURE, CHALLENGING AND UNPRECEDENTED,* SHE SAID.
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1978
4
KOWLOON HILLS FITNESS TRAIL OPENS
*****
THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT HAS OPENED A FITNESS TRAIL IN THE LION ROCK COUNTRY PARK -- THE FIRST OF ITS KIND IN HONG KONG — FOR USE BY VISITORS AND MORNING WALKERS.
KNOWN AS THE KOWLOON HILLS FITNESS TRAIL, THE 6,OOO-FT PATH IS EQUIPPED WITH 13 SETS OF GYMNASTIC EQUIPMENT WHICH ARE DESIGNED FOR PEOPLE OF VARIOUS AGES.
MRS. MADELEINE TANG, A MEMBER OF THE COUNTRY PARKS BOARD, WILL OFFICIALLY OPEN THE FITNESS TRAIL ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17).
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE KOWLOON HILLS FITNESS TRAIL IN THE LION ROCK COUNTRY PARK AT 10.30 A.M. ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17). PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. A GOVERNMENT VAN FROM THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT WILL LEAVE THE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 9.15 A.M. SHARP. FOR THOSE WISHING TO MAKE THEIR OWN WAY TO THE LION ROCK COUNTRY PARK, LIMITED PARKING SPACE IS AVAILABLE AT THE KOWLOON HILLS MANAGEMENT CENTRE NEAR THE 4-1/2-MILESTONE, TAI PO ROAD, KOWLOON.
------o---------
/5
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1978
5 -
A WARMER AND DRIER SEPTEMBER
*****
THE WEATHER IN SEPTEMBER WAS WARMER AND DRIER THAN USUAL WITH THE TOTAL RAINFALL FOR THE MONTH AMOUNTING TO ABOUT 272 MM WHICH IS 18 PER CENT BELOW NORMAL, ACCORDING TO THE MONTHLY WEATHER SUMMARY ISSUED BY THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY TODAY.
THE ACCUMULATED RAINFALL FROM THE BEGINNING OF 1978 UP TO THE END OF SEPTEMBER STOOD AT 2,020.5 MM COMPARED WITH THE NORMAL FIGURE OF 2,075.1 MM FOR THE SAME PERIOD.
DURING THE MONTH A TOTAL OF SEVEN TROPICAL CYCLONES DEVELOPED OVER THE WESTERN NORTH PACIFIC AND THE SOUTH CHINA SEA. FOR TWO OF THEM — SEVERE TROPICAL STORM KIT AND TYPHOON LOLA — TROPICAL CYCLONE WARNING SIGNALS WERE HOISTED IN HONG KONG.
APART FROM SOME THUNDERSTORMS ON THE NIGHT OF SEPTEMBER 7, THE FIRST NINE DAYS OF THE MONTH WERE MAINLY FINE AND HOT. A WEAK COLD FRONT PASSED HONG KONG EARLY ON SEPTEMBER 10 AND THERE WERE SOME THUNDERSTORMS AND FRESHENING NORTHERLY WINDS.
WEATHER IN THE FOLLOWING EIGHT DAYS WERE AGAIN FINE AND HOT WITH THE TEMPERATURE RISING TO A MAXIMUM OF 33.3 DEGREES ON SEPTEMBER 15, THE HIGHEST RECORDED IN THE MONTH.
ANOTHER COLD FRONT PASSED HONG KONG EARLY ON SEPTEMBER 19 AND FRESH WINDS WERE EXPERIENCED OFF SHORE AND ON HILL TOPS. DUE TO THE NORTHEAST MONSOON OVER THE NORTHERN PART OF SOUTH CHINA SEA,WINDS IN HONG KONG REMAINED FRESH EASTERLY WITH ASSOCIATED SCATTERED SHOWERS AND SOME ISOLATED THUNDERSTORMS IN THE NEXT TWO DAYS.
THE WEATHER IMPROVED ON SEPTEMBER 22. HOWEVER, SHOWERS BEGAN TO SET IN THE FOLLOWING EVENING AS SEVERE TROPICAL STORM KIT MOVED ACROSS THE SOUTH CHINA SEA. FREQUENT SHOWERS WITH OCCASIONAL THUNDERSTORMS WERE EXPERIENCED FROM SEPTEMBER 24 UNTIL THE MORNING OF SEPTEMBER 26, WHEN THE HEAVIEST DOWNPOUR FOR THE MONTH OCCURRED WITH 30.8 MM OF RAINFALL RECORDED AT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY BETWEEN 4 A.M. AND 5 A.M.
STRONG WINDS WERE EXPERIENCED OFF SHORE ON SEPTEMBER 24 AND PERSISTED UNTIL THE FOLLOWING MORNING. HOWEVER, WINDS IN URBAN AREAS REMAINED MODERATE OR FRESH.
THE WEATHER WAS MAINLY FINE ON SEPTEMBER 27 AND 28. WHEN TYPHOON LOLA MOVED ACROSS THE SOUTH CHINA SEA TOWARDS HAINAN ISLAND, THE WEATHER TURNED CLOUDY WITH SCATTERED SHOWERS ON SEPTEMBER 29.
THE SHOWERS BECAME HEAVY AND SQUALLY THE FOLLOWING DAY, WHEN CONDITIONS BECAME COOLER AND TEMPERATURE DROPPED TO A MINIMUM OF 23.4 DEGREES, THE LOWEST RECORDED IN THE MONTH.
DURING THE MONTH ONE AIRCRAFT WAS DIVERTED FROM HONG KONG DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER CONDITIONS ASSOCIATED WITH TYPHOON LOLA. A FIRE DANGER WARNING WAS EFFECTIVE ON SEPTEMBER 23 AND 24 ANE THUNDERSTORM WARNINGS WERE ISSUED ON NINE DAYS OF THE MONTH.
--------0 ---------
/6
(4
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1978
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS
*****
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT NEW TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN NEW STREET AND PO YAN STREET IN SHEUNG WAN FROM 10 A.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOEER 16) FOR ABOUT FOUR MONTHS TO FACILITATE ROAD WORK IN HOLLYWOOD ROAD.
UNDER THE NEW ARRANGEMENTS, THE SECTION OF PO YAN STREET BETWEEN NEW STREET AND HOLLYWOOD ROAD WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND, AND NEW STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM ONE-WAY WESTBOUND TO ONE-WAY EASTBOUND.
MEANWHILE, A TEMPORARY +N0 RIGHT TURN+ RESTRICTION WILL BE INTRODUCED AT THE JUNCTION OF TAI KOK TSUI ROAD AND ANCHOR STREET IN TAI KOK TSUI FROM 10 A.M. ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17) FOR ABOUT TWO MONTHS TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE WEST KOWLOON CORR I DOR.
NORTHBOUND MOTORISTS TRAVELLING ALONG TAI KOK TSUI ROAD WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM MAKING RIGHT TURN INTO ANCHOR STREET DURING THIS PERIOD. THEY ARE ADVISED TO MAKE USE OF THE ALTERNATIVE ACCESS VIA THE NEW LINK ROAD OPPOSITE POK MAN STREET TO REACH BEECH STREET AND ANCHOR STREET.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP IN THESE AREAS TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
- - 0 -
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CHAI WAN WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY 399 CHAI WAN ROAD, 8-12 ON YIP STREET, 1-9 SUN YIP STREET INCLUDING CHINA MOTOR BUS DEPOT AND CHAI WAN RESITE AREA.
- - 0 -
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1978
7
FIRING PRACTICE
* * * *
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON FIVE DAYS NEXT WEEK.
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES ARE:
DATE HOURS
OCTOBER 16 (MONDAY) 8 A.M. — 6 P.M.
OCTOBER 17 (TUESDAY) 8 A.M. -- 11 P.M.
OCTOBER 18 (WEDNESDAY) 8 A.M. -- 6 P.M.
OCTOBER 19 (THURSDAY) 8 A.M. — 11 P.M.
OCTOBER 20 (FRIDAY) 8 A.M. -- 6 P.M.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL. 5-233191
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
STRICT POLLUTION CONTROLS ON SHA TIN INDUSTRY .............. 1
SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN BEGINS ................ 2
NEW HIGHWAY CODE ON SALE ..................................
ROAD SAFETY PROJECT DESIGN COMPETITION ..................... 5
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN SHA TAU KOK ................ 6
WATER CUT .................................................. 6
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1978
1
STRICT POLLUTION CONTROLS ON SHA TIN INDUSTRY *****
THE GOVERNMENT HAS DRAWN UP STRICT POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES FOR THE RAPIDLY-GROWING INDUSTRIAL AREAS OF SHA TIN NEW TOWN.
THE MEASURES HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO ENSURE AS FAR AS POSSIBLE THAT THE 500,000 PEOPLE WHO WILL EVENTUALLY LIVE IN THE NEW TOWN WILL ENJOY A VIRTUALLY POLLUTION-FREE ENVIRONMENT.
THE SENIOR ESTATE SURVEYOR OF THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE, MR. ROGER THOMPSON, SAID TODAY THE CONTROLS WERE AIMED AT STOPPING THE EMISSION OF SMOKE AND POISONOUS OR NOXIOUS WASTES.
HE SAID THE CONTROL PROVISIONS WERE BEING INCLUDED IN THE LEASE CONDITIONS FOR ALL INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AT SHA TIN AND WERE EE ING CLOSELY MONITORED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE AND OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS CONCERNED.
MR. THOMPSON SAID: +THE SHA TIN VALLEY IS VERY SUSCEPTIBLE TO AERIAL POLLUTION AND COULD LITERALLY BECOME FILLED WITH SMOKE IF WE ALLOWED FACTORIES TO BURN THE WRONG FUELS.
+ALL OUR LEASE CONDITIONS STIPULATE THAT THE ONLY FUELS THAT CAN BE USED ARE TOWN GAS, LP GAS, NATURAL GAS AND ELECTRICITY.
+THESE LIMITATIONS, AND THE FACT THAT WE WILL HAVE ONLY LIGHT INDUSTRY, WILL HELP US TO KEEP THE VALLEY SMOKE-FREE.+
HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS ALSO DISCOURAGING OFFENSIVE TRADES IN SHA TIN, AND WOULD ALLOW ONLY THOSE THAT COULD BE LICENSED AND CONTROLLED BY THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT.
+IN GENERAL, WE ARE ALSO ENSURING THROUGH LEASE CONDITIONS THAT ANY INDUSTRY WHICH COULD EMIT POISONOUS OR NOXIOUS WASTES SUCH AS LEAD, MERCURY, ACIDS OR STRONG ALKALI MUST HAVE APPROVED POLLUTION CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO ELIMINATE THEM AT SOURCE.
+THE MAJOR REASON IS THAT SUCH WASTES COULD SERIOUSLY AFFECT THE TOWN’S SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT, A RISK WE ARE NOT PREPARED TO TAKE.+
HOWEVER, THE CONTROLS HAVE NOT AFFECTED THE INTERESTS OF INDUSTRIALISTS INVESTING IN THE NEW TOWN AND PROSPECTIVE BUYERS ARE NOW +QUEUEING UP+ TO BUY LAND IN THE NEW TOWN, MR. THOMPSON SAID.
HE SAID THAT ABOUT A YEAR AGO, THERE WERE ONLY ONE OR TWO APPLICATIONS FOR TENDERS FOP INDUSTRIAL LAND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES BUT SHA TIN INDUSTRIAL SITES wERE NOW ATTRACTING A DOZEN OR MORE EIDS.
/SHA TOPS.......
SUNDAY, CCTOBSR 15, 1978
2
SHA TIN’S FIRST LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AREA AT FO TAN NOW HAS SEVEN 14-STOREY INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS AS WELL AS THE $3 MILLION OIL STORAGE DEPOT OPERATED BY CHINA RESOURCES LTD.
THE TOWN’S SECOND LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AREA AT TA I WAI IS
BEING OPENED UP AND THE FIRST LOT WAS SOLD FOR 320 MILLION AT A PUBLIC AUCTION LAST JUNE.
+THE BUYER HAS ALREADY SUBMITTED HIS BUILDING PLANS FOR A SEVEN-STOREY INDUSTRIAL BUILDING THAT WILL BE FULLY AIR-CONDITIONED AND WILL HAVE THE GROUND FLOOR AS A PRODUCTS DISPLAY AREA.
+ANOTHER TWO LOTS IN TAI WAI HAVE ALREADY BEEN SOLD BY TENDER TO HOLDERS OF LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENTS. TENDERS ARE IN FOR A FURTHER THREE SITES AND ANOTHER TWO LOTS WILL BE SOLD BY TENDER SHORTLY,* MR. THOMPSON SAID.
-----0------
SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN BEGINS * * * * *
UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, THE REVEREND PATRICK ^GOVERN, TODAY CALLED ON THE PUBLIC TO SHOW SYMPATHY TO DRUG ADDICTS AND NO SYMPATHY AT ALL TO DRUG TRAFFICKERS.
THE REV. MCGOVERN, WHO IS ALSO A MEMBER OF THE ACTION C0MM1TTFF AGAINST NARCOTICS WHICfl COORDINATES ALL ANTI-NARCOTICS WORK IN E HONG KONG, WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE HONG KONG SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN AT WONG CHUK HANG PLAYGROUND IN ABERDEEN.
HE SAID ALTHOUGH DRUG ADDICTION IS ONE OF HONG KONG’S MOST SERIOUS SOCIAL PROBLEMS, IT HAS NOT ATTRACTED PUBLIC SYMPATHY TO THE SAME DEGREE AS OTHER PROBLEMS LIKE BLINDNESS OR PHYSICAL HANDICAP.
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1978
HE SAID DRUG ADDICTION IS NOT NECESSARILY CAUSED BY ’SELF-INFLICTED DEGRADATION’ AS MANY PEOPLE WOULD BELIEVE BUT RATHER, IN MANY CASES, CAUSED BY POOR LIVING AND WORKING CONDITIONS AS WELL AS FAMILY AND OTHER PROBLEMS.
+l WOULD THEREFORE ASK YOU TO DO TWO THINGS,* THE REV. MCGOVERN SAID.
+FIRST, SHOW SYMPATHY TO VICTIMS OF DRUGS IN ORDER TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO GIVE UP THE HABIT.
+SECOND, I BEG YOU ON NO ACCOUNT SHOW SYMPATHY TOWARDS DRUG TRAFFICKERS. LET THEM SEE BY YOUR ACTIONS THAT YOU DESPISE THEM. IF YOU GET AN OPPORTUNITY REPORT THEM,* HE SAID.
HE SAID ALTHOUGH THE DRUG PROBLEM HAS NOW BEEN LARGELY CONTAINED, IT WILL NEVER BE ELIMINATED UNLESS THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE COMES FORWARD AND UNITES ACTION AGAINST IT.
THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN IS THE SECOND OF THREE DISTRICT-LEVEL EDUCATION CAMPAIGNS BEING ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS IN CONJUNCTION WITH LOCAL ORGANISATIONS THIS YEAR.
DURING THE MONTH-LONG CAMPAIGN, THERE WILL BE MORE THAN 40 EVENTS INCLUDING EXHIBITIONS, VARIETY SHOWS, MOBILE THEATRE AND FILM SHOWS FOR 230,000 RESIDENTS IN THE DISTRICT.
ABOUT 50,000 LEAFLETS, SEVERAL THOUSAND POSTERS AND SCORES OF BANNERS CARRYING ANTI-DRUG SLOGANS WILL ALSO BE DISTRIBUTED AND DISPLAYED IN THE DISTRICT.
BEFORE THE OPENING CEREMONY THIS AFTERNOON, MORE THAN 1,000 YOUNG VOLUNTEERS DISTRIBUTED LEAFLETS TO TAKE THE ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE TO EVERY SHOP AND PEDESTRIAN IN THE AREA.
A BOAT DECORATED WITH PENNANTS AND EQUIPPED WITH LOUD HAILERS WEAVED ITS WAY THROUGH THE ABERDEEN TYPHOON SHELTER TO INFORM THE BOAT PEOPLE OF THE START OF THE CAMPAIGN.
AN EVALUATION SURVEY WILL BE CARRIED OUT AT THE END OF THE CAMPAIGN TO ASSESS ITS IMPACT AND EFFECTIVENESS.
-----o------
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1978
- 4 -
NEW HIGHWAY CODE ON SALE
* * * *
A NEW EDITION OF THE HONG KONG HIGHWAY CODE, WHICH SETS OUT THE RULES OF THE ROAD FOR SAFE AND COURTEOUS CONDUCT BY ALL ROAD USERS, IS NOW ON SALE.
PRICED AT $2, THE BOOKLET IS AVAILABLE IN BOTH ENGLISH AND CHINESE EDITIONS FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, G.P.O. BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, AND FROM LEADING BOOKSHOPS.
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL CONTINUE TO ISSUE FREE COPIES TO APPLICANTS FOR PROVISIONAL DRIVING LICENCES.
IN A FOREWORD, THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, MR. IAN MACPHERSON, SAYS: +A LITTLE EXTRA CARE BY ROAD USERS OF ALL KINDS, WHETHER VEHICLE DRIVERS, CYCLISTS OR PEDESTRIANS, WOULD HELP PREVENT THE SENSELESS ACCIDENTS THAT CAUSE DEATH AND INJURY FAR TOO OFTEN.
+WE SHOULD MAKE A PARTICULAR EFFORT TO INSTIL THE +DO’S AND DON’TS+ OF THE HIGHWAY CODE IN THE MINDS OF THE VERY YOUNG SO THAT THEY DO NOT BECOME YET ANOTHER STATISTIC ON THE LIST OF ROAD ACCIDENT CASUALTIES.+
THE 96-PAGE BOOKLET, WHICH HAS BEEN DESIGNED BY THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT, IS ILLUSTRATED WITH PHOTOGRAPHS AND DIAGRAMS TO SHOW THE CORRECT USE OF THE ROADS. IT ALSO INCLUDES A COLOUR SECTION ON TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS.
THE CODE MAKES SPECIAL REFERENCE TO SIX POINTS WHICH PEOPLE ARE URGED TO REMEMBER IN THE INTERESTS OF ROAD SAFETY. THESE ARE
* CHILDREN ARE IN SPECIAL DANGER - PARTICULARLY THOSE UNDER FIVE AND THOSE WHO CYCLE. PROTECT THEM AND TRAIN THEM IN ROAD SAFETY.
* OLD PEOPLE MAY REACT SLOWLY. GIVE THEM GREAT CONSIDERATION-
X THE BLIND AND THE DISABLED ALSO NEED YOUR HELP. GIVE EVERY CONSIDERATION AND ASSISTANCE TO A PERSON CARRYING THE FAMILIAR RED AND WHITE STRIPED WALKING STICK OR WHO IS CLEARLY CRIPPLED OR OTHERWISE DISABLED AND INCAPABLE OF QUICK MOVEMENT, INCLUDING THOSE USING CRUTCHES OR WHEELCHAIRS"
* HEALTH COUNTS. MAKE DUE ALLOWANCE FOR POOR EYESIGHT, DEAFNESS AND FATIGUE, MEDICINE OR TRANQUILIZERS WHICH COULD SLOW YOUR REACTIONS’
* ALCOHOL EVEN IN QUITE SMALL QUANTITIES, MAKES YOU LESS SAFE ON THE ROADS. ALWAYS BE SURE YOU ARE FIT TO BE ON THE ROAD- AND
* VEHICLES BADLY MAINTAINED MAY LEAD TO AN ACCIDENT. CHECK YOUR LIGHTS, BRAKES, STEERING AND TYRES.
------o-------
/5....
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1978
5
ROAD SAFETY PROJECT DESIGN COMPETITION
* * * *
SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS, ESPECIALLY THOSE BELONGING TO COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUBS, ARE ENCOURAGED TO PARTICIPATE IN A +ROAD SAFETY PROJECT+ DESIGN COMPETITION.
THE COMPETITION, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE TRAFFIC BRANCH OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, AIMS AT AROUSING AWARENESS AMONG SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF ROAD SAFETY.
A SCHOOL MAY CHOOSE ANY ASPECT OF ROAD SAFETY AS THE THEME OF THEIR PROJECT AND ILLUSTRATE IT IN SUCH A WAY THAT IT WILL FORM AN INTERESTING AND EYE-CATCHING DISPLAY WITH A MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA OF 10 SQUARE FEET.
THE DISPLAY MAY INCLUDE PICTURES, PHOTOGRAPHS, MODELS, GRAPHS, CHARTS, FEATURE ARTICLES AND ANY OTHER MEDIA RELEVANT TO THE THEME. CAPTIONS MAY EITHER BE IN CHINESE OR ENGLISH, OR BOTH.
AN ALLOWANCE OF UP TO $300 WILL BE GIVEN TO EACH PARTICIPATING SCHOOL AS A SUBSIDY ON A REIMBURSEMENT BASIS.
THE PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS WILL BE REQUIRED TO SET UP THEIR DISPLAYS AT THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC PODIUM ON THE MORNING OF DECEMBER 14, AND JUDGING WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE AFTERNOON.
THE JUDGES WILL INCLUDE REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE, THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC.
RESULTS WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT 10 A.M. ON DECEMBER 15, TO BE FOLLOWED BY THE PRIZE GIVING CEREMONY.
PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED IN THE FORM OF BOOK/STATIONERY COUPONS. THE FIRST PRIZE WINNER WILL RECEIVE COUPONS WORTH $1,000 PLUS A TROPHY* THE SECOND $800 PLUS A TROPHY AND THE THIRD 3500 PLUS A TROPHY.
IN ADDITION THERE WILL BE A NUMBER OF MERIT PRIZES OF $100 EACH AND SOUVENIR PLAQUES WILL BE GIVEN TO ALL PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS.
APPLICATIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE ON OR BEFORE OCTOBER 31.
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
--------o-----------
/6
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1978
- 6 -
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE IN SHA TAU KOK * * * *
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT THE GOVERNMENT SECONDARY SCHOOL IN SHA TAU KOK ON OCTOBER 23 AND 24 FOR PEOPLE IN THE AREA.
REGISTRATION WILL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND 4.30 P.M. DURING THESE TWO DAYS.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS OR GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN OR WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
ALL PERSONS LIVING IN THIS AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT OR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR ANY OTHER PARTICULARS WHICH HAVE CHANGED SINCE REGISTERING FOR THEIR IDENTITY CARDS.
--------o----------
WATER CUT
* * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN NORTH POINT WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY 865-971 KING’S ROAD, JAVA ROAD FROM HEALTHY STREET EAST TO KING’S ROAD, TONG CHONG STREET, HOI WAN STREET, HOI TAI STREET, HOI KWONG STREET AND FINNIE STREET.
- _ 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
FUN AND LESSONS IN CAMPS FOR PRIMARY STUDENTS .......... 1
NEW KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR OPENS TOMORROW .............. 2
METEOROLOGISTS FROM CHINA VISIT ROYAL OBSERVATORY .. 2
MR. THOMAS LEE TO OPEN CHILDREN TRAINING CENTRE .... 3
PASSING-OUT PARADE OF IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT OFFICERS ............................................... 3
MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1978
1
FUN AND LESSONS IN CAMPS FOR PRIMARY STUDENTS ******
PRIMARY SCHOOL STUDENTS CAN LEARN AND PLAY AT THE SAME TIME IN OUTDOOR EDUCATION CAMPS ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.
THE OBJECTIVES OF THESE CAMPS ARE TO PROVIDE SCHOOL CHILDREN WITH OPPORTUNITIES TO EXPERIENCE SOCIAL LIVING IN A NATURAL OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT AS WELL AS OPPORTUNITIES FOR INTEGRATION OF SCHOOL SUBJECTS UNDER CAMPING SITUATIONS.
THERE ARE SIX SITES WHERE THE CAMPS ARE HELD AND EACH CAMP LASTS FIVE DAYS FROM MONDAYS TO FRIDAYS. THE SCHEME STARTED ON OCTOBER 11 AND WILL END ON JULY 6 NEXT YEAR.
THE SITES ARE THE GAUDETE HOUSE AT CHEUNG CHAU RUN BY CARITAS HONG KONG = THE SILVERMINE BAY OUTDOOR RECREATION CAMP RUN BY THE HONG KONG PLAYGROUND ASSOCIATION= THE Y.W.C.A. YOUTH CAMP ON LANTAU ISLAND RUN BY THE Y.W.C.A.= THE WU KWAI SHA YOUTH VILLAGE RUN BY THE CHINESE Y.M.C.A.= THE MA WAN YOUTH CAMP RUN BY THE SALVATION ARMY,AND THE CHRISTIAN ALLIANCE SUEN DOUH CAMP IN SHEUNG SHU I RUN BY THE CHRISTIAN AND MISSIONARY ALLIANCE.
APPLICATIONS FOR THE CAMP SITES ARE OPEN TO PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND MUST BE MADE TO THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. HOWEVER, STUDENTS WISHING TO PARTICIPATE MUST OBTAIN WRITTEN PERMISSION FROM THEIR PARENTS.
THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL PAY BOARD AND LODGING FOR ACCOMPANYING TEACHERS AND 40 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL CHARGES FOR ALL STUDENT-CAMPERS. STUDENTS WILL HAVE TO PAY ABOUT $20 OR A LITTLE MORE DEPENDING ON THE CAMP THEY ARE JOINING.
EACH ACCOMPANYING TEACHER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LOOKING AFTER 40 STUDENTS.
AT THE CAMPS, THE STUDENTS WILL ATTEND LESSONS IN THE MORNING SPECIALLY DESIGNED BY THE ACCOMPANYING TEACHERS.
IN THE AFTERNOONS THEY CAN JOIN EXCURSIONS, EDUCATIONAL VISITS, BALL GAMES, SWIMMING AND OTHER ACTIVITIES, WHILE FOLK DANCING, RECREATIONAL GAMES, CAMP FIRES, FILM SHOWS AND OTHER FUNCTIONS WILL BE HELD IN THE EVENINGS.
THE AFTERNOON AND EVENING PROGRAMMES WILL BE CONDUCTED BY THE CAMP STAFF WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF TEACHERS.
BEDDING, BLANKETS, BED SHEETS AND PILLOW CASES WILL BE PROVIDED AT EACH CAMP. BUT CAMPERS SHOULD BRING ALONG SUITABLE CLOTHING, PERSONAL HYGIENE KITS AND THEIR PHYSICAL EDUCATION GEAR.
-----o------
/2.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1978
2
NOTE TO EDITORS
NEW KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR OPENS TOMORROW
******
MR. ROGER LOBO, AN UNOFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE NEW KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR AT 3 P.M. TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE EVENT. THE INCINERATION PLANT IS LOCATED AT KWAI TAI ROAD ADJACENT TO THE CONTAINER TERMINAL.
OFFICIAL TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO MAKE USE OF THE TRANSPORT FACILITY SHOULD ASSEMBLE AT THE CAR PARK OUTSIDE THE RECEPTION OFFICE AT MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, NOT LATER THAN 1.40 P.M.
TWO VANS, AM 2065 AND AM 2066, WILL LEAVE FOR THE INCINERATION PLANT AT 1.45 P.M. SHARP.
OFFICERS FROM THE P.W.D.’S PUBLICITY UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.
- 0 -
METEOROLOGISTS FROM CHINA VISIT ROYAL OBSERVATORY ******
A GROUP OF FIVE METEOROLOGISTS AND ENGINEERS FROM THE CENTRAL METEOROLOGICAL SERVICE, PEKING LED BY MR. KE JU I VISITED THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY TODAY (MONDAY).
THE DELEGATION WAS CONDUCTED ON A TOUR OF THE VARIOUS DEPARTMENTS AND OBSERVATORY STATIONS BY THE DIRECTOR, MR. GORDON BELL.
THE CHINESE DELEGATION RECENTLY ATTENDED THE ELEVENTH SESSION OF THE ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMISSION FOR ASIA AND THE PACIFIC (ESCAP) AND WORLD METEOROLOGICAL ORGANIZATION (WMO) JOINT TYPHOON COMMITTEE HELD IN BANGKOK.
DURING THE TOUR, THE CHINESE DELEGATES VISITED THE CENTRAL FORECASTING OFFICE, THE DATA ACQUISITION AND COMPUTER PROCESSING SECTION, TELECOMMUNICATIONS SECTION, MARINE METEOROLOGY SECTION HYDROMETEOROLOGY SECTION, TROPICAL CYCLONE RESEARCH SECTION, INSTRUMENTS SECTION AND SEISMOLOGY SECTION AT THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY HEADQUARTERS AND THE UPPER AIR INVESTIGATION SECTION AT KING’S PARK.
THEY WILL RETURN TO CHINA TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1978
3
NOTE TO EDITORS:
MR. THOMAS LEE TO OPEN CHILDREN TRAINING CENTRE
******
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE PAK TIN CHILDREN TRAINING CENTRE AT 3 P.M. TOMORROW (TUESDAY).
THE CENTRE, RUN BY THE MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG, PROVIDES RESIDENTIAL AND DAY TRAINING FOR 100 CHILDREN AGED BETWEEN SIX AND 16.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE CENTRE’S PREMISES LOCATED ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF BLOCK 13, UPPER PAK TIN ESTATE.
- - 0 - -
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CAUSEWAY BAY AND NORTH POINT WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 18) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY ELECTRIC ROAD, LAU SIN STREET, HING FAT STREET AND CAUSEWAY BAY TYPHOON SHELTER, INCLUDING CAUSEWAY BAY MAGISTRACY, VICTORIA PARK AND HONG KONG ELECTRIC COMPANY’S POWER STATION IN NORTH POINT.
- - 0 -
NOTE TO EDITORS:
PASSING-OUT PARADE OF IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT OFFICERS *****
A PASSING-OUT PARADE FOR 50 OFFICERS OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT WILL BE HELD AT THE ROYAL HONG KONG REGIMENT PARADE GROUND, SPORTS ROAD, HAPPY VALLEY AT 9.30 A.M. ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 18).
UNOFFICIAL LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, DR. HO KAM-FAI WILL INSPECT THE PARADE.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE EVENT.
- o
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
WHITE PAPER ON EDUCATION TO BE TABLED IN LEGCO............... 1
KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR READY ............................... 2
CALL FOR CHANGE IN ATTITUDE TOWARDS HANDICAPPED CHILDREN . 4
CHILDREN TRAINING CENTRE IN PAK TIN OPENS ................... 5
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THREE STUDENTS ON MARINE AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES ........................................ 7
BAN ON LEARNER DRIVERS IN KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER PORT AREA . 8
WATER CUT
8
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
- 1 -
WHITE PAPER ON EDUCATION TO BE TABLED IN LEGCO ft ft ft ft ft
A WHITE PAPER OUTLINING THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY ON SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION WILL BE TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR. KENNETH TOPLEY, WILL MAKE A STATEMENT ON THE WHITE PAPER ENTITLED +THE DEVELOPMENT OF SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION.*
IN ADDITION, 12 SESSIONAL PAPERS, INCLUDING THE 1977-78 ANNUAL REPORTS 01- THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD, THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION, THE HONG KONG HOUSING AUTHORITY AND THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION, WILL BE LAID ON THE TABLE.
DURING QUESTION TIME, UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL RAISE A TOTAL OF 13 QUERIES ON A RANGE OF SUBJECTS OF PUBLIC INTEREST.
THE HON. HILTON CHEONG-LEEN WILL ASK TO WHAT EXTENT THE INDUSTRI A. ACTION BY SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT STAFF HAS AFFECTED SERVICE TO THE PUBLIC, PARTICULARLY THOSE WHO ARE IN URGENT NEED CF PUBLIC ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS AND OLD AGE ALLOWANCES, AND WHAT EMERGENCY MEASURES HAVE BEEN TAKEN TO HELP THOSE WHOARE IN URGENT NEED AS A RESULT OF THE INDUSTRIAL ACTION.
ONE OF THE FOUR NEWLY APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS, DR. THE HON. HO KAM-FAI, WILL ASK THE GOVERNMENT TO EXPLAIN THE LOW RATE OF PARTICIPATION IN THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICES SCHEME AND IF IT WILL TAKE STEPS TO RAISE THE PARTICIPATION RATE.
IN A SEPARATE QUESTION, DR. HO IS TO ASK IF THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONSIDER TO DEFER THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CHILD CARE CENTRES REGULATIONS FROM 1979 TO 1981 SO AS TO ENABLE MORE WORKERS TO ACQUIRE THE NECESSARY WORKING EXPERIENCE REQUIRED UNDER THE REGULATIONS FOR REGISTRATION AS CHILD CARE WORKERS.
ANOTHER NEWLY APPOINTED UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, THE HON. ANDREW SO KWOK-WING, WILL ASK IF THE GOVERNMENT IS SATISFIED THAT UNDER THE PRESENT LEGISLATION ADEQUATE MEASURES HAVE BEEN TAKEN TO CATER TO THE NEEDS OF YOUNG PREGNANT WORKERS AND IF IT WILL TAKE STEPS TO HELP IMPROVE THE CONDITIONS AND TERMS OF SERVICE OF SUCH WORKERS.
OTHER QUESTIONS TO BE RAISED BY UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS CONCERN THE CONTROL OVER OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS, AIR SERVICES BETWEEN HONG KONG AND LONDON, CONTROL OF HILL FIRES IN COUNTRYSIDE, THE NUMBER OF DISABLED PEOPLE EMPLOYED BY THE GOVERNMENT AND IMMIGRATION MATTERS.
FIVE BILLS WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE COUNCIL FOR FIRST AND SECOND READINGS. THEY ARE THE SHIPPING AND PORT CONTROL BILL 1978, THE WIDOWS AND ORPHANS PENSIONS (EXEMPTION) BILL 1978, THE HONG KONG AIRPORT (CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978, THE BANKING (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978 AND THE DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978.
- - 0 -
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
2
KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR READY ******
THE NEW KWAI CHUNG INCINERATION PLANT, HONG KONG’S MOST EFFICIENT MEANS OF WASTE DISPOSAL, IS NOW READY FOR OPERATION.
THE 1154 MILLION PLANT. WITH A TOWERING 150-METRE-HIGH CHIMNEY, HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO DISPOSE OF 1,200 TONNES OF REFUSE A DAY AT PEAK CAPACITY.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE PLANT TODAY, LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR, MR. ROGER LOBO, SAID THAT THE COMPLETION OF THE PLANT REPRESENTED YET ANOTHER MILESTONE IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF FACILITIES FOR WASTE DISPOSAL IN HONG KONG.
COMPLIMENTING ALL THOSE INVOLVED IN THE PLANNING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE PLANT, MR. LOBO SAID THERE WAS A NEED FOR EVERYONE TO PLAY A PART IN IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF LIFE IN HONG KONG, WHICH INCLUDED AMONG OTHER THINGS, AND NO LESS IMPORTANT, PUBLIC HEALTH.
+THIS,+ HE SAID, +IS CLOSELY ASSOCIATED WITH THE NEED TO MAINTAIN OUR ENVIRONMENT CLEAN AND FREE OF REFUSE AND RUBBISH. +
♦WHILST WE HAVE YET TO ENJOY IMPROVED PUBLIC AWARENESS AND CO-OPERATION IN DEALING WITH THE EVER INCREASING WASTE THAT SOCIETY DISCARDS, A PROBLEM WHICH IS WORLDWIDE TODAY, IT IS REASSURING TO LEARN THAT THE MEASURES WE ARE ADOPTING COMPARE VERY FAVOURABLY WITH THE MODERN METHODS EMPLOYED ELSEWHERE.+
ALSO SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, THE DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, MR. DAVID MCDONALD, SAID THAT INCINERATION OF REFUSE WAS NOW A WELL ESTABLISHED PROCESS PROVIDING AN EFFICIENT «ANS OF DISPOSAL.
♦THIS INCINERATOR IS THE FOURTH IN A SERIES OF PLANTS CONSTRUCTED IN HONG KONG SINCE 1967,+ HE SAID.
♦TODAY’S CEREMONY MARKS THE COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PLANT, AND INITIATES THE LONG PERIOD OF OPERATION DURING THE EARLY PART OF 1979,+ HE ADDED.
THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT NOW COLLECTS SOME 2,700 METRIC TONNES OF REFUSE EACH DAY AND THIS LOAD, ALONG WITH DELIVERIES FROM THE COMMERCIAL AND PRIVATE SECTORS, MAKE IT NECESSARY FOR THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TO PROVIDE DAILY DISPOSAL FACILITIES FOR WELL OVER 4,000 METRIC TONNES OF REFUSE - A FIGURE ANTICIPATED TO DOUBLE BY 1984.
/THE KWAI .....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
3
THE KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR WILL HELP GREATLY TO MEET THIS NEED FOR WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES.
COLLECTION VEHICLES WILL ARRIVE AT THE INCINERATOR AND TIP THEIR LOADS INTO THE STORAGE BUNKERS. THE REFUSE WILL THEN BE LOADED BY OVERHEAD CRANES INTO THE CHARGE HOPPERS AT THE TOP OF THE PLANT.
WITHIN EACH INCINERATOR A SERIES OF MOVING GRATES WILL TAKE THE REFUSE THROUGH DRYING, IGNITING AND BURNING STAGES UNTIL IT EVENTUALLY TUMBLES INTO A ROTATING KILN WHERE FINAL INCINERATION TAKES PLACE.
AS THE KILN ROTATES, THE REFUSE WILL BURN TO ASHES AND DROP OUT OF THE DISCHARGE END INTO SUBMERGED CONVEYORS. THIS PROCESS ALLOWS ASH TO COOL PRIOR TO TRANSPORTATION TO LAND FILL AND RECLAMATION SITES.
WHILE THIS SOMEWHAT COMPLICATED OPERATION GOES ON, THE HOT GAS FROM THE INCINERATION PROCESS PASSES THROUGH WASTE HEAT BOILERS AND THE STEAM THEN PRODUCED IS USED TO GENERATE ELECTRICITY TO OPERATE THE PLANT.
THE NEW PLANT IS THE FIRST IN HONG KONG FITTED WITH HIGH EFFICIENCY DEVICES KNOWN AS ELECTROSTATIC DUST PRECIPITATORS.
THESE DEVICES WILL REMOVE MOST OF THE DUST FROM THE FLUE GAS PRIOR TO DISCHARGE TO THE ATMOSPHERE.
THEREFORE, EMISSION FROM THE CHIMNEY WILL BE CLEAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT WILL BE PROTECTED.
-----0------
/4
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
CALL FOR CHANGE IN ATTITUDE TOWARDS HANDICAPPED CHILDREN *****
THE PROBLEMS FACED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IN EXPANDING SPECIAL EDUCATION FOR SLOW LEARNERS AND MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN STEM MAINLY FROM THE GENERAL LACK OF UNDERSTANDING, LOVE AND SYMPATHY FOR THESE CHILDREN, MR. P.S. SUN, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (SERVICES), SAID TODAY.
HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION FOR MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN AND YOUNG PERSONS.
♦THE TIME TO MOUNT SOME SORT OF CAMPAIGN WITH A VIEW TO CHANGING THE ATTITUDE OF THE COMMUNITY HAS NOW COME.+ MR. SUN SAID.
HE CALLED ON THE ASSOCIATION TO TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY OF 1979, BEING THE INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF THE CHILD, TO LAUNCH A PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN TO EDUCATE THE PUBLIC TO ACCEPT HANDICAPPED CHILDREN WHO CAN BE TRAINED TO BECOME CONTRIBUTING MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY.
MR. SUN OUTLINED THE PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WHEN TRYING TO MEET THE TARGET PLANNED IN THE WHITE PAPER ON SPECIAL EDUCATION FOR SLOW LEARNERS AND MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN.
IN THE NEXT DECADE, 33 ADDITIONAL SCHOOLS FOR MILDLY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN WOULD HAVE TO BE OPENED IN ORDER TO MEET THE TARGET, ALONG WITH 23 ADDITIONAL SCHOOLS FOR MODERATELY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN, AND 10 ADDITIONAL SCHOOLS FOR SEVERELY MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN.
♦IN ADDITION, WE SHALL HAVE TO OPERATE FOR SLOW LEARNING CHILDREN 347 ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CLASSES IN ORDINARY PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND 180 ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CLASSES IN ORDINARY SECONDARY SCHOOLS,♦ ACCORDING TO MR. SUN.
HE SAID DESPITE THE EFFORTS OF THE DEPARTMENT, ONLY 11 SPECIAL FORM 1 CLASSES FOR SLOW LEARNING CHILDREN WERE OPENED THIS ACADEMIC YEAR, AS COMPARED WITH THE PLANNED PROVISION OF 20 CLASSES. THE TARGET FOR THE 1979-80 ACADEMIC YEAR IS 33 ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CLASSES FOR SLOW LEARNING CHILDREN AT SECONDARY LEVEL.
MR. SUN SAIDi ♦THE MAIN DIFFICULTY IS THAT MANY SCHOOLS HAVE NO EXPERIENCE IN DEALING WITH SLOW LEARNING CHILDREN, THEY ARE AFRAID THAT THEY CANNOT HANDLE THEM AND TEACH THEM.+
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO FACED DIFFICULTIES WHEN TRYING TO OPERATE ADDITIONAL SPECIAL CLASSES FOR SLOW LEARNING CHILDREN IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS WITH EMPTY CLASSROOMS. THIS WAS BECAUSE THOSE SCHOOLS WITH SUFFICIENT NUMBERS OF SLOW LEARNING CHILDREN HAVE ALREADY STARTED SPECIAL CLASSES, WHILE SOME SMALL SCHOOLS WHICH WERE WILLING TO OPEN SPECIAL CLASSES DO NOT HAVE SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF CHILDREN TO JUSTIFY THE OPENING OF SPECIAL CLASSES, AND GROUPING THEM TOGETHER WOULD POSE TRANSPORT AND OTHER PROBLEMS.
/commenting......
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
5
COMMENTING ON SCHOOLS FOR MENTALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN PR. SUN SAID IT WAS ORIGINALLY PLANNED TO BUILD A FEW SCHOOLS AND RELY ON CONVERTING UNDER-UTILISED PRIMARY SCHOOLS INTO SPECIAL SCHOOLS, BUT IN MOST CASES THE SCHOOLS WERE NOT INTERESTED IN THE CONVERSION.
♦ANOTHER DIFFICULTY IS THE SHORTAGE OF TRAINED PERSONNEL,♦ HE ADDED.
THERE IS A VERY SEVERE SHORTAGE OF QUALIFIED EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGISTS AND SPEECH THERAPISTS, AND OVERSEAS TRAINING WOULD TAKE A LONG TIME.
MR. SUN SAW ONE SOLUTION IN HAVING TRAINING COURSES RUN LOCALLY BY THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.
♦ANOTHER CRUCIAL SHORTAGE IS THAT OF TEACHERS OF THE RIGHT CALIBRE AND SUITABLE PERSONALITY TO TEACH HANDICAPPED CHILDREN,* HE SAID.
<
♦MOST OF THE DIFFICULTIES I OUTLINED ABOVE STEM FROM JUST ONE CAUSE AND THAT IS THE LACK OF UNDERSTANDING, LOVE AND SYMPATHY WITH THE HANDICAPPED CHILDREN,* MR. SUN SAID.
HE SAID IF THE ATTITUDES OF PARENTS, SPONSORS OF ORDINARY SCHOOLS AND TEACHERS WERE CHANGED, THE DIFFICULTIES WOULD BE MINIMISED.
-----o------
CHILDREN TRAINING CENTRE IN PAK TIN OPENS ******
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, TODAY CALLED ON MORE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES TO OFFER THEIR SERVICES TO SEVERELY MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN.
HE SAID THAT WITH AN ESTIMATED 2,000 SEVERELY MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN, MANY MORE TRAINING CENTRES WOULD NEED TO BE SET UP TO MEET THE DEMAND.
MR. LEE WAS SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY TO OFFICIALLY OPEN THE PAK TIN CHILDREN TRAINING CENTRE RUN BY THE MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG.
/the new.....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
6
THE NEW CENTRE IS THE RESULT OF AN APPEAL MADE BY THE DEPARTMENT LAST YEAR TO VOLUNTARY AGENCIES TO SET UP THREE DAY OR RESIDENTIAL CENTRES PROVIDING BASIC CARE AND SIMPLE TRAINING ON AN EXPERIMENTAL BASIS FOR SEVERELY MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN.
MR. LEE POINTED OUT THAT WHILE FEW SEVERELY MENTALLY RETARDED CHILDREN WERE EXPECTED TO LIVE TO THEIR TEENS ABOUT A DECADE AGO, SOME OF THEM WERE NOW IN THEIR LATE TEENS OR EARLY 2OS DUE TO BETTER CARE AND IMPROVED TREATMENT FACILITIES.
HE SAID THE MODERN CONCEPT OF THE CARE OF THESE CHILDREN WAS THAT THE MAJORITY DID NOT REALLY NEED LONG-TERM MEDICAL CARE IN HOSPITALS.
♦APART FROM A SMALL MINORITY WHO WOULD NEED MEDICAL TREATMENT AND NURSING CARE, WHAT MOST OF THEM NEED IS ADEQUATE CARE, EITHER IN A DAY OR RESIDENTIAL ENVIRONMENT, AND TRAINING WHICH WILL HELP THEM DEVELOP THEIR POTENTIAL ABILITY,* HE SAID.
MR. LEE SAID THE MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION HAD BEEN DEDICATED IN THE MENTAL WELFARE FIELD FOR MANY YEARS, AND HE PRAISED THE ASSOCIATION’S OFFICIALS FOR SETTING UP THE NEW CENTRE.
THE CENTRE, COVERING AN AREA OF 14,000 SQ. FT., COMPRISES ADMINISTRATION, ACTIVITY AND DORMITORY BLOCKS RENDERING SERVICES TO 50 RESIDENTIAL AND 50 DAY TRAINEES AGED FROM SIX TO 16 YEARS.
MR. LEE NOTED THAT THE CENTRE, WITH THE OBJECTIVE OF DEVELOPING THE POTENTIALS OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED THROUGH DIRECT SERVICE AND CO-ORDINATION WITH THE FAMILY, ALSO PUTS EQUAL EMPHASIS ON THE CO-OPERATION OF THE FAMILY.
+1 AM GLAD TO LEARN THAT RESIDENTIAL TRAINEES ARE ENCOURAGED TO RETURN HOME DURING WEEKENDS AND HOLIDAYS AND THAT STAFF AND PARENTS KEEP CLOSE CONTACTS THROUGH THEIR REGULAR MEETINGS,* HE SAID.
THROUGH A COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMME, HE SAID, CHILDREN IN THE CENTRE ARE HELPED TO ACQUIRE SELF-CARE SKILLS, THE WAY TO COMMUNICATE AND GET ALONG WITH OTHERS AS WELL AS TECHNIQUES THAT MEET THEIR INDIVIDUAL NEEDS.
ON TOP OF MOTOR CO-ORDINATION, SOCIALISATION AND CLASSROOM TRAINING, OUTDOOR AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE LEARNING EXPERIENCE FOR THE CHILDREN, HE SAID.
♦ESPECIALLY WITH ACCOMMODATION FOR 50 RESIDENTIAL TRAINEES, NURSING SERVICE IS PROVIDED ROUND THE CLOCK.
♦WEEKLY VISITS BY A MEDICAL OFFICER AND A PSYCHIATRIST ENSURE THE GENERAL AND SPECIALISED MEDICAL SERVICE TO THE CHILDREN. WHEN AN EMERGENCY ARISES, IMMEDIATE TREATMENT WILL BE RENDERED AT NEARBY GOVERNMENT HOSPITALS OR CL IN ICS,+ HE ADDED.
------o-------
/7 ....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
- 7 -
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO THREE STUDENTS ON MARINE AND AGRICULTURAL STUDIES
*****
THREE STUDENTS WERE TODAY AWARDED FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TOTALLING $15,000 Bf THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, MR. TED NICHOLS.
THE AWARDS WERE MADE UNDER THE MARINE FISH SCHOLARSHIP FUND AND THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS SCHOLARSHIP FUND WHICH WERE APPROVED BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL EARLIER THIS YEAR.
A MARINE FISH SCHOLARSHIP OF $2,000 WAS AWARDED TO MR. HUI WING-TAK OF FUNG WONG VILLAGE KOWLOON. MR. HUI SELECTED TO MAJOR IN MARINE ENGINEERING DURING HIS SECOND YEAR AT THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG. HE ALSO RECEIVED A HONG KONG GOVERNMENT GRANT OF $4,800 TO ASSIST HIM IN HIS STUDIES.
A GRANT OF $1,000 TO ASSIST IN THE PAYMENT OF SCHOOL FEES, BOOKS AND OTHER EDUCATIONAL EXPENDITURE WAS AWARDED TO MR. HAU KA-NGA I OF ON LOK YUEN FARM, PAT HEUNG. MR. HAU WAS AWARDED THE GRANT UNDER THE MARINE FISH SCHOLARSHIP FUND BECAUSE^ HIS STUDIES IN MECHANICAL AND MARINE ENGINEERING AT THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC.
THE THIRD AWARD RECIPIENT IS MR. TANG YAN-SING OF HAY CHERK LAU, KWUN TONG. HE WAS GIVEN A SCHOLARSHIP OF $6,000 AND AN INTEREST FREE LOAN OF $6,000 UNDER THE AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS SCHOLARSHIP FUND. MR. TANG WILL BE TAKING UP STUDIES AT THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS, UNIVERSITY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA.
DURING THE PRESENTATION OF AWARDS TODAT.MR. NICHOLS SAID HE WAS GRATIFIED BY THE INTEREST SHOWN IN THE TWO SCHOLARSHIP FUNDS.
HE SAID THAT JUDGING BY THE NUMBER OF APPLICANTS FOR SCHOLARSHIPS, LOANS AND GRANTS THERE WAS A GENUINE INTEREST BY YOUNG PEOPLE TO FURTHER THEIR EDUCATION IN MARINE FISH AND AGRICULTURAL INDUSTRIES.
♦AS YOU ARE AWARE, I HAVE BEEN ANXIOUS TO SEE THESE FUNDS ESTABLISHED FOR SOME TIME.
♦AND NOW IT IS A PLEASURE TO MAKE THE AWARDS SO QUICKLY,+ bR. NICHOLS SAID.
------0-------
/8....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1978
8
BAN ON LEARNER DRIVERS IN KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER PORT AREA ft ft ft ft ft ft ft
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THE KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER PORT AREA WOULD BE PROHIBITED TO LEARNER DRIVERS FROM 10 A.M. ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 19) TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW THERE.
AT THE SAME TIME, LEARNER DRIVERS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER AND PRACTISE DRIVING AT THE SLIP ROADS CONNECTING KWAI CHUNG ROAD AND CONTAINER PORT ROAD NEAR THE CONTAINER TERMINAL FLYOVER" THE CONTAINER PORT ROAD AT ITS JUNCTION WITH KWAI FUK ROAD- AND AT KWAI TAI ROAD.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP IN THE AREA TO GUIDE MOTOR I STS.
-----o------
WATER CUT ft ft
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN JARDINE’S LOOKOUT ON THE ISLAND AND YUEN LONG WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 19) NIGHT TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA IN JARDINE’S LOOKOUT, BOUNDED BY MT. BUTLER ROAD, MOORSOM ROAD, PERKINS ROAD, COOPER ROAD, WILSON ROAD INCLUDING CREASY ROAD, HENDERSON ROAD, GOLDSMITH ROAD, PURVES ROAD AND PRICE ROAD, WILL HAVE NO WATER FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON THURSDAY.
IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE AREA BOUNDED BY YUEN LONG MAIN ROAD, TAI YUK ROAD, KAU YUK ROAD AND THE MAIN NULLAH INCLUDING ON HONG ROAD, FUNG NIN ROAD, WAH NING PATH, MA TIN TSUEN, SHU I TSUI LO WAI AND HUNG TSO TIN TSUEN WILL BE WITHOUT WATER FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT THURSDAY TO 6 A.M. ON FRIDAY.
------0-------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
WHITE PAPER ON SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION PUBLISHED ................................................. 1
HONG KONG’S SUCCESS ATTRIBUTED TO THE RULE OF TRADE LAW ... 4
EFFECTIVE CONTROL EXERCISED OVER SMUT PUBLICATIONS ........ 5
SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS FOR LAST QUARTER OF 1977-78 ...... 6
PROGRESS REPORT OF H.K. INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION .... 6
REPORTS OF CLOTHING AND CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRIES TRAINING AUTHORITIES TABLED ........................................ 8
SWD STAFF REDEPLOYED TO HANDLE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS . 9
QUERY ON BRITISH AIRWAYS SERVICES BETWEEN H.K. AND LONDON . 10
H.K. AIRPORT (CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) (AMENDMENT) BILL ... 11
FILIPINO WOMEN’S ALLEGATIONS REFUTED ..................... 12
QUERY ON EXPERIENCE OF CHILD CARE WORKERS ................ 12
SPECIAL REPORT ON SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME .......... 13
LINGNAN COLLEGE REGISTERED AS APPROVED POST SECONDARY COLLEGE .................................................. 13
POLICY ON PRESERVATION OF ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES EXPLAINED................................................. 14
GOVERNMENT EMPLOYING MORE DISABLED PERSONS ............... 15
MATERNITY PROTECTION FOR PREGNANT WORKERS ADEQUATE ....... 15
/CONDITIONS .
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 2 -
CONDITIONS FOR MOBILE RADIO LICENCE ......................... 16
CLEANLINESS OF KCR TRACK IS GOOD............................. 17
ADEQUATE LEGAL POWER TO CONTROL USE OF COUNTRY PARKS ........ 18
FACILITIES TO REPORT EMERGENCIES IN COUNTRY PARKS ........... 18
ALLOWANCES FOR COURT WITNESSES TO BE INCREASED .............. 19
RESULTS OF EMPLOYMENT SURVEY ................................ 19
POSTAL SERVICES TO CANADA AND IRAN DISRUPTED ................ 21
WATER CUT.................................................... 21
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1973
1
WHITE PAPER BOOSTS EDUCATION DEVELOPMENT TARGETS ******
THE GOVERNMENT HAS PREPARED FAR-REACHING PLANS TO EXPAND AND IMPROVE THE QUALITY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF EDUCATION AT ALL LEVELS EEYOND FORM THREE.
THE PROPOSALS ARE OUTLINED IN A WHITE PAPER, ENTITLED +THE DEVELOPMENT OF SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION,+ TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
THE WHITE PAPER, WHICH TAKES INTO ACCOUNT VIEWS EXPRESSED BY EDUCATION GROUPS AND MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC FOLLOWING THE PUBLICATION LAST NOVEMBER OF A GREEN PAPER ON THE SAME SUBJECT, PROVIDES FOR HIGHER GROWTH RATES THAN THOSE ORIGINALLY ENVISAGED AND INCLUDES ADDITIONAL MEASURES TO RAISE THE QUALITY OF EDUCATION.
IT PROPOSES TO EXPAND AND IMPROVE EVERY ASPECT OF EDUCATION FROM SENIOR SECONDARY FORMS THROUGH TO TECHNICAL INSTITUTES, APPROVED POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES, THE POLYTECHNIC, THE TwO UNIVERSITIES AND ADULT EDUCATION.
SENIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION
SUBSIDISED PLACES IN SENIOR SECONDARY FORMS, TECHNICAL INSTITUTES AND ADULT EDUCATION CENTRES WILL BE EXPANDED TO MEET THE FULL EXTENT OF DEMAND FROM SUITABLE STUDENTS BY THE EARLY 1980S.
THE NUMBER OF SUBSIDISED SCHOOL PLACES FOR FORM 3-LEAVERS, WHICH TOTALLED LESS THAN 21,000 IN THE 1977-78 ACADEMIC YEAR, WILL BE INCREASED TO MORE THAN 57,000 BY SEPTEMBER 1981. THESE EXTRA PLACES WILL PROVIDE FOR ABOUT 60 PER CENT OF THE 15-YEAR-OLD AGE GROUP IN 1981 AND, DUE TO DECLINING NUMBERS IN THAT AGE GROUP, FOR ABOUT 74 PER CENT BY 1986.
THE NUMBER OF FULL-TIME AND PART-TIME PLACES FOR FORM 3-LEAVERS TAKING CRAFT-LEVEL COURSES IN TECHNICAL INSTITUTES AND THE NUMBER OF EVENING PLACES IN SENIOR SECONDARY COURSES PROVIDED AT ADULT EDUCATION CENTRES WILL ALSO BE INCREASED. TAKING ALL FORMS OF PROVISION TOGETHER, SOME 75 PER CENT OF THE AGE-GROUP WILL THUS BE PROVIDED FOR BY 1981 AND SOME 97 PER CENT BY 1986.
THE ADDITIONAL PLACES WILL CALL FOR BUILDING MORE THAN 100 NEW SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND ADDING EXTENSIONS TO SOME EXISTING SCHOOLS. STEPS WILL ALSO BE TAKEN TO BUY SENIOR SECONDARY PLACES IN PRIVATE NON-PROFIT-MAKING SCHOOLS- TO ALTER THE CLASS STRUCTURE OF SCHOOLS TO PROVIDE MORE SENIOR SECONDARY PLACES INVOLVING A FULLY SYMMETRICAL STRUCTURE IN CERTAIN SELECTED SCHOOLS- TO RUN SENIOR SECONDARY CLASSES IN PRE-VOCATIONAL SCHOOLS- AND TO INTRODUCE SENIOR SECONDARY COURSES IN ADULT EDUCATION CENTRES IN LINE WITH DEMAND. IN ADDITION, A NEW TECHNICAL INSTITUTE WILL BE BUILT AT TUEN MUN BY 1984, BRINGING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF TECHNICAL INSTITUTES TO SIX.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1578
2
FLOTATION WILL CONTINUE TO BE USED TO ACHIEVE A MORE INTENSIVE USE OF TEACHING FACILITIES BUT SCHOOLS WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO CONTINUE WITH EXTENDED DAY, AN ARRANGEMENT UNDER WHICH CLASSES ARE STAGGERED THROUGHOUT THE DAY.
THE QUALITY AND EFFECTIVENESS OF SENIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION WILL ALSO BE IMPROVED. THIS WILL BE ACHIEVED BY PROVIDING BETTER EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES FOR SCHOOLS- BY BRINGING PRIVATE NON-PROFIT-MAKING SCHOOLS ON TO THE FULL CODE OF AID AND BY LOWERING THE SIZE OF CLASSES IN THESE SCHOOLS FROM 45 TO 40- BY BROADENING THE CURRICULUM TO PUT GREATER EMPHASIS ON PRACTICAL AND TECHNICAL SUBJECTS- BY IMPROVING SUPPORTING SERVICES- AND BY MAKING AVAILABLE A GOVERNMENT SECONDARY SCHOOL IN EACH MAIN DISTRICT SO AS TO WIDEN THE CHOICE OF SCHOOLS.
THE HONG KONG EXAMINATIONS AUTHORITY WILL REVIEW EXAMINATION ARRANGEMENTS AT FORM 5-LEVEL.
AN IMPROVED SCHEME OF TEACHER TRAINING WILL BE INTRODUCED AT THE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION TO RAISE THE QUALITY OF TEACHING. CERTIFICATE OF EDUCATION-HOLDERS WILL UNDERGO A THREE-YEAR TRAINING COURSE, ALTHOUGH SOME STUDENTS WITH HIGHER ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS MAY BE ADMITTED DIRECT TO AN EQUIVALENT TWO-YEAR COLLEGE COURSE. THE SCHEME PROVIDING FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO COLLEGE OF EDUCATION STUDENTS WILL ALSO BE IMPROVED.
REGULAR REFRESHER COURSES WILL BE INTRODUCED FOR SERVING TEACHERS. PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE COURSES WILL PUT GREATER EMPHASIS ON THE NEED FOR TEACHERS TO DEVELOP LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY AND TO IMPROVE COMMUNICATION SKILLS.
FORM 6 AND TERTIARY EDUCATION
UP TO A THIRD OF STUDENTS WHO TAKE UP A SUBSIDISED FORM 4 PLACE WILL BE PROVIDED WITH A SUBSIDISED FORM 6 PLACE IF DEMAND FROM SUITABLE STUDENTS WARRANTS IT.
IN TERTIARY EDUCATION, THE MAIN PROPOSALS CALL FOR:
* A THREE PER CENT ANNUAL INCREASE IN THE COMBINED UNDERGRADUATE POPULATION OF THE TWO UNIVERSITIES TO BRING THE NUMBER OF UNIVERSITY STUDENTS UP TO MORE THAN 12,000 BY THE MID-1980S-
* THE INTRODUCTION AT BOTH UNIVERSITIES OF PART-TIME DEGREE COURSES DESIGNED MAINLY FOR MATURE STUDENTS-
* CONSIDERATION OF A LIMITED DEGREE PROGRAMME FOR THE POLYTECHNIC-
* STABILISING THE POLYTECHNIC’S TOTAL STUDENT BODY OF NEARLY 30,000 ACCORDING TO THE PRESENT STUDENT MIX- AND
* EXPANDING THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES TO TAKE OVER AND DEVELOP SOME OF THE ORDINARY DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE COURSES RUN BY THE POLYTECHNIC AND FOR THE POLYTECHNIC TO CONCENTRATE MORE ON HIGHER DIPLOMA AND HIGHER CERTIFICATE COURSES.
/approved.....
■'iJNSSDAY, OCTOBER 1t, 1978
APPROVED POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES WILL PLAY AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN MEETING THE APPROVED DEVELOPMENT TARGETS FOR FORM 6 AND TERTIARY EDUCATION.
THE COLLEGES WILL BE ASKED TO OFFER TWO-YEAR COURSES AT FORM 6-LEVEL, FOLLOWED BY FURTHER TWO-YEAR COURSES LEADING TO PROFESSIONAL OR OTHER VOCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS. COLLEGES PROVIDING THESE COURSES WILL RECEIVE SUITABLE FINANCIAL AID. ASSISTANCE WILL ALSO BE PROVIDED TO STUDENTS TAKING TWO-YEAR POST-FORM 6 COURSES ON THE SAME BASIS AS THAT GIVEN TO STUDENTS ATTENDING COLLEGES OF EDUCATION.
THE POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES MAY ALSO RUN ONE-YEAR COURSES FOR STUDENTS WHO HAVE COMPLETED THE TWO-YEAR POST-FORM 6 COURSES AND WHO HAVE DEMONSTRATED THEIR ABILITY TO PROCEED TO A HIGHER AWARD. A LOAN SCHEME WILL BE OFFERED TO STUDENTS TAKING THESE COURSES AND FROM SEPTEMBER, 1979 TO EXISTING STUDENTS AT THESE COLLEGES.
INDEPENDENT ASSESSMENTS WILL BE MADE OF THE STANDARD OF COLLEGE AWARDS AND APPROPRIATE RECOGNITION GIVEN TO QUALIFIED STUDENTS.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION
SECONDARY EDUCATION COURSES RUN BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ADULT EDUCATION SECTION WILL BE IMPROVED AND THE CURRICULUM WILL BE BROADENED THROUGH THE USE OF LABORATORIES AND SPECIAL ROOMS. ADMINISTRATION OF THE COURSES WILL ALSO BE STRENGTHENED.
THE MAIN THRUST OF THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY FOR DEVELOPING ADULT EDUCATION COURSES WILL BE DIRECTED AT HELPING VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS TO COMPLEMENT AND SUPPLEMENT THE COURSES RUN BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT. A SUBVENTION SCHEME WILL BE INTRODUCED TO HELP, ON A PROJECT BASIS, VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS OFFERING SUITABLE COURSES.
COST
THE COST OF EXPANDING AND IMPORVING HIGHER EDUCATION WILL CALL FOR SPENDING AN ADDITIONAL 3644 MILLION A YEAR BY 1985-86. ALMOST ALL OF THIS COST WILL BE MET BY GENERAL REVENUE, BUT FROM SEPTEMBER, 1979, FORM 4 TO 5 FEES WILL BE RAISED IN STAGES TO 3600 A YEAR AND FORM 6 FEES TO 3800 A YEAR.
NON-STANDARD FEES CHARGED BY RURAL SCHOOLS WILL EE BROUGHT INTO LINE WITH STANDARD FEES. THE FEES REMISSION SCHEME WILL CONTINUE TO ENSURE THAT NO STUDENTS FROM POOR FAMILIES ARE DEPRIVED OF SENIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION BECAUSE OF FINANCIAL REASONS.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
4 -
HONG KONG’S SUCCESS ATTRIBUTED TO THE RULE OF TRADE LAW
* * * *
HONG KONG OFFERS POSSIBLY A HIGHER DEGREE OF FREEDOM TO TRADE THAN ANYWHERE ELSE IN THE WORLD, THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR.
LAWRENCE MILLS SAID TODAY.
IN A TALK TO THE CANADIAN BUSINESS ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG, W. MILLS SAID THAT THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT’S INVOLVEMENT IN TRADE MATTERS + IS KEPT TO THE MINIMUM COMMENSURATE WITH THE DISCHARGE OF OUR INTERNATIONAL TRADE OBLIGATIONS AND THE PROTECTION OF OUR INTERNATIONAL TRADING RIGHTS.+
DESCRIBING THE RULES THAT GOVERN INTERNATIONAL TRADE, MR. MILLS SAID THE MAIN ONES FOR HONG KONG ARE TO BE FOUND IN THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE (GATT) AND THE ARRANGEMENT REGARDING INTERNATIONAL TRADE IN TEXTILES — BETTER KNOWN AS THE M^A.
*THE GATT IS THE ONLY MULTILATERAL INSTRUMENT THAT LAYS DOWN AGREED RULES FOR INTERNATIONAL TRADE,+ MR. MILLS EXPLAINED. THE BASIC AIM OF THE GATT IS TO LIBERALISE WORLD TRADE AND PLACE IT ON A SECURE BASIS, WHEREAS THE MFA’S PURPOSE IS BASCI ALLY TO RECONCILE THE INTERESTS OF IMPORTING AND EXPORTING COUNTRIES IN THE TRADITIONALLY SENSITIVE AND DIFFICULT FIELD OF TEXTILES BY PERMITTING THE EXPANSION OF TEXTILE TRADE WHILE AVOIDING DISRUPTION OF MARKETS.
MR. MILLS SAID THAT UNDER THE GATT OUR PRINCIPAL OBLIGATION IS DERIVED FROM ARTICLE 1 WHICH REQUIRES HONG KONG TO APPLY THE +MOST FAVOURED NATION* RULE. +CUTTING THROUGH THE JARGON, THIS MEANS THAT TRADE MUST BE CONDUCTED ON THE BASIS OF NON-DISCRIMINATION.* HE SAID.
+THUS HONG KONG IS OBLIGED TO TREAT IMPORTS FROM ALL SOURCES IN AN IDENTICAL FASHION. BUT, BY THE SAME TOKEN, HONG KONG’S RIGHT IS TO HAVE ITS EXPORTS TO OTHER CONTRACTING PARTIES TREATED IN AN IDENTICAL WAY TO THE MANNER IN WHICH EXPORTS FROM OTHER SUPPLIERS TO THOSE CONTRACTING PARTIES ARE TREATED.*
BUT DESPITE THESE RIGHTS THERE IS STILL DISCRIMINATION AGAINST HONG KONG AND RESTRICTIONS ON OUR TRADE, WHICH MR. MILLS ATTRIBUTED TO THE SMALL PRINT OF THE GATT, +WHICH ALLOWS EXCEPTIONS TO THE BASIC MOST FAVOURED NATION RULE IN CERTAIN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES, AND THE NOT SO SMALL PRINT OF THE MFA WHICH ALLOWS DISCRIMINATORY RESTRAINT ACTION WHEN A DOMESTIC MARKET IS BEING DISRUPTED OR THREATENED WITH MARKET DISRUPTION.*
THESE RESTRICTIONS ON TRADE NOTWITHSTANDING, MR. MILLS POINTED TO THE EIGHTFOLD GROWTH IN THE VOLUME OF INTERNATIONAL TRADE OVER THE PAST 30 YEARS.
*THIS INCREASE CAN, I THINK, BE ATTRIBUTED TO THE SUCCESS OF THE GATT, TO THE RULE OF LAW IN TRADE MATTERS AND TO THE PROPER DISCHARGE OF RESPONSIBILITIES AND THE JEALOUS GUARDING OF RIGHTS*.
HE ALSO TIMES IN THE BY THE RULES
STRESSED THAT HONG KONG’S EXPORTS HAD INCREASED 15 PAST TWO DECADES. *THIS SUGGESTS THAT PLAYING THE GAME HAS PAID HANDSOME DIVIDENDS FOR HONG KONG.*
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 5 -
EFFECTIVE CONTROL EXERCISED OVER SMUT PUBLICATIONS *****
THE GOVERNMENT IS GENERALLY SATISFIED THAT EFFECTIVE CONTROL HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED OVER THE PUBLICATION OF OBJECTIONABLE MATERIAL SINCE THE ENACTMENT OF THE OBJECTIONABLE PUBLICATIONS ORDINANCE.
THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON. LEWIS DAVIES STATED THIS IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. WONG LAM IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR. DAVIES SAID THERE HAVE BEEN SEIZURES OF 2,529 BOOKS AND MAGAZINES, 1,495 PHOTOGRAPHS AND SLIDES AND 431 FILMS BY THE POLICE SO FAR THIS YEAR.
IN ADDITION, HE SAID, 93 CHARGES HAVE BEEN BROUGHT UNDER THE ORDINANCE THIS YEAR, COMPARED WITH 86 AND 92 IN 1076 AND 1977 RESPECTIVELY.
+THE POLICE ARE KEEPING THE SITUATION UNDER REVIEW. THE ASSESSMENT IS THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO DETERIORATION GENERALLY OVER THE PAST TWO YEARS,+ MR. DAVIES SAID.
HOWEVER, MR. DAVIES STRESSED THAT THERE IS NO GROUND FOR COMPLACENCY OR ANY REDUCTION IN THE COUNTER ACTION.
+THE GOVERNMENT’S TASK CONTINUES TO BE TO MONITOR AND RESPOND TO THE CONSTANTLY CHANGING ACTIVITIES AND TACTICS OF THOSE PUBLISHING MATERIAL WHICH MAY BE OBJECTIONABLE,* MR. DAVIES SAID.
HE SAID THAT CONTROL OPERATIONS HAVE CONTINUED TO CONCENTRATE PARTICULARLY ON PUBLICATIONS CONTAINING HARDCORE PORNOGRAPHY AND DEPICTING ACTS OF EXCESSIVE VIOLENCE AND CRUELTY.
+THE PUBLICITY RESULTING FROM THE ENACTMENT OF THE ORDINANCE AND ITS SUBSEQUENT IMPLEMENTATION APPEARS TO HAVE HAD A DETERRENT EFFECT ON PUBLISHERS AND ALSO IMPORTERS,* HE SAID.
------0-------
A ....
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 6 -
SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS FOR LAST QUARTER OF 1977-78
*****
THE SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS OF GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE FOR THE FOURTH QUARTER OF THE FINANCIAL YEAR 1977-78 AMOUNTED TO $917 MILLION.
THIS WAS DISCLOSED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON. PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, WHEN HE INTRODUCED A MOTION IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY TO SEEK THE COUNCIL’S COVERING AUTHORITY FOR SUCH EXPENDITURE WHICH HAD BEEN APPROVED BY THE FINANCE COMMITTEE.
MR. HADDON-CAVE SAID OF THIS SUM, 8485 MILLION WAS REQUIRED FOR PAYMENT TO THE HOME OWNERSHIP FUND FOR FINANCING PHASE I OF THE HOME OWNERSHIP SCHEME, $100 MILLION FOR PAYMENT TO THE DEVELOPMENT LOAN FUND FOR FINANCING PUBLIC HOUSING PROJECTS, 8151 MILLION FOR PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS, AND $88 MILLION TO AUGMENT PERSONAL EMOLUMENTS SUBHEADS ON ACCOUNTS OF THE 1977 SALARIES REVISION.
HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS COVERED BY THE SCHEDULE RESULTED IN A NET INCREASE OF $655 MILLION IN THE EXPENDITURE APPROVED FOR THE YEAR, THE REMAINDER BEING OFFSET BY SAVINGS UNDER OTHER HEADS OF EXPENDITURE AND BY FREEZING OF FUNDS AVAILABLE UNDER ADDITIONAL COMMITMENTS OF MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES.
PROGRESS REPORT OF HK INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION * * * * *
THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION HAS PARTLY, IF NOT WHOLLY, NEGOTIATED THE INITIAL HURDLE OF ATTRACTING THE FIRST FEW FIRMS AND CREATING CONFIDENCE, CHAIRMAN OF THE CORPORATION, THE HON. LI FOOK-WO TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SPEAKING AT THE TABLING OF THE CORPORATION’S ANNUAL REPORT FOR 1977-78 IN THE COUNCIL, MR. LI SAID THIS HURDLE HAS BEEN SHOWN BY EXPERIENCE IN MOST OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD TO BE THE GREATEST PROBLEM IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRIAL ESTATES.
zJMSSDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
THE CORPORATION RECOGNISED THAT CONFIDENCE COULD BE INSPIRED BY SECURING WELL-KNOWN COMPANIES WITH GOOD FINANCIAL, TECHNOLOGICAL AND STAFF WELFARE RECORDS AND HAD ACCORDINGLY DIRECTED ITS EFFORTS THERE. IT ALSO REALISED THAT ONCE THE FIRST FEW FACTORIES WERE OPERATING SUCCESSFULLY THE PROBLEM OF ATTRACTION WOULD BE DIMINISHED.
MR. LI WAS HAPPY TO REPORT THAT, IN CONTRAST TO HIS REMARKS IN THE COUNCIL IN JANUARY CONCERNING THE LEVEL AND QUALITY OF APPLICANTS, PARTICULARLY THOSE FROM OVERSEAS, THE PRESENT LEVEL WAS +INDEED MOST ENCOURAGING*.
wITH ABOUT TWO-THIRDS OF THE LAND FORMED AT PRESENT ALREADY COMMITTED OR ALLOCATED TO APPROVED APPLICANTS, THE PRESSURE ON THE CORPORATION TO EXPEDITE PRODUCTION OF LAND WAS VERY REAL. IT WOULD SEEK TO OBTAIN GOVERNMENT APPROVAL FOR FUTURE ESTATES AS A MATTER OF PRIORITY.
+ IT IS HOPED THAT DURING THE THREE-YEAR PERIOD TO 1981, WORK WILL HAVE STARTED ON THE THIRD STAGE AT TAI PO AND ON NEW ESTATES AS YET UNIDENTIFIED IN OTHER PARTS OF THE TERRITORY TO ENSURE A CONTINUING FLOW OF FORMED LAND FOR THE GROWING NUMBER OF INDUSTRIALISTS WHO ARE SHOWING AN INCREASING INTEREST IN INVESTING IN THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATES IN HONG KONG,* HE SAID.
HE ESTIMATED THAT IN THE NEXT THREE YEARS, THE CURRENT PROGRAMME OF LAND FORMATION WILL PROVIDE 102 HECTARES (13.98 MILLION SQ. FT.) OF NETT ACTUAL SITES WHICH, ALONG WITH THE SITES ALREADY FORMED AT TAI PO, WILL PROVIDE A TOTAL AVAILABLE NETT AREA OF 117 HECTARES (12.59 MILLION SQ. FT.).
THE TOTAL NUMBER OF FACTORY SITES TO BE AVAILABLE WILL LIKELY EE BETWEEN 250 AND 300, wITH TOTAL INVESTMENT ESTIMATED AT S4 BILLION AND AN ANNUAL PRODUCTION VALUE IN EXCESS OF S6 BILLION.
AT TAI PO THE CORPORATION HAD FORMED AN AREA OF 21 HECTARES (2.26 MILLION SQ. FT.) PROVIDING 15 HECTARES (1.61 MILLION SQ. FT.) CF INDUSTRIAL SITES.
RECLAMATION WORK IS PROCEEDING WITH THE SECOND STAGE OF THE DEVELOPMENT WHICH WILL BECOME PROGRESSIVELY AVA UNABLE THROUGH TO COMPLETION IN NOVEMBER 1980.
ON COMPLETION THE ESTATE WILL COVER A GROSS AREA OF 69 HECTARES (7.43 MILLION SQ. FT.) OF WHICH, AFTER PROVISION FOR THE INFRASTRUCTURE, SOME 45 HECTARES (4.84 MILLION SQ. FT.) WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR FACTORY SITES.
WORK IS EXPECTED TO START AT THE SITE CF THE SECOND ESTATE IN YUEN LONG AT THE END OF THIS YEAR, AND FORMED LAND WILL BECOME AVAILABLE PROGRESSIVELY FROM THE SECOND HALF OF 1979 THROUGH TO COMPLETION IN NOVEMBER 1981.
THIS SECOND ESTATE WILL COVER A TOTAL AREA OF 98 HECTARES (10.55 MILLION SO. FT.) WITH ABOUT 72 HECTARES (7.75 MILLION SQ. FT.) FOP FACTORY DEVELOPMENT.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
REPORTS OF CLOTHING AND CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY TRAINING AUTHORITIES TABLED ******
THE YEAR-OLD CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE HAS PROVIDED OPPORTUNITIES FOR SOME 3,000 OPERATIVE TRAINEES WHO, ON COMPLETION CF TRAINING, WERE ALL SUITABLY PLACED IN THE INDUSTRY.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE WHICH WAS OPENED IN AUGUST LAST YEAR HAS ALSO PRODUCED SOME 550 CRAFT TRAINEES, MOST OF WHOM WERE PLACED IN THE SECOND YEAR IN PROPER APPRENTICESHIP SCHEMES TO OBTAIN FURTHER ON-THE-JOB TRAINING BEFORE BECOMING FULLY-FLEDGED CRAFTSMEN.
THE 1977 ANNUAL REPORTS BY THE TRAINING AUTHORITIES FOR THE TWO INDUSTRIES WERE TABLED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS AFTERNOON.
IN HIS STATEMENT ON THE REPORTS, CHAIRMAN OF THE HONG KONG TRAINING COUNCIL, THE HON. FRANCIS TIEN POINTED OUT THAT DESPITE INCREASING IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND COMPETITION, THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY LAST YEAR CONTINUED TO EE THE LARGEST MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY IN HONG KONG IN TERMS OF TOTAL EXPORT VALUE AND NUMBER OF WORKERS EMPLOYED.
AT $13,908 MILLION, OR ABOUT 40 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL VALUE OF EXPORTS, THE INDUSTRY’S ACHIEVEMENT LAST YEAR HAS MADE HONG KONG THE WORLD’S PREMIER EXPORTER OF CLOTHING.
♦TO MAINTAIN OUR COMPETITIVENESS, WE MUST UP-GRADE OUR PRODUCTS, IMPROVE OUR PRODUCTIVITY AND QUALITY STANDARDS. THIS IN TURN WILL DEPEND ON OUR ABILITY TO MAKE FULL USE OF MODERN PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES, AND TO ENSURE A CONTINUOUS SUPPLY OF WELL-TRAINED AND EFFICIENT WORKERS,♦ HE SAID.
THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY ALSO HAD A BUSY YEAR, WITH THE VALUE OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS COMPLETED WELL EXCEEDING $5,250 MILLION, RESULTING IN A CONSIDERABLE INCREASE IN DEMAND FOR ALL LEVELS OF MANPOWER, PARTICULARLY FOR SKILLED CRAFTSMEN.
MR. TIEN WAS CONFIDENT THAT THE TWO TRAINING CENTRES WILL CONTRIBUTE TO THE CONTINUING SUCCESS OF THE TWO INDUSTRIES.
------0-------
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 9 -
SWD STAFF REDEPLOYED TO HANDLE PUBLIC ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS * * * * *
THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT REDEPLOYED ITS STAFF IN OTHER GRADES TO MAKE IMMEDIATE PAYMENTS TO THOSE IN URGENT NEED OF PUBLIC ASSISTANCE DURING THE INDUSTRIAL ACTION OF SOME OF ITS WELFARE STAFF LAST WEEK.
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, THE HON. THOMAS LEE, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. HILTON CHEONG-LEEN THAT THE INDUSTRIAL ACTION TAKEN BY TWO GROUPS OF WELFARE STAFF LAST WEEK - ONE GROUP FOR ONE DAY AND THE OTHER GROUP FOR TWO DAYS - HAD INEVITABLY AFFECTED SOME OF THE DEPARTMENT’S SERVICES TO THE PUBLIC, PARTICULARLY THOSE SERVICES EXCLUSIVELY MANNED BY THESE TWO GRADES OF STAFF.
HE SAID APPOINTMENTS FOR INTERVIEW IN RESPECT OF APPLICATIONS FOR OLD AGE ALLOWANCES PREVIOUSLY ARRANGED FOR THE DAYS IN QUESTION HAD TO BE POSTPONED AT SOME INCONVENIENCE TO THE APPLICANTS.
HOWEVER, HE SAID, ARRANGEMENTS ARE BEING MADE FOR THESE CASES TO BE PROCESSED.
♦AS OLD AGE ALLOWANCES ARE NOT MEANS-TESTED, THIS DELAY IN PROCESSING APPLICATIONS NEED NOT CAUSE FINANCIAL HARDSHIP. ANY OLE PERSON IN URGENT NEED WILL BE OFFERED PUBLIC ASSISTANCE,* HE SAID.
------0-------
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 10 -
QUERY ON BRITISH AIRWAYS SERVICES BETWEEN H.K. AND LONDON *****
THE GOVERNMENT CONSIDERS THAT THE ADEQUACY OF BRITISH AIRWAYS SERVICES BETWEEN HONG KONG AND LONDON IS GENERALLY SATISFACTORY BUT THE PUNCTUALITY AND DEPENDABILITY OF ITS SERVICES NEED TO BE IMPROVED.
THIS WAS STATED BY THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON. DAVID JEAFFRESON, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. LYDIA DUNN IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
MR. JEAFFRESON SAID BRITISH AIRWAYS OPERATE 10 FLIGHTS A WEEK, PROVIDING ABOUT 3,800 SEATS, FROM HONG KONG TO LONDON AND VICE VERSA.
CONCERNING COMPLAINTS ABOUT INAVAILABILITY OF SEATS OVER THE BUSY CHRISTMAS PERIOD, MR. JEAFFRESON SAID THIS WAS A WORLDWIDE PROBLEM FOR NEARLY ALL AIRLINES. +EVEN IN RESPECT OF THIS DEFICIENCY, BRITISH AIRWAYS TELL ME THEY ARE INCREASING CAPACITY OVER THE HOLIDAY.*
ON PUNCTUALITY OF THE SERVICES, MR. JEAFFRESON SAID THE BRITISH AIRWAYS’TIME-KEEPING GREATLY IMPROVED DURING THE FIRST HALF OF THIS YEAR COMPARED WITH THE LAST HALF OF 1977 AND PARTICULARLY COMPARED TO THE FIRST HALF OF 1977.
HOWEVER LONGER DELAYS WERE EXPERIENCED DURING JULY, AUGUST AND SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR DUE TO MARKET DETERIORATION, HE SAID. DURING THESE THREE MONTHS, 63 PER CENT OF THE FLIGHTS ACTUALLY OPERATED WERE DELAYED FOR OVER 15 MINUTES, THE INTERNATIONALLY ACCEPTED STANDARD, AND THE AVERAGE DELAY WAS FOUR HOURS NINE MINUTES.
ON DEPENDABILITY OF THE SERVICES, MR. JEAFFRESON SAID SO FAR THIS YEAR, 36 BA FLIGHTS OUT OF TOTAL OF 1,273 SCHEDULED FLIGHTS BETWEEN HONG KONG AND LONDON WERE CANCELLED.
OF THESE CANCELLATIONS, HE SAID, 16 OCCURRED IN THE THREE MONTHS FROM JULY TO SEPTEMBER WHICH IS FOUR PER CENT OF THE TOTAL SCHEDULED FLIGHTS DURING THE PERIOD.
------o-------
/11 ...
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
11
HK AIRPORT (CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) (AMENDMENT) BILL ******
A BILL WHICH SEEKS TO UP-DATE THE HONG KONG AIRPORT (CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) ORDINANCE WAS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
SPEAKING AT THE SECOND READING OF THE HONG KONG AIRPORT (CONTROL OF OBSTRUCTIONS) (AMENDMENT) BILL 1978, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON. DEREK JONES, SAID THE BILL SEEKS TO RECTIFY CERTAIN UNSATISFACTORY FEATURES IN THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE.
MR. JONES SAID IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE GREATER FLEXIBILITY IN DETERMINING BUILDING HEIGHTS IN THE VICINITY OF THE AIRPORT AND ITS APPROACHES TO SAFEGUARD AIRCRAFT MOVEMENTS AND PREVENT OBSTRUCTION TO RADIO-NAVIGATIONAL AIDS, ONE OF THE CLAUSES IN THE BILL PROVIDES FOR THE DELETION OF THE REFERENCE TO PRINCIPAL DATUM IN ORDER TO ALLOW OTHER MEASUREMENTS TO BE USED AS APPROPRIATE.
THESE MEASUREMENTS INCLUDE THE FORMED LEVEL OF A SITE, THE HEIGHT OF THE HIGHEST NATURAL FEATURE OR BY THE SO CALLED ■♦CONICAL SURFACE+ FORMULA LAID DOWN BY THE INTERNATIONAL CIVIL AVIATION ORGANISATION.
ANOTHER CLAUSE OF THE BILL SEEKS TO EMPOWER THE DIRECTOR OF CIVIL AVIATION TO GIVE EXEMPTIONS TO TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTIONS EXCEEDING THE BUILDING HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS AND TO PROVIDE FOR ITS PROPER MARKING AND LIGHTING.
MR. JONES SAID IT CAN HAPPEN IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, REPAIR OR MAINTENANCE THAT CERTAIN EQUIPMENT, SUCH AS SCAFFOLDING, HOISTS OR CRANES, EXCEED THE BUILDING HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS WHILE THE WORK IS GOING ON BUT WILL LATER BE REMOVED.
♦THESE TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTIONS CAN BE TOLERATED FOR LIMITED PERIODS IF ADVANCE WARNING OF THEIR PRESENCE IS GIVEN TO PILOTS AND THEY ARE PROPERLY MARKED OR LIGHTED.+
THE BILL ALSO CONTAINS A CLAUSE WHICH PROVIDES THE DIRECTOR OF CIVIL AVIATION THE AUTHORITY TO ORDER THE REMOVAL OR FELLING CF OBSTRUCTIONS SUCH AS THE TREES OR OTHER VEGETATION.
MR. JONES ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE MAIN PROVISION OF THE PRINCIPAL ORDINANCE, IN SECTION 3, ENABLES THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL, BY ORDER, TO PRESCRIBE AREAS WITHIN WHICH BUILDINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED HEIGHTS ABOVE PRINCIPAL DATUM.
♦SO FAR THREE SUCH ORDERS HAVE BEEN MADE IN 1957, 1966 AND 1967 RESPECTIVELY. SINCE THEN CONSIDERABLE CHANGES THAT HAVE TAKEN PLACE IN BUILDING DEVELOPMENT IN HONG KONG, AS WELL AS IN VARIOUS TECHNICAL AIDS TO AIRCRAFT MOVEMENT, HAVE MADE THESE ORDERS OUT OF DATE AND A REVISION IN BUILDING HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN THEM IS NOW OVERDUE,+ MR. JONES SAID.
DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.
-----0------
/12
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 12 -
FILIPINO WOMEN’S ALLEGATIONS REFUTED ******
THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON. LEWIS DAVIES, TODAY EXPLAINED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THE CIRCUMSTANCES BEHIND THE REFUSAL OF ENTRY TO HONG KONG OF TWO FILIPINO WOMEN BY THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT RECENTLY.
MR. DAVIES SAID, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. LYDIA DUNN, THE TWO WOMEN WERE ONLY IN POSSESSION OF A VERY LIMITED AMOUNT OF MONEY WHEN ENTERING HONG KONG, ENTIRELY INSUFFICIENT TO MAINTAIN THEMSELVES IN HONG KONG FOR THE INTENDED STAY.
CONCERNING THE ALLEGATIONS BY THE TWO WOMEN, MR. DAVIES SAID THEY WERE TOTALLY UNFOUNDED.
HE SAID THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT STAFF HAVE BEEN VERY POLITE THROUGHOUT THE WHOLE COURSE OF IMMIGRATION EXAMINATIONS. THEY WERE EACH GIVEN A PROPERLY FURNISHED BEDROOM TO STAY FOR THE NIGHT, IN ADDITION TO THE USUAL FACILITIES NORMALLY AVAILABLE TO PERSONS REFUSED ENTRY AT THE AIRPORT, INCLUDING DISTILLED WATER AND BATHING FACILITIES. THEY HAD BREAKFAST IN THE MORNING SUPPLIED FROM THE AIRPORT RESTAURANT- AND THEY MADE THREE TELEPHONE CALLS AND RECEIVED ONE RETURN CALL.
MR. DAVIES ADDED A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CONSUL GENERAL FOR THE PHILIPPINES HAS EXAMINED THE FACILITIES AT KAI TAK AND +THE CONSUL GENERAL HAS BEEN INVITED TO CONTACT THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION IF HE FEELS A DISCUSSION OF THE PRESENT ARRANGEMENTS WOULD BE USEFUL.*
------0-------
QUERY ON EXPERIENCE OF CHILD CARE WORKERS
*****
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, THE HON. THOMAS LEE, TODAY TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THAT UNDER THE CHILD CARE CENTRES ORDINANCE, HE COULD WAIVE THE WORKING EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT FOR CHILD CARE WORKERS IN APPROPRIATE CASES.
MR. LEE SAID THIS WOULD ENABLE A CHILD CARE WORKER, WHO HAD NOT HAD SUFFICIENT EXPERIENCE, TO CONTINUE HER SERVICE UNTIL SHE HAD ACCUMULATED THE REQUIRED EXPERIENCE TO QUALIFY FOR REGISTRATION.
HE WAS REPLYING TO DR. THE HON. HO KAM-FAI WHO ASKED WHETHER GOVERNMENT WOULD CONSIDER DEFERRING THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE CHILD CARE CENTRES REGULATIONS FROM 1979 TO 1981 SO AS TO ENABLE MORE WORKERS TO ACQUIRE THE NECESSARY WORKING EXPERIENCE REQUIRED UNDER THE REGULATIONS FOR REGISTRATION AS CHILD CARE WORKERS.
MR. LEE SAID: +AS THE NUMBER OF CHILD CARE WORKERS WITHOUT THE REQUIRED WORKING EXPERIENCE BY JUNE 1979 WILL BE VERY SMALL, IT DOES NOT SEEM TO BE IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST TO DEFER THE IMPLEMENTATION OF THE REGULATIONS.*
I
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 13 -
SPECIAL REPORT ON SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME ******
A SPECIAL WORKING PARTY REPORT ON THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME HAS JUST BEEN SUBMITTED TO THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD FOR CONSIDERATION, THE DIRECTOR OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, DR. THE HON. K.L. THONG, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
DR. THONG SAID, IN REPLY TO A QUESTION RAISED BY DR. THE HON. HO KAM-FAI, THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE BOARD IS A STATUTORY AND INDEPENDENT BODY ADMINISTERING THE SCHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE SCHEME.
HE ADDED THAT THE MAIN FACTORS INFLUENCING THE PART IC I PAT ION RATE OF THE SCHEME WERE THAT IT IS A SCHOOL-BASED VOLUNTARY AND CONTRIBUTORY SCHEME AND IT IS THEREFORE UP TO THE SCHOOLS CONCERNED TO ENCOURAGE MORE STUDENTS TO PARTICIPATE AND THE STUDENTS THEMSELVES TO ACCEPT.
ALSO, THERE ARE OTHER ALTERNATIVE SOURCES OF MEDICAL CARE IN BOTH THE PRIVATE AND PUBLIC SECTORS WHICH ARE EASILY ACCESSIBLE TO THE STUDENTS CONCERNED, HE SAID.
--------o----------
LINGNAN COLLEGE REGISTERED AS APPROVED POST SECONDARY COLLEGE ******
LINGNAN COLLEGE AT STUBBS ROAD HAS BEEN REGISTERED AS THE THIRD APPROVED POST SECONDARY COLLEGE UNDER THE POST SECONDARY COLLEGES ORDINANCE, THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, THE HON. KENNETH TOPLEY, ANNOUNCED AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON.
THE COLLEGE APPLIED FOR REGISTRATION IN JANUARY LAST YEAR. IT WAS OFFICIALLY REGISTERED YESTERDAY (TUESDAY) BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.
0---------
/14
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
14
POLICY ON PRESERVATION OF ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES EXPLAINED ******
THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY ON THE PRESERVATION OF ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES IS TO ENSURE THAT ITEMS OF HISTORICAL INTEREST ARE PRESERVED FOR THE ENJOYMENT OF THE COMMUNITY, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON. F.K. LI, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE REV. THE HON. JOYCE M. BENNETT, MR. LI SAID SUITABLE CLAUSES ARE INCLUDED IN ALL CROWN LEASES AND GOVERNMENT CONTRACTS ON CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS REQUIRING THE LESSEE OR THE CONTRACTOR TO REPORT ANY ARCHEOLOGICAL FINDS AND TO AVOID ANY ACTION WHICH MAY DAMAGE SUCH FINDS.
♦FURTHERMORE,* MR. LI SAID, +THROUGH THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY BOARD, A SYSTEM HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED FOR DECLARING SUITABLE PLACES AS SPECIAL SITES OF ARCHEOLOGICAL INTEREST AND FOR MARKING THEM ON OFFICIAL LAND USE PLANS SO AS TO ENSURE THAT NOTHING IS DONE WHICH MIGHT INJURE THE SITES.*
MR. LI ADDED, ALL ARCHEOLOGICAL RELICS FOUND IN HONG KONG BELONG TO THE GOVERNMENT AND ARE PRESERVED FOR PUBLIC DISPLAY BY THE MUSEUM OF HISTORY.
HE SAID THAT GOVERNMENT’S POLICY ON EXCAVATION FOR THE PURPOSE OF ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES IS THAT NONE CAN TAKE PLACE WITHOUT A LICENCE.
+HOWEVER, GOVERNMENT IS ALSO ANXIOUS THAT EXCAVATIONS SHOULD NOT TAKE PLACE ON A PIECEMEAL BASIS BUT SHOULD BE PRECEDED BY A PROPER SURVEY OF THE WHOLE TERRITORY, TO ASCERTAIN LIKELY SITES AND TO ASSESS THE SCOPE AND DEPTH OF PROPOSED EXCAVATIONS,* MR. LI SAID.
+SUBJECT TO FURTHER CONSULTATION WITH THE ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AND OTHER SOCIETIES, THE ADVICE OF THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY BOARD AND THE APPROVAL OF THE NECESSARY FUNDS IN THE CONTEXT OF NEXT YEAR’S ESTIMATES, IT IS INTENDED THAT SUCH A SYSTEMATIC SURVEY SHOULD BE CONDUCTED NEXT YEAR,* HE ADDED.
MR. LI SAID EXPERT STAFF CARRYING OUT WORK IN THIS FIELD, ARE EMPLOYED BY BOTH THE GOVERNMENT AND THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THEY FREQUENTLY DRAW ON THE KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERTISE OF THE ARCHEOLOGICAL SOCIETY AND THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY BOARD.
MR. LI STRESSED THAT GOVERNMENT’S POLICY ON PRESERVATION OF ARCHEOLOGICAL FINDS IS A SUFFICIENT ASSURANCE THAT IT WILL NOT DESTROY RELICS WHICH MAY PROVIDE IMPORTANT INFORMATION CONCERNING THE DEVELOPMENT OF CHINESE CULTURE AND HISTORY.
/15
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 15 -
GOVERNMENT EMPLOYING MORE DISABLED PERSONS
******
THE NUMBER OF PHYSICALLY DISABLED PERSONS EMPLOYED IN THE CIVIL SERVICE AS ON APRIL 1 THIS YEAR WAS 451, AN INCREASE OF 49 COMPARED WITH 402 EMPLOYED LAST YEAR, THE SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE, THE HON. MARTIN ROWLANDS, SAID IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
ANSWERING A QUESTION FROM THE HON. HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, MR. ROWLANDS SAID THAT THE FIGURES REFERRED TO THE NUMBER OF PERSONS RECORDED AS PHYSICALLY DISABLED ON FIRST APPOINTMENT. ♦THE ACTUAL NUMBER OF PHYSICALLY DISABLED PERSONS EMPLOYED IN THE CIVIL SERVICE IS CERTAINLY HIGHER IF ONE TAKES INTO ACCOUNT THE MANY OFFICERS WHO HAVE SUFFERED IMPAIRMENT SINCE FIRST APPOINTMENT,♦ MR. ROWLANDS SAID.
HE ADDED THAT THE CIVIL SERVICE ALSO EMPLOYS AN UNKNOWN NUMBER OF PEOPLE SUFFERING FROM MINOR MENTAL OR EDUCATIONAL IMPAIRMENT.
-----o------
MATERNITY PROTECTION FOR * *
PREGNANT WORKERS ADEQUATE * * *
THE IMPROVEMENT OF WORKING CONDITIONS AND TERMS OF SERVICE CONFERRING MATERNITY BENEFITS TO PREGNANT WORKERS, AS OPPOSED TO PROTECTION, SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE A MATTER OF NEGOTIATION AND AGREEMENT BETWEEN EMPLOYERS AND THEIR EMPLOYEES, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, THE HON. NEIL HENDERSON, SAID TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. ANDREW SO IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR. HENDERSON SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS IN GENERAL SATISFIED THAT THE MATERNITY PROTECTION PROVISIONS UNDER THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE WERE ADEQUATE.
THE PROVISIONS INCLUDE LEAVE BEFORE AND AFTER EACH CONFINEMENT; AN ADDITIONAL PERIOD OF LEAVE IF ILLNESS OR DISABILITY ARISES; CONTINUITY OF SERVICE; AND PROHIBITING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT DURING MATERNITY LEAVE, HE SAID.
1o.......
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
16
CONDITIONS FOR MOBILE RADIO LICENCE
******
THE MAIN CRITERION ADOPTED BY THE POSTMASTER GENERAL FOR THE APPROVAL OF MOBILE RADIO LICENCES IN MOTOR VEHICLES AND PLEASURE BOATS IS THAT SUCH A SERVICE SHOULD BE AN ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENT FOR THE LEGITIMATE BUSINESS THE COMPANY IS UNDERTAKING.
THIS WAS STATED TODAY BY THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON. DAVID JEAFFRESON IN REPLY TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. ROGER LOBO IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.
IF A COMPANY SHOULD REQUIRE LESS THAN 40 MOBILE STATIONS, THE POSTMASTER GENERAL MAY THEN REQUIRE IT TO SHARE A FREQUENCY WITH OTHER COMPANIES, MR. JEAFFRESON SAID.
HOWEVER, IF THE APPLICANT IS THE REGISTERED OWNER OF A TAXI OR PLEASURE BOAT, HE MUST BE A MEMBER OF AN AUTHORISED TAXI ASSOCIATION OR CLUB WHICH PROVIDES OR OPERATES THE RADIO BASE STATION.
THE CRITERIA FOR A LICENCE TO OPERATE A FULLY FLEDGED SHIPS RADIO WHICH CAN CONTACT BOTH SHORE STATIONS AND OTHER VESSELS ARE THAT THE VESSELS SHALL BE PROPERLY REGISTERED AND THAT THE SHIPS RADIO BE OPERATED BY A QUALIFIED OPERATOR.
IN ADDITION, MR. JEAFFRESON SAID, THE POSTMASTER GENERAL HAS TO BE SATISFIED ON A NUMBER OF TECHNICAL POINTS BEFORE A LICENCE IS APPROVED.
AT PRESENT, THERE ARE 11,070 VALID MOBILE LICENCES AND 1,065 FIXED STATION LICENCES ISSUED BY THE POSTMASTER GENERAL, HE ADDED.
/17
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
17
i CLEANLINESS OF KCR TRACK IS GOOD
' ******
THE GENERAL STANDARD OF CLEANLINESS ON THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY TRACK IS GOOD, THE SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT, THE HON. DEREK JONES, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON. JOHN BREMRIDGE, MR. JONES SAID K.C.R. ALREADY HAD STAFF EMPLOYED FULL TIME IN CLEANING THE TRACK AND ITS SURROUNDS ON EACH SIDE AND THEIR PROGRAMME OF WORK ENSURED THAT THE ENTIRE TRACK WAS DEALT WITH ONCE A MONTH.
IN ADDITION, HE SAID, ALL RAILWAY STATIONS AND THEIR SURROUNDS WERE CLEANSED DAILY AND THERE WAS A SEPARATE CLEANING CONTRACT FOR THE HUNG HOM STATION.
♦BUT THERE IS NO DOUBT THAT THE TASK OF THE STAFF INVOLVED IS MADE MORE DIFFICULT BY THE ANTI-SOCIAL BEHAVIOUR OF CERTAIN PASSENGERS WHO THROW LITTER OUT OF TRAINS AND ON STATIONS, PARTICULARLY DURING BUSY PUBLIC HOLIDAYS,* MR. JONES POINTED OUT.
♦TO DEAL WITH THIS,+ HE ADDED, +THE REGULAR CLEANING STAFF WORK OVERTIME AFTER PUBLIC HOLIDAYS AND EXTRA STAFF ARE ALSO PUT ON CLEANING WORK AT THOSE TIMES.*
AN ADDITIONAL MEASURE WILL BE MADE TO EMPLOY MORE LABOURERS FOR A PERIOD ON A CASUAL BASIS FURTHER TO CLEAN UP PARTICULAR TROUBLE SPOTS, INCLUDING LO WU, MR. JONES SAID.
THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THESE MEASURES, HE ADDED, WOULD BE KEPT UNDER REVIEW BY THE RAILWAY MANAGEMENT AND FURTHER STEPS WOULD BE TAKEN IF NECESSARY.
/18
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 1S -
ADEQUATE LEGAL POWER TO CONTROL USE OF COUNTRY PARKS *****
THE COUNTRY PARKS AUTHORITY HAS ADEQUATE LEGAL POWER TO CONTROL THE USE OF COUNTRY PARKS IN THE EVENT OF A HIGH RISK FIRE INCIDENCE, THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, THE HON. TED NICHOLS, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
REPLYING TO A QUESTION BY THE HON. LEUNG TAT-SHING, MR.' NICHOLS SAID THAT UNDER THE COUNTRY PARKS ORDINANCE, IT IS AN OFFENCE AT ANY TIME TO USE ANYTHING LIKELY TO CAUSE FIRE EXCEPT IN DESIGNATED BARBECUE OR CAMPING SITES WITHIN A COUNTRY PARK. f
THE ORDINANCE ALSO PROVIDES THE AUTHORITY WITH POWERS TO PROHIBIT THE LIGHTING OR USE OF FIRE IN ANY COUNTRY PARK, INCLUDING ANY DESIGNATED BARBECUE OR CAMPING SITE, SHOULD HE CONSIDER NECESSARY, MR. NICHOLS SAID.
IN ADDITION, THE AUTHORITY HAS THE POWER TO CLOSE A COUNTRY PARK OR SPECIAL AREA IN PART OR COMPLETELY SHOULD IT BE CONSIDERED NECESSARY IN THE INTERESTS OF GOOD MANAGEMENT, HE SAID.
MR. NICHOLS ADDED THAT UNDER THE FORESTS AND COUNTRYSIDE ORDINANCE, THE LAW PROVIDES FOR AN OFFENCE BEING COMMITTED ELSEWHERE IN ANY AREAS OF OPEN COUNTRYSIDE UNLESS IT CAN BE SHOWN THAT THE LIGHTING OF A FIRE IN THAT AREA WAS REASONABLE IN ALL CIRCUMSTANCES AND THAT ALL REASONABLE STEPS WERE TAKEN TO PREVENT THE FIRE FROM DAMAGING OR ENDANGERING THAT AREA.
HOWEVER, MR. NICHOLS SAID HE WAS RELUCTANT TO USE SUCH POWERS UNNECESSARILY ALTHOUGH THIS MIGHT BECOME NECESSARY SHOULD THERE BE DANGER OF THE FIRE PROBLEM GETTING OUT OF HAND IN WHICH CASE THE POWER WILL BE EXERCISED.
------o-------
FACILITIES TO REPORT EMERGENCIES IN COUNTRY PARKS ******
FACILITIES FOR REPORTING EMERGENCIES RAPIDLY INSIDE COUNTRY PARKS HAVE BEEN PROVIDED, THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, THE HON. TED NICHOLS, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY.
IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM DR. THE HON. HARRY FANG, MR. NICHOLS SAID THE 21 COUNTRY PARKS MANAGEMENT CENTRES HAVE TELEPHONE, AND IN MOST CASES, RADIO LINKS WITH THE DEPARTMENT’S HEADQUARTERS. THE SYSTEM IS BACKED BY PATROLLING RANGERS USING 56 MOBILE RADIO SETS.
MR. NICHOLS ALSO POINTED OUT THAT TWO OF 16 PUBLIC TELEPHONES INSIDE COUNTRY PARKS HAVE BEEN INSTALLED, IN ADDITION TO THOSE AVAILABLE IN VILLAGE AREAS.
HE ADDED THAT THESE FACILITIES, TOGETHER WITH ALL 999 CALLS FROM PUBLIC CALL BOXES ARE FREE OF CHARGE.
0---------
/19
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
- 19 -
ALLOWANCES FOR COURT WITNESSES TO BE INCREASED ******
THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY APPROVED RULES MADE BY THE CHIEF JUSTICE TO INCREASE THE MAXIMUM RATES OF ALLOWANCE FOR BOTH ORDINARY WITNESSES GIVING EVIDENCE IN CRIMINAL TRIALS OR ATTENDING CORONERS’ ENQUIRIES FROM $36 TO $50 A DAY, AND FROM $18 TO S25 FOR ATTENDANCE OF LESS THAN FOUR HOURS.
INTRODUCING THE TWO RESOLUTIONS TO SEEK THE COUNCIL’S APPROVAL FOR THE INCREASES, THE ACTING ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON. GARTH THORNTON SAID THE AMENDED RULES ALSO REVOKE RULE 6 UNDER THE CRIMINAL PROCEDURE ORDINANCE TO PROVIDE FOR AN ALLOWANCE AT A SPECIAL RATE FOR SEAMEN.
♦THIS IS NOT NOW FELT TO BE NECESSARY AND HENCEFORTH SEAMEN WILL BE TREATED THE SAME AS EVERYONE ELSE,* MR. THORNTON SAID.
HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE ALLOWANCES AT THE EXISTING RATES HAVE BEEN IN OPERATION SINCE 1971 AND THE INCREASES SOUGHT HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE FINANCE COMMITTEE.
-----0------
RESULTS OF EMPLOYMENT SURVEY * * * *
ABOUT 385,030 PEOPLE WERE ENGAGED IN WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS IN JUNE THIS YEAR. SLIGHTLY LESS THAN THE EMPLOYMENT LEVEL IN MARCH, ACCORDING TO A RECENT EMPLOYMENT SURVEY BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.
A BREAKDOWN OF THE EMPLOYMENT LEVEL OF INDIVIDUAL TRADES SHOWS THAT SLIGHT INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADES, AND HOTELS AND BOARDING HOUSES IN JUNE THIS YEAR COMPARED WITH FIGURES FOR MARCH.
COMPARED WITH JUNE LAST YEAR THE EMPLOYMENT FIGURE IN RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS WENT UP BY THREE PER CENT TO ABOUT 118,000 IN JUNE THIS YEAR.
'.VSDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
20 -
THE COMPARATIVE EMPLOYMENT FIGURES IN WHOLESALE, RETAIL
AND IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS IN JUNE AND MARCH THIS YEAR ARE AS FOLLOWS:
PERSON ENGAGED IN JUNE 1978 PERSONS ENGAGED IN MARCH 1978 CHANGE OF JUNE 1978 OVER MARCH 1978
PERSONS %
WHOLESALE 39,890 39,430 ♦ 450 ♦ 1.1
RETAIL 133,950 133,750 + 200 ♦ 0.1
IMPORT/ EXPORT 92,860 96,360 -3,510 — 3.8
RESTAURANTS CAFES AND BARS 9 99,940 100,830 - 900 0.9
HOTELS AND BOARDING HOUSES 18,070 17,740 + 330 ♦ 1.8
TOTAL 384,700 388,120 -3,420 — 0.9
NOTE 1 COMPONENTS MAY NOT ADD UP TO TOTAL DUE TO ROUNDING.
THERE WERE ALTOGETHER 56,920 WHOLESALE, RETAIL AND IMPORT/ EXPORT ESTABLISHMENTS, 3,960 RESTAURANTS, AND 700 HOTELS AND BOARDING HOUSES IN OPERATION IN THE MIDDLE OF JUNE THIS YEAR.
MEANWHILE, THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IS CONDUCTING AN ECONOMIC SURVEY OF THE DISTRIBUTIVE TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS.
QUESTIONNAIRES WERE SENT IN APRIL THIS YEAR TO ABOUT 16,000 ESTABLISHMENTS SEEKING INFORMATION ON LABOUR COST, OTHER OPERATING COSTS, PURCHASES, SALES AND CAPITAL STOCK.
MORE THAN 10,000 ESTABLISHMENTS HAVE ALREADY RESPONDED TO THE SURVEY AND REMINDER LETTERS HAVE BEEN SENT TO THOSE WHO HAVE NOT YET COMPLETED AND RETURNED THE QUESTIONNAIRES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY APPEALED TO MANAGEMENTS OF THESE ESTABLISHMENTS FOR THEIR CO-OPERATION IN THE SURVEY.
HE SAID THOSE ENCOUNTERING DIFFICULTY WITH THE QUESTIONNAIRE SHOULD CONTACT THE DEPARTMENT AT TEL: 5-444402 OR 5-444364.
CENSUS OFFICERS, CARRYING GOVERNMENT IDENTITY CARDS WHILE ON DUTY, ARE AVAILABLE TO ASSIST THEM IN COMPLETING QUESTIONNAIRES HE ADDED.
--------0 -
/21
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1978
POSTAL SERVICES TC CANADA AND IRAN DISRUPTED
******
THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT POSTAL SERVICES TO CANADA AND IRAN WILL BE TEMPORARILY DISRUPTED, DUE TO POSTAL STRIKES IN THE TWO COUNTRIES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE POST OFFICE SAID ALL POSTAL SERVICES TO CANADA WOULD BE TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED, AND NO MAIL FOR CANADA WOULD BE ACCEPTED AT POST OFFICES UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE.
IN THE CASE OF IRAN, LETTER AND PARCEL MAILS FOR DESPATCH BY SEA TO IRAN WOULD CONTINUE TO BE ACCEPTED AT THIS STAGE, BUT AIR LETTERS AND PARCELS WOULD NOT BE ACCEPTED UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE.
0 - -
WATER CUT * * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN WAN CHAI AND KWUN TONG WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA IN WAN CHAI, BOUNDED BY 87-147 HENNESSY ROAD, 2A-34 O’BRIEN ROAD. 64-82 GLOUCESTER ROAD, 18-20 LUARD ROAD, 95-115 AND 94-118 JAFFE ROAD, AND 87-147 AND 88-148 LOCKHART ROAD, WILL HAVE NO WATER FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON FRIDAY.
IN KWUN TONG, THE AREA BOUNDED BY CHUN WAH ROAD, KUNG LOK ROAD AND FUK WA TSUEN WILL BE WITHOUT WATER FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT FRIDAY TO 6 A.M. ON SATURDAY.
- 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
EXTERNAL TRADE FIGURES .............................. i
NEW TRANSPORT COMMISSIONER ASSUMES OFFICE ........... 6
GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS FOR JULY ........................ 6
SPECIAL STAMPS TO COMMEMORATE CENTENARY OF
PO LEUNG KUK ........................................ 7
GOVERNOR TO OPEN FANLING SWIMMING POOL .............. 8
COURSES FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS AND PART-TIME LECTURERS 9
WORK RECORD SET IN LAND OFFICE ..................... 10
NEW REQUIREMENT FOR REGISTERING FOR IDENTITY CARDS .. 10
ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE SPREADS TO AP LEI CHAU ........... 11
CROWN LAND FOR SALE ............................... 12
CONTRACT FOR CHEUNG CHAU DEVELOPMENT TO BE SIGNED TOMORROW............................................ 12
WATER CUT........................................... 13
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
1
EXTERNAL TRADE FIGURES
******
THE TOTAL VALUE OF HONG KONG’S EXTERNAL TRADE FOR THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS THIS YEAR AMOUNTED TO $71,701 MILLION, AN INCREASE OF 19 PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD OF 1977, ACCORDING TO TRADE FIGURES ISSUED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY.
THE FIGURES ALSO SHOWED THAT DOMESTIC EXPORTS WERE WORTH $25,012 MILLION, INCREASED BY 11 PER CENT- IMPORTS AT $38,572 MILLION, UP 23 PER CENT- AND RE-EXPORTS AT $8,117 MILLION, UP 30 PER CENT.
DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO TEN MAJOR OVERSEAS MARKETS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
INCREASE/
JAN.-AUG. 77 (HK$ MN) JAN.-AUG. 78 (HK3 MN) DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
U.S.A. 8,812 9,675 +863 + 10%
F.R. OF GERMANY 2,299 2,625 +326 + 14%
UNITED KINGDOM 1,863 2,267 +404 + 22%
JAPAN 867 1,005 +138 + 16%
AUSTRAL 1A 828 902 + 75 + 9%
CANADA 777 798 + 21 + 3%
SINGAPORE 564 642 + 77 + 14%
THE NETHERLANDS 484 557 ♦ 73 + 15%
SWITZERLAND AND LIECHENSTEIN 381 440 + 60 + 16%
NIGER IA 255 389 +134 ♦ 53%
BY COUNTRY, EXPORTS TO U.S.A. ROSE BY 10 PER CENT DUE MAINLY TO INCREASED SHIPMENTS OF ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES ($4,020 MILLION, +13 PER CENT) AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS ($451 MILLION, +50 PER CENT). THESE MORE THAN OFFSET THE DECLINES IN EXPORTS OF RADIO BROADCAST RECEIVERS ($396 MILLION, -38 PER CENT) AND OF PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS ($788 MILLION, -4 PER CENT).
EXPORTS TO THE U.K. PICKED UP ACTIVELY BECAUSE OF A SIGNIFICANT UPTURN IN DELIVERIES OF ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES ($1,174 MILLION, +28 PER CENT). SHIPMENTS OF WATCHES AND CLOCKS TO THE U.K. ALSO ROSE SHARPLY ($126 MILLION, +86 PER CENT).
/3XP0HT SAT5IS....
^HraSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
2
EXPORT SALES TO WEST GERMANY, JAPAN AND AUSTRALIA WERE BOOSTED BY INCREASED DELIVERIES OF CLOTHING.
AN ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS IS PRESENTED BELOWi
JAN.-AUG. 77 (HKS MN) JAN.-AUG. 78 (HKS MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HKS MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSOR IES 9,003 9,831 +823 + 9%
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MA INLY PLASTIC TOYS AND DOLLS) 3,740 4,106 +366 + 10%
PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 1,203 1,817 +614 ♦ 51%
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT 1,821 1,748 - 73 - 4%
TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 1,730 1,697 - 33 - 2%
ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPL IANCES (MAINLY TRANSISTORS AND DIODES AND HOUSEHOLD TYPE APPLIANCES) 1,093 1,306 +213 + 20%
/by commodity....
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
BY COMMODITY, PROMINENT ADVANCES WERE RECORDED IN EXPORTS OF ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES ($9,831 MILLION, +9 PER CENT), WATCHES AND CLOCKS ($1,493 MILLION, +59 PER CENT), HOUSEHOLD-TYPE ELECTRICAL AND NON-ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ($473 MILLION, +32 PER CENT), TRAVEL GOODS, HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR CONTAINERS ($571 MILLION, +21 PER CENT). DEMAND FOR RADIO BROADCAST RECEIVERS ($963 MILLION, -31 PER CENT) DROPPED SIGNIFICANTLY.
EXPORTS OF TEXTILE YARN ($224 MILLION, -18 PER CENT) AND TEXTILE MADE-UP ARTICLES ($200 MILLION, -11 PER CENT) ALSO SHOWED A DECLINE.
THE CHANGES AS FOLLOWS:
IN IMPORTS FROM 10 MAJOR SOURCES ARE SUMMARISED
JAN.-AUG. 77 (HK$ MN) JAN.-AUG. 78 (HKS MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
JAPAN 7,353 8,843 +1,489 + 20%
CHINA 5,025 6,282 ♦1,257 ♦ 25%
U.S.A. 3,976 4,850 + 873 + 22%
TAIWAN 2,154 2,544 ♦ 390 + 18%
SINGAPORE 1,921 2,030 + 110 + 6%
UNITED KINGDOM 1,395 1,753 + 358 + 26%
F.R. OF GERMANY 943 1,275 + 332 + 35%
SWITZERLAND AND LIECHENSTE IN 815 1,190 + 375 + 46%
REPUBLIC OF KOREA 1,067 1,113 + 46 + 4%
AUSTRAL 1A 626 821 + 195 + 31%
IMPORTS FROM JAPAN INCREASED BY 20 PER CENT, DUE MAINLY TO A RISE IN TEXTILE FABRICS ($1,199 MILLION, +20 PER CENT), ELECTRICAL MACHINERY AND APPLIANCES ($742 MILLION, +31 PER CENT), ROAD VEHICLES ($542 MILLION, +62 PER CENT) AS WELL AS WATCHES AND CLOCKS ($767 MILLION, +31 PER CENT).
IMPORTS FROM CHINA ROSE BY 25 PER CENT BECAUSE OF INCREASED ARRIVALS OF TEXTILE FABRICS ($658 MILLION, +78 PER CENT), PETROLEUM AMD RELATED PRODUCTS ($452 MILLION, +79 PER CENT), ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES ($331 MILLION. +29 PER CENT).
/EJ ADDITION
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 1?, 1978
4
IN ADDITION, INCREASES IN THE IMPORTS OF FOODSTUFFS FROM CHINA WERE RECORDED, INCLUDING AN 18 PER CENT INCREASE IN VEGETABLES AND FRUIT ($439 MILLION) AND A 29 PER CENT INCREASE IN MEAT AND MEAT PREPARATIONS ($314 MILLION).
A SIGNIFICANT INCREASE WAS REGISTERED IN THE IMPORTS OF PEARLS, PRECIOUS AND SEMI-PRECIOUS STONES ($463 MILLION, +58 PER CENT) FROM U.S.A.
IMPORTS FROM TAIWAN WERE BOOSTED BY THE RISE IN ARRIVALS OF TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS ($1,027 MILLION, +8 PER CENT) WHILE THE INCREASE FROM SINGAPORE WAS DUE MAINLY TO MORE IMPORTS OF WATCHES AND CLOCKS ($104 MILLION, +98 PER CENT).
THE FOLLOWING TABLE ILLUSTRATES THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS BY COMMODITY SECTIONS:
JAN.-AUG. 77 (HK$ MN) JAN.-AUG. 78 (HK$ MN) INCREASE/ DECREASE (HK$ MN) PERCENTAGE CHANGE
MANUFACTURED GOODS CLASSIFIED CHIEFLY BY MATERIAL (MAINLY TEXTILE PRODUCTS AND DIAMONDS) 9,443 12,313 +2,870 ♦ 30%
MACHINERY AND TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT 6,191 7,563 ♦1,372 + 22%
FOOD AND LIVE ANIMALS CHIEFLY FOR FOOD 4,683 5,178 + 495 + 11%
MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY WATCHES AND CLOCKS, ARTICLES OF APPAREL) 3,850 5,168 +1,317 + 34%
CHEMICALS AND RELATED PRODUCTS 2,372 2,869 + 498 ♦ 21%
/ACCELSHAT3D.....
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
ACCELERATED INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN THE IMPORTS OF MAJOR RAW MATERIALS AND CONSUMER GOODS, INCLUDING PEARLS, SEMI-PRECIOUS AND PRECIOUS STONES ($3,152 MILLION, +54 PER CENT), TEXTILE FABRICS ($3,312 MILLION, +30 PER CENT), WATCHES AND CLOCKS ($1,816 MILLION, +36 PER CENT), IRON AND STEEL ($1,222 MILLION, +35 PER CENT).
IN ADDITION, IMPORTS OF ROAD VEHICLES ($896 MILLION, +45 PER CENT), OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT ($773 MILLION, +46 PER CENT) OBSERVED SIZEABLE INCREASES.
RE-EXPORT ACTIVITIES REGISTERED MARKED ADVANCE IN THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF 1978. THERE WERE INCREASED DEMANDS FROM JAPAN ($1,394 MILLION, +56 PER CENT), SINGAPORE ($887 MILLION. +30 PER CENT), INDONESIA ($835 MILLION. +37 PER CENT), U.S.A. ($760 MILLION, +37 PER CENT) AND TAIWAN ($738 MILLION, ♦37 PER CENT).
THE GOODS RE-EXPORTED WERE MAINLY PEARLS, SEMI-PRECIOUS AND PRECIOUS STONES ($1,194 MILLION, +50 PER CENT), WATCHES AND CLOCKS ($556 MILLION, +20 PER CENT), TEXTILE FABRICS ($462 MILLION, +44 PER CENT), TEXTILE MADE-UP ARTICLES ($340 MILLION, +31 PER CENT) AND ROAD VEHICLES ($189 MILLION, +99 PER CENT).
THE TRADE INDEXES FOR JULY 1978 (1973-100) ARE AS FOLLOWS:
VALUE INDEX UNIT VALUE INDEX QUANTUM INDEX
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 217 138 157
IMPORTS 209 143 146
THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX FOR JULY IS 97.
----0------
/6
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
6
I NEW TRANSPORT COMMISSIONER ASSUMES OFFICE * # * *
MR. ALAN ARMSTRONG-wRIGHT WILL OFFICIALLY TAKE OVER FROM MR. IAN MACPHERSON AS COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT TOMORROW (FR IDAY).
MR. ARMSTRONG-WRIGHT, 49, JOINED THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AS AN ENGINEER IN 1953. HE ROSE TO THE RANK OF PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT CIVIL ENGINEER BEFORE BEING APPOINTED TO THE ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS GRADE IN 1974.
HIS LAST POSTING PRIOR TO BEING APPOINTED COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WAS ACTING DEPUTY FINANCIAL SECRETARY. PREVIOUS TO THAT HE WAS A DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE ENVIRONMENT AND A PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT FINANCIAL SECRETARY.
THE OUTGOING COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, MR. IAN MACPHERSON, WILL EE TAKING UP HIS NEW DUTIES AS DIRECTOR OF ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES TOMORROW.
HE HAS BEEN COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT SINCE 1974.
GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS FOR JULY * * * *
THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT ACCOUNTS FOR JULY, 1978, SHOW A DEFICIT OF 5396.1 MILLION COMPARED WITH A DEFICIT OF 578.6 MILLION IN JULY LAST YEAR.
THIS HAS RESULTED IN AN ACCUMULATED DEFICIT OF 325.4 MILLION FOR THE FIRST FOUR MONTHS OF THIS FINANCIAL YEAR, COMPARED WITH A DEFICIT OF 353.8 MILLION FOR THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR.
TOTAL EXPENDITURE, AT 5868.5 MILLION, WAS 5288.6 MILLION MORE THAN IN JULY, 1977.
TOTAL REVENUE AND RECEIPTS, AT $472.3 MILLION, WERE $29 MILLION LESS THAN FOR THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR.
- : -
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
7
SPECIAL STAMPS TO COMMEMORATE CENTENARY OF PO LEUNG KUK ******
THE POST OFFICE WILL ISSUE TWO SPECIAL STAMPS ON NOVEMBER 8 TO COMMEMORATE THE CENTENARY OF THE PO LEUNG KUK.
THE STAMPS, WITH DESIGNS BASED ON PAINTINGS DONE BY CHILDREN OF THE KUK, ARE IN 20 CENTS AND $1.30 DENOMINATIONS. THEY WILL BE ON SALE AT ALL POST OFFICES, ON NOVEMBER 8.
THESE NEW STAMPS WILL BE ON DISPLAY ON THE FIRST FLOOR PUBLIC COUNTER OF THE GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND 4.30 P.M. ON OCTOBER 30.
FIRST DAY COVERS SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR THIS ISSUE WILL BE ON SALE AT ALL POST OFFICES FROM WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 25) AT 20 CENTS EACH. THE PUBLIC ARE URGED TO OBTAIN THEIR REQUIREMENTS EARLY.
ADVANCE ORDERS FOR SERVICING OF FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, CONNAUGHT PLACE- KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE IN NATHAN ROAD- AND TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE IN SALISBURY ROAD.
FOR THIS SERVICE, ADDRESSED FIRST DAY COVERS MUST BE HANDED IN WITH AN ORDER FORM TOGETHER WITH A REMITTANCE TO COVER THE COST. THE CHARGE WILL BE $1.70 PER COVER WHICH IS MADE UP OF THE COST OF THE TWO STAMPS AND A SERVICE FEE OF 20 CENTS.
THE COVER MUST BE FULLY ADDRESSED BY THE APPLICANT AND NOT LESS THAN 10 COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED IN EACH ORDER.
THE ORDER FORMS WILL BE AVAILABLE AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE AND TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE ON OCTOBER 25.
PEOPLE ORDERING SERVICED COVERS ADDRESSED TO A LOCAL DESTINATION MAY COLLECT THEM ON NOVEMBER 9 FROM THE OFFICE WHERE THE ORDER IS PLACED.
COVERS ADDRESSED OVERSEAS WILL BE SENT FORWARD BY ORDINARY SURFACE MAIL, UNLESS SUFFICIENT STAMPS ARE AFFIXED TO COVER AIRMAIL AND/OR REGISTRATION CHARGES. THE DEADLINE FOR ACCEPTING ADVANCE ORDERS OF SERVICED COVERS IS 5 P.M. ON NOVEMBER 4.
A SERVICE WILL BE PROVIDED ON NOVEMBER 8 AT ALL POST OFFICES WHEREBY FIRST DAY COVERS WILL BE ACCEPTED OVER THE COUNTER, IMPRESSED WITH THE NORMAL POST OFFICE DATE STAMP AND HANDED BACK TO THE PERSON PRESENTING THEM. NO TIME TYPE WILL APPEAR IN THE POSTMARK.
/ths conditions.....
'3URSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1°7S
THE CONDITIONS FOR THIS SERVICE ARE:-
* ONLY ARTICLES BEARING AN INDICATION THAT THEY ARE ♦FIRST DAY COVERS* WILL BE SO TREATED-
* THE ARTICLES MUST BE ADDRESSED TO A LOCAL ADDRESS-
* THE ARTICLES MUST NOT BEAR ANY OTHER CANCELLATIONS- AND
* NO REGISTERED ITEMS WILL BE PROCEEDED BY THIS METHOD.
SPECIAL POSTING BOXES WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE AT THE GENERAL POST OFFICE, KOWLOON CENTRAL POST OFFICE AND TSIM SHA TSUI POST OFFICE ON NOVEMBER 8 FOR THOSE WHO WISH TO HAVE FIRST DAY COVERS CAREFULLY POSTMARKED BEFORE THEY ARE DELIVERED TO THE ADDRESS ON THE COVERS.
0 - -
GOVERNOR TO OPEN FANLING SWIMMING POOL
******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WILL OFFICIALLY OPEN THE $12 MILLION FANLING SWIMMING POOL ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 21).
THE NEW SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WILL SERVE THE NORTHERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES AND IS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND IN THE AREA.
SIR MURRAY WILL ARRIVE AT 11 A.M. AND BE WELCOMED BY AN OFFICIAL PARTY COMPRISING THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES- THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, MR. BRIAN WILSON- THE DIRECTOR OF BUILDING DEVELOPMENT, MR. JACK STEAN-THE PROJECT ARCHITECT, MR. KENNETH KAN AND THE CHAIRMAN OF HEUNG YEE KUK, MR. STEPHEN WONG.
THE GOVERNOR WILL THEN UNVEIL THE MEMORIAL PLAQUE OF THE SWIMMING POOL TO DECLARE IT OPEN.
AFTER THE CEREMONY, SIR MURRAY WILL WATCH THE NEW TERRITORIES SCHOOLS INVITATIONAL MEDLEY RELAY RACES AS WELL AS +SCIENTIFIC SWIMMING* BY MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG LIFE GUARD CLUB.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE OPENING OF THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL BY THE GOVERNOR AT 11 A.M. ON SATURDAY. PRESS TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. TOURIST COACHES WILL LEAVE MIDDLE ROAD BEHIND THE PENINSULA HOTEL, TSIM SHA TSUI, AT 9.15 A.M. TO TAKE MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES TO FAN LING.
- - 0 -
THTRCMY, OCTOBER
COURSES FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS AND PART-TIME LECTURERS
*****
TRADE INSTRUCTORS AND WORKSHOP SUPERVISORS CAN NOW IMPROVE THEIR METHOD OF TEACHING BY ATTENDING A TWO-WEEK TRAINING COURSE AT THE HONG KONG TECHNICAL TEACHERS’ COLLEGE.
THE COLLEGE TODAY (THURSDAY) INVITES APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION TO A BLOCK RELEASE INDUSTRIAL TRADE INSTRUCTORS’ COURSE.
THE COURSE, WHICH COMMENCES IN EARLY NOVEMBER, OFFERS AN OPPORTUNITY FOR TRADE INSTRUCTORS AND WORKSHOP SUPERVISORS TO OBTAIN THE NECESSARY TRAINING FOR CARRYING OUT THEIR DAY-TO-DAY TEACHING DUTIES. THE FEE FOR EACH COURSE IS $60.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT SA IDs +FROM THIS COURSE THEY WILL LEARN TO IMPROVE THEIR METHODS OF TEACHING, AND TC STUDY EDUCATION THEORIES AND EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY.+
APPLICANTS SHOULD BE EITHER TRADE OR WORKSHOP INSTRUCTORS AND MUST BE FULLY SKILLED IN THEIR TRADE. THEY SHOULD HAVE RECEIVED AN ADEQUATE SECONDARY EDUCATION, AND PREFERABLY HAVE ATTENDED TECHNICAL SECONDARY SCHOOLS OR PREVOCATIONAL SCHOOLS.
THE COURSE WILL REQUIRE ATTENDANCE AT THE COLLEGE FOR TWO WEEKS FULL-TIME, AND TUTORS MAY VISIT STUDENTS AT THEIR PLACES OF EMPLOYMENT WHEN THE COURSE IS COMPLETED TO PROVIDE GUIDANCE.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE COLLEGE AT 373 QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, HONG KONG. COMPLETED FORMS MUST BE RETURNED ON OR BEFORE OCTOBER 28.
IN ADDITION, THE COLLEGE ALSO RUNS A TWO-YEAR EVENING COURSE FOR PART-TIME LECTURERS WHO WISH TO BROADEN THEIR UNDERSTANDING OF THE PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF TEACHING.
♦ THE COURSE, WHICH MEETS ONCE EVERY WEEK, IS FOR PART-TIME TEACHERS, LECTURERS AND OTHERS DESIRING TO BROADEN THEIR THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL UNDERSTANDING OF THE PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF TEACHING, PARTICULARLY OF PART-TIME TEACHING IN FURTHER EDUCATION,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
THE TWO-YEAR COURSE WAS FIRST INTRODUCED IN SEPTEMBER 1975.
IN THE PRESENT SESSION THERE ARE 59 STUDENTS IN THE SECOND YEAR AND 90 IN THE FIRST YEAR OF THE COURSE.
MOST OF THESE STUDENTS ARE IN-SERVICE PART-TIME TEACHERS OR LECTURERS WITH QUALIFICATIONS OF DEGREE, HIGHER DIPLOMA OR HIGHER CERTIFICATE IN ENGINEERING OR BUSINESS STUDIES, AND WITH YEARS OF TEACHING EXPERIENCE.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID: +THE NAMES AND QUALIFICATIONS OF THOSE GRADUATES FROM THE COURSE, WHO ARE NOT ALREADY TEACHING PART-TIME ARE SENT TO THE PRINCIPALS OF TECHNICAL INSTITUTES FOR CONSIDERATION TO FILLING PART-TIME TEACHING POSTS IN THESE INSTITUTES.*
APPLICATIONS FOR THIS TWO-YEAR COURSE ARE PUBLISHED IN NEWSPAPERS IN JUNE EVERY YEAR. A CERTIFICATE IS AWARDED TO THOSE WHO HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED THE T'wO-YEAR COURSE.
------0-------
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
10
RECORD SET IN
THE LAND OFFICE HAD DURING WHICH A NUMBER OF
LAND OFFICE’S WORK * * * *
AN EXCEPTIONALLY BUSY MONTH IN SEPTEMBER, RECORDS WERE SET IN RESPECT OF ITS WORK.
THE REGISTRAR GENERAL, MR. P. JACOBS, SAID THAT DURING THE MONTH 16,884 DEEDS WERE LODGED FOR REGISTRATION, 974 MORE THAN THE PREVIOUS RECORD SET IN JUNE THIS YEAR, AND 5,276 MORE WHEN COMPARED WITH FIGURE IN SEPTEMBER 1977.
HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT A RECORD NUMBER OF 19,845 DEEDS WERE ACTUALLY REGISTERED AS AGAINST THE PREVIOUS RECORD OF 16.126 SET IN OCTOBER 1977.
THE TOTAL FEES COLLECTED BY THE LAND OFFICE FOR THE MONTH WHICH AMOUNTED TO JUST OVER Si.5 MILLION WAS ALSO THE HIGHEST ON RECORD.
MR. JACOBS SAIDi +THE MONTH ALSO PROVIDED A RECORD IN RESPECT OF THE TOTAL PREMIUM FOR LOTS SOLD BY THE GOVERNMENT AT PUBLIC AUCTION. THE FIGURE REACHED A TOTAL OF $1,103,570,000 AS AGAINST THE PREVIOUS RECORD OF $684,775,000 SET LAST MONTH.*
THE NEWLY FORMED HOME OWNERSHIP SECTION OF THE LAND OFFICE WAS ALSO VERY BUSY.
DURING THE MONTH 1,151 DEEDS OF ASSIGNMENT WERE EXECUTED. ON EACH OCCASION THE FLAT OWNER CALLED AT THE LAND OFFICE TO COMPLETE THE NECESSARY DOCUMENTATION IN THE PRESENCE OF AN ASSISTANT REGISTRAR.
-----o-------
NEW REQUIREMENT FOR REGISTERING FOR IDENTITY CARDS X * * X
THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM NOVEMBER 1, ALL APPLICANTS FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND LATE APPLICANTS FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ARE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE A RECENT PHOTOGRAPH OF THE SIZE OF TWO INCHES BY ONE-AND-A-HALF INCHES AT THE TIME OF REGISTRATION.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE SAID THIS NEW REQUIREMENT DOES NOT APPLY TO HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS WHO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS WITHIN THE STATUTORY PERIOD OF ONE MONTH OF REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
HE ALSO REMINDED PARENTS AND GUARDIANS THAT THEY SHOULD REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN AND WARDS FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THEIR 11TH BIRTHDAY.
ALL NEW ARRIVALS, WHO INTEND TO STAY IN HONG KONG FOR MORE THAN 90 DAYS, SHOULD ALSO REGISTER FOR AN IDENTITY CARD WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THEIR ARRIVAL, HE SAID.
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC MAY SEEK ADVICE ON THESE MATTERS AT THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE OR ANY OF ITS BRANCH OFFICES.
------o-------
/11 ...
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
11
ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE SPREADS TO AP LEI CHAU K * I * *
THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS WILL SPREAD ITS ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE TO AP LEI CHAU IN ABERDEEN THIS WEEKEND.
PEOPLE LIVING ON AP LEI CHAU WILL NOT ONLY GET THIS IMPORTANT MESSAGE ON SATURDAY BUT WILL ALSO BE TREATED TO A LIVE ENTERTAINMENT BY THE MOBILE STREET THEATRE OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES AND THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE SOCIETY FOR THE AID AND REHABILITATION OF DRUG ADDICTS.
THE VARIETY SHOW FEATURING PERFORMANCES BY TV ARTISTES, AND AN ACROBATIC DISPLAY IS PART OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN WHICH STARTED LAST SUNDAY.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT ANTI-DRUG CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE SAID THE VARIETY SHOW IS THE FIRST EVER TO BE STAGED ON AP LEI CHAU.
+THE RESIDENTS HERE MIGHT HAVE SEEN THIS KIND OF SHOW ON TELEVISION BUT THEY HAVE NEVER WATCHED TV ARTISTES SINGING AND PERFORMING LIVE ON THE ISLAND.
+MANY AP LEI CHAU RESIDENTS HAVE ALREADY TOLD ME THAT THEY ARE REALLY LOOKING FORWARD TO WATCHING THE SHOW ON SATURDAY NIGHT,+ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
THE DISTRICT-WIDE CAMPAIGN IS THE SECOND OF THREE DISTRICTLEVEL EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY CAMPAIGNS ORGANISED BY ACAN IN CONJUNCTION WITH LOCAL ORGANISATIONS THIS YEAR.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE VARIETY SHOW WHICH WILL BE HELD AT AP LEI CHAU FOOTBALL PITCH FROM 7.30 P.M. TO 10 P.M. ON SATURDAY.
-------0 - -
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1978
12
CROWN LAND FOR SALE
*****
TWO LOTS OF CROWN LAND WILL BE OFFERED FOR SALE BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT’S CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE IN THE CITY HALL THEATRE ON NOVEMBER 13 AT 11 A.M.
ONE OF THE LOTS, MEASURING 4,500 SQUARE METRES, IS SITUATED AT TSIM SHA TSUI EAST, KOWLOON. IT IS FOR NON-1NDUSTRI AL PURPOSES.
THE OTHER SITE WHICH OCCUPIES AN AREA OF 2,386 SQUARE METRES AT KUNG LOK ROAD, KWUN TONG, IS FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES.
FULL PARTICULARS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE MAY BE OBTAINED FROM AND SALE PLANS INSPECTED AT THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG AND AT THE CROWN LANDS AND SURVEY OFFICE, KOWLOON GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 405, NATHAN ROAD, 10TH FLOOR, KOWLOON.
--------0-----------
NOTE TO EDITORSi
CONTRACT FOR CHEUNG CHAU DEVELOPMENT TO BE SIGNED TOMORROW * * * *
A MULTI-MILLION-DOLLAR CONTRACT FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NORTHWESTERN SHORE OF CHEUNG CHAU WILL BE SIGNED TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
THE SIGNING CEREMONY WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT BRANCH OF P.W.D. AT TSUEN FAT BUILDING, FIRST FLOOR, 19 CHUEN HING PATH, TSUEN WAN, AT 11 A.M.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE CEREMONY.
TRANSPORT WILL BE PROVIDED. MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO MAKE USE OF TRANSPORT SHOULD ASSEMBLE OUTSIDE THE RECEPTION OFFICE AT MURRAY BUILDING NOT LATER THAN 9.45 A.M. A SMALL BUS WILL LEAVE FOR TSUEN WAN AT 9.50 A.M. SHARP.
AFTER THE SIGNING CEREMONY, ENGINEERS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR INTERVIEW IN BOTH ENGLISH AND CHINESE.
OFFICERS OF THE P.W.D.’S PUBLICITY UNIT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST THE PRESS.
------0------- /13....................................
THURSDAY, CCT0B3R 19, 1978
WATER CUT
* * *
WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN HAPPY VALLEY WILL BE STOPPED FOR EIGHT HOURS FROM 10 P.M. ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 21) TO FACILITATE WATER MAIN CONNECTION WORK BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
THE PREMISES TO BE AFFECTED ARE 1-19 AND 2-36 VILLAGE RAOD-ALL PREMISES IN VILLAGE TERRACE, FUNG FAI TERRACE AND YU KWONG TERRACE- 14-26 SHAN KWONG ROAD AND 2-10 WANG TAK STREET.
- - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1973
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
FIRST CHEUNG CHAU DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT SIGNED ............. 1
FUTURE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT TO STAY IN INDUSTRIALISTS’ HAND ...................................................... 2
LAW ON PLEASURE CRAFT THIRD PARTY INSURANCE EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1 ................................................. 3
NEW MAXI CAB ROUTES TO COME INTO OPERATION ON MONDAY ... 4
MR. DENIS BRAY TOURS NEW TERRITORIES ..................... 5
REGULATIONS ON LIFTING APPLIANCES EFFECTIVE FROM NOVEMBER 1 ................................................ 6
MR. AKERS-JONES OPENS JAYCEES YUEN LONG WEEK .............. 7
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN SHAM SHUI PO..................... 8
FIRING PRACTICE ........................................... 8
FRIDAY. CCT032R 20, 1978
1
FIRST CHEUNG CHAU DEVELOPMENT CONTRACT SIGNED *****
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TODAY SIGNED A CONTRACT WORTH $31.6 MILLION FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE NORTH WESTERN SHORE OF CHEUNG CHAU.
THE CONTRACT, WHICH INCLUDES THE FORMATION OF ABOUT 12 HECTARES OF LAND, WAS AWARDED TO WAH HING AND CO.
IT WAS FORMALLY SIGNED BY MR. T.S. NG, GOVERNMENT ENGINEER (NEW TERRITORIES) OF THE P.W.D. AND MR. CHUNG CHUEN LAM, MANAGER OF THE COMPANY.
MR. NG SAID THAT THE CONTRACT FORMED THE FIRST STAGE OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF CHEUNG CHAU.
THE FULL SCHEME, HE ADDED, WOULD INVOLVE THE PROVISION OF PUBLIC HOUSING FOR 5,000 PEOPLE, LAND FOR PRIVATE HOUSING FOR ANOTHER 10,000 PEOPLE AND SITES FOR LIGHT INDUSTRIES.
ALSO PROVIDED WILL BE GOVERNMENT AND COMMUNITY FACILITIES, SUCH AS SCHOOLS, MARKETS, A SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT, AN INCINERATOR, AN ABATTOIR AND OPEN SPACE.
+0F THE 12 HECTARES OF LAND TO BE FORMED, UNDER THIS CONTRACT, SIX WILL BE RECLAIMED FROM THE SEA AT CHEUNG CHAU WAN, KWAI TSAI WAN AND TAI KWAI WAN*, MR. NG SAID.
♦FILLING MATERIALS WILL BE TAKEN FROM A BORROW AREA ON A HILLSIDE NORTH OF TAI KWAI WAN AND FROM THE AREA EAST OF KWAI TSAI WAN WHERE A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE WILL BE SITUATED.*
HE POINTED OUT THAT TO CONTAIN THE FILLING MATERIALS, 300 METRES OF SEAWALLS AND 1,400 METRES OF RUBBLE REVETMENT WOULD BE BUILT.
A HAUL ROAD, ABOUT ONE KILOMETRE IN LENGTH, WOULD BE BUILT FOR THE TRANSPORTATION OF THE FILLING MATERIALS, HE ADDED.
THE CONTRACT ALSO COVERS THE CONSTRUCTION OF THREE KILOMETRES OF PATHWAYS AND PROMENADES. SOME NINE KILOMETRES OF STORM WATER DRAINS AND SEWERS WILL ALSO BE LAID.
MR. NG SAID THAT ON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, SITES WOULD BE PROVIDED AT CHEUNG CHAU WAN AND KWAI TSAI WAN FOR A PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATE FOR ABOUT 2,000 PEOPLE AND FOR VILLAGE TYPE HOUSING AND LIGHT INDUSTRIAL USES.
PART OF THE LAND TO BE FORMED OR RECLAIMED, HE ADDED, WOULD BE USED AS SITES FOR A CENTRAL SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT, AN INCINERATOR, AN ABATTOIR, AND A NEW MARINE FUELLING STATION.
A SYSTEM OF DRAINS FOR STORM WATER AND SEWAGE WILL BE PROVIDED TO SERVE CENTRAL AND NORTHERN CHEUNG CHAU. THIS SYSTEM WILL, IN FUTURE, BE FURTHER EXTENDED.
WORK ON THE CONTRACT WILL COMMENCE AT THE BEGINNING OF NEXT MONTH AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 21 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
0 - -
/2
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1978
2
FUTURE INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT TO STAY IN INDUSTRIALISTS’ HANDS ******
THE GOVERNMENT HAS AGREED THAT CONSULTANTS SHOULD BE APPOINTED TO STUDY AND ADVISE ON THE NEED AND THE VIABILITY OF A PERMANENT INDUSTRIAL EXHIBITION CENTRE IN HONG KONG.
THIS WAS STATED TODAY BY THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS, MR. DAVID JORDAN, WHEN OPENING THE INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT EXHIBITION — INDEQUEX 78.
MR. JORDAN’S SPEECH CENTRED ON THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG’S INDUSTRY WHICH HE POINTED OUT HAD BEEN ADAPTING TO A CHANGING WORLD FOR YEARS.
+IT IS TYPICAL OF HONG KONG AND NO SURPRISE TO ANY OF US THAT HONG KONG PEOPLE AREN’T SITTING AROUND WAITING FOR THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON DIVERSIFICATION TO TELL THEM WHAT TO D0.+
HE SAID THE COMMITTEE WAS EXPECTED TO COMPLETE ITS TASK BY THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR BUT THAT IT WAS QUITE CLEAR THAT WHATEVER RECOMMENDATIONS IT MIGHT PRODUCE AND WHATEVER MODIFICATIONS OR EXTENSION OF GOVERNMENT POLICIES MIGHT FOLLOW, +THE FINAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR HONG KONG’S CONTINUING INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT WILL REMAIN WHERE IT IS NOW« IN THE HANDS OF THE PEOPLE ACTUALLY ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURI NG.+
BUT MR. JORDAN ADDED THAT THE INSTITUTIONAL INFRASTRUCTURE WOULD STILL HAVE AN IMPORTANT PART TO PLAY AND EXISTING INSTITUTIONS MIGHT TAKE ON A GREATER ROLE.
♦AND THERE MAY BE NEW INSTITUTIONS. AS SOME OF YOU KNOW I HAVE FOR LONG DEPLORED THE LACK IN HONG KONG OF STRONG INDUSTRIAL AND TRADE ASSOCIATIONS. IT’S NOT ENOUGH NOWADAYS JUST TO HAVE A VOICE, EVEN A LOUD VOICE. IT NEEDS TO BE BACKED UP BY RESEARCH --SCIENTIFIC, TECHNICAL, STATISTICAL. AND THAT REQUIRES MONEY, AND FULL TIME STAFF.♦
MR. JORDAN SAID THERE WOULD ALSO BE A NEED FOR GREATER CO-ORDINATION OF THE ACTIVITIES OF THE VARIOUS INSTITUTIONS CONCERNED WITH THE DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRY.
AT THE OPENING CEREMONY MR. JORDAN PRESENTED AWARDS TO THE WINNERS OF THE ’ASIASTAR COMPETITION’ WHICH IS SPONSORED BY THE ASIAN PACKAGING FEDERATION WITH THE AIM OF IMPROVING THE REGION’S PACKAGING STANDARDS.
0--------
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1978
LAW ON THIRD PARTY INSURANCE FOR PLEASURE CRAFT EFFECTIVE ON JANUARY 1 ******
THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (AMENDMENT)(NO. 2) ORDINANCE 1978 WHICH REQUIRES OWNERS OF PLEASURE CRAFT TO TAKE OUT THIRD PARTY INSURANCE COVERING DEATH AND PERSONAL INJURY WILL COME INTO EFFECT ON JANUARY 1, NEXT YEAR.
THE AMENDED LEGISLATION STIPULATES THAT OWNERS OF PLEASURE CRAFT ARE REQUIRED TO INSURE THEIR VESSELS AGAINST THIRD PARTY RISKS UP TO $600,000. IT IS UP TO OWNERS TO OBTAIN HIGHER INSURANCE COVER IF THEY SO WISH.
IN ADDITION, PLEASURE VESSEL LICENCES WILL ONLY BE ISSUED OR RENEWED ON THE PRODUCTION OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE.
UNDER THE LAW, ANYONE USING A PLEASURE CRAFT WITHOUT THE INSURANCE WILL BE COMMITTING AN OFFENCE AND IS LIABLE TO A FINE OF $10,000 AND 12 MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT.
ALSO COMING INTO EFFECT ON JANUARY 1, ARE THE MERCHANT SHIPPING (PLEASURE VESSELS)(AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 1978. THE NEW REGULATIONS CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING MAIN POINTS:
* A LICENCE DISC WILL BE ISSUED IN RESPECT OF A LICENSED PLEASURE VESSEL, WHICH WILL HAVE TO BE DISPLAYED ON THE VESSEL. IN ADDITION A LICENCE BOOK WILL BE ISSUED FOR EACH CRAFT-
* THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE IS EMPOWERED TO SPECIFY THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF PERSONS WHO MAY BE CARRIED ON A PLEASURE VESSEL. ADDITIONALLY HE MAY REQUIRE THE LICENSED OWNER OF A PLEASURE VESSEL TO DELIVER THAT VESSEL ANYWHERE FOR INSPECTION AND SURVEY-
* SMALL PLEASURE VESSELS, WHICH ARE NORMALLY CARRIED ON BOARD OR ATTACHED TO ANOTHER VESSEL WILL, PROVIDING IT DOES NOT EXCEED FOUR METRES IN LENGTH AND HAVE AN ENGINE NOT EXCEEDING 10 HORSEPOWER, AT THE DISCRETION OF THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE, BE INCLUDED IN THE LICENCE OF THE PARENT VESSEL-
* ON THE TRANSFER OF FULL OWNERSHIP, NEW OWNERS WILL BE ALLOWED TO TAKE OVER EXISTING LICENCES UNTIL THEIR EXPIRY BUT ARE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE SUCH LICENCES FOR ENDORSEMENT- AND
* THE EXISTING REGULATIONS MAKE IT AN OFFENCE TO USE
AN UNLICENSED PLEASURE VESSEL. THE NEW REGULATIONS EXTEND THE PROVISION TO MAKE IT AN OFFENCE TO POSSESS AN UNLICENSED PLEASURE VESSEL IN HONG KONG WATERS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE MARINE DEPARTMENT SAID THE AMENDMENTS HAD BEEN MADE WITH INTERESTS AND SAFETY OF THE PUBLIC IN MIND. +THE PROVISION FOR THE TRANSFER OF LICENCES AND SMALL PLEASURE CRAFT CARRIED BY PARENT VESSELS SHOULD BE WELCOMED BY THE OWNERS OF PLEASURE CRAFT,+ HE SAID.
- - 0 -
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1978
4
NEW MAXICAB ROUTES TO COME INTO OPERATION ON MONDAY * X * * * X
THE FIRST OF 11 NEW MAXICAB ROUTES ON HONG KONG ISLAND WILL COME INTO OPERATION ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23).
THE NEW SERVICES, WHICH WILL OPERATE BETWEEN CENTRAL AND BOWEN ROAD, WILL BE KNOWN AS MAXICAB ROUTE NO. 9.
THE SERVICE WILL OPERATE VIA EDINBURGH PLACE (WEST), CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, HARCOURT ROAD, COTTON TREE DRIVE, GARDEN ROAD, MAGAZINE GAP ROAD, BOWEN ROAD, BORRETT ROAD, KENNEDY ROAD, UPPER ALBERT ROAD, ALBANY ROAD, GLENEALY, WYNDHAM STREET, PEDDER STREET. CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND EDINBURGH PLACE (WEST).
THE SERVICE WILL OPERATE FROM 7.20 A.M. TO 6.20 P.M. FROM MONDAYS TO FRIDAYS AND ON SATURDAYS IT WILL OPERATE FROM 7.20 A.M. TO 2 P.M. THERE WILL BE NO SERVICE ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.
THE FARE WILL BE $1.
A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE TEN OTHER ROUTES WILL BE INTRODUCED PROGRESSIVELY IN THE LAST WEEK OF OCTOBER. THEY WILL SERVE SANDY BAY, KENNEDY TOWN, BROADWOOD ROAD, STANLEY, CHUNG HOM KOK, SHING ON VILLAGE AND CAPE COLLINSON.
/5
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1978
5
MR. DENIS BRAY TOURS NEW TERRITORIES ******
THE HONG KONG COMMISSIONER IN LONDON, MR. DENIS BRAY. SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) THE PEOPLE OF THE UNITED KINGDOM ARE TREMENDOUSLY IMPRESSED WITH THE DRAMATIC DEVELOPMENT IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
♦THEY ARE TREMENDOUSLY IMPRESSED NOT ONLY BY WHAT HAS BEEN ACHIEVED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES BUT THE PACE OF DEVELOPMENT.♦ MR. BRAY SAID AFTER HIS DAY-LONG VISIT TO THE NEW TERRITORIES WHERE HE HAD TALKS WITH SENIOR OFFICIALS OF THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND THE NEW TERRITORIES DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
MR. BRAY WAS ACCOMPANIED BY THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. JOHN TODD.
MR. BRAY STARTED HIS VISIT WITH A HELICOPTER TOUR OVER TSUEN WAN, KWAI CHUNG, TSI NG Yl, TUEN MUN, YUEN LONG, TAI PO, PLOVER COVE RESERVOIR, HIGH ISLAND AND JUNK BAY.
ON LANDING AT THE SHA TIN RACE COURSE, MR. BRAY WAS MET BY THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. GERRY HIGGINSON AND THE SHA TIN PROJECT MANAGER, MR. BRYAN O’RORKE. THE PARTY PROCEEDED TO THE VANTAGE POINT BEHIND SHA TIN WAI FOR A BIRD’S EYE VIEW AND BRIEFING ON THE NEW TOWN.
MR. BRAY WENT ON TO TAI PO WHERE HE WAS MET BY THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. PETER JOHNSON, AND THE TAI PO-FAN LING PROJECT MANAGER, MR. BERNARD NEWMAN. MR. BRAY VIEWED THE LAST DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN THE DISTRICT FROM THE ROOFTOP OF MEI TAK BUILDING.
IN THE AFTERNOON, MR. BRAY MET THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. MICHAEL CARTLAND, AND THE GOVERNMENT ENGINEER (NEW TERRITORIES), MR. NG TECK-SHENG AT THE YUEN LONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION CLUBHOUSE. FROM THE TOP FLOOR OF THE CLUBHOUSE THE OFFICIAL PARTY VIEWED THE LATEST YUEN LONG DEVELOPMENT.
MR. BRAY THEN PROCEEDED TO +TOP COURT+ IN TUEN MUN NEW TOWN WHERE HE WAS MET BY THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. PETER NG, AND THE TUEN MUN PROJECT MANAGER, MR. STAN BARDEN.
AFTER VIEWING THE TUEN MUN DEVELOPMENT, MR. BRAY RETURNED TO KOWLOON BY WAY OF TUEN MUN ROAD AND TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN.
DURING HIS VISIT TO TUEN MUN NEW TOWN, MR. ERAY SA IDs +FIVE YEARS AGO THERE WAS NOTHING HERE BUT NOW YOU HAVE A NEW TOWN.+
MR. BRAY IS IN HONG KONG FOR TALKS WITH SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS, AND TO KEEP HIMSELF UP-TO-DATE WITH THE LATEST DEVELOPMENT IN HONG KONG. HE LEAVES FOR LONDON ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23).
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1978
- 6 -
REGULATIONS ON LIFTING APPLIANCES EFFECTIVE FROM NOVEMBER 1 ******
THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. NEIL HENDERSON, TODAY (FRIDAY) ANNOUNCED THAT THE NEW FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (LIFTING APPLIANCES AND LIFTING GEAR)(AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 1978 WILL COME INTO OPERATION FROM NOVEMBER 1.
UNDER THE NEW REGULATIONS, WHICH WAS PASSED IN LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON AUGUST 16, OPERATORS OF LIFTING APPLIANCES IN DOCKS, QUAYS, WHARVES AND WAREHOUSES MUST BE TRAINED PERSONS OR UNDERGOING TRAINING AND UNDER SUPERVISION- SIGNALLING ARRANGEMENTS MUST BE USED WHEN A LIFT IS IN OPERATION- STEAM EMANATING FROM A CRANE MUST NOT OBSCURE A WORKPLACE WHERE WORKMEN ARE EMPLOYED- AND CHAINS, ROPES AND LIFTING GEAR USED IN DOCKS, QUAYS, WHARVES AND WAREHOUSES MUST BE INSPECTED BY COMPETENT PERSONS BEFORE USE.
ADDITIONAL DETAIL IS ALSO ADDED TO THE PROCEDURE FOR TESTING SHEAVE PULLEY BLOCKS.
THE NEW REGULATIONS WILL, HOWEVER, NOT APPLY TO THE USE OF SIMILAR APPLICANCES AND GEAR ON CONSTRUCTION SITES WHICH IS ALREADY COVERED BY LAW PASSED IN 1973.
- 0 -
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1978
MR. AKERS-JONES OPENS JAYCEES YUEN LONG WEEK
* * * *
THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES, TODAY (FRIDAY) PRAISED THE PEOPLE OF YUEN LONG FOR THEIR ADAPTABILITY AND COMMUNITY BONDS IN MEETING NEW CIRCUMSTANCES CREATED BY MASSIVE DEVELOPMENTS IN THE DISTRICT.
SPEAKING AT THE OFFICIAL OPENING CEREMONY OF THE +JAYCEES YUEN LONG WEEK*, MR. AKERS-JONES SAID: +THERE IS NO PLACE IN HONG KONG WHERE THE PACE OF PHYSICAL CHANGE IS MORE DRAMATIC THAN YUEN LONG.
+1 AM GLAD THAT THE PEOPLE OF YUEN LONG ARE ADAPTING AND STRENGTHENING THEIR OLD COMMUNITY BONDS TO MEET THE CHALLENGING NEW CIRCUMSTANCES OF TODAY.
♦THE YUEN LONG JAYCEES ARE PART OF THIS PROCESS OF ADAPTATION AND I HOPE MANY MORE YOUNG PEOPLE WOULD COME FORWARD TO JOIN THEM IN THEIR GOOD WORK FOR THE COMMUNITY.+
MR. AKERS-JONES ALSO PRAISED THE YUEN LONG JAYCEES FOR THEIR ♦INITIATIVE AND COMMUNITY CONSCIOUSNESS* IN ORGANISING THE YUEN LONG WEEK WHICH WILL BE OPENED UNTIL NEXT THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26).
THE PRESIDENT OF THE YUEN LONG JAYCEES, DR. S.T. TANG, SAID IN HIS WELCOMING SPEECH THAT ACTIVITIES FOR THE +JAYCEES YUEN LONG WEEK+ WOULD INCLUDE A FUN FAIR, A POP-FOLK SHOW, AN ORCHESTRAL CONCERT, A FIVE-DAY EXHIBITION AND FOOTBALL MATCHES.
HE ADDED THAT THE ACTING DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, DR. C.T. WONG, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE ♦EXHIBITION ON YUEN LONG+ ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22).
THE EXHIBITION, TO BE OPENED DAILY AT THE YUEN LONG TOWN HALL UNTIL OCTOBER 26, WILL FEATURE A FULL RANGE OF LIVE FRESH WATER FISH BRED IN YUEN LONG DISTRICT AS WELL AS MODELS OF PLASTIC NET HOUSES, TRACTORS, LATEST IRRIGATION SYSTEMS AND MAPS AND PHOTOGRAPHS OF HONG KONG’S COUNTRY PARKS.
TODAY’S OPENING CEREMONY AT THE YUEN LONG STADIUM WAS FOLLOWED BY A VARIETY SHOW WITH PERFORMANCES BY ARTISTES OF THE HONG KONG TELEVISION BROADCASTING LIMITED AND LOCAL PERFORMERS.
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1978
8
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN SHAM SHU I PO
*****
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THE SECTION OF MAPLE STREET BETWEEN FUK WA STREET AND CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD IN SHAM SHU I PO HAS BEEN RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY IN THE AREA.
THE TEMPORARY ARRANGEMENT WILL BE IN FORCE DURING THE MTR CONSTRUCTION PERIOD.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS HAVE BEEN SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
-------o ---------
FIRING PRACTICE
*****
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON NINE DAYS NEXT MONTH (NOVEMBER).
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES ARE:
DATE HOURS
NOVEMBER 6 (MONDAY) 9 A.M. - 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 7 (TUESDAY) 9 A.M. - 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 8 (WEDNESDAY) 9 A.M. - 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 9 (THURSDAY) 9 A.M. - 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 10 (FRIDAY) 9 A.M. - 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 14 (TUESDAY) 9 A.M. - 10 P.M.
NOVEMBER 15 (WEDNESDAY) 9 A.M. - 10 P.M.
NOVEMBER 16 (THURSDAY) 9 A.M. - 10 P.M.
NOVEMBER 20 (MONDAY) 12 NOON - 4.30 P.M.
- - o -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GOVERNMENT PLANS TO BUILD «42O MILLION WORTH OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ........ 1
MORE ADDICTION TREATMENT FACILITIES HELP REDUCE CRIME ... 3
TREASURY EXPANDS COMPUTER SERVICE ......................... 5
FIRST DENTAL NURSE TRAINING COURSES BEGIN ON MONDAY ....... 6
PRISONERS SERVING COMMUNITY ............................... 7
PASSING-OUT PARADE OF CUSTOMS OFFICERS .................... 8
TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF CHUK YUEN ROAD........................ 9
WATER CUT IN WAN CHAI AND WESTERN.......................... 9
FIRING PRACTICE
10
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
1
GOVERNMENT PLANS TO BUILD $420 MILLION WORTH OF SPORTS AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, SAID TODAY OVER THE NEXT SEVEN YEARS UP TO 1985 THE GOVERNMENT INTENDS TO BUILD RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS FACILITIES COSTING $420 MILLION FOR THE PEOPLE LIVING IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE NEW $12 MILLION FANLING SWIMMING POOL, SIR MURRAY SAID THAT ITS OPENING MARKS A TURNING POINT IN THE PROVISION OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORTS FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.
HE SAID: +THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL IS THE FIRST TO BE PROVIDED IN THE NORTH-EAST AREA OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, AND WILL BE FOLLOWED BY MANY NEW PROJECTS THROUGHOUT, SO THAT NECESSARY OPPORTUNITIES AND OUTLETS FOR SPORT AND RECREATION WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE.
♦THE RANGE OF FACILITIES THE GOVERNMENT PLANS TO PROVIDE INCLUDES SPORTS STADIA WITH FULL-SIZED SOCCER PITCHES AND ALL WEATHER RUNNING TRACKS IN TSUEN WAN, TUEN MUN, SHA TIN, SHEK WU HUI, TAI PO AND SAI KUNG TOWNS. TEN SWIMMING POOL COMPLEXES IN YUEN LONG, TAI PO AND THREE NEW TOWNS, AND A LARGE OUTDOOR STADIUM IN EACH OF THESE THREE NEW TOWNS WITH A SEATING CAPACITY OF 30,000 PEOPLE ARE ALSO BEING PLANNED.
♦ALL THESE NEW TOWNS WILL ALSO HAVE LARGE PUBLIC PARKS AND INDOOR GAMES HALLS.
♦TO PROVIDE ALL THESE THINGS BY THE TIME THE NEW TOWNS AND MARKET TOWNS ARE COMPLETED IN 1984-85, IT IS ESTIMATED TO COST ABOUT $420 MILLION, OR AN AVERAGE OF $60 MILLION A YEAR. GIVEN CONTINUED PROSPERITY, I HOPE THE NECESSARY FUNDS WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE.+
THE GOVERNOR ADDED: +0F COURSE LOCAL INITIATIVE AND ENTERPRISE WILL STILL HAVE A VERY IMPORTANT PART TO PLAY. FOR INSTANCE, THE INDOOR SPORTS CENTRE RECENTLY COMPLETED HAS PROVED A GREAT SUCCESS AND DOES CREDIT TO THE PUBLIC SPIRIT OF THE DONORS.♦
SIR MURRAY CONCLUDED BY SAYING THAT OTHER SIMILAR PROJECTS ARE BEING PLANNED AND HE WISHED THE ORGANISERS WELL.
HE THEN UNVEILED A PLAQUE TO DECLARE THE POOL OPEN.
EARLIER, IN WELCOMING THE GOVERNOR, THE DIRECTOR OF URBAN SERVICES, MR. BRIAN WILSON, SAID THAT THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX IS THE SECOND PUBLIC SWIMMING POOL TO BE COMPLETED IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE FIRST ONE BEING THE KWAI SHING SWIMMING POOL IN TSUEN WAN.
/this ?r?v.....
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
2
THIS NEW SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX WHICH CONSISTS OF A 90 X 25 METRE MAIN POOL, A 50 X 21 METRE SECONDARY POOL, A 25 X 11 METRE TEACHING AND TRAINING POOL AND A PADDLING POOL FOR CHILDREN, WILL BE HEATED AND USED THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
MR. WILSON SAIDi +THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT AIMS TO PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE RANGE OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN EACH MAJOR POPULATION CENTRE. DEVELOPMENT PLANS FOR THE FAN LING-SHEK WU HUI-LUEN WO HUI AREA CALL FOR THE ESTABLISHMENT CF WHAT WILL IN EFFECT BE A NEW TOWN WITH A POPULATION OF 200,000, A SIZABLE COMMUNITY BY ANY STANDARDS. SO APART FROM THIS SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX, WE’RE PLANNING THE CONSTRUCTION OF OTHER RECREATIONAL FACILITIES RANGING FROM CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUNDS AND GARDENS TO MAJOR SPORTS VENUES AS PART OF THE OVERALL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME FOR THIS AREA.
♦THIS IS ONE ASPECT OF THE PROVISION OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES. THE OTHER AND EQUALLY IMPORTANT ASPECT IS THAT THE FACILITIES PROVIDED SHOULD BE FULLY USED. IT’S NOT ENOUGH MERELY TO PROVIDE THE VENUE AND TO LEAVE PEOPLE TO USE IT. IT’S ALSO NECESSARY TO GO FURTHER AND PROMOTE THE USE OF THE VENUE. THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT INTENDS TO DO THIS, WORKING IN CLOSE CO-OPERATION WITH THE DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD AND THE RECREATION AND SPORT SERVICE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, BY ORGANISING TRAINING SESSIONS, TOURNAMENTS AND COMPETITIONS INVOLVING SCHOOLS, YOUTH GROUPS AND LOCAL SPORTS BODIES AND ASSOCIATIONS.*
A SWIMMING EXHIBITION AND A LIFE-SAVING DEMONSTRATION WERE HELD BY STUDENTS OF NEW TERRITORIES SCHOOLS AND THE HONG KONG LIFE GUARD CLUB TO MARK THE OPENING.
BEFORE OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING OF THE FANLING SWIMMING POOL, SIR MURRAY TOOK A BIRD’S EYE VIEW OF THE LATEST MULTIBILLION DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS IN TAI PO AND FAN LING-SHEK WU HUI. HE WAS ACCOMPANIED BY LADY MACLEHOSE.
SIR MURRAY FLEW BY HELICOPTER TO SAN TAU KOK WHERE HE WAS MET BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES, THE TAI PO-FAN LING PROJECT MANAGER, MR. BERNARD NEWMAN AND THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICER, MR. PETER JOHNSON.
THE OFFICIAL PARTY PROCEEDED TO A VANTAGE POINT ABOVE SHUEN WAN OVERLOOKING THE TAI PO INDUSTRIAL ESTATE.
SIR MURRAY WAS BRIEFED ON THE INDUSTRIAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ESTATES CORPORATION, bR. LI FOOK-WO AND THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE, MR. VICTOR MILLER.
SIR MURRAY THEN WENT ON TO THE ROOFTOP OF MEI TAK BUILDING IN TAI PO WHERE HE WAS BRIEFED BY MR. NEWMAN.
SIR MURRAY WAS TOLD THAT TAI PO AND FAN LING-SHEK WU HUI WILL BE DEVELOPED INTO BALANCED AND SELF-CONTAINED MODERN NEW TOWNS FOR A TOTAL OF 390,000 PEOPLE BY LATE 1980’S.
-----0-_____
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
MORE ADDICTION TREATMENT FACILITIES HELP REDUCE CRIME
*****
THE EXPANSION OF TREATMENT FACILITIES FOR DRUG ADDICTION HAS CONTRIBUTED TO THE IMPROVEMENT OF THE CRIME SITUATION IN HONG KONG, IT WAS STATED IN THE HONG KONG NARCOTICS REPORT 1977 PUBLISHED TODAY (SATURDAY).
THE REPORT. PUBLISHED ANNUALLY BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN), REVIEWED 1977 AS A YEAR OF ’SUSTAINED EFFORTS AND CONTINUED SUCCESS’.
THE REPORT NOTED THAT THE INCREASED AVAILABILITY OF TREATMENT FACILITIES HAD LED TO A DRASTIC DROP IN THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE CONVICTED IN THE PAST FOUR YEARS FOR MINOR DRUG OFFENCES SUCH AS THE SMOKING AND POSSESSION OF DANGEROUS DRUGS. IN 1974, THE NUMBER WAS 16,200- IT DROPPED TO 11,377 IN 1975, 9,110 IN 1976 AND ONLY 6,683 IN 1977.
THE REPORT DESCRIBED THIS AS A ’DEMONSTRABLE ACHIEVEMENT’ AND SAID THAT ALTHOUGH OTHER FACTORS MAY HAVE CONTRIBUTED TO THIS DROP, THE AVAILABILITY OF TREATMENT FACILITIES HAS PLAYED ’NO SMALL PART’ IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF THE CRIME SITUATION AS REFLECTED BY THESE FIGURES.
IT GOES ON TO SAY THAT LAW ENFORCEMENT PRESSURE AND CONTINUED EXPANSION OF TREATMENT FACILITIES INDUCED MORE ADDICTS THAN EVER BEFORE TO COME FORWARD FOR TREATMENT VOLUNTARILY DURING THE YEAR. IN SEPTEMBER, THE TOTAL NUMBER OF ADDICTS RECEIVING TREATMENT, REHABILITATION OR AFTERCARE DAILY WAS CLOSE ON 16,500, AN ALL-TIME RECORD.
ON LAW ENFORCEMENT, THE REPORT SAID THAT THE LAST OF THE ’MR. BIGS’ IN HONG KONG’S ILLICIT DRUG TRADE WAS GONE AND ALL MAJOR DRUG SYNDICATES HAD BEEN SMASHED.
SUCCESSFUL ACTION BY THE POLICE AND THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE PUSHED ILLICIT DRUG PRICES TO AN ALL-TIME HIGH IN AUGUST WHEN THE WHOLESALE VALUE OF NO. 3 HEROIN REACHED $56,440 A KILOGRAMME, ALMOST TWICE THE VALUE OF GOLD, THE REPORT SAID.
DURING THE YEAR UNDER REVIEW NO ATTEMPT WAS KNOWN TO HAVE BEEN MADE TO SMUGGLE IN BULK SUPPLY OF DRUGS FROM THAILAND BY FISHING TRAWLERS, A PRACTICE WHICH DRUG TRAFFICKERS TRIED UNSUCCESSFULLY TO REVIVE IN 1976.
INSTEAD, DRUGS WERE MAINLY SMUGGLED INTO HONG KONG BY MEANS OF COURIERS OR CONCEALMENT IN AIR CARGO OR ON BOARD OCEAN-GOING VESSELS. THIS BROUGHT A MARKED DECLINE IN SEIZURES OF OPIUM AND MORPHINE, BUT AN INCREASE IN HEROIN WHICH IS LIGHTER TO CARRY AND EASIER TO CONCEAL. THE QUANTITIES SEIZED WERE 147 KILOGRAMMES OF OPIUM, 98 KILOGRAMMES OF MORPHINE AND 179 KILOGRAMMES OF HEROIN, COMPARED WITH 3,553, 291 AND 164 KILOGRAMMES RESPECTIVELY IN 1976.
/ALTCG3THER, .....
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1°78
1+
ALTOGETHER, 2,296 PEOPLE WERE PROSECUTED FOR SERIOUS DRUG OFFENCES SUCH AS MANUFACTURING AND TRAFFICKING. AMONG THEM WERE 55 HIGH-LEVEL TRAFFICKERS COMPRISING 10 SYNDICATE HEADS OR ASSISTANT HEADS, THREE MAJOR BROKERS, 14 MAJOR DISTRIBUTORS, SIX HEROIN CHEMISTS, 11 DRUG STORE-KEEPERS, TWO COURIERS AND NINE INDEPENDENT OPERATORS.
THE REPORT ALSO MENTIONED THAT COMPARED WITH TWO YEARS AGO, PEOPLE IN HONG KONG NOW HAD A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE DRUG PROBLEM AND THEIR ATTITUDES TO IT WERE BECOMING MORE POSITIVE AND RESPONSIVE, MAINLY AS A RESULT OF INTENSIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY CAMPAIGNS.
IT SAID THAT A SURVEY CONDUCTED AFTER AN INTENSIVE EDUCATIONAL CAMPAIGN IN SHAM SHU I PO IN LATE 1977 INDICATED THAT ’THE CAMPAIGN REACHED A BROADER SPECTRUM OF PEOPLE*.
THIS COULD EQUALLY BE SAID OF THE WHOLE PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY EFFORT IN 1977, THE REPORT SAID.
ALL THESE DEVELOPMENTS, COMBINED WITH INCREASED CO-OPERATION BETWEEN HONG KONG AND OVERSEAS COUNTRIES IN ACTION AGAINST DRUGS, MEAN THAT HONG KONG HAS NOT ONLY CONTAINED ITS DRUG PROBLEM BUT IS MAKING INROADS IN SOME VITAL AREAS SUCH AS DRUG ABUSE PREVENTION AND REDUCTION OF CRIMINAL BEHAVIOUR AMONG ADDICTS, THE REPORT CONCLUDED.
THE CHAIRMAN OF ACAN, S |R ALBERT RODRIGUES, SAID IN THE FOREWORD OF THE REPORT THAT TO GET MEANINGFUL RESULTS, THE INTERDEPENDENCE OF ALL PROGRAMMES HAD TO BE ACCEPTED BY THOSE INVOLVED, AND CO-OPERATION BUILT-UP BETWEEN THEM.
♦1977 PROVIDES A GOOD EXAMPLE OF WHAT CAN BE ACHIEVED BY SUCH AN APPROACH,♦ HE SAID.
THE 112-PAGE REPORT, ILLUSTRATED WITH COLOUR PHOTOGRAPHS, IS PUBLISHED IN SEPARATE ENGLISH AND CHINESE VERSIONS. IT GIVES A COMPREHENSIVE ACCOUNT OF ALL DEVELOPMENTS OF HONG KONG’S ANTI-NARCOTICS PROGRAMMES DURING THE YEAR.
MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO WISH TO BUY COPIES OF THE REPORT CAN OBTAIN THEM AT $8.50 A COPY FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, G.P.O. BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL.
-----0-------
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
5
TREASURY EXPANDS COMPUTER SERVICE K * K K *
THE TREASURY HAS EXPANDED ITS COMPUTER FACILITIES TO COPE WITH INCREASING WORKLOAD AND TO ALLOW MORE GOVERNMENT SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES TO BE COMPUTERISED.
THIS WAS MADE POSSIBLE BY THE USE OF A LARGER AND MORE ADVANCED MODEL OF THE COMPUTER EARLY THIS YEAR WHICH REPLACED THE OLD MODEL THAT HAD BEEN IN USE SINCE 1970.
ANOTHER MAJOR DEVELOPMENT DURING THE YEAR WAS THE INSTALLATION AT THE DEPARTMENT’S SUB-OFFICES OF NEW COMPUTERISED RECEIPTING MACHINES. THEY REPLACED THE LESS EFFICIENT ELECTRO-MECHANICAL CASH REGISTERS.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TREASURY SAID THESE NEW SEMI-ON-LINE EQUIPMENT WILL PERMIT RECEIPT TRANSACTIONS TO BE BROUGHT TO ACCOUNT PROMPTLY IN THE APPROPRIATE ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS WITHOUT EXCESSIVE MANUAL INVOLVEMENT.
♦WITH MORE EXTENSIVE COMPUTER FACILITIES BECOMING AVAILABLE,* HE SAID, +1977-78 FINANCIAL YEAR ALSO SAW SEVERAL OTHER ASPECTS OF THE DEPARTMENT’S FUNCTIONS COMPUTERISED.
+THEY INCLUDED THE SYSTEM FOR RECORDING THE REPAYMENTS OF STUDENT LOANS, AND THE SYSTEM TO ACCOUNT FOR THE ISSUE AND SETTLEMENT OF THE MANY AND VARIOUS DEMAND NOTES ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.+
♦THE PAYMENTS OF SEVERAL OF THE REGULAR ALLOWANCES TO CIVIL SERVANTS WERE ALSO TRANSFERRED TO THE COMPUTERISED SALARIES SYSTEM.
♦IN THE PAST, PAYMENTS OF THESE ALLOWANCES WERE MADE UNDER A PARTIALLY MECHANISED SYSTEM,+ HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT PLANNING IS ALSO WELL ADVANCED FOR THE COMPUTERISATION OF THE WIDOWS AND ORPHANS AND WIDOWS AND CHILDREN’S PENSION SCHEMES. AND THE INTRODUCTION OF A COMPUTER-BASED SYSTEM FOR THE PAYMENT OF CREDITORS.
♦THESE SYSTEMS ARE TO BE IMPLEMENTED LATER THIS FINANCIAL YEAR AND THE CREDITORS SYSTEM WILL LATER BE EXPANDED INTO A FULL FINANCIAL INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR BUDGETARY CONTROL, COSTING AND MANAGEMENT,* HE ADDED.
-----o------
/6
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
6
FIRST DENTAL NURSE TRAINING COURSES BEGIN ON MONDAY ******
HONG KONG’S FIRST DENTAL NURSE TRAINING COURSES WILL BEGIN ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23) AT THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT’S NEW DENTAL THERAPIST TRAINING SCHOOL AT MORRISON HILL.
THE TRAINING COURSES ARE PART OF THE DEPARTMENT’S MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME TO PROMOTE DENTAL HYGIENE AND PROPER DENTAL CARE OF THE COMMUNITY.
UNDER THE TRAINING SCHEME, 33 DENTAL THERAPISTS WILL UNDERGO A THREE-YEAR TRAINING COURSE AND FIVE DENTAL HYGIENISTS WILL TAKE PART IN A ONE-YEAR COURSE.
THE DENTAL THERAPIST TRAINING SCHOOL, NAMED AFTER SIR SHIU-KIN TANG WHO HAS DONATED A SUBSTANTIAL SUM TOWARDS THE CAPITAL COST OF THE SCHOOL, IS ACCOMMODATED AT THE MACLEHOSE DENTAL CENTRE NOW IN THE FINAL STAGE OF CONSTRUCTION.
ON COMPLETION OF THEIR TRAINING COURSES, THE DENTAL THERAPISTS WILL WORK IN A SCHOOL DENTAL CARE SCHEME TO BE LAUNCHED BY THE DEPARTMENT IN 1980.
THEY WILL WORK IN A SCHOOL DENTAL CLINIC, ALSO ACCOMMODATED AT THE MACLEHOSE DENTAL CENTRE, TO PROVIDE PRIMARY SCHOOL CHILDREN WITH A SERVICE WHICH COVERS BOTH THE PREVENTIVE AND BASIC TREATMENT ASPECTS OF DENTAL CARE.
THE INTRODUCTION OF THIS MAJOR DENTAL HEALTH SCHEME IS IN LINE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE WHITE PAPER ON THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID IT WAS ENVISAGED THAT THE SCHEME WOULD PROVIDE REGULAR DENTAL EXAMINATIONS AND SIMPLE CONSULTATIVE TREATMENT INCLUDING ORTHODONTIC TREATMENT AND THE SERVICE WOULD BE CARRIED OUT BY TRAINED DENTAL NURSES UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF DENTAL OFFICERS.
INITIALLY, THE SCHEME WILL BE AVAILABLE TO CHILDREN ENTERING PRIMARY SCHOOL IN A GIVEN YEAR AND THEREAFTER WILL BE PROGRESSIVELY EXTENDED TO INCLUDE CHILDREN ENTERING PRIMARY SCHOOL IN SUBSEQUENT YEARS, HE SAID.
THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT A FURTHER FOUR SCHOOL DENTAL CLINICS WOULD BE BUILT, TWO EACH IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES, WITHIN THE NEXT SIX YEARS AS THE SCHOOL DENTAL CARE SCHEME GRADUALLY EXPANDS TO COVER MORE CHILDREN.
_ . 0 -
SATURDAY, OCTOBSP 21, 1??8 7
PRISONERS SERVING COMMUNITY
*****
PRISONERS ARE MAKING A DIRECT CONTRIBUTION TO THE COMMUNITY BY IMPROVING FACILITIES IN RURAL AREAS UNDER THE OUTDOOR LABOUR SCHEME OF THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT.
THE SCHEME WHICH ENABLES PRISONERS TO SPEND THEIR IMPRISONMENT IN A CONSTRUCTIVE WAY, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AIMS OF PRISON INDUSTRIES AND PENAL DOMESTIC SERVICES, HAS PROVED TO BE VERY POPULAR AMONG THE PRISONERS BECAUSE OF THE OUTDOOR NATURE OF THE WORK.
THE PROJECTS INCLUDE BUILDING VILLAGE HOUSES, BUS BAYS, FOOT-PATHS, IMPROVEMENTS TO ROAD WORKS AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, GRASS CUTTING, AND BEACH CLEANING.
MOST OF THE PROJECTS ARE CARRIED OUT IN CLOSE COLLABORATION WITH THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND VOLUNTARY WELFARE AGENCIES WHO ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSESSING THE NEEDS OF VILLAGERS AND SUBMITTING THE REQUESTS TO THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT. SOME ARE INITIATED BY THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT WITH THE AIM OF IMPROVING OR PRESERVING THE GENERAL ENVIRONMENT OF THE RURAL AREA.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE PRISONS DEPARTMENT SAID i +AT PRESENT ABOUT 300 INMATES, AGED ABOVE 21 AND SERVING SHORT SENTENCES, ARE INVOLVED IN THIS OUTDOOR LABOUR SCHEME.
♦THEY ARE INMATES FROM PENAL INSTITUTIONS IN PIK UK, MA HANG, CHI MA WAN AND MA PO PING AND DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRES IN TONG FUK AND TAI LAM, AS WELL AS YOUNG INMATES FROM THE CAPE COLLINSON TRAINING CENTRE.♦
HE SAID PRISONERS INVOLVED IN THESE PROJECTS ARE FORMED INTO SMALL OUTDOOR PARTIES, EACH BEING CLOSELY SUPERVISED BY ONE PRISON OFFICER.
THEY NORMALLY WORK EIGHT HOURS A DAY AND ARE PAID AT A WEEKLY RATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PRISON RULES AND DEPENDING ON THEIR SKILL. ACCUMULATED SAVINGS EARNED BY AN INMATE ARE PAID TO HIM ON HIS RELEASE.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO SAID THAT THOSE PRISONERS WHO MISBEHAVE DURING OUTDOOR WORK, ARE LIABLE TO BE DISCIPLINED.
♦BUT THIS SELDOM HAPPENS,♦ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED, ♦BECAUSE THEY LIKE THIS TYPE OF WORK WHICH MAKES THEM FEEL USEFUL AND FREE AND THEY CERTAINLY DO NOT WANT TO LOSE THE JOB.+
THE SCHEME IS SO POPULAR THAT THE DEPARTMENT IS FLOODED WITH REQUESTS FOR SUCH COMMUNITY SERVICE AND PRIORITY HAS TO BE GIVEN TO THOSE PROJECTS WHICH ARE MORE URGENT AND IMPORTANT.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO REVEALED THAT THE DEPARTMENT IS ABOUT TO EMBARK ON MORE AMBITIOUS PROJECTS UNDER THIS OUTDOOR WORK SCHEME BY BUILDING THREE SEISMOGRAPH STATIONS AT SAI KUNG, TAI LAM AND CHI MA WAN FOR THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY IN THE NEAR FUTURE.
------0------- /8.............
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
0
PASSING-OUT PARADE OF CUSTOMS OFFICERS ******
A SUPERINTENDENT OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE
MR. H.L. KWONG TODAY (SATURDAY) CALLED ON 38 NEW CUSTOMS OFFICERS WHO HAVE JUST COMPLETED ‘ “ ------- -------------
A 1O-WEEK INDUCTION TRAINING
COURSE TO CARRY OUT THEIR DUTIES FIRMLY BUT WITH POLITENESS TO ALL CONCERNED.
HE WAS ADDRESSING THE GROUP AT A PASSING-OUT PARADE HELD AT THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE TRAINING SCHOOL IN TAI LAM CHUNG.
THE GRADUATES ARE ALL YOUNG RECRUITS WHO HAD RECEIVED TWO YEARS’ TRAINING IN GENERAL SUBJECTS, FOOT DRILL AND PHYSICAL EXERCISE IN THE POLICE CADET SCHOOL BEFORE JOINING THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE.
THEY ARE ALSO THE FOURTH BATCH OF YOUNG OFFICERS RECRUITED FROM THE POLICE CADET SCHOOL.
SPEAKING AT THE PASSING-OUT PARADE, MR. KWONG SAIDl *IN THE COURSE OF YOUR DUTIES YOU WILL BE CONTACTING PEOPLE FROM ALL WALKS OF LIFE. SOME OF THEM ARE CO-OPERATIVE BUT OTHERS ARE FAR FROM REASONABLE.
♦TO DEAL WITH THEM YOU SHOULD BE POLITE IN YOUR MANNERS, FOR WHAT YOU DISPLAY OUTSIDE WILL REFLECT ON THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE.
♦FAVOURABLE OR ADVERSE COMMENTS ON THE SERVICE DEPEND VERY MUCH UPON YOUR MANNER AND ATTITUDE TOWARDS THE PUBLIC.*
MR. KWONG ALSO TOLD THE RECRUITS THAT +IN THE EXECUTION CF YOUR AUTHORITY AS AN LAW ENFORCEMENT OFFICER, THERE MAY BE TIMES WHEN THE UNSCRUPULOUS PERSONS TRYING TO DIVERT YOU FROM YOUR DUTIES BY THE OFFER OF BRIBES OR ADVANTAGES.
♦YOU MUST BE FIRM AND RESIST THE TEMPTATION WITHOUT hESITATION,+ HE STRESSED.
- 0 -
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
9
TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF CHUK YUEN ROAD *****
CONSTRUCTION OF AN ALTERNATIVE ACCESS TO ON FU ROAD, TO LINK WITH THE PROPOSED CHUK YUEN ROAD EXTENSION, MAY START SOON.
PART OF CHUK YUEN ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC AS A RESULT.
HOWEVER, VEHICULAR ACCESS TO CHUK YUEN COTTAGE AREA WILL ESTIIMATED'aTDTEN MONTHS^ DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, PRESENTLY
WHEN THIS WORK HAS BEEN COMPLETED, THE ACCESS TO THE COTTAGE AREA WILL BE GREATLY IMPROVED.
THE NOTICE FOR THE TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF PART OF CHUK YUEN ROAD APPEARED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE YESTERDAY (FRIDAY).
THE 1978 AND 1978.
CLOSING DATE FOR OBJECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL IS NOVEMBER 20. ANY CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION MUST BE MADE BY DECEMBER 20,
-------o _
WATER CUT IN WAN CHAI AND WESTERN *****
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN WAN CHAI AND THE WESTERN DISTRICT WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IN WAN CHAI IS BOUNDED BY THE EAST SIDE OF O’BRIEN ROAD, NORTH SIDE OF JOHNSTON ROAD, WEST SIDE OF FLEMING ROAD AND GLOUCESTER ROAD.
IN WESTERN, THE AFFECTED AREA IS BOUNDED BY QUEEN’S ROAD WEST, WESTERN STREET, CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST AND EASTERN STREET.
-------o----------
/1O.....
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1978
10
FIRING PRACTICE
* * * *
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON FIVE DAYS NEXT WEEK.
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES ARE I
DATE HOURS
OCTOBER 23 (MONDAY) 8 A.M. - 11 P.M.
OCTOBER 24 (TUESDAY) 8 A.M. - 6 P.M.
OCTOBER 25 (WEDNESDAY) 8 A.M. - 11 P.M.
OCTOBER 26 (THURSDAY) 8 A.M. - 6 P.M.
OCTOBER 27 (FRIDAY) 8 A.M. - 6 P.M.
-------o----------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL; 5-233191
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1978
CONTENTS ’ PAGE NO.
APPLICATIONS INVITED FOR OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUTH SCHEME .................................................. !
RESEARCHERS CONTRIBUTE TO A CLEANER MARINE ENVIRONMENT 2
GIS MOBILE THEATRE — A HAPPY WAGON ...................... 3
MR. F.K. LI TO OFFICIATE AT KAIFONG DAY CELEBRATION ... 3
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE AT SAI KUNG ................ 4
TSIM SHA TSUI TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT........................ 4
WATER CUT................................................ 4
APPLICATIONS INVITED FOR OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUTH SCHEME * * *
THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT’S OPPORTUNITIES FOR YOUTH SCHEME IS AGAIN OPEN FOR APPLICATION TO ENABLE MORE YOUNG PEOPLE TO REALISE THEIR POTENTIAL THROUGH SOCIAL SERVICE.
THE SCHEME, SINCE ITS INCEPTION IN OCTOBER 1974, HAS MADE AVAILABLE A TOTAL OF 5455,000 FOR 393 PROJECTS WHICH WERE CARRIED OUT BY 14,600 VOLUNTEERS WHOSE SERVICES HAVE BEEN EXTENDED TO 610,000 PEOPLE.
ADMINISTERED BY THE COMMUNITY AND YOUTH OFFICERS OF THE DEPARTMENT, THE SCHEME AIMS TO PROMOTE PARTICIPANTS’ PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT AND SOCIAL CONSCIOUSNESS BY ENCOURAGING THEM TO UTILISE THEIR KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS IN PLANNING AND IMPLEMENTING PROJECTS WHICH WILL BENEFIT THEIR LOCAL COMMUNITIES.
EXPLAINING THE NATURE OF THE SCHEME, MR. LAM KWOK-WAN, PRINCIPAL SOCIAL WELFARE OFFICER, GROUP AND COMMUNITY WORK DIVISION, SAID TODAY THAT IN ADDITION TO PROFESSIONAL GUIDANCE, CASH GRANTS OF $190 TO $2,000 WOULD BE GIVEN FOR EACH APPROVED PROJECT.
♦THIS WILL ACT AS AN IMPETUS FOR THE YOUNG PEOPLE TO ACQUIRE ACTUAL EXPERIENCE IN RESEARCH, ORGANISATION, MANAGEMENT, AND EVALUATION OF A PARTICULAR TYPE OF SERVICE,+ HE SAID.
HE POINTED OUT THAT PROJECTS SUPPORTED DURING THE PAST YEARS COVERED A WIDE SPECTRUM OF SOCIAL SERVICES WHICH COULD BE BROADLY CLASSIFIED AS RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, SERVICES FOR THE LESS PRIVILEGED, COMMUNITY EDUCATION PROGRAMME, CONSTRUCTION WORKS, FILM PRODUCTION AND PUBLICATIONS.
MR. LAM SAID THAT TARGET GROUPS BENEFITING FROM THE 393 PROJECTS INCLUDED THE HANDICAPPED, THE ELDERLY, YOUTH, CHILDREN, VARIOUS MEMBERS OF THE FAMILY, INDUSTRIAL AND OFFICE WORKERS, THE MARINE POPULATION AND THE RURAL COMMUNITY.
TURNING TO APPLICATION PROCEDURES AND ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA, MR. LAM SAID THE SCHEME WAS OPEN TO YOUTH GROUPS COMPRISING MORE THAN 10 MEMBERS AGED BETWEEN 15 AND 25.
HE ADDED THAT THESE GROUPS HAD TO BE RECOGNISED BY INSTITUTIONS SUCH AS SCHOOLS, YOUTH AGENCIES, OR APPROVED BY THE RESPECTIVE COMMUNITY AND YOUTH OFFICER PRIOR TO APPLICATION.
♦ASSESSMENT OF THE MERITS OF THE PROJECT PROPOSALS WILL BE BASED ON THE EXTENT OF YOUTH INVOLVEMENT AND DEVELOPMENT, COMMUNITY BENEFITS, PRIORITY OF NEEDS, INNOVATIVE QUALITY, FEASIBILITY AND THE OPTIMUM USE OF RESOURCES,♦ HE SAID.
HE SAID THAT CONSIDERATION WOULD ALSO BE GIVEN TO AVOID DUPLICATION OF EXISTING SERVICES AND PROGRAMMES.
APPLICATION FORMS AND LEAFLETS CONTAINING INFORMATION ON THE SCHEME ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE DEPARTMENT’S 15 COMMUNITY AND YOUTH OFFICES. THE DEADLINE FOR APPLICATION HAS BEEN SET FOR NOVEMBER 15, 1978.
------o--------
/2.....
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1978
2
RESEARCHERS CONTRIBUTE TO * * *
A CLEANER MARINE ENVIRONMENT * * *
ALMOST DAILY A TEAM OF FOUR SCIENTISTS SET SAIL AROUND THE HARBOUR AND BEYOND ON ASSIGNMENT TO MONITOR THE QUALITY CF HONG KONG’S TERRITORIAL WATERS FOR THE PROTECTION OF PUBLIC HEALTH AND MARINE LIFE.
THE SCIENTISTS ARE GOVERNMENT RESEARCH OFFICERS FROM THE MARINE POLLUTION SECTION OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT WHOSE WORK HAS CONTRIBUTED TO A CLEANER MARINE ENVIRONMENT.
OVER THE PAST FOUR YEARS, THE TEAM HAS CARRIED OUT NUMEROUS MARINE SURVEYS AND ENVIRONMENTAL INVESTIGATIONS, INCLUDING PHYTOPLANKTON SAMPLING, SEABED SURVEY AND STUDY OF TOXIC METAL LOADS IN MARINE ORGANISMS.
REPORTS OF THEIR FINDINGS ARE SUBMITTED TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL BRANCH FOR STUDY.
COMMENTING ON THE QUALITY OF OUR COASTAL WATERS, THE RESEARCH TEAM LEADER, DR. G.B. THOMPSON, SAID IT VARIES FROM PLACE TO PLACE- SOME AREAS ARE CLEAN AND SOME ARE NOT.
IN ADDITION TO ITS ROUTINE STUDY, THE MARINE POLLUTION SECTION ALSO ADVISES THE GOVERNMENT ON THE SELECTION OF DUMPING SITES, LOCATIONS OF POWER STATIONS AND DESALTER PLANT, IMPROVEMENT OF SEWAGE TREATMENT AND CONTROL OF OIL SPILLS.
THE SECTION, DR. THOMPSON SAID, WOULD CONTINUE TO WORK CLOSELY WITH OTHER DEPARTMENTS AND THE TWO LOCAL UNIVERSITIES TO CONTROL MARINE POLLUTION AND TO PROTECT HONG KONG WATERS FROM CONTAMINATION.
ESTABLISHED IN 1974, THE RESEARCH SECTION OPERATES FROM ABERDEEN AND HAS ITS OWN LABORATORY. TWO OF THE RESEARCHERS ARE LOCAL OFFICERS AND THE OTHER TWO ARE FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM.
THE RESEARCHERS, FROM TIME TO TIME, ARE REQUIRED TO ATTEND INTERNATIONAL MEETINGS RELATING TO COASTAL POLLUTION CONTROL SO AS TO FAMILIARISE THEMSELVES WITH DEVELOPMENTS IN THIS FIELD.
--------0-----------
/3
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1978
GIS MOBILE THEATRE — A HAPPY WAGON ******
THE MOBILE STREET THEATRE OF THE GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES IS NO STRANGER TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC, ESPECIALLY TO THOSE LIVING IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.
SINCE 1974 THE MOBILE THEATRE HAS BEEN ROVING THE STREETS OF HONG KONG BRINGING ENTERTAINMENT AND INFORMATION TO THE PUBLIC, AS WELL AS EDUCATING THEM ON THEIR CIVIC RESPONSIBILITIES. DURING ITS TOUR, IT HAS STAGED SOME 850 SHOWS.
ALSO KNOWN AS THE +HAPPY WAGON+ IN CHINESE, THE STREET THEATRE IS A LORRY WHICH CAN BE CONVERTED INTO AN INSTANT STAGE. IT IS FITTED WITH LIGHTING, A PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM AND A PORTABLE GENERATOR TO SUPPLY ITS OWN ELECTRICITY WHEN REQUIRED.
WHILE MOST PEOPLE ARE ENJOYING THEIR WEEKENDS, SUNDAYS, PUBLIC HOLIDAYS OR RELAXING AT HOME AFTER A HARD DAY’S WORK, THE MOBILE STREET THEATRE TEAM GEARS FOR WORK, BRINGING ENTERTAINMENT TO THE PUBLIC AND, ABOVE ALL, PUTTING ACROSS GOVERNMENT EDUCATIONAL MESSAGES.
♦IT IS MOST ENCOURAGING TO SEE THE GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE PUBLIC JUDGING FROM THE LARGE CROWD OF PEOPLE THAT IS ATTRACTED TO OUR SHOWS,♦ A G.I.S. SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.
♦BECAUSE OF ITS POPULARITY, THE STREET THEATRE IS HEAVILY COMMITTED THROUGHOUT THE YEAR TO VARIOUS GOVERNMENT CAMPAIGNS SUCH AS BEAT CRIME, ROAD SAFETY, CLEAN BEACH, CLEAN HONG KONG, ANT I-NARCOTICS, FIRE PREVENTION AS WELL AS POLICE AND PRISONS STAFF RECRUITMENT DRIVE,+ THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.
IN JUNE THIS YEAR, AN OFFSHOOT OF THE MOBILE STREET THEATRE — THE PUPPET THEATRE ■— WAS INTRODUCED AS ANOTHER NEW MEDIUM CF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE PUBLIC.
- - 0 - -
MR. F.K. LI TO OFFICIATE AT KAIFONG DAY CELEBRATION *****
THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS AND INFORMATION, MR. F.K. LI, WILL OFFICIATE AT A CEREMONY MARKING THE 29TH KAIFONG DAY TOMORROW (MONDAY) AT 7 P.M. AT THE CITY HALL RESTAURANT, CENTRAL.
THE FUNCTION, WHICH IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE 64 KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS, WILL BE ATTENDED BY MEMBERS OF THE EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILS, URBAN COUNCIL, CIVIC LEADERS, REPRESENTATIVES OF KAIFONG BODIES, VOLUNTARY ORGANISATIONS AND GOVERNMENT APARTMENTS.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE CEREMONY.
0 - -
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1978
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE AT SAI KUNG
******
A TEAM FROM THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT SAI KUNG RURAL COMMITTEE OFFICE FOR FIVE DAYS FROM OCTOBER 30.
REGISTRATIONS WILL BE CONDUCTED BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND 4.30 P.M. DAILY.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS AND GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN AND WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
ALL PERSONS LIVING IN THIS AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT OR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR ANY OTHER PARTICULARS WHICH HAVE CHANGED SINCE REGISTERING FOR THEIR IDENTITY CARDS.
TSIM SHA TSUI TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT
*****
THE JUNCTION OF PRAT AVENUE AND CHATHAM ROAD IN TSIM SHA TSUI WILL BE CLOSED TO ALL VEHICULAR TRAFFIC FROM 8 A.M. ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 24) FOR ABOUT TEN HOURS TO FACILITATE THE LAYING OF ELECTRIC CABLE.
DURING THE PERIOD, PRAT AVENUE WILL BE RE-ROUTED TWO-WAY AND THE METERED PARKING SPACES ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF THE ROAD WILL BE SUSPENDED.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CENTRAL WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 24) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY POTTINGER STREET, QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL, C'JEEN VICTORIA STREET, DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL AND WING WO STREET, INCLUDING THE OUTLYING DISTRICT FERRY PIER.
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191
MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
DISPOSAL OF USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS .................... 1
TECHNICAL INSTITUTES RUN PART-TIME EVENING SHORT COURSES ........................................ 2
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY FOR LANTAU FIXED CROSSING .......... 3
LABOUR COMMISSIONER VISITS FACTORY ................... 4
SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICER RETIRING ................... 5
WATER CUT IN WAN CHAI ................................ 5
MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1978
DISPOSAL OF USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS ******
THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT HAS ADOPTED A NEW PROCEDURE OF DISPOSING USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS IN AN EFFORT TO CLAMP DOWN ON FORGERY.
UNDER THE NEW PROCEDURE, DIFFERENT DISPOSAL METHODS ARE USED DEPENDING ON THE TYPES OF THE TRAVEL DOCUMENTS INSTEAD OF THE FORMER STANDARD +PUNCH-AND-BURN+ PRACTICE.
♦BASICALLY, ALL USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS ARE PERFORATED WITH AT LEAST TWO HOLES BEFORE THEY ARE DECLARED INVALID,* A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID.
♦IN THE CASE OF PASSPORT, WE ADDITIONALLY CUT THE UPPER RIGHT HAND CORNER OF THE COVER AND STAMP THE FIRST FIVE PAGES TO DENOTE ITS BEING NULL AND VOID.
♦FOR RE-ENTRY PERMIT, APART FROM PERFORATING IT, WE TEAR OFF THE FIRST TWO PAGES WHICH CONTAIN THE HOLDER’S PHOTOGRAPH AND OTHER PARTICULARS BEFORE DISCARDING IT,+ HE SAID.
COMMENTING ON THE NEW DISPOSAL METHODS WHICH WERE INTRODUCED AT THE END OF LAST YEAR, THE SPOKESMAN SAIDt +WE BELIEVE THAT USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS, AFTER BEING SO TREATED, CANNOT BE USED IN ANY WAY FOR THE PURPOSE OF FORGERY EVEN IF THEY FALL INTO THE HANDS OF RACKETEERS WHO COUNTERFEIT TRAVEL PAPERS.+
iMDrtco^,ABD^THAT THE F0RMER PUNCH-AND-BURN PRACTICE HAS BECOME IMPOSSIBLE DUE TO THE RAPID INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS TO BE DISPOSED OF AND THE INCREASING WORKLOAD OF THE DEPARTMENT AND THE INCINERATOR.
LAST YEAR, THE DEPARTMENT ISSUED ABOUT 700,000 TRAVEL DOCUMENTS OF VARIOUS KINDS INCLUDING HONG KONG PASSPORTS, CERTIFICATES OF IDENTITY, RE-ENTRY PERMITS, SEAMEN’S CERTIFICATES OF NATIONALITY AND IDENTITY AND SEAMAN’S IDENTITY BOOKS.
THERE WAS A CORRESPONDING INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS INCLUDING EXPIRED OR USED-UP COPIES, AND +LOST AND FOUND+ DOCUMENTS WHICH CANNOT BE RETURNED TO THEIR OWWERS.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES, USED TRAVEL DOCUMENTS WHICH HAVE EXPIRED OR THEIR PAGES USED UP ARE RETURNED TO THE HOLDERS ON THE ISSUE OF NEW COPIES. BUT VERY OFTEN THE HOLDERS DO NOT WANT TO TAKE AWAY THE OLD ONES.
HE SAID ABOUT TWO PER CENT OF USED PASSPORTS ARE LEFT BEHIND AT IMMIGRATION OFFICES AND AS HIGH AS 70 PER CENT IN THE CASE OF RE-ENTRY PERMITS.
♦THESE TRAVEL DOCUMENTS PROMPTED US TO INTRODUCE THE
HAVE POSED A DISPOSAL PROBLEM AND NEW METHODS,♦ HE SAID.
/2
MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1978
2
TECHNICAL INSTITUTES RUN PART-TIME EVENING SHORT COURSES ft ft ft ft
THE FOUR TECHNICAL INSTITUTES ARE INVITING APPLICATIONS FOR A NUMBER OF PART-TIME EVENING SHORT COURSES IN THE CURRENT ACADEMIC YEAR.
THE FIELDS OF STUDY OF THESE COURSES INCLUDE CLOTHING INDUSTRIES, COMMERCIAL STUDIES, CONSTRUCTION, ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING, GENERAL STUDIES, HOTEL KEEPING AND TOURISM, MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
EACH TECHNICAL INSTITUTE RUNS A NUMBER OF DIFFERENT COURSES, AND APPLICANTS ARE ADVISED TO CONSULT THE INSTITUTES DIRECT.
THE COMMENCING DATES FOR INDIVIDUAL COURSES VARY AND THEY WILL BE POSTED ON THE NOTICE BOARDS OF THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES WHERE THE COURSES ARE RUN.
APPLICANTS SHOULD NOTE THAT THE RUNNING OF THESE SHORT COURSES DEPENDS ON THE NUMBER OF QUALIFIED APPLICANTS WISHING TO ATTEND. APPLICANTS SHOULD BE EITHER SPONSORED OR RECOMMENDED BY THEIR EMPLOYERS.
APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE FOUR TECHNICAL INSTITUTES FROM 9 A.M. TO 5 P.M. AND FROM 7 P.M. TO 8 P.M. ON WEEKDAYS, AND FROM 9 A.M. TO NOON ON SATURDAYS.
COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE INSTITUTE OFFERING THE COURSES ON OR BEFORE OCTOBER 28, OR TWO WEEKS BEFORE THE COMMENCING DATES OF THE COURSES APPLIED FOR.
THE ADDRESSES OF THE FOUR INSTITUTES ARE I THE MORRISON HILL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT 6 01 KWAN ROAD, WAN CHAI (5-745321)- THE KWAI CHUNG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT HING SHING ROAD, KWAI CHUNG (12-246221)- THE KWUN TONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT 25 HIU MING STREET, KWUN TONG (3-414331) AND THE HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE AT 702 LAI CHI KOK ROAD, CHEUNG SHA WAN (3-615161).
- - 0 -
MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1978
GEOLOGICAL SURVEY FOR LANTAU FIXED CROSSING ******
CONTRACTORS OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT WILL TOMORROW (TUESDAY) BEGIN AN INVESTIGATION OF THE GEOLOGICAL STRATA BETWEEN TSING Yl AND THE NORTHERN TIP OF LANTAU IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED LANTAU FIXED CROSSING.
THE CONTRACT FOR THE INVESTIGATION WORK, COSTING NEARLY $1 MILLION, WAS FORMALLY SIGNED TODAY BY DR. CHOI YU-LEUK, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE, AND MR. W.N. RIDLEY THOMAS, OF ELECTRONIC AND GEOPHYSICAL SERVICES LTD.
DR. CHOI SAID THAT THE WORK COMPRISED A COMPREHENSIVE CURRENT, HYDROGRAPHIC AND MARINE GEOPHYSICAL SURVEY AND A LIMITED LAND SEISMIC SURVEY.
THE RESULTS OF THIS INVESTIGATION WILL PROVIDE THE CONSULTANTS, THE ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS GROUP OF HONG KONG, WITH INFORMATION TO ENABLE OTHER SPECIALIST STUDIES SUCH AS HYDRAULIC MODEL TESTS TO BE UNDERTAKEN. THESE STUDIES AND OTHER LINES OF RESEARCH WILL ENABLE THE CONSULTANTS TO RECOMMEND TO GOVERNMENT WHETHER THE MAIN CROSSING BETWEEN TSING Yl AND MA WAN SHOULD BE A BRIDGE, AN IMMERSED TUBE TUNNEL OR A BORED TUNNEL.
ON COMPLETION OF THE INVESTIGATION IN 10 WEEKS, A REPORT WILL BE SUBMITTED TO THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
DR. CHOI SAID THAT THE CONTRACT WAS THE SECOND AND FINAL ONE FOR THE PRELIMINARY SITE INVESTIGATIONS TO BE CARRIED OUT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PROPOSED LANTAU FIXED CROSSING.
WORK ON THE FIRST CONTRACT, AIMING AT PROVING GEOLOGICAL STRATA AND ASCERTAINING THE BEARING OF THE ROCK, BEGAN 12 DAYS AGO.
MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1978
4
LABOUR COMMISSIONER VISITS FACTORY
******
A CONTENDED EMPLOYEE MAKES A GOOD WORKER AND A COMPANY THAT OFFERED GENEROUS FRINGE BENEFITS WOULD CERTAINLY RECEIVE LOYALTY FROM ITS STAFF IN RETURN, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR. NEIL HENDERSON, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).
HE WAS COMMENTING ON WORKING CONDITIONS AT THE DAI NIPPON PRINTING COMPANY IN SAN PO KONG DURING A ROUTINE VISIT.
THE COMPANY — A SUBSIDIARY OF ONE OF THE WORLD’S LARGEST PRINTING COMPANY, DAI NIPPON OF JAPAN — EMPLOYS ABOUT 500 WORKERS AND OFFICE STAFF IN THREE BRANCH FACTORIES IN HONG KONG. IT EXPORTS SOME OF ITS PRODUCTS TO THE U.K., AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND.
THE STAFF ARE ALL MONTHLY PAID AND ENJOY GENEROUS CONDITIONS OF SERVICE SUCH AS FULLY PAID SICK LEAVE, CASUAL LEAVE AND ADDITIONAL HOLIDAYS ON TOP OF THE NORMAL REST DAYS ON SUNDAYS, THE 10 STATUTORY HOLIDAYS, SEVEN DAYS PAID ANNUAL LEAVE PROVIDED UNDER LABOUR LAWS. THEY ALSO RECEIVE LUNAR NEW YEAR AND GOOD ATTENDANCE BONUSES.
THE COMPANY ALSO BELIEVES IN TRAINING ITS OWN STAFF AND RUNS AN APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING SCHEME.
IT HAS SO FAR REGISTERED 37 APPRENTICE CONTRACTS WITH THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT. SIX APPRENTICES HAVE COMPLETED APPRENTICESHIP TRAINING THIS SUMMER AND AT PRESENT 15 CRAFT APPRENTICES ARE UNDER TRAINING.
----o------
/5
MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1978
- 5
SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICER RETIRING *****
THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT LAND AGENT, MR. DESMOND MOORE, IS RETIRING AFTER 23 YEARS’ SERVICE WITH THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
TO MARK HIS RETIRMENT, MR. DAVID MCDONALD, DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS, TODAY PRESENTED HIM WITH A FAREWELL GIFT ON BEHALF OF HIS COLLEAGUES.
SPEAKING AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY, MR. MCDONALD SAID THAT MR. MOORE JOINED THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AS AN ESTATE SURVEYOR IN MAY 1955 AFTER SPENDING THE FIRST FEW YEARS OF HIS PROFESSIONAL CAREER WORKING IN ENGLAND.
HE WAS PROMOTED TO THE PRESENT POST IN AUGUST 1974 AND HAS ON THREE OCCASIONS ACTED AS DIRECTOR OF LANDS AND SURVEY.
DURING HIS SERVICE, MR. MOORE HAS DEALT WITH NUMEROUS DIFFICULT LAND TRANSACTIONS.
♦HIS EXPERTISE IN BRINGING THE LAND WORK CONNECTED WITH THE TAI KOO DOCKYARD DEVELOPMENT TO FRUITION AND IN SORTING OUT THE VERY COMPLEX HONG KONG UNIVERSITY LAND PROBLEMS ARE WELL WORTHY OF RECORD ING,+ MR. MCDONALD SAID.
♦OUTSIDE THE OFFICE, DES HAS DEVOTED MUCH OF HIS SPARE TIME TO HELPING THOSE IN REAL NEED THROUGH HIS SERVICES WITH THE SAMARITANS AND OTHER BOD IES.+
------0-------
WATER CUT IN WAN CHAI
* * * *
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN WAN CHAI WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 25) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY HENNESSY ROAD, LUARD ROAD, GLOUCESTER ROAD AND ARSENAL STREET.
- 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
CONSUMER PRICE INDEX FOR SEPTEMBER ................... 1
PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR SEPTEMBER .............. 3
MR. MILLS OFF TO GENEVA FOR TEXTILES TALKS ........... 5
FINANCIAL SECRETARY GOING TO MANILA TO SIGN ADB LOAN AGREEMENT ............................................ 6
15TH SCHOOLS DANCE FESTIVAL TO BE HELD NEXT YEAR ..... 7
COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF TRANSPORT SERVICES ............. 8
WATER CUT IN CHAI WAN ................................ 8
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
1 -
CONSUMER PRICE INDEX FOR SEPTEMBER ******
THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) FOR LAST MONTH (SEPTEMBER) WAS 126, DOWN BY ONE POINT COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS MONTH. THE INDEX (B) REMAINED UNCHANGED AT 127.
THE INDEX FOR FOODSTUFFS FELL BY TWO POINTS IN C.P.I.(A) AND BY ONE POINT IN C.P.I.(B).
THE AVERAGE RETAIL PRICE OF FRESH VEGETABLES DECLINED DUE TO MORE FAVOURABLE WEATHER CONDITIONS.
AS SOME RESTAURANTS AND EATING-PLACES RAISED THEIR PRICES, THE AVERAGE CHARGES FOR MEALS BOUGHT AWAY FROM HOME WENT UP. MOVEMENTS IN RETAIL PRICES OF OTHER FOOD ITEMS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.
THE INDEX FOR TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES ADVANCED BY THREE POINTS IN C.P.I.(A) AND BY ONE POINT IN C.P.I. ( B) BECAUSE OF HIGHER CHARGES FOR PUBLIC LIGHT BUS FARES, SCHOOL BUS FARES AND DRIVING INSTRUCTORS’ FEES.
AS A RESULT OF HIGHER RENTS FOR SOME PRIVATE DWELLINGS. THE INDEX FOR HOUSING INCREASED BY TWO POINTS IN C.P.I.(A) AND BY ONE POINT IN C.P.I.(B).
THE TWO-POINT RISE IN THE INDEX FOR DURABLE GOODS IN BOTH C.P.I.(A) AND C.P.I.(B) WAS ATTRIBUTABLE TO HIGHER PRICES FOR TELEVISION SETS, SOUND EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES AND WATCHES.
RISES OF ONE POINT EACH WERE RECORDED IN THE INDEXES FOR ALCOHOLIC DRINKS, TOBACCO AND MISCELLANEOUS GOODS IN BOTH C.P.I.(A) AND C.P.I.(B) OWING TO HIGHER PRICES FOR CIGARETTES, NED IC INES, TOYS AND GENUINE JEWELLERY.
THE INDEX FOR SERVICES ALSO ROSE BY ONE POINT IN C.P. I.(B) DUE TO HIGHER CHARGES FOR DOMESTIC HELP, HAIRDRESSING AND REPAIRS TO PERSONAL AND HOUSEHOLD GOODS.
PRICE MOVEMENTS IN OTHER COMMODITY SECTIONS WERE INSIGNIFICANT.
THE C.P.I.(A) IS BASED ON WEIGHTS DERIVED FROM HOUSEHOLDS SPENDING BETWEEN $430 - $1,499 A MONTH AND THE C.P.I.(B), BETWEEN $1,500 - $2,999 A MONTH IN THE HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE SURVEY IN 1973/74.
/tes section.....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
2
THE SECTION INDEXES FOR SEPTEMBER 1978, COMPARED WITH THE
PREVIOUS MONTH AND THE CORRESPOND I NG MONTH IN 1977, ARE INDICATED BELOW
C.P.I.(A) C.P.I.(B)
SECTION SEPT.78 AUG.78 SEPT.77 SEPT.78 AUG.78 SEPT.77
FOODSTUFFS 123 125 115 124 125 116
HOUSING 132 130 126 131 130 125
FUEL AND LIGHT 134 134 136 133 133 135
ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO 142 141 137 138 137 133
CLOTHING AND FOOTWEAR 103 103 100 102 102 99
DURABLE GOODS 116 114 110 113 111 107
MISCELLANEOUS GOODS 136 135 125 132 131 121
TRANSPORT AND VEHICLES 124 121 116 127 126 121
SERVICES 139 139 130 140 139 131
ALL ITEMS 126 127 119 127 127 119
-------o----------
/3
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
3
PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES FOR SEPTEMBER
******
/e THE VALUE 0F H0NG KONG’S DOMESTIC EXPORTS FOR LAST MONTH (SEPTEMBER) WAS $3,736 MILLION, IMPORTS WERE WORTH $5,505 MILLION AND RE-EXPORTS $1,200 MILLION, ACCORDING TO PROVISIONAL TRADE FIGURES ISSUED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT TODAY.
THE TRADE DEFICIT FOR SEPTEMBER WAS $569 MILLION.
COMPARED WITH THE SAME MONTH IN 1977, THE FIGURES SHOWED INCREASES, BY VALUE, OF $753 MILLION OR 25.2 PER CENT IN EXPORTS, $1,760 MILLION OR 47 PER CENT IN IMPORTS AND $376 MILLION OR 45 7 PER CENT IN RE-EXPORTS.
THE FIGURES FOR THE PERIOD JULY TO SEPTEMBER 1978 (LATEST THREE MONTHS), COMPARED WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1977, SHOWED INCREASES, BY VALUE, OF 16.3 PER CENT FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, 34.5 PER CENT FOR IMPORTS AND 36.1 PER CENT FOR RE-EXPORTS.
THE SHORT TERM CHANGES, SEPTEMBER 1978 COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1978, SHOWED INCREASES OF $266 MILLION OR 5.1 PER CENT FOR IMPORTS AND $4 MILLION OR 0.3 PER CENT FOR RE-EXPORTS, AND A DECREASE OF $279 MILLION OR SEVEN PER CENT FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS. THE DECLINE IN EXPORTS FOR SEPTEMBER APPEARS TO BE FOLLOWING THE SEASONAL PATTERN AFTER THE ANNUAL PEAK IN AUGUST.
THE FIGURES FOR THE 12-MONTH PERIOD FROM OCTOBER 1977 TO SEPTEMBER 1978, COMPARED WITH THOSE FOR THE PREVIOUS 12-MONTH PERIOD, SHOWED INCREASES, BY VALUE, OF 11.7 PER CENT FOR DOMESTIC EXPORTS, 22.8 PER CENT FOR IMPORTS AND 26.6 PER CENT FOR RE-EXPORTS.
FOLLOWING ARE COMPARATIVE TRADE FIGURESj-
LATEST 3 MONTHS JULY-SEPTEMBER 1978 JULY-SEPTEMBER 1977 INCREASE OR DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 11,275 9,696 ♦ 1,580 ♦ 16.3
IMPORTS 15,792 11,743 + 4,049 + 34.5
RE-EXPORTS 3,375 2,479 + 895 + 36.1
TRADE BALANCE - 1,142 ♦ 432 - 1,574
SAME MONTH SEPTEMBER SEPTEMBER INCREASE OR
LAST YEAR 1978 1977 DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 3,736 2,983 ♦ 753 + 25.2
(% OF TOTAL (75.7%) (78.4%)
EXPORTS)
/l?,PORTS......
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
IMPORTS 5,505 3,745 ♦ 1,760 + 47.0
RE-EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 1,200 (24.3%) 824 (21.6%) ♦ 376 + 45.7
TRADE BALANCE - 569 + 62 - 631
LAST MONTH SEPTEMBER 1978 AUGUST 1978 INCREASE OR DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 3,736 (75.7%) 4,016 (77.1%) - 279 - 7.0
IMPORTS 5,505 5,239 + 266 + 5.1
RE-EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 1,200 (24.3%) 1,196 (22.9%) ♦ 4 + 0.3
TRADE BALANCE 569 27 542
CALENDAR YEAR TO-DATE JAN.-SEPTEMBER 1978 JAN.-SEPTEMBER 1977 INCREASE OR DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 28,749 (75.5%) 25,471 (78.2%) + 3,277 + 12.9
IMPORTS 44,077 35,182 + 8,895 + 25.3
RE-EXPORTS (% OF TOTAL EXPORTS) 9,317 (24.5%) 7,089 (21.8%) + 2,228 ♦ 31.4
TRADE BALANCE - 6,011 - 2,622 - 3,389
LAST 12 MONTHS OCTOBER 1977 TO SEPTEMBER 1978 OCTOBER 1976 TO SEPTEMBER 1977 INCREASE OR DECREASE
$ MN. $ MN. $ MN. %
DOMESTIC EXPORTS 38,281 34,278 + 4,003 + 11.7
IMPORTS 57,596 46,896 +10,700 + 22.8
RE-EXPORTS 12,057 9,526 ♦ 2,531 ♦ 26.6
TRADE BALANCE - 7,258 - 3,092 - 4,166
0 /5 ....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
5 -
MR. MILLS OFF TO GENEVA FOR TEXTILES TALKS ******
THE DIRECTOR OF TRADE, MR. LAWRENCE MILLS, WILL BE LEADING A HONG KONG DELEGATION TO HOLD FURTHER TALKS ON TEXTILES IN EUROPE OVER THE NEXT THREE WEEKS.
MR. MILLS LEAVES FOR GENEVA TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) WHERE HE WILL BE JOINED BY MR. PETER TSAO, COUNSELLOR HONG KONG AFFAIRS AT THE GATT TEXTILES COMMITTEE MEETING TO BE HELD ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 27).
ON OCTOBER 30 THE HONG KONG DELEGATION WILL MEET WITH AN AUSTRIAN DELEGATION IN LONDON TO DISCUSS THE FUTURE OF THE CURRENT AUSTRIAN-HONG KONG TEXTILE AGREEMENT WHICH IS DUE TO EXPIRE ON JANUARY 31, 1979.
ON NOVEMBER 2 AND 3 ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE TO CONTINUE THEIR DISCUSSIONS WITH A UNITED STATES DELEGATION ON CLASSIFICATION DIFFERENCES AND TO CONSULT WITH THEM ON CERTAIN EXPORTS COVERED BY EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS. THESE TALKS WILL BE HELD IN GENEVA.
IN THE FOLLOWING WEEK MR. MILLS AND HIS DELEGATION WILL TRAVEL TO BRUSSELS FOR FURTHER DISCUSSIONS ON OUTSTANDING ISSUES REGARDING CLASSIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION OF ORIGIN OF HONG KONG PRODUCTS WITH THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION.
PART OF THE DELEGATION — COMPRISING MR. JUSTIN YUE, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR TEXTILE CONTROLS, AND MRS. EMMELINE MOK, TRADE OFFICER EEC TEXTILES — WILL LEAVE TONIGHT (TUESDAY) FOR PRE-CONSULTATION MEETINGS IN EUROPE. MR. P.C. LEUNG, PRINCIPAL TRADE OFFICER, CERTIFICATION OF ORIGIN, WILL JOIN THE DELEGATION IN BRUSSELS ON NOVEMBER 6.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
MR. LAWRENCE MILLS LEAVES FOR GENEVA TOMORROW BY SWISSAIR (SR 301).
------0--------
/6 ....
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
- 6 -
FINANCIAL SECRETARY GOING TO MANILA TO SIGN ADB LOAN AGREEMENT ******
THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, MR. PHILIP HADDON-CAVE, LEAVES THIS (TUESDAY) EVENING FOR MANILA TO SIGN A US$19.5 MILLION (ABOUT H<$92 MILLION) ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK LOAN AGREEMENT FOR THE SHA TIN HOSPITAL POLYCLINIC PROJECT.
THIS IS THE FOURTH PROJECT FOR WHICH THE GOVERNMENT HAS BORROWED FROM THE ASIAN DEVELOPMENT BANK. IT BRINGS THE TOTAL OF A.D.B. LOANS TO THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT TO US$77 MILLION.
THE SHA TIN HOSPITAL POLYCLINIC PROJECT IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE GOVERNMENT’S CONTINUING MEDICAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME. THIS PROGRAMME INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NUMBER OF NEW REGIONAL HOSPITALS, GENERAL CLINICS AND POLYCLINICS AND A MEDICAL SCHOOL AT THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG. APART FROM PROVIDING OUT-PATIENT AND HOSPITAL SERVICES FOR THE POPULATION OF THE EASTERN PART OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, THE SHA TIN HOSPITAL WILL ALSO SERVE AS A TEACHING HOSPITAL. IT WILL HAVE 1,400 BEDS AND SPECIAL UNITS FOR MEDICAL ONCOLOGY, PHYSICAL MEDICINE, BURNS AND PAEDIATRIC SURGERY.
THE A.D.B. LOAN WILL MEET PART OF THE OFF-SHORE COSTS CONNECTED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE HOSPITAL AND THE POLYCLINIC AS WELL AS THE TOTAL FOREIGN EXCHANGE COSTS OF THE REQUIRED CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR THE PROJECT AND THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE HOSPITAL.
THE LOAN HAS AN AMORTISATION PERIOD OF 13 YEARS, INCLUDING A GRACE PERIOD OF THREE YEARS, AND ATTRACTS AN INTEREST RATE OF 7.7 PER CENT.
MR. HADDON-CAVE WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG TOMORROW.
------o-------
/7
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
- 7 -
15TH SCHOOLS DANCE FESTIVAL TO BE HELD NEXT YEAR
*****
THE 15TH SCHOOLS DANCE FESTIVAL WILL BE HELD BETWEEN FEBRUARY 21 AND MARCH 13, NEXT YEAR, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY.
PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS, INCLUDING THOSE FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED CHILDREN ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN THE FESTIVAL WHICH IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE PHYSICAL EDUCATION SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE HONG KONG SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATION AND THE NEW TERRITORIES SCHOOLS SPORTS ASSOCIATION.
THE ITEMS INCLUDED IN THE FESTIVAL ARE WESTERN FOLK OR NATIONAL DANCES, ORIENTAL DANCE AND CREATIVE DANCE.
THERE WILL BE THREE SECTIONS -- THE LOWER PRIMARY SECTION FOR PRIMARY 1 TO 3, THE UPPER PRIMARY SECTION FOR PRIMARY 4 TO 6, AND THE SECONDARY SECTION FOR FORM 1 AND ABOVE.
A PANEL OF ADJUDICATORS WILL GIVE ASSESSMENT, AND NO SPECIAL POINTS WILL BE GIVEN TO PARTICIPATING TEAMS FOR SPECIAL COSTUMES AND PROPS IN ANY DANCE PERFORMANCE.
UNDER THE AWARDS SYSTEM, SCHOOLS WHICH OBTAIN 88 MARKS OR OVER WILL BE GIVEN AN HONOURS AWARD, SCHOOLS WHICH OBTAIN 81 TO 87 MARKS WILL BE GIVEN A HIGHLY COMMENDED AWARD, WHILE THOSE SCHOOLS WHICH OBTAIN 74 TO 80 MARKS WILL BE GIVEN A COMMENDED AWARD CERTIFICATE. FURTHERMORE, EACH PARTICIPATING SCHOOL WILL BE GIVEN A SOUVENIR PENNANT.
ON HONG KONG ISLAND, THE FESTIVAL WILL BE HELD AT CLEMENTI MIDDLE SCHOOL AT FORTRESS HILL ROAD, NORTH POINT, AND IN KOWLOON IT WILL BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG SZE YAP COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION WONG TAI SHAN MEMORIAL COLLEGE AT NAM CHEONG STREET.
IF THE NUMBER OF PARTICIPATING TEAMS FROM YUEN LONG AND TSUEN WAN IN THE NEW TERRITORIES IS 15 OR MORE, A SUITABLE VENUE WILL BE FOUND IN THE RESPECTIVE AREAS. BUT IF THE NUMBER IS LESS THAN 15, PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS WILL HAVE TO JOIN THE EVENT AT THE KOWLOON VENUE.
ENTRY FORMS MUST BE RETURNED TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT NOT LATER THAN DECEMBER 15.
------0 -
/Q
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1978
- 8
COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF TRANSPORT SERVICES ******
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT HAS COMPILED A DETAILED LIST OF ALL PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES, FROM FRANCHISED BUSES AND FERRIES TO PEAK TRAMS AND MAXI-CABS, BEING OPERATED THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.
THE DETAIL, INCLUDING ROUTES, FREQUENCIES, AND FARES, IS CONTAINED IN SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT NO. 4 TO THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT GAZETTE PUBLISHED ON OCTOBER 20, 1978.
THIS SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT CONTAINS AN UP-TO-DATE SCHEDULE OF ALL THE SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE THREE BUS COMPANIES, THE HONG KONG TRAMWAYS, PEAK TRAMWAYS, THE STAR FERRY AND HONGKONG YAUMATI FERRY AS WELL AS EIGHT MAXICAB ROUTES.
THE LAST TIME THAT SUCH A COMPREHENSIVE LIST WAS PUBLISHED WAS IN SEPTEMBER 1975.
THE SPECIAL SUPPLEMENT CAN BE PURCHASED AT $6 A COPY FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE IN THE GENERAL POST OFFICE BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL.
-----o------
WATER CUT IN CHAI WAN * * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CHAI WAN WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY 399 CHAI WAN ROAD, 8-12 ON YIP STREET, AND 1-9 SUN YIP STREET, INCLUDING CALTEX SERVICE FILLING STATION AND CHINA MOTOR BUS GARAGE.
--------0----------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 25, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GOVERNOR KEEPS ABREAST OF DEVELOPMENTS IN TSUEN WAN 1 CONSTRUCTION OF WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE .............. 1
MR. F.K. LI TO VISIT PO LEUNG KUK NURSERIES .......... 2
FITNESS TRAIL — AN INSTANT SUCCESS ................... 3
MR. THOMAS LEE TO OPEN YMCA CENTRE ................... 3
WATER CUT IN KWUN TONG AND CAUSEWAY BAY............... 4
INSPECTION OF FACTORIES FOR FIRE HAZARDS ............. 4
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 25, 1978
1
GOVERNOR KEEPS ABREAST OF DEVELOPMENTS IN TSUEN WAN ******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, TODAY (WEDNESDAY) CONTINUED HIS REGULAR ROUND OF VISITS TO THE NEW TERRITORIES TO KEEP ABREAST OF SOME OF THE MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS AT TSUEN WAN NEW TOWN THAT WOULD COST THE GOVERNMENT MORE THAN $5 BILLION.
SIR MURRAY WAS ACCOMPANIED THROUGHOUT THE AFTERNOON VISIT BY THE SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR. DAVID AKERS-JONES- THE TSUEN WAN TOWN MANAGER, MR. JAMES HAYES- THE TSUEN WAN PROJECT MANAGER, M?. EDMUND SHORT AND THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF HOUSING (OPERATIONS), MR. JOHN HEYWOOD.
SOME OF THE SPECIAL PROJECTS THE GOVERNOR SAW WEREi
* MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY EXTENSION TO TSUEN WAN WHICH WILL LINK THE NEW TOWN TO KOWLOON AND HONG KONG ISLAND BY 1982-
* THE CHEUNG SHAN ESTATE AND THE NEW SHEK WAI KOK ESTATE WHICH WILL EVENTUALLY HOUSE A TOTAL OF 48,000 PEOPLE BY THE END OF 1980-
* TSUEN WAN BY-PASS STAGE 1 (KWAI CHUNG ROAD TO TEXACO ROAD) AND STAGE 2 (TEXACO ROAD TO CASTLE PEAK ROAD) COSTING A TOTAL OF $498 MILLION- AND
* KWAI CHUNG SPORTS GROUND WITH A SITTING CAPACITY FOR 1,500 PEOPLE SCHEDULED TO BE OPENED IN DECEMBER THIS YEAR AND THE INDOOR GAMES HALL.
-------o----------
NOTE TO EDITORS:
CONSTRUCTION OF WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE ******
THE CONTRACT FOR THE WHICH IS PART OF THE $306 SIGNED TOMORROW (THURSDAY)
CONSTRUCTION OF WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE, MILLION ABERDEEN TUNNEL PROJECT, WILL BE
THE SIGNING CEREMONY WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE ^ERENCE ROOM 0N THE SIXTH FL00R 0F MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD Al d. • 30 r • M,
INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE EVENT. ™HfR^Ss|RTEu5E?^tRTE?A^^?'VE E‘RLV S° ™‘T THEV “ILL H4VE
^0. CHIEF
E“- BE ‘VA.UBLE -----0------- /•>...................
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 25, 1978
2
MR. F.K. LI TO VISIT PO LEUNG KUK NURSERIES
******
THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS AND INFORMATION, MR. F.K. LI WILL VISIT THE PO LEUNG KUK’S STEPHEN LAM NURSERY AND THE HA KWAI CHUNG NURSERY TOMORROW (THURSDAY) MORNING.
THE TWO NURSERIES, OPERATED BY THE KUK WITH GOVERNMENT SUBVENTIONS, PROVIDE DAY-CARE SERVICES.
THE STEPHEN LAM NURSERY WAS NAMED AFTER THE DONOR WHO CONTRIBUTED A SUBSTANTIAL SUM TOWARDS THE CAPITAL FUND AND THE HA KWAI CHUNG NURSERY WAS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND SET UP IN A LICENSED AREA.
THE HA KWAI CHUNG NURSERY, AT BLOCK 40 OF HA KWAI CHUNG LICENSED AREA, WAS ESTABLISHED LAST MARCH AND HAS A TOTAL FLOOR AREA OF 5,500 SQ. FT. THE STEPHEN LAM NURSERY, SITUATED AT BLOCK 16 OF KWAI SHING ESTATE, WAS SET UP IN FEBRUARY. IT OCCUPIES AN AREA OF ABOUT 5,000 SQ. FT.
AT TOMORROW’S VISIT, MR. LI WILL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE KUK, MR. MERVYN LAW AND OTHER SENIOR OFFICE-BEARERS OF THE CHARITABLE ORGANISATION.
NOTE TO EDITORSi
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE VISIT OF MR. F.K. LI TO STEPHEN LAM NURSERY AT BLOCK 16, KWAI SHING ESTATE AND THE HA KWAI CHUNG hURSERY AT BLOCK 40 OF HA KWAI CHUNG LICENSED AREA TOMORROW (THURSDAY). THE VISIT WILL BEGIN AT 10 A.M.
- - - - 0-------------
/5
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 25, 1978
3
FITNESS TRAIL — AN INSTANT SUCCESS
*****
HONG KONG’S FIRST FITNESS TRAIL, WHICH OPENED A WEEK AGO, HAS BECOME A POPULAR SPOT FOR MORNING HIKERS AND PICNICKERS.
SINCE ITS OPENING, THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (KOWLOON CITY) HAS RECEIVED NUMEROUS CALLS EKQUIRING ABOUT THE TRAIL.
SITUATED AT THE KOWLOON HILLS, THE FITNESS TRAIL CAN BE REACHED FROM 5-MILESTONE, TAI PO ROAD, OPPOSITE KOWLOON RESERVOIR.
IT IS EQUIPPED WITH FACILITIES FOR PHYSICAL EXERCISES SUCH AS LONG JUMP, WALL CLIMB, HURELE STRETCH, PUSH UP AND STUMPS AT 15 DIFFERENT PLACES. THERE ARE ALSO INSTRUCTION NOTES POSTED AT THESE FACILITIES EXPLAINING THEIR USES.
THE AIM OF THE 6,QOO-FOOT-LONG TRAIL, SAID AN AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN, WAS TO PROVIDE A MILD FORM OF RECREATION FOR ANYONE WHO WISHES TO EXERCISE IN RURAL SURROUNDINGS.
--------o-----------
NOTE TO ED ITORSi
MR. THOMAS LEE TO OPEN YMCA CENTRE X * * *
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, WILL TOMORROW (THURSDAY) OFFICIALLY OPEN THE YMCA’S YAU MA TEI CENTRE WHICH HAS BEEN BUILT WITH THE AIM OF HELPING YOUNG PEOPLE IN THE DISTRICT TO DEVELOP THEIR POTENTIALS THROl GH BETTER USE OF LEISURE HOURS.
THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL TAKE PLACE AT 4 P.M. AT THE NEW CENTRE ON THE 4TH FLOOR OF YUI KAI BUILDING, 466-472 NATHAN ROAD, KOWLOON.
YOU ARE WELCOME TO SEND I EPRESENTATIVES TO ATTEND THE CEREMONY.
WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 25, 1978
4
WATER CUT IN KWUN TOKG AND CAUSEWAY BAY *****
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN KWUN TONG WILL BE STOPPED FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT TOMORROW (THURSDAY) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA BOUNDED BY HONG NING ROAD, MUT WAH STREET, HIP WO STREET AND WAN HON STREET INCLUDING SHU I NING STREET, SHUNG YAN STREET, FU YAN STREET, SHU I WO STREET AND KA LOK STREET WILL BE AFFECTED.
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CAUSEWAY BAY WILL BE WITHOUT WATER FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 27).
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY GREAT GEORGE STREET, SUGAR STREET AND NORTH SIDE OF YEE WO STREET, INCLUDING CHI ON BUILDING, ISLAND HOTEL, HONG KONG BUILDING, HANG LUNG CENTRE, PLAZA HOTEL, PEARL CITY MANSION, GREENFIELD MANSION AND GREAT GEORGE BUILDING.
- - - - o-----
NOTE TO EDITORS:
INSPECTION OF FACTORIES FOR FIRE HAZARDS * * * *
THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL CARRY OUT INSPECTIONS OF FACTORY PREMISES IN YUK YAT STREET, HUNG HOM TOMORROW (THURSDAY).
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE SURVEY WHICH BEGINS AT 9.15 A.M. THOSE COVERING THE ASSIGNMENT ARE ASKED TO MEET DIVISIONAL OFFICER, KEN HODGKINS, OUTSIDE HUNG HOM FIRE STATION, FAT KWONG STREET, NOT LATER THAN 9 A.M.
- 0 -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
CONTRACT FOR WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE SIGNED............. 1
LADY MACLEHOSE OPENS GAMES DAY FOR THE HANDICAPPED ........ 2
TEXTILE QUOTA UTILISATION POSITION ........................ 3
POSTAL DELIVERY OF GOVERNMENT GAZETTE SUSPENDED ........... 5
FIRE PREVENTION CHECKS ON FACTORIES ....................... 6
COURTESY CALL ON DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS ................. 7
MR. THOMAS LEE OPENS YOUTH CENTRE ......................... 8
GRADUATION OF FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN .................... 8
TOURISM COURSE GRADUATES CAN REGISTER AS GUIDES ........... 9
SCHOLARSHIPS PRESENTATION ................................. 9
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS
10
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
1
CONTRACT FOR WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE SIGNED
******
THE MASSIVE $306 MILLION ABERDEEN TUNNEL PROJECT TOOK A MAJOR STEP FORWARD TODAY WITH THE SIGNING OF A CONTRACT FOR THE WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE.
THE $57.5 MILLION CONTRACT WAS FORMALLY SIGNED BY DR. CHOI YU-LEUK, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE P.W.D.’S HIGHWAYS OFFICE, AND MR. TAI SHIU-TING, OF CHUI HING CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD.
SPEAKING AT THE CONTRACT SIGNING CEREMONY TODAY, DR. CHOI SAID THAT WORK ON THE INTERCHANGE WOULD BEGIN SHORTLY AND TAKE ABOUT TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.
IT WOULD INVOLVE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A GRADE-SEPARATED INTERCHANGE LINKING THE SOUTHERN PORTALS AND TOLL PLAZA AREA WITH THE EXISTING WONG CHUK HANG ROAD WHICH LEADS TO ABERDEEN TOWN CENTRE.
THE FOUR-LANE DUAL CARRIAGEWAY TUNNEL ROUTE, HE ADDED, WOULD BE TAKEN IN AN UNDERPASS BELOW THE PRESENT JUNCTION OF NAM FUNG ROAD AND WONG CHUK HANG ROAD.
DR. CHOI SA IDi +T0 IMPROVE ACCESS TO THE OCEAN PARK, PARTICULARLY FOR TRAFFIC FROM THE TUNNEL, THE PRESENT ACCESS ROAD TO THE PARK WILL BE REALIGNED AND CONNECTED TO THE TUNNEL ROUTE BY A GRADE-SEPARATED INTERCHANGE, ALLOWING FREE FLOWING MOVEMENT.
♦OTHER SLIP ROADS WILL ALLOW EASY ACCESS TO AND FROM THE TUNNEL.
♦TO FACILITATE PEDESTRIAN MOVEMENTS, TWO SEPARATE COVERED FOOTBRIDGES WILL BE BUILT AT SUITABLE LOCATIONS. IN ADDITION A PEDESTRIAN WAY, INTEGRAL WITH ONE OF THE SLIP ROAD STRUCTURES, WILL ALSO BE CONSTRUCTED.♦
IN THE MEANTIME, WORK ON THE ABERDEEN TUNNEL, ONE OF THE BIGGEST AND MOST AMBITIOUS HIGHWAY PROJECTS EVER UNDERTAKEN BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, IS PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY.
ON COMPLETION IN I960, IT WILL PROVIDE A FAST AND DIRECT ROAD LINK FROM ABERDEEN TO THE NORTHERN PART OF HONG KONG ISLAND AND THENCE THROUGH THE CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL TO KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THE WORKS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY MAUNSELL CONSULTANTS ASIA ON BEHALF OF THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF P.W.D.
-------0 --------
/2
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
2
LADY MACLEHOSE OPENS GAMES * M K *
DAY FOR THE HANDICAPPED * M
THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN GAMES AND SPORTS EVENTS MUCH CAN BE DONE TO DEVELOP ONE’S CONFIDENCE, PHYSICAL FITNESS AND A SENSE OF INDEPENDENCE AS WELL AS COMMUNICATING WITH OTHERS.
THIS WAS STATED BY LADY MACLEHOSE TODAY WHSN SHE ADDRESSED THE GATHERING AT THE OPENING OF THE THIRD ANNUAL GAMES DAY OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED AT THE SOUTH CHINA ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION’S STADIUM.
LADY MACLEHOSE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES ARE BUSY THROUGHOUT THE YEAR WORKING ON SPORTS ACTIVITIES FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED.
THE FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF SPEECH BY LADY MACLEHOSE AT THE OPENING OF THE THIRD ANNUAL GAMES DAY OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS.
♦ MR. PRESIDENT, LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,
♦ I SHOULD LIKE TO THANK YOU FOR THE INVITATION TO OFFICIATE AT THIS OPENING CEREMONY TODAY.
♦THESE ARE THE THIRD SPECIAL OLYMPICS TO BE HELD IN HONG KONG AND THEY FORM PART OF A WORLD-WIDE SPORTS AND RECREATION PROGRAMME FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED. THROUGH PARTICIPATION IN GAMES AND SPORTS EVENTS MUCH CAN BE DONE TO DEVELOP CONFIDENCE, PHYSICAL FITNESS AND A SENSE OF INDEPENDENCE AS WELL AS COMMUNICATING WITH OTHERS.
♦THIS YEAR THE SPECIAL OLYMPICS HAVE BEEN ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG SPORTS ASSOCIATION FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED WHO, IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE GOVERNMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, ARE BUSY THROUGHOUT THE YEAR WORKING ON SPORTS ACTIVITIES FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED.
♦ WE SHOULD ALL BE GRATEFUL TO THE ORGANISERS FOR THEIR WORK IN THIS FIELD CULMINATING IN WHAT TODAY SHOULD BE A DAY OF FUN AND PLEASURE.
♦ I AM HAPPY TO DECLARE OPEN THE THIRD ANNUAL GAMES DAY OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL OLYMPICS.+
-----0------
/3
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
TEXTILE QUOTA UTILISATION POSITION ft ft ft ft
THE TRADE, INDUSTRY AND CUSTOMS DEPARTMENT TODAY PUBLISHED THE END-OF-SEPTEMBER 1978 FIGURES ON THE UTILISATION OF QUOTA IN RESPECT OF MARKETS TO WHICH HONG KONG’S TEXTILES EXPORTS ARE RESTRAINED.
A BRIEF OUTLINE OF THE QUOTA POSITION OF THE UNITED STATES AND E.E.C., HONG KONG’S TWO MAJOR TEXTILE MARKETS IS GIVEN BELOW.
USA
THE CURRENT 12-MONTH U.S. TEXTILE RESTRAINT PERIOD BEGAN ON JANUARY 1, 1978. QUOTA USED IN THE PAST NINE MONTHS AMOUNTED TO 652.16 MILLION EQUIVALENT SQ. YDS. OR 68.10 PER CENT OF THE OVERALL RESTRAINT LIMIT. FIGURES SHOWING THE QUANTITIES LICENSED FOR EXPORT AND PERCENTAGES OF UTILISATION ON A GROUP BASIS ARE SET OUT BELOWi
QUANTITY LICENSED PERCENTAGE
(IN MILLION UTILISATION
EQUIVALENT AGAINST
GROUP DESCRIPTION SQ.YDS.) GROUP LIMITS
YARNS AND FABRICS OF COTTON AND MAN-MADE FIBRES
118.38
45.22
IV
APPAREL OF COTTON AND MAN-MADE FIBRES
MADE-UPS AND MISCELLANEOUS OF COTTON AND FIBRES
WOOL TEXTILES
456.24
76.72
ARTICLES MAN-MADE
AND APPAREL
44.99
76.11
32.54
77.22
THE RATE OF UTILISATION IN TEN OF THE 24 CATEGORIES SUBJECT TO SPECIFIC LIMITS IN THE HONG KONG/U.S. TEXTILE AGREEMENT COULD BE DESCRIBED AS RELATIVELY HIGH. THEY ARE CATEGORY 331 (COTTON GLOVES), CATEGORY 333/334/335 (COTTON COATS), CATEGORY 340 (COTTON SHIRTS, NOT KNIT). CATEGORY 341 (COTTON BLOUSES, NOT KNIT), CATEGORY 347/348 (OUTER TROUSERS, SLACKS AND SHORTS), CATEGORY 445/ 446 (WOOLLEN SWEATERS), CATEGORY 638/639 (M.M.F. KNIT SHIRTS AND BLOUSES INCLUDING T-SHIRTS), CATEGORY 645/646 (M.M.F. SWEATERS) AND CATEGORY 649 (M.M.F. BRASSIERES, ETC.).
THURSDAY, OCTCBIS 26, 1078
E.E.C.
THE CURRENT 12-MONTH RESTRAINT PERIOD ALSO BEGAN ON JANUARY 1, 1978. QUOTA UTILISATION POSITION ON A MEMBER STATE BASIS FOR THE PAST NINE MONTHS IS GIVEN BELOW*
QUANTITY LICENSED
(IN MILLION PERCENTAGE
bEMBER STATE EQU I VALENT KGS ) UTILISATION
UNITED K INGDOM 43.61 70.40
DENMARK 2.58 54.80
IRISH REPUBLIC 0.35 48.60
FEDERAL 1 REPUBLIC OF GERMANY 35.81 66.60
BENELUX 6.39 55.40
FRANCE 1.45 40.70
ITALY 0.82 26.30
OUT OF A TOTAL OF 287 CATEGORIES ON MEMBER STATE/CATEGORY BASIS, THE RATE OF UTILISATION IN 54 OF THEM WAS RELATIVELY HIGH. THE MORE POPULAR CATEGORIES ARE TABULATED BELOW*
CATEGORY DESCRIPTION MEMBER STATES WITH HIGH RATE OF QUOTA UTILISATION
4 KNITTED SHIRTS, ETC. IRELAND, ITLAY
5 KNITTED SWEATERS, ETC. UK, DENMARK, IRELAND FRG, FRANCE, ITALY
6 WOVEN TROUSERS AND MEN’S SHORTS UK, IRELAND
7 WOVEN/KNITTED BLOUSES UK, DENMARK, FRG, BENELUX
8 WOVEN SHIRTS UK, DENMARK, IRELAND FRG BENELUX, ITALY
10/11 KNITTED GLOVES UK, IRELAND, FRG, BENELUX, FRANCE
12 KNITTED SOCKS AND STOCKINGS FRG, BENELUX
13 KNITTED UNDERPANTS UK, IRELAND, FRG, BENELUX, FRANCE
T7TJ7SDAY, CCTOBHr? 2", 1073
14B MEN’S WOVEN COATS, RAINCOATS, ETC. FRANCE
15A WOMEN’S WOVEN COATED COATS IRELAND
19/89 COTTON HANDKERCHIEFS UK, FRANCE
20 BED LINEN UK, IRELAND
21 ANORAKS AND WINDCHEATERS UK, IRELAND, BENELUX FRANCE, ITALY
24/25 KNITTED PYJAMAS AND NIGHT DRESSES UK, FRG
30A WOMEN’S WOVEN PYJAMAS BENELUX
31 BRASSIERES BENELUX
73 KNITTED TRACK SUITS IRELAND
74 WOMEN’S KNITTED SUITS IRELAND, FRANCE
76 WOVEN WORK GARMENTS UK
83 OTHER KNITTED OUTER-GARMENTS IRELAND
87 WOVEN GLOVES, ETC. UK, IRELAND
0
POSTAL DELIVERY OF GOVERNMENT GAZETTE SUSPENDED ******
POSTAL DELIVERY OF THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE HAS BEEN TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED AS THE POST OFFICE IS NOT ACCEPTING PRINTED PAPER MATTER OTHER THAN FOR AIRMAIL.
SUBSCRIBERS ARE ADVISED THAT SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE BY THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE FOR THEM TO COLLECT THEIR COPIES OF THIS WEEK’S GAZETTE WHICH IS PUBLISHED TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
A COLLECTION COUNTER ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF THE POST OFFICE. ADJACENT TO THE PUBLICATIONS CENTRE IN CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL, WILL BE OPEN TOMORROW (FRIDAY) FROM 2 P.M. TO 5 P.M. AND ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 28) FROM 9 A.M. TO NOON.
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THAT PROOF OF IDENTIFICATION WILL BE REQUIRED AND IF SUBSCRIBERS ARE NOT COLLECTING IN PERSON, AN AUTHORISED REPRESENTATIVE SHOULD HAVE A LETTER TO THAT EFFECT AS WELL AS PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION. IT WOULD ALSO EXPEDITE COLLECTION IF LABEL NUMBERS CAN BE QUOTED.
ANY UNCOLLECTED COPIES WILL BE DELIVERED BY POST WHEN NORMAL SERVICE IS RESUMED.
SUBSCRIBERS TO OTHER GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS ARE ADVISED THAT POSTAL DELIVERY MAY ALSO BE AFFECTED. FURTHER ANNOUNCEMENTS WILL BE MADE IF NECESSARY.
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
6
FACTORY OWNERS WARNED AGAINST FIRE HAZARDS
*****
OFFICERS FROM THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT THIS (THURSDAY) MORNING INSPECTED AT RANDOM MORE THAN 470 FACTORY UNITS IN 22 INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS IN HUNG HOM.
DURING THE INSPECTION, WHICH WAS PART OF AN INTENSIVE FIRE PREVENTION CAMPAIGN, SPECIAL ATTENTION WAS PAID TO THE MEANS OF ESCAPE, FIRE SERVICE INSTALLATIONS, METAL-GATES ACROSS COMMON CORRIDORS AND ROOF-TOP EXITS OF THE BUILDINGS.
AS A RESULT, 67 FACTORY OWNERS WERE SERVED WITH FIRE HAZARD ABATEMENT NOTICES, REQUIRING THEM TO CLEAR THE DANGERS WITHIN A STIPULATED PERIOD. FIRE OFFICERS ALSO FOUND THREE CASES OF UNAUTHORISED BUILDING ALTERNATIONS AND ONE ILLEGAL ROOF-TOP STRUCTURE.
DIVISION OFFICER, MR. KEN HODGKINS WHO HEADED THE OPERATION SAID IT WAS REGRETABLE THAT THE OCCUPANTS IN SOME OF THESE BUILDINGS HAD IGNORED THE BASIC FIRE PREVENTION RULES.
CONDITIONS FOUND IN THESE BUILDINGS WERE FAR FROM SATISFACTORY HE ADDED.
♦ACTION WILL BE TAKEN AGAINST THE OFFENDERS AND THEY WILL CONTINUE TO BE SUBJECTED TO ROUTINE VISITS AND INSPECTIONS,♦ HE WARNED.
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
7
COURTESY CALL ON DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS ******
MEMBERS OF THE GOLD AND SILVER EXCHANGE SOCIETY PAID A COURTESY VISIT TO THE DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS, MR. JOHN WALDEN, TODAY (THURSDAY).
THE GROUP INCLUDED MR. WOO HON-FAI, THE PRESIDENT" MR. YIP SHIU-MING AND MR. YING TSE-YEN, THE VICE PRESIDENTS-DR. HO SIN-HANG, MR. MA KAM-CHAN AND MR. HO TIM, THE ADVISERS- AND MR. MA CHING-CHUNG, CHAIRMAN OF THE SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE.
THEY WERE RECEIVED BY MR. WALDEN AT THE CONFERENCE ROOM CF HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT AT INTERNATIONAL BUILDING, IN CENTRAL.
MR. WOO HON-FAI MADE A BRIEF REPORT ON THE COMMUNITY SERVICES OF THE SOCIETY.
HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE SOCIETY’S POLICY HAS ALWAYS BEEN TO PROMOTE DEVELOPMENTS IN FINANCE AND TO CO-ORDINATE THE FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC POLICIES OF THE GOVERNMENT IN ORDER TO STRENGTHEN THE POSITION OF HONG KONG AS AN INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL CENTRE.
IN REPLY, MR. WALDEN PRAISED THE ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE SOCIETY IN ITS ECONOMIC AND COMMUNITY SERVICES. HE ALSO EXPRESSED HIS WISH TO MAINTAIN AND PROMOTE THE GOOD RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE SOCIETY AND THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT.
THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF HOME AFFAIRS, MR. AUGUSTINE CHUI, WAS ALSO PRESENT AT TODAY’S MEETING.
0 -------
/8
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
8
MR. THOMAS LEE OPENS YMCA’S YOUTH CENTRE ******
THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR. THOMAS LEE, TODAY DESCRIBED THE OPENING OF A Y.M.C.A. YOUTH CENTRE IN YAU MA TEI AS YET ANOTHER ACHIEVEMENT BY THE ASSOCIATION IN ITS LONG-STANDING WORK FOR THE YOUTH.
SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE CENTRE, MR. LEE SAID IT WAS INEVITABLE THAT YOUNG PEOPLE AFTER LEAVING SCHOOL SHOULD LEARN HOW TO TAKE UP GREATER RESPONSIBILITIES IN ORDER TO FACE MORE CHALLENGES AHEAD.
HE SAID THE YAU MA TEI CENTRE CATERS FOR SCHOOL LEAVERS, WORKING YOUTH AND FAMILIES IN THE DISTRICT.
♦THROUGH GROUP ACTIVITIES, PERSONAL GUIDANCE, FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION AND COMMUNITY SERVICE PROJECTS, STAFF OF THE CENTRE WILL HELP YOUNG PEOPLE BETTER SPEND THEIR LEISURE HOURS AND DEVELOP THEIR POTENTIALS,+ HE SAID.
MR. LEE ALSO PRAISED THE Y.M.C.A. FOR ITS ♦OUTSTANDING* YOUTH WORK IN THE PAST 70 YEARS.
NOTE TO EDITORSi
GRADUATION OF FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN ******
THE CHIEF FIRE OFFICER (KOWLOON), MR. FRED JACKSON, WILL TAKE THE SALUTE AT A PASSING-OUT PARADE OF OVER 120 FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN AT THE FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL IN PAT HEUNG AT 10.30 A.M. TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
ON PARADE WILL BE 85 FIREMEN, 14 SENIOR AMBULANCEMEN AND 29 AMBULANCEMEN WHO HAVE COMPLETED THEIR BASIC TRAINING.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPORTER/PHOTOGRAPHER TO COVER THE EVENT. A GOVERNMENT VAN WILL TAKE PRESS REPRESENTATIVES TO THE SCHOOL TOMORROW, LEAVING NORTH POINT FIRE STATION AT 8.30 A.M. MR. CHUI HUNG-FAT OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST PRESS REPRESENTATIVES.
, ('croira 26, 19”?
TOURISM COURSE GRADUATES CAN REGISTER AS AFFILIATED GUIDES ft ft ft ft ft
STUDENTS WHO HAVE COMPLETED THE TOURISM CO-ORDINATING OFFICER COURSE IN HAKING WONG TECHNICAL INSTITUTE CAN NOW REGISTER WITH THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION AS AFFILIATED GUIDES.
REGISTRATION AS AFFILIATED GUIDES WILL BEGIN IN JANUARY. 1979. FOR FURTHER DETAILS GRADUATES OF THE COURSE CAN CONTACT MISS ELLEN SIU IN THE MEMBERSHIP DEPARTMENT OF THE TOURIST ASSOCIATION. THE TELEPHONE NUMBER IS 5-244191 EXT. 63.
THE FULL-TIME TOURISM CO-ORDINATING OFFICER COURSE WAS INTRODUCED IN OCTOBER 1977 BY THE INSTITUTE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE TOURIST ASSOCIATION. IT IS DESIGNED TO OFFER TRAINING IN PROFESSIONAL TOURIST GUIDE PRACTICE AND THEORY FOR THOSE WHO WISH TO MAKE TOURISM THEIR CAREER.
THE COURSE WAS RECENTLY EXTENDED FROM SIX MONTHS TO NINE MONTHS. SOME OF THE SUBJECTS TAUGHT ARE INTERNATIONAL TOURISM AS A CONCEPT, LOCAL KNOWLEDGE AND STATISTICS, SOCIAL SKILLS, RELATIONSHIP WITH ASSOCIATED INDUSTRIES, TRANSPORT, HOTELS, RESTAURANTS, SHOPS AND TRAVEL AGENTS, OFFICE ORGANISATION, BOOK-KEEPING, ACCOUNTING AND JAPANESE LANGUAGE TUITION.
A THEORETICAL AND PRACTICAL EXAMINATION WILL BE HELD AT THE END OF THE COURSE AND THOSE WHO HAVE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED IT WILL BE AWARDED A CERTIFICATE OF THE INSTITUTE.
NOTE TO EDITORS:
SCHOLARSHIPS PRESENTATION ft * ft ft *
MR. DANIEL WATERS, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (TECHNICAL), WILL PRESENT SCHOLARSHIPS TO 218 RECIPIENTS AT THE CHINESE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS PRESENTATION CEREMONY TOMORROW (FRIDAY).
THE PRESENTATION WILL BE HELD AT THE CMA BUILDING, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, AT 3.30 P.M.
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO COVER THE CEREMONY
THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1978
10
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS * * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM 10 A.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 30) PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING A NUMBER OF STREETS AND ROADS ON HONG KONG ISLAND IN CONNECTION WITH THE INTRODUCTION OF NEW MAXICAB ROUTES WHICH WILL COME INTO OPERATION NEXT WEEK.
UNDER THE ARRANGEMENTS, ALL PLB’S UNLESS AUTHORISED IN WRITING BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE BANNED FROM USING THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF ROADS!
* THE MAXICAB STAND IN THE WEST-BOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF WAN CHAI FERRY ROAD OPPOSITE TO THE TAXI STAND-
* SANDY BAY ROAD-
* BISNEY ROAD WEST OF POK FU LAM ROAD AND NORTH OF VICTORIA ROAD-
* CONSORT RISE SOUTH OF VICTORIA ROAD-
ft THE MAXICAB STAND ADJACENT TO THE TAXI STAND IN OCEAN PARK ROAD-
* SMITHFIELD ROAD SOUTH OF POKFIELD ROAD-
* KA WAI MAN ROAD SOUTH OF VICTORIA ROAD-
* BROADWOOD ROAD SOUTH OF THE JUNCTION OF LINK ROAD AND WEST OF TAI HANG ROAD-
ft THE SECTION OF MOUNT BUTLER ROAD BETWEEN TAI HANG ROAD AND CLEMENTI ROAD-
* PERKINS ROAD EAST OF TAI HANG ROAD-
* STANLEY VILLAGE ROAD SOUTH OF THE JUNCTION WITH TAI TAM ROAD AND STANLEY GAP ROAD-
* CHUNG HOM KOK ROAD SOUTH OF THE JUNCTION WITH STANLEY GAP ROAD AND REPULSE BAY ROAD-
* CAPE COLLINSON ROAD EAST OF LIN SHING ROAD- AND
* SHING ON STREET WEST OF TAI SHEK STREET.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP IN THE AREAS TO GUIDE PLB DRIVERS.
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KOIIG. TEL 5-233191
Friday, October 27, 197s
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
MORE PRACTICAL WORK TO BE INTRODUCED IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS .................................................. 1
QUEENSWAY FLYOVER FULLY OPENS TO TRAFFIC ON MONDAY .... 2
MAXIMUM SECURITY PRISON TO BE BUILT ON LANTAU ............ 3
AUCTION OF PRIME SITE AT FO TAN ........................ 4
POSTAL SERVICE TO CANADA RESUMES ........................ 4
TENDERS CALLED FOR TUEN MUN ROAD SECOND CARRIAGEWAY .... 5
128 FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN GRADUATE .................... 6
DAY OF FUN FOR SHEK LEI RESIDENTS ....................... 7
BAN ON GOODS VEHICLES IN CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD TO BE LIFTED ................................................... 8
firing PRACTICE .......................................... 8
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978
1
MORE PRACTICAL WORK TO BE INTRODUCED IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS *****
THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT IS WORKING TOWARDS THE GOAL OF HAVING AT LEAST ONE TECHNICAL SUBJECT INCLUDED IN ALL SECONDARY SCHOOL CURRICULA, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (TECHNICAL), MR. DANIEL WATERS SAID TODAY.
MR. WATERS WAS SPEAKING AT THE CHINESE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS PRESENTATION CEREMONY AT WHICH HE PRESENTED SCHOLARSHIPS TO 218 RECIPIENTS.
HE SAID THE INTRODUCTION OF MORE PRACTICAL WORK INTO THE SCHOOL CURRICULUM SHOULD DO A GREAT DEAL TO OVERCOME THE WHITECOLLAR COMPLEX WHICH STILL EXISTS TO SOME DEGREE AMONG STUDENTS.
SOME SCHOOLS WILL HAVE ACCOMMODATION CONVERTED INTO PRACTICAL ROOMS AND FOR OTHERS LACKING SUITABLE FACILITIES, CENTRAL WORKSHOPS WILL BE BUILT. TWO SUCH CENTRES ARE BEING PLANNED FOR OPERATION BY 1980.
REFERRING TO THE RECENTLY PUBLISHED WHITE PAPER ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF SENIOR SECONDARY AND TERTIARY EDUCATION, MR. WATERS SAID IT WAS INTENDED THAT A NUMBER OF DIPLOMA AND CERTIFICATE COURSES IN TECHNICAL AND COMMERCIAL STUDIES WOULD BE TRANSFERRED FROM THE POLYTECHNIC TO THE TECHNICAL INSTITUTES. THIS WILL ENABLE THE POLYTECHNIC TO CONCENTRATE ON HIGHER LEVEL WORK.
TO PROVIDE MORE ROOM FOR THESE COURSES, EXISTING INSTITUTES WILL HAVE ADDITIONAL FLOORS AND AT THE LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION IN KOWLOON TONG, AN ANNEX WILL BE CONSTRUCTED.
MR. WATERS SAID THAT TECHNICAL EDUCATION OVER THE YEARS HAD SEEN A STRONG PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE PRIVATE SECTOR.
HE RECALLED THAT THE CMA DONATED $1 MILLION TOWARDS THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE OLD TECHNICAL COLLEGE WHICH HAD NOW +BLOSSOMED TO BECOME THE POLYTECHNIC.
AND, OF THE FOUR TECHNICAL INSTITUTES IN OPERATION, AS WELL AS THE FIFTH WHICH IS NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION, ABOUT 27 PER CENT OF THE CAPITAL COST OF THE BUILDINGS AND THE EQUIPMENT WERE DONATED.
♦THE SCHOLARSHIPS WHICH ARE BEING PRESENTED HERE TODAY ARE JUST ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF THIS GENEROSITY WHICH ONE FINDS IN HONG KONG,+ MR. WATERS SAID.
FR IDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978
2
QUEENSWAY FLYOVER FULLY OPENS TO TRAFFIC ON MONDAY * * * M
THE QUEENSWAY FLYOVER WILL FULLY OPEN TO TRAFFIC ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 30).
TWENTY-ONE MONTHS AFTER PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT STAFF BEGAN CONSTRUCTING THE %.9 MILLION FLYOVER, TWO LANES OF TRAFFIC WILL RISE ABOVE THE QUEENSWAY INTERSECTION FROM GARDEN ROAD, GREATLY EASING THE TRAFFIC FLOW.
A PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID OF THE NEW FLYOVER: ♦THERE IS NO DOUBT THIS WILL GREATLY ALLEVIATE THE SITUATION IN BOTH QUEENSWAY AND GARDEN ROAD.
♦VEHICLES WILL BE ABLE TO MOVE FAR MORE FREELY.♦
THE 230-METRE-LONG FLYOVER PROVIDES A TWO-LANE, ONE WAY, DIRECT TRAFFIC ROUTE FROM GARDEN ROAD INTO THE EASTBOUND LANE OF QUEENSWAY. IT PASSES OVER THE SIGNAL-CONTROLLED JUNCTION.
THE NEW TRAFFIC FLOW SYSTEM ALSO INCLUDES A SERIES OF PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES.
AN ATTRACTIVE SPIRAL STAIRCASE LEADS TO THE HILTON HOTEL PROMENADE, AND A WALKWAY FOLLOWS THE CURVE OF THE FLYOVER AND PASSES ALONG THE FRONT OF THE MULTI-STOREY CARPARK TO LINK WITH THE EXISTING HIGH-LEVEL FOOTBRIDGE OVER COTTON TREE DRIVE.
THE STAIRCASES AND FINAL LANDSCAPING WILL BE COMPLETED BY THE END OF NOVEMBER, SAID THE P.W.D. SPOKESMAN.
THE FLYOVER COMPLEX COMPLEMENTS THE P.W.D.'S TRAFFIC IMPROVEMENT SCHEME TO EASE CONGESTION IN THE MID-LEVELS.
THE PLAN INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SERIES OF ELEVATED ROADS ALONG ROBINSON ROAD. TWO OF THE FLYOVERS — AT THE TOP CF GARDEN ROAD AND CASTLE ROAD -- ARE ALREADY IN USE.
WORK ON TWO MORE — ONE AT OLD PEAK ROAD AND THE OTHER AT GLENEALY — ARE PROGRESSING SATISFACTORILY AND SHOULD BE COMPLETED AROUND THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR.
------o--------
/3....
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978 3
SHEK PIK MAXIMUM SECURITY PRISON
******
A MAXIMUM SECURITY PRISON IS TO BE BUILT AT SHEK PIK ON LANTAU SHORTLY.
MR. PAUL YIU, SENIOR ARCHITECT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, SAID THE SCHEME COMPRISED THE CONSTRUCTION OF TEN BLOCKS RANGING FROM TWO TO FOUR STOREYS IN HEIGHT.
+EIGHT OF THE BLOCKS ARE INTER-CONNECTING AND TOGETHER THEY CONTAIN 482 CELLS WITH ABLUTION AND DINING AREAS, WORKSHOPS, CLASSROOMS AND ANCILLARY MEDICAL AND DENTAL FACILITIES,* HE SAID.
+ THE TWO REMAINING BLOCKS ARE DETACHED FROM THE CELL UNIT. ONE OF THEM HOUSES A GYMNASIUM, WORKSHOPS, LAUNDRY AND CENTRAL KITCHEN AND THE OTHER CONTAINS OFFICES FOR ADMINISTRATION AND VISITING FACILITIES AS WELL AS ACCOMMODATION FOR STAND-BY DUTY STAFF.*
MR. YIU SAID THAT OUTDOOR EXERCISE AREAS WOULD ALSO BE PROVIDED.
THE WHOLE COMPLEX WILL BE BUILT INSIDE SECURITY WALLS WHICH ARE BEING CONSTRUCTED UNDER A SEPARATE CONTRACT.
THE NEW PRISON IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED AT THE END OF 1980.
--------0
4.......
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978
4
AUCTION OF PRIME SITE AT FO TAN * * * *
A PRIME SITE IN SHA TIN NEW TOWN’S FIRST LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AREA AT FO TAN WILL BE SOLD BY AUCTION IN THE SHA TIN GOVERNMENT SECONDARY SCHOOL ON NOVEMBER 21.
THE SENIOR ESTATE SURVEYOR OF THE SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE, W. ROGER THOMPSON, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THE 3,040 SQUARE METRE SITE WAS VERY ATTRACTIVE, WITH GOOD ROAD ACCESS TO KOWLOON BY WAY OF THE SHA TIN TRUNK ROAD AND CLOSE TO THE FO TAN RAILWAY STATION.
♦IT IS ALSO CONVENIENTLY LOCATED TO A NUMBER OF PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, GOVERNMENT AND COMMUNITY BUILDINGS, A VARIETY OF RECREATIONAL FACILITIES AND DISTRICT OPEN SPACES,* MR. THOMPSON SAID.
THE SITE CARRIES A BUILDING COVENANT OF $4,910,000 TO BE FULFILLED WITHIN 30 CALENDAR MONTHS FROM JANUARY 1 NEXT YEAR AND HAS A PLOT RATIO OF 9.5 WHICH ALLOWS, UNDER NORMAL CIRCUMSTANCES. FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF A 14-STOREY BUILDING.
CONDITIONS OF SALE INCLUDE STRINGENT POLLUTION CONTROLS. ♦HOWEVER, THE CONTROLS HAVE NOT AFFECTED THE KEEN INTERESTS OF INDUSTRIALISTS INVESTING IN THE NEW TOWN,* MR. THOMPSON SAID.
♦JUDGING FROM THE LARGE NUMBER OF ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE LOT RECEIVED AT THE NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND DISTRICT OFFICES, KEEN BIDDING IS EXPECTED AT THE AUCTION.+
MR. THOMPSON SAID THAT THE LAST INDUSTRIAL SITE AUCTION IN THE NEW TOWN IN JUNE THIS YEAR HAD REALISED A PRICE OF $20 MILLION.
HE ADDED THAT THE PLOT RATIO FOR THE SITE AUCTIONED ONLY ALLOWED FOR SIX OR SEVEN STOREY DEVELOPMENT.
MR. THOMPSON SAID THAT ANOTHER TWO SITES IN THE NEW TOWN WILL BE DISPOSED OF BY AUCTION AND SIX OTHERS BY TENDER BETWEEN NOW AND JANUARY NEXT YEAR.
- - - - 0 -----
POSTAL SERVICE TO CANADA RESUMES * * * *
THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT POSTAL SERVICE TO CANADA WILL BE RESUMED FROM TOMORROW (SATURDAY) FOLLOWING ■DIE RETURN TO WORK OF THE COUNTRY'S POSTAL WORKERS.
- 0 - -
/5
i
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978
- 5 -
■ TENDERS CALLED FOR TUEN MUN ROAD SECOND CARRIAGEWAY ******
WORK WILL BEGIN SHORTLY ON THE FINAL SECTION OF THE SECOND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE 17-KILOMETRE TUEN MUN ROAD.
TENDERS FOR THE WORK WERE INVITED TODAY BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT. THE WORK INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF 9.3 KILOMETRES OF CARRIAGEWAY BETWEEN SHAM TSENG AND TUEN MUN WHICH INCLUDES TWO BRIDGES AND EXTENSIVE EARTH AND DRAINAGE WORKS.
DR. CHOI YU-LEUK, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE, SAID WORK WOULD BEGIN EARLY NEXT YEAR AND TAKE ABOUT 22 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.
MEANWHILE, WORK HAS BEGUN ON THE OTHER SECTION OF THE SECOND CARRIAGEWAY OF TUEN MUN ROAD BETWEEN TSUEN WAN AND SHAM TSENG.
IN ADDITION, TENDERS WILL BE CALLED EARLY NEXT YEAR FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF AN ACCESS RAMP AT THE TSUEN WAN END OF THE HIGHWAY.
ON COMPLETION OF THE WHOLE PROJECT IN LATE 1980, TUEN MUN ROAD WILL EE A DUAL THREE-LANE ROAD RUNNING FROM TSUEN WAN TO TUEN MUN.
THE WORKS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY SCOTT WILSON KIRKPATRICK AND PARTNERS, CONSULTING ENGINEERS, FOR THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
0
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978
6
128 FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN GRADUATE
J ******
KOWLOON CHIEF FIRE OFFICER, MR. FRED JACKSON, TODAY (FRIDAY) TOLD 128 GRADUATING FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN THAT THEY HAD JOINED A FINE SERVICE WITH A FIRST CLASS TRADITION AND REPUTATION GOING BACK WELL OVER ONE HUNDRED YEARS.
HE WAS ADDRESSING THE GROUP AT A PASSING OUT PARADE AT THE FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL IN PAT HEUNG.
+IT IS GOOD TO KNOW THAT THE HIGH PROFESSIONAL STANDING THE SERVICE NOW ENJOYS NOT ONLY IN THE FAR EAST BUT INTERNATIONALLY WILL BE FURTHER CONSOLIDATED AND IMPROVED IN THE APPLICATION OF THE MODERN AND UP-TO-THE-MINUTE TRAINING YOU HAVE RECEIVED AT THE SCHOOL,* MR. JACKSON SAID.
HE TOLD THE RECRUITS THAT +YOU ARE NOW GOING OUT TO THE COMMANDS TO PUT INTO PRACTICE THE KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERTISE THE INSTRUCTIONAL STAFF HERE HAVE IMPARTED TO YOU.
♦YOUR DUTIES WILL BE MANY AND VARIED BUT ALWAYS INVOLVED IN SOME WAY IN THE PROTECTION AND SAVING OF LIFE AND PROPERTY.
♦THE CITIZENS OF HONG KONG SHOULD FEEL HIGHLY PRIVILEGED TO HAVE MEMBERS SUCH AS YOURSELVES DAILY PREPARED TO RISK LIFE AND LIMB FOR THEIR SAFETY IN TIMES OF FIRE AND CALAMITIES WHICH WE WELL KNOW BEFALL US FROM TIME TO TIME.*
ALSO TAKING PART IN TODAY’S PARADE WERE 31 FIREMEN AND 19 SENIOR AMBULANCEMEN WHO ARE STILL UNDER TRAINING.
AFTER THE PARADE A FI RE FIGHTING DEMONSTRATION WAS THE NEWLY QUALIFIED FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN.
GIVEN BY
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978
7
DAY OF FUN FOR SHEK LEI RESIDENTS ******
THOUSANDS OF SHEK LEI ESTATE RESIDENTS IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE TREATED TO A DAY OF FUN AND AMUSEMENT SPECIALLY ORGANISED FOR THEM THIS SUNDAY (OCTOBER 29).
KNOWN AS THE +SHEK LEI ESTATE DAY+, THE FULL-DAY FUNCTION IS A PART OF THE GOVERNMENT’S CONTINUING EFFORT TO PROMOTE COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN THE DISTRICT. IT IS SPONSORED BY THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT ADVISORY BOARD AND ORGANISED BY THE SHEK LEI ESTATE DAY PREPARATORY COMMITTEE WHICH WAS FORMED BY MEMBERS OF THE EAST KWAI CHUNG AREA COMMITTEE WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF PRACTICALLY EVERY GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND ORGANISATION IN THE DISTRICT.
WITH A THEME OF +YOUR FRIENDLY NEIGHBOURHOOD+, THE SHEK LEI ESTATE DAY AIMS AT PROMOTING A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG RESIDENTS WHILE AT THE SAME TIME TREATING THEM TO ENTERTAINMENT AND ACTIVITIES OF ALL KINDS.
THE KWAI CHUNG TOWN OFFICER, MR. DEREK GOULD SAID TODAY THE FUNCTION HAS BROUGHT TOGETHER VARIOUS VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, SCHOOLS, LOCAL ORGANISATIONS AND GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS IN A MAMMOTH JOINT EFFORT.
♦IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT AT LEAST ONE-THIRD OF THE ESTATE’S 65,000 RESIDENTS WILL PARTICIPATE IN THE DAY’S ACTIVITIES PLANNED TO SUIT THE VERY YOUNG AND THE VERY OLD,+ HE SAID.
THE PROGRAMME INCLUDES A ROUND-THE-ESTATE WALK, A DRAWING COMPETITION, FOOTBALL MATCHES, A SONG CONTEST, A FUN FAIR AND VARIETY SHOWS.
MR. GOULD SAID INITIAL RESPONSE HAS BEEN MOST ENCOURAGING. ♦AND IF THE TURNOUT IS EQUALLY FAVOURABLE, THE SHEK LEI ESTATE DAY MAY BECOME AN ANNUAL FEATURE.♦
APART FROM THE SHEK LEI DAY, FUNCTIONS OF SIMILAR NATURE ARE BEING PLANNED FOR RESIDENTS IN OTHER AREAS IN KWAI CHUNG.
BY DOING THESE, HE SAID, WE HOPE TO BE ABLE TO ACHIEVE THE DUAL PURPOSE OF HELPING BUILD UP HARMONIOUS RELATIONS AMONG RESIDENTS AND PROMOTING CLOSER TIES BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS IN COMMUNITY BUILDING.
NOTE TO EDITORSs
YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE FUNCTION WHICH BEGINS AT 9 A.M. ON SUNDAY. A LIAISON OFFICER OF KWAI CHUNG TOWN MANAGEMENT OFFICE, MR. HO LEUNG, WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST PRESS MEMBERS.
FRIDAY, OCTOBER 27, 1978
8
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS * * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THE EXISTING BAN ON GOODS VEHICLES ALONG TWO SECTIONS OF CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD DURING SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS WILL BE LIFTED FROM 9 A.M. ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 29).
THE EASTBOUND SECTION OF THE ROAD FROM KWUN TONG ROAD TO FEI NGO SHAN ROAD IS BANNED TO GOODS VEHICLES FROM 9 A.M. TO 2 P.M., AND THE WESTBOUND SECTION FROM HIRAM’S HIGHWAY TO ANDERSON ROAD FROM 2 P.M. TO 7 P.M.
THE BAN WAS INTRODUCED IN MAY TO RELIEVE CONGESTION ON THE ROAD BECAUSE OF HEAVY BEACH-GOING TRAFFIC IN THE SUMMER.
------o-------
FIRING PRACTICE * * * *
FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON THREE MORE DAYS NEXT MONTH ON NOVEMBER 28, 29 AND 30, BRINGING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF SCHEDULED DAYS TO 12.
THE PUBLIC ARE REMINDED THAT IT IS DANGEROUS TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN THE RED FLAGS ARE FLYING DURING THE TIME OF FIRING PRACTICE.
THE PRACTICE TIMES OF THE DATE 12 SCHEDULED HOURS DAYS ARE:
NOVEMBER 6 (MONDAY) 9 A.M. — 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 7 (TUESDAY) 9 A.M. 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 8 (WEDNESDAY) 9 A.M. — 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 9 (THURSDAY) 9 A.M. 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 10 (FRIDAY) 9 A.M. •• 4 P.M.
NOVEMBER 14 (TUESDAY) 9 A.M. — 10 P.M.
NOVEMBER 15 (WEDNESDAY) 9 A.M. •• 10 P.M.
NOVEMBER 16 (THURSDAY) 9 A.M. — 10 P.M.
NOVEMBER 20 (MONDAY) 12 NOON - 4. 30 P.M.
NOVEMBER 28 (TUESDAY) 8 A.M. — 5 P.M.
NOVEMBER 29 (WEDNESDAY) 8 A.M. — 5 P.M.
NOVEMBER 30 (THURSDAY) 8 A.M. — 5 P.M.
0 - •» M
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL: 5-233191
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 28, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
ROLE OF PRIMARY SCHOOL IN EDUCATION .................. 1
GOVERNOR MOVING TO FLAGSTAFF HOUSE ................... 2
TENDERS INVITED FOR OPERATING STONE-CRUSHING PLANT ... 2
87 BUILDING PLANS APPROVED LAST MONTH ................ 3
OFFICE HOURS OF EASTERN AND MONG KOK C.D.O.'S TO BE
EXTENDED............................................. 4
TWO BUS ROUTES CANCELLED ............................. 4
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ................................. 5
WATER CUT............................................. 5
V
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 28, 1978
ROLE OF PRIMARY SCHOOL IN EDUCATION
*****
THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (PROFESSIONAL), MR. HO JIGA-MING, TODAY (SATURDAY) OUTLINED THE ROLE THAT THE PRIMARY SCHOOL PLAYS IN PROVIDING A FULL EDUCATION FOR EVERY CHILD.
SPEAKING AT THE SPEECH DAY OF THE CHIU KUNG PO MEMORIAL PRIMARY SCHOOL, MR. HO SAID* ♦THE WORK OF THE PRIMARY SCHOOL IS TO GIVE EVERY CHILD ALL KINDS OF OPPORTUNITY AND HELP THAT WILL ENABLE HIM TO LIVE THROUGH THE PERIOD MOST FULLY, TO DEVELOP MENTALLY, MORALLY, SOCIALLY AND PHYSICALLY, AND TO ENTER ON THE NEXT STAGE OF HIS EDUCATION WITH ZEST AND CONFIDENCE.*
HE SAID STRESS SHOULD BE PLACED ON THE NEED TO ALLOW EACH CHILD TO LIVE HIS FULLEST POSSIBLE LIFE.
HE ALSO LISTED OUT THE THINGS WHICH HE FELT ENTRANTS TO SECONDARY SCHOOLS WERE EXPECTED TO KNOW AND BE ABLE TO DO.
AT THE END OF THE PRIMARY SCHOOL STAGE, MR. HO SAID, CHILDREN SHOULD BE ABLE TO WORK AS A CLASS AND TO TAKE A CLASS DIRECTION WITHOUT THE TEACHER HAVING TO EXPLAIN IT TO EACH CHILD INDIVIDUALLY.
♦CHILDREN IN THE PRIMARY SCHOOL SHOULD HAVE TIME ALLOTTED EACH DAY FOR THE PREPARATION OF SET WORK,* HE SAID, ADDING THAT ♦ IT IS IMPORTANT THAT CHILDREN SHOULD KNOW HOW TO WORK UNAIDED.*
MR. HO ALSO SUGGESTED THAT EACH CHILD SHOULD BE GIVEN A COPY OF THE SYLLABUS OF WORK DONE SO THAT CHILDREN COULD KNOW WHAT GROUND THEY HAVE COVERED IN THE PRIMARY SCHOOL.
♦IT WOULD BE A GREAT HELP IF THOROUGH TRAINING COULD BE GIVEN IN THE PRIMARY SCHOOL IN SETTING DOWN WORK IN AN ORDERLY FASHION- IN COPYING FROM A BOOK OR THE BLACKBOARD ACCURATELY- IN THE CHILDREN EXPRESSING THEMSELVES CLEARLY AND IN LEARNING TO LISTEN,♦ HE SAID.
FINALLY, MR. HO SAID IT WAS IMPORTANT FOR SCHOOLS TO ENCOURAGE CHILDREN TO READ FOR INFORMATION, AND SUGGESTED THAT THE USE OF AN INDEX FOR REFERENCE BE TAUGHT IN THE PRIMARY SCHOOLS TO HELP PUPILS IN THEIR EFFORT TO GLEAN INFORMATION.
/2
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 28, 1978
2
GOVERNOR MOVING TO FLAGSTAFF HOUSE ft ft ft ft
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, WILL MOVE FROM GOVERNMENT HOUSE INTO FLAGSTAFF HOUSE ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 30), A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).
THE MOVE IS NECESSARY TO ALLOW RENOVATION WORK TO BE CARRIED OUT ON THE AIR CONDITIONING AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT HOUSE, AS WELL AS INTERNAL REPAIRS, REPAIRS TO THE ROOF AND SOME AMENITY IMPROVEMENTS.
THE WORK IS EXPECTED TO TAKE ABOUT SIX MONTHS AND THE GOVERNOR WILL MOVE BACK AS SOON AS IT IS COMPLETED.
FLAGSTAFF HOUSE WAS FORMERLY THE HOME OF THE COMMANDER BRITISH FORCES, WHO MOVED SEVERAL WEEKS AGO TO A NEW RESIDENCE IN BARKER ROAD ON THE PEAK.
-----0------
TENDERS INVITED FOR OPERATING STONE-CRUSHING PLANT ft ft ft ft ft
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE RIGHT TO OPERATE A STONE-CRUSHING PLANT AT A SITE IN LUNG CHEUNG ROAD.
A P.W.D. SPOKESMAN SAID THAT THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERER WOULD BE PERMITTED TO OPERATE THE STONE-CRUSH I NG PLANT FOR A LIMITED PERIOD AND TO SELL THE PRODUCTS OF THE PLANT TO THE PUBLIC.
ADDITIONALLY, HE ADDED, SUBJECT TO THE AGREEMENT OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, THE SUCCESSFUL TENDERER MIGHT BE PERMITTED TO OPERATE AN APPROVED ASPHALTIC ROAD MATERIAL MANUFACTURING PLANT AND/OR PRE-MIX CONCRETE PLANT AND TO SELL THE MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS TO THE PUBLIC.
THE OPERATION OF THE MATERIALS DIVISION OF THE
PLANT WILL BE SUPERVISED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL CONTROL OFFICE OF P.W.D.
-----0------
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 28, 1978
- 3 -
87 BUILDING PLANS APPROVED LAST MONTH ******
A TOTAL OF 87 NEW BUILDING PLANS WERE APPROVED IN SEPTEMBER BY THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, COMPARED WITH 61 IN THE SAME MONTH LAST YEAR.
THIS BROUGHT TO 570, THE NUMBER OF BUILDING PLANS APPROVED FOR THE FIRST NINE MONTHS THIS YEAR.
OF THE 87 NEW PLANS APPROVED, 31 WERE FOR BUILDINGS ON HONG KONG ISLAND, 16 FOR KOWLOON AND 40 FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES.
THEY INCLUDED PLANS FOR A NUMBER OF APARTMENT/COMMERCI AL BUILDINGS, THREE SCHOOLS IN KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES, A MARINE SCIENCE LABORATORY AT THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG, AND A BUDDHIST TEMPLE ON LANTAU ISLAND.
THE TOTAL DECLARED COST OF NEW BUILDINGS COMPLETED DURING THE MONTH WAS $339.6 MILLION, COMPARED WITH $219.8 MILLION LAST YEAR.
THE TOTAL USABLE FLOOR AREA OF NEW BUILDINGS COMPLETED DURING LAST MONTH AMOUNTED TO 281,473 SQUARE METRES, COMPRISING 148,926 SQUARE METRES OF NON-DOMESTIC FLOOR AREA AND 132,548 SQUARE METRES OF DOMESTIC FLOOR AREA.
DURING THE MONTH, THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE GAVE CONSENT FOR WORK TO START ON 45 NEW BUILDING PROJECTS, INCLUDING SEVERAL FACTORY AND WORKSHOP BUILDINGS, A DENTAL TECHNICAL BUILDING IN CHEONG WAN ROAD, KOWLOON AND A SCHOOL BUILDING IN SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET, KOWLOON.
A TOTAL OF 52 NEWLY COMPLETED BUILDINGS WERE CERTIFIED FOR OCCUPATION DURING THE MONTH, INCLUDING A SCHOOL WITH DORMITORY IN POK FU LAM ROAD, THE SCOUT HEADQUARTERS IN 01 KWAN ROAD, A DANGEROUS GOODS STORE IN TO KWA WAN ROAD, AND A STUDENT HOSTEL AT THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.
THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE OFFICE ALSO CONSENTED TO THE DEMOLITION OF 103 BUILDINGS.
-------0----------
/4
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 28, 1978
- 4 -
OFFICE HOURS OF EASTERN AND MONG KOK CITY DISTRICT OFFICES TO BE EXTENDED
* * * * *
THE HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FROM NEXT THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 2) THE OFFICE HOURS OF CITY DISTRICT OFFICES IN EASTERN AND MONG KOK WILL BE EXTENDED TO 8.30 P.M. EVERY THURSDAY TO COINCIDE WITH THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE LAW SOCIETY’S FREE LEGAL ADVICE SCHEME.
THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICES IN EASTERN AND MONG KOK WILL BE THE HONG KONG AND KOWLOON CENTRES OF THE NEW SCHEME RESPECTIVELY.
DURING THE EXTENDED OFFICE HOURS FROM 5.30 P.M. TO 8.30 P.M. EVERY THURSDAY THESE TWO CITY DISTRICT OFFICES WILL CONTINUE TO ANSWER ENQUIRIES, HANDLE PERSONAL CASES AND COMPLAINTS, ADMINISTER STATUTORY DECLARATIONS AND DISTRIBUTE GOVERNMENT AND SOME NONGOVERNMENT FORMS AND BOOKLETS.
THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (EASTERN) IS LOCATED AT 884-886 KING’S ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, HONG KONG (TEL: 5-641547) AND THE CITY DISTRICT OFFICE (MONG KOK) AT 751 NATHAN ROAD, GROUND FLOOR, KOWLOON (TEL« 3-809731).
THE OFFICE HOURS OF ALL OTHER CITY DISTRICT OFFICES WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED.
TWO BUS ROUTES CANCELLED * * * *
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT TWO CMB BUS ROUTES WILL CEASE OPERATING FROM MONDAY FOLLOWING THE INTRODUCTION OF 11 NEW MAXI-CAB ROUTES ON HONG KONG ISLAND.
THEY ARE ROUTE 73A FROM STANLEY VILLAGE TO STANLEY PRISON AND ROUTE 88 FROM CHAI WAN TO CAPE COLLINSON.
SATURDAY, OCTOBER 28, 1978 - 5 -
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ft ft ft ft ft ft
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT A NUMBER OF NEW TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE INTRODUCED IN TO KWA WAN ROAD AND CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD FROM 10 A.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 30).
UNDER THESE TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS, THE SECTION OF TO KWA WAN ROAD BETWEEN SAN MA TAU STREET AND CHI KIANG STREET WILL BE RESTRICTED TO ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES FROM 7 A.M. TO 10 A.M. AND FROM 4 P.M. TO 7 P.M. DAILY.
ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES ARE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS AND LOADING OR UNLOADING GOODS ON THAT SECTION OF THE ROAD WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIODS.
IN CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD, AN OLD SECTION OF THE ROAD BETWEEN PING SHEK ESTATE AND GOOD HOPE SCHOOL WILL BE RE-OPENED TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC FROM 10 A.M. ON MONDAY.
AT THE SAME TIME, A NEW SECTION OF THE ROAD WILL BECOME A NO THROUGH ROAD FOR MOTOR VEHICLES AND WILL SERVE ONLY PART OF CHOI WAN ESTATE . ACCESS TO CHOI WAN MARKET AND FUNG CHAK HOUSE WILL BE VIA THE OLD SECTION OF THE ROAD.
IN ADDITION, TRAFFIC LIGHT SIGNALS WILL CONTROL THE JUNCTION OF THE NEW AND T?<E OLD SECTIONS OF THE ROAD TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE GUIDE MOTORISTS.
SET UP IN THESE AREAS TO
--------o----------
WATER CUT ft ft ft
FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN WAN CHAI WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 30) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS BY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY HENNESSY ROAD, LUARD ROAD, GLOUCESTER ROAD AND ARSENAL STREET.
-----o------
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG TEL 5-233191
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 29, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO
WATER SUPPLY PROJECT PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY ................. 1
LEGAL AID TO DEFENDANTS IN CRIMINAL CASES ................ 2
INDUSTRIAL BOOM IN TUEN MUN............................... 3
LOCAL ROUND IN READINESS FOR COMMONWEALTH ESSAY COMPETITION ............................................... 5
WATER CUT.................................................. 5
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 29, 1978
WATER SUPPLY PROJECT PROGRESSING SMOOTHLY ft ft ft ft ft ft
WORK ON THE SECOND STAGE OF THE EAST RIVER WATER SUPPLY SCHEME IS RACING AHEAD TO CATER FOR ADDITIONAL SUPPLIES OF WATER FROM CHINA.
THE $12.7 MILLION CIVIL WORK PROJECT IS PROGRESSING RAPIDLY WITH PIPES BEING LAID, PILING FOR AN ENLARGED BALANCE TANK IN PLACE, AND THE FOUNDATIONS OF A NEW FOUR-PUMP STATION NEARING COMPLETION.
WORK BEGAN IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR AND THE COMPLETION DATE HAS BEEN SET FOR THE END OF SEPTEMBER NEXT YEAR.
WATER FROM CHINA IS DELIVERED FROM THE SHAM CHUN RESERVOIR, THROUGH TWO PIPES ACROSS THE SHAM CHUN RIVER TO THE MUK WU BALANCE TANK.
FROM THERE THREE PIPELINES TAKE THE WATER THROUGH THE MUK WU PUMPING STATION.
AT PRESENT THERE ARE FOUR VERTICAL PUMPS IN THE STATION, BUT THE NEW STATION WILL ADD ANOTHER FOUR PUMPS.
THE PILES FOR THE NEW TANK, SAID A PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN, WERE +CAST IN-SITU+ IN THAT THEY WERE CAST IN PLACE, TO THE DESIRED LEVEL, AND THEN THE OUTSIDE STEEL SLEEVE REMOVED.
A 1,620 MM DIAMETER PIPELINE BETWEEN MUK WU PUMPING STATION AND RIVER INDUS PUMPING STATION AT LO WU IS ALSO PART CF STAGE II OF THE SCHEME.
A CONTRACT WAS RECENTLY AWARDED FOR THE LAYING OF THIS PIPELINE, AND WORK STARTED ABOUT TWO MONTHS AGO. IT IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN SEPTEMBER 1979.
THE WORK, INCLUDING STORES, IS ESTIMATED TO COST ABOUT $12 MILLION.
THE MOST RECENT DEVELOPMENT IS THE INVITING OF TENDERS BY THE P.W.D. FOR THE MAJOR WORK ON THE SECOND STAGE OF THE EAST RIVER SUPPLY SYSTEM. THIS INCLUDES PIPELINE AND TUNNELS FROM RIVER INDUS PUMPING STATION TO PLOVER COVE.
THE WORK INVOLVES THE LAYING OF A 2,020 MM TRUNK MAIN ABOUT 4,320 METRES LONG IN TWO SECTIONS, THE CONSTRUCTION OF TWO NEW TUNNELS, AND THE ENLARGEMENT OF A SECTION OF EXISTING PLOVER COVE TUNNEL.
THE P.W.D. SPOKESMAN SAID IT WAS EXPECTED THE WORK WILL BEGIN IN JANUARY AND TAKE ABOUT TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.
A 1,370 MM PIPELINE WAS LAID FROM THE SHAM CHUN RIVER TO MUK WU PUMPING STATION IN 1976 AS FIRST STAGE WORK FOR THE EAST RIVER WATER SUPPLY SCHEME.
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 29, 1978
- 2
LEGAL AID TO DEFENDANTS IN CRIMINAL CASES ******
THE LEGAL AID DEPARTMENT PROVIDED AID TO DEFENDANTS IN 409 CASES TRIED AT DISTRICT COURTS IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR SINCE LEGAL AID WAS EXTENDED TO COVER ALL CRIMINAL CASES IN DISTRICT COURTS ON APRIL 1 THIS YEAR.
A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THIS REPRESENTED A 10 PER CENT INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF CASES IN WHICH LEGAL AID WAS APPLIED FOR COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD LAST YEAR.
♦WE HAVE ABSORBED THIS EXTRA WORKLOAD WITHOUT ANY INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF OUR STAFF,♦ HE SAID.
UNDER THE EXISTING RULES, LEGAL AID IS AVAILABLE SUBJECT TO MEANS TESTED LIMITS OF A MONTHLY DISPOSABLE INCOME OF $1,500 AND A DISPOSABLE CAPITAL OF $10,000 TO DEFENDANTS IN ALL CRIMINAL TRIALS IN THE HIGH COURT AND THE DISTRICT COURTS.
PERSONS CONVICTED AND SENTENCED BY MAGISTRATES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR LEGAL AID IF THEY WISH TO APPEAL TO THE HIGH COURT.
APPEALS FROM THE HIGH COURT AND THE DISTRICT COURTS COME BEFORE THE COURT OF APPEAL AND SIMILARLY LEGAL AID IS AVAILABLE IF THERE ARE ANY VALID GROUNDS FOR APPEAL.
IN ADDITION, LEGAL AID IS AVAILABLE TO PERSONS INVOLVED IN CIVIL PROCEEDINGS IF HIS MONTHLY DISPOSABLE INCOME IS WITHIN THE LIMIT OF $1,000 OR HIS DISPOSABLE CAPITAL, $10,000.
THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT PEOPLE WITH REAL INCOME OR CAPITAL OF MUCH MORE THAN THESE LIMITS OFTEN QUALIFY FOR LEGAL AID BECAUSE THESE LIMITS ARE ARRIVED AT AFTER ALL STATUTORY DEDUCTIONS FROM REAL INCOME AND REAL CAPITAL HAVE BEEN MADE.
THE SPOKESMAN ALSO NOTED THAT LACK OF LEGAL REPRESENTATION IN COURT PROCEEDINGS IS ALMOST NECESSARILY A HARDSHIP AND A HANDICAP.
♦PARTICULARLY IN CIVIL CASE WHERE THERE IS A LOT OF PRE-TRIAL INTERLOCUTORY TECHNICAL PROCEDURES TO BE CARRIED OUT. THESE MATTERS INVOLVE PROFESSIONAL EXPERTISE WHICH FEW LAYMEN CAN HOPE TO DEAL WITH.
♦IF THIS PRE-TRIAL WORK IS DONE PROPERLY YOU MAY WELL HAVE YOUR CASE MORE THAN HALF WON BEFORE THE TRIAL EVEN STARTS,♦ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE GOING RATES OF PRIVATE PRACTITIONERS IN HONG KONG ARE OUT OF THE REACH OF THE MIDDLE-INCOME PEOPLE WHO DO NOT QUALIFY FOR LEGAL AID.
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 29, 1978
3
TO REMEDY THIS SITUATION, THE SPOKESMAN SAID, HONG KONG COULD WELL ADOPT THE +CONTINGENCY FEE + SYSTEM OR THE ■♦LEGAL INSURANCE* SCHEME. BOTH OF THESE SYSTEMS ARE USED SUCCESSFULLY IN THE UNITED STATES AND IN CERTAIN EUROPEAN COUNTRIES.
A CONTINGENCY FEE SYSTEM WOULD HAVE TO BE CAREFULLY SUPERVISED IN ORDER TO PREVENT ABUSE, AND TO RETAIN ETHICAL STANDARDS.
♦ THE CONTINGENCY FEE SYSTEM COULD WELL BE USED, FOR INSTANCE, FOR CIVIL PROCEEDINGS TO RECOVER DAMAGES FOR NEGLIGENCE IN TRAFFIC ACCIDENT CASES. THE APPELLANT WOULD ONLY BE REQUIRED TO PAY A COMPARATIVELY SMALL FEE AS A DEPOSIT TO HIS LAWYER FOR REPRESENTATION.
♦ IF THE CASE WAS WON AND DAMAGES AWARDED, THEN THE SUM SO AWARDED WOULD BE SHARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH PROPORTIONS AS HAD PREVIOUSLY BEEN AGREED BETWEEN THE LAWYER AND THE CLIENT.
♦ A LEGAL FEES INSURANCE SCHEME,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID, ♦COULD BE OPERATED ALONG THE SAME LINES AS INSURANCE FOR MEDICAL FEES - SUCH AS HOSPITAL FEES AND DOCTORS FEES.
♦ IN PRACTICE, THE INSURANCE COMPANIES WHICH PROVIDED SUCH SERVICES COULD DO VERY WELL OUT OF IT FINANCIALLY, AND THE SYSTEM SHOULD ATTRACT A LOT OF CLIENTS ON A MODERATE PREMIUM BASIS,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID.
- - 0 -
INDUSTRIAL BOOM IN TUEN MUN ******
GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AT TUEN MUN ARE COPING WITH A SHORT-TERM PROBLEM THEY THOUGHT THEY WOULD NEVER HAVE TO FACE - A SHORTAGE OF WORKERS BROUGHT ABOUT BY AN INDUSTRIAL BOOM IN THE NEW TOWN.
DURING THE PAST TWO YEARS, 20 MULTI-STOREY FACTORY BUILDINGS HAVE SPRUNG UP IN TUEN MUN. THERE ARE ANOTHER 21 FACTORY BUILDINGS UNDER CONSTRUCTION AND WORK WILL SOON BEGIN ON FOUR MORE.
THE SENIOR ESTATE SURVEYOR OF THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICE, NR. VICTOR LEUNG', SAID TODAY THE RAPID INDUSTRIAL EXPANSION IN THE TOWN HAD CREATED A GREAT DEMAND FOR WORKERS. +THE RESULT IS THAT THERE IS A BIT OF A SHORTAGE, ALTHOUGH NOT ACUTE, AND SOME FACTORY OWNERS ARE BRINGING IN WORKERS FROM OTHER PARTS OF HONG KONG AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.
Abut....
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 29, 1978
4
♦BUT WE DON’T EXPECT TO HAVE THE PROBLEM MUCH LONGER. THE FIRST STAGE OF THE TAI HING ESTATE - WITH ACCOMMODATION FOR SOME 24,000 PEOPLE - HAS NOW BEEN COMPLETED AND WORK HAS STARTED ON THE SECOND STAGE AND ANOTHER ESTATE AT SAM SHING HUI, WHICH WILL HOUSE 22,400 AND 9,000 PEOPLE RESPECTIVELY.♦
BY MID-1980’S, HE SAID, THERE WILL BE A TOTAL OF NINE PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES TO ACCOMMODATE 70 PER CENT OF THE TARGET POPULATION OF NEARLY 500,000 PEOPLE IN THE NEW TOWN.
TO TIDE OVER THE INTERIM SHORTAGE, THE HOUSING AUTHORITY IS OFFERING PRIORITY PUBLIC HOUSING UNITS TO WAITING LIST APPLICANTS WHO HAVE SECURED FULL-TIME JOBS IN TUEN MUN.
MR. LEUNG SAID THERE WERE ALSO PLANS TO BUILD SEVERAL DAY NURSERIES TO PROVIDE A MUCH-NEEDED CHILD CARE SERVICE FOR RESIDENTS OF THE NEW TOWN.
♦THESE NEW FACILITIES WILL HELP EASE THE SHORTAGE TO A CONSIDERABLE EXTENT AS MOTHERS CAN LEAVE THEIR YOUNG CHILDREN TO THE CARE OF THE NURSERIES AND GO OUT TO WORK TO SUPPLEMENT THE FAMILY INCOME.♦
HE POINTED OUT THAT THERE WAS A GROWING DEMAND FOR LAND FROM INDUSTRIALISTS AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE WAS PROVIDING EVERY PIECE OF AVAILABLE LAND TO MEET THE NEED.
♦AND BY THE TIME THE LAND HAS BEEN DEVELOPED, NEW RESIDENTS WILL BE MOVING INTO THE TOWN - PROVIDING WORK FOR THE NEWCOMERS AND A READY-MADE WORKFORCE FOR THE INDUSTRIALISTS,* MR. LEUNG ADDED
HE SAID THAT ABOUT TEN INDUSTRIAL SITES WOULD COME ON TO THE MARKET BEFORE THE END OF NEXT YEAR.
♦THEY WILL BE SOLD EITHER BY AUCTION OR BY TENDER TO HOLDERS OF LAND EXCHANGE ENTITLEMENT DOCUMENTS.♦
THE NEXT SALE WILL BE BY PUBLIC AUCTION - FOR A 4,971-SQUARE-NETRE INDUSTRIAL SITE AND A 693-SQUARE-METRE COMMERCIAL SITE WHICH GO UNDER THE HAMMER AT THE ST. SIMON LUI MING CHOI SECONDARY SCHOOL AT TUEN MUN AT 2.30 P.M. NEXT TUESDAY (OCTOBER 31)
THE LAST PUBLIC AUCTION OF INDUSTRIAL LAND AT TUEN MUN IN JULY THIS YEAR FETCHED A PRICE OF 815.2 MILLION, OR $522 PER SQUARE FOOT.
♦MANY INDUSTRIALISTS STILL FIND LAND IN TUEN MUN COMPARATIVELY CHEAPER, AND THE OPENING OF THE NEW TUEN MUN HIGHWAY HAS BROUGHT THE TOWN MUCH CLOSER TO KOWLOON, TSUEN WAN AND THE KWAI CHUNG CONTAINER PORT,+ MR. LEUNG SAID.
♦IN THE EARLY DAYS, THERE WERE WORRIES THAT TUEN MUN’S DISTANCE FROM THE MAIN URBAN AREAS MIGHT DETER INDUSTRIAL INVESTMENT, BUT DEVELOPERS HAVE SHOWN A GREAT DEAL OF FAR-SIGHTEDNESS 'N COMING TO TUEN MUN.+
--------o-----------
/5
SUNDAY, OCTOBER 29, 1978
- 5 -
LOCAL ROUND IN READINESS FOR COMMONWEALTH ESSAY COMPETITION ******
STUDENTS AGED 19 AND BELOW ARE INVITED TO JOIN THE PRELIMINARY LOCAL ESSAY COMPETITION IN CONNECTION WITH THE ROYAL COMMONWEALTH SOCIETY ESSAY COMPETITION 1978/79.
PRIZE WINNING AND OUTSTANDING ESSAYS IN THE LOCAL ROUND WILL BE SENT TO LONDON FOR THE MAIN COMPETITION, IN WHICH HONG KONG STUDENTS DID VERY WELL IN PAST YEARS.
THE ESSAY COMPETITION IS HELD ANNUALLY BY THE ROYAL COMMONWEALTH SOCIETY TO ENCOURAGE COMMONWEALTH STUDIES IN SCHOOLS.
THE LOCAL ROUND IS SPONSORED BY SIR DOUGLAS CLAGUE, THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY OF THE SOCIETY IN HONG KONG, AND THE HONG KONG GENERAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.
THE COMPETITION WILL BE DIVIDED INTO THREE CLASSES ACCORDING TO AGE GROUPS — CLASS *A+ FOR STUDENTS BETWEEN 16 AND 19- +B+ FOR THOSE BETWEEN 14 AND 16- AND +C+ FOR THOSE UNDER 14.
BOOK-PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE TOP THREE WINNERS IN EACH CLASS OF THE LOCAL COMPETITION WHILE AWARDS TO THE WINNERS OF THE ROYAL COMMONWEALTH SOCIETY ESSAY COMPETITION WILL INCLUDE INTERNATIONAL TRAVEL, MONEY AND BOOK-PRIZES. CERTIFICATES ARE AWARDED IN ALL CLASSES FOR HIGHLY COMMENDED AND COMMENDED ESSAYS.
THE ESSAYS FOR THE LOCAL COMPETITION MUST BE SENT TO THE INFORMATION AND PUBLIC RELATIONS SECTION OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AT LEE GARDENS, HYSAN AVENUE, HONG KONG BEFORE JANUARY 5, 1979.
--------o----------
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN MID-LEVELS WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 31) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE AREA TO BE AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY OLD PEAK ROAD, ROBINSON ROAD FROM GLENEALY TO ALBANY ROAD, AND CONDUIT ROAD FROM OLD PEAK ROAD TO CONDUIT APARTMENT.
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL 5-233191
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GOVERNOR OPENS FIRST ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE ................................................. 1
NEW FIRE STATIONS FOR THEN MUN, SHA TIN AND WONG TAI SIN 3
TAX EXEMPTION RATE ON INTEREST RAISED ...................... 4
LAND SALE IN TUEN MUN....................................... 4
CONTROL BUILDINGS FOR ABERDEEN TUNNEL ..................... 5
PWD AWARDED 3242 MILLION WORTH OF CONTRACTS LAST MONTH . 6
TEMPORARY WATER CHARGES COLLECTION CENTRES IN N.T........ 6
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN CENTRAL ............................ 7
WATER CUT .................................................. 7
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
GOVERNOR OPENS FIRST ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE
******
THE GOVERNOR, SIR MURRAY MACLEHOSE, THIS (MONDAY) EVENING PRAISED THE ROYAL LIFE SAVING SOCIETY’S HONG KONG BRANCH FOR ITS +GREAT+ CONTRIBUTION — OVER 10,000 LIVES HAVE BEEN SAVED SINCE IT WAS ESTABLISHED IN I960.
SIR MURRAY WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE FIRST ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE WHICH IS BEING HELD IN HONG KONG AND ATTENDED BY DELEGATES FROM OTHER BRANCHES OF THE ROYAL LIFE SAVING SOCIETY IN THE COMMONWEALTH.
THE GOVERNOR SAID THE LOCAL LIFE SAVING MOVEMENT STILL CONTINUES TO GO FROM STRENGTH TO STRENGTH AND LAST YEAR NEARLY 10,000 LIFE SAVING PROFICIENCY AWARDS WERE GRANTED TO YOUNG PEOPLE
SIR MURRAY ALSO READ OUT WELL-WISHING MESSAGES FROM HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN, PATRON OF THE ROYAL LIFE SAVING SOCIETY-AND HER ROYAL HIGHNESS PRINCESS ALEXANDRA, THE SOCIETY’S COMMONWEALTH PRESIDENT.
FOLLOWING IS THE FULL TEXT OF THE GOVERNOR’S SPEECH AT THE OPENING OF THE FIRST ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE THIS EVENING:
♦ I HAVE MUCH PLEASURE IN READING OUT TO YOU THE REPLY FROM HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN TO MR. OSCAR BAYLEY’S LETTERs-
+ 'I SINCERELY THANK ALL THE DELEGATES OF THE ROYAL LIFE SAVING SOCIETY, GATHERED TOGETHER IN HONG KONG FROM MANY BRANCHES OF THE SOCIETY IN THE COMMONWEALTH, FOR THEIR KIND MESSAGE OF LOYAL GREETINGS, SENT ON THE OCCASION OF THE FIRST ROYAL LIFE SAVING SOCIETY ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE.
’AS PATRON OF THE SOCIETY, I GREATLY APPRECIATE THIS MESSAGE AND SEND MY BEST WISHES TO ALL CONCERNED FOR A MOST ENJOYABLE AND SUCCESSFUL MEETING.
ELIZABETH R’ +
♦HONG KONG IS HONOURED AND DELIGHTED TO HOST THE FIRST ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE. ON BEHALF OF THE HONG KONG BRANCH I EXTEND TO YOU ALL A WARM WELCOME.
♦THE ROYAL LIFE SAVING SOCIETY’S HONG KONG BRANCH WAS ESTABLISHED WITH THE HELP OF YOUR PREVIOUS GRAND PRESIDENT, THE EARL MOUNTBATTEN OF BURMA IN OCTOBER I960. ITS CONTRIBUTION HAS BEEN GREAT- OVER 10,000 LIVES HAVE BEEN SAVED BY ITS MEMBERS. AND THE LIFE SAVING MOVEMENT STILL CONTINUES TO GO FROM STRENGTH TO STRENGTH AND LAST YEAR NEARLY 10,000 LIFE SAVING PROFICIENCY AWARDS WERE GRANTED TO YOUNG HONG KONG PEOPLE.
/♦I HATS.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
2
+ l HAVE HERE ALSO A MESSAGE FROM YOUR COMMONWEALTH PRESIDENT, HRH PRINCESS ALEXANDRA, WHICH I TAKE PLEASURE IN READING TO YOU:-
+ *THE ROYAL LIFE SAVING SOCIETY HAS BUILT UP OVER 87 YEARS VALUABLE KNOWLEDGE ABOUT TEACHING WATER SAFETY AND RESCUE SKILLS, AND OF LIFEGUARDING, AND THIS CONFERENCE NOW PROVIDES AN IDEAL OPPORTUNITY NOT ONLY TO SHARE EXPERTISE AND EXPERIENCE BUT ALSO TO APPRECIATE THE QUALITY AND SCOPE OF THE GREAT COMPANY OF VOLUNTEERS WHO FORM THE SOCIETY. I AM SURE YOU WILL ENJOY MEETING TOGETHER AND THAT YOUR DISCUSSIONS WILL BE OF REAL BENEFIT TO YOUR VITAL TASK IN YOUR OWN COUNTRIES.
’AS COMMONWEALTH PRESIDENT, I SEND MY WARMEST WISHES TO THE FIRST RLSS ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE AND ALL THOSE VOLUNTEER WORKERS WHO SERVE THE SOCIETY. MAY YOUR EFFORTS CONTINUE TO BE SUCCESSFUL’*-
♦I AM SURE YOUR DISCUSSIONS WILL BE BOTH USEFUL AND INTERESTING AND WISH YOUR CONFERENCE EVERY SUCCESS.
+l NOW HAVE GREAT PLEASURE TO DECLARE THIS FIRST ASIAN PACIFIC LIFE SAVING CONFERENCE OPEN.+
-------o -
/3
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
3 -
DIVISIONAL FIRE STATIONS FOR TUEN MUN, SHA TIN AND WONG TAI SIN *****
THREE NEW DIVISIONAL FIRE STATIONS AND TWO AMBULANCE DEPOTS ARE NOW UNDER CONSTRUCTION IN TUEN MUN, SHA TIN AND WONG TAI SIN TO PROVIDE BETTER AND QUICKER FIRE COVER AND AMBULANCE SERVICES TO THE PUBLIC IN THESE AREAS.
THE FIRE STATIONS ARE ALL OF STANDARD DESIGN. EACH STATION IS THREE STOREYS HIGH AND CONSISTS OF FIVE DOUBLE BAYS FOR TEN APPLIANCES.
IN ADDITION, THERE WILL BE OFFICE ACCOMMODATION, LECTURE ROOM, STAFF QUARTERS, DINING AND RECREATIONAL FACILITIES.
THE AMBULANCE DEPOTS ARE TWO STOREYS HIGH AND EACH IS PROVIDED WITH FOUR AMBULANCE BAYS AND OTHER FACILITIES.
THE FIRE STATION AND AMBULANCE DEPOT IN TUEN MUN ARE LOCATED ON A COMBINED SITE OF ABOUT 5,000 SQUARE METRES AT PUI TO ROAD, SAN HUI.
CONSTRUCTION WORK HAS ALREADY STARTED AND IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN JUNE NEXT YEAR.
IN SHA TIN, CONSTRUCTION OF THE FIRE STATION AND AMBULANCE DEPOT WILL BE COMPLETED BY EARLY 1980. THEY OCCUPY
A 9,000 SQUARE-METRE SITE ADJACENT TO THE SHING MUN RIVER.
A SEPARATE TWO-STOREY BUILDING ON THE SAME SITE WILL ALSO BE BUILT TO PROVIDE OFFICE ACCOMMODATION FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES FIRE COMMAND HEADQUARTERS WHICH IS NOW LOCATED IN PAT HEUNG, YUEN LONG.
THE WONG TAI SIN FIRE STATION IS TO BE BUILT AT THE JUNCTION OF SHA TIN PASS ROAD AND FUNG TAK STREET TO IMPROVE FIRE COVER IN THIS AREA.
THE SITE IS BEING CLEARED FOR PILING WORK AND THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO COMPLETE IN EARLY 1980.
AT PRESENT, FIRE PROTECTION FOR THIS AREA IS GIVEN BY NGAU CHI WAN AND MA TAU CHUNG FIRE STATIONS.
COMMENTING ON THE PROJECTS, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID THAT STATIONS ARE PROVIDED AS DEVELOPMENT TAKES PLACE AND RISK OF FIRE INCREASES.
HE SAID THAT UNDER THE DEPARTMENT’S CONTINUED DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME, A NUMBER OF FIRE STATIONS AND AMBULANCE DEPOTS ARE BEING PLANNED FOR CONSTRUCTION OVER THE NEXT FEW YEARS THROUGHOUT HONG KONG.
------o-------
/4.....
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
TAX EXEMPTION RATE. ON INTEREST RAISED * * * *
A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY (MONDAY) THAT INTEREST PAYABLE BY LICENSED BANKS AND BY THE GOVERNMENT AT RATES OF UP TO 3-1/2 PER CENT PER ANNUM WOULD BE EXEMPTED FROM INTEREST TAX WITH EFFECT FROM TODAY.
THIS REPRESENTS AN INCREASE OF ONE PERCENTAGE POINT IN THE EXEMPTION LIMIT AND FOLLOWS THE ANNOUNCEMENT BY THE EXCHANGE BANKS’ ASSOCIATION LAST THURSDAY THAT THE RATE OF INTEREST PAYABLE ON SAVINGS ACCOUNTS WOULD BE SIMILARLY RAISED TO 3-1/2 PER CENT ALSO WITH EFFECT FROM TODAY.
----o------
TUEN MUN LAND AUCTION * * * K
THE GOVERNMENT IS TO SELL TWO PRIME SITES IN THE FAST GROWING TUEN MUN NEW TOWN AT A PUBLIC AUCTION TO BE HELD AT THE ST. SIMON LUI MING CHOI SECONDARY SCHOOL TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON.
THEY ARE A COMMERCIAL SITE MEASURING 691.3 SQUARE METRES — THE FIRST COMMERCIAL LOT IN TUEN MUN COMING ON TO THE MARKET — AND A 4,971 SQUARE METRE SITE WHICH HAS BEEN EARMARKED FOR INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT.
THE COMMERCIAL SITE, LOCATED RELATIVELY CLOSE TO THE TOWN CENTRE, IS SPECIALLY DESIGNATED FOR MULTI-STOREY COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT AND ITS CONDITIONS OF SALE ALLOW FOR A WIDE VARIETY OF COMMERCIAL USE, SUCH AS A RESTAURANT, SHOPS AND BANKING PREMISES ON THE LOWER FLOORS AND OFFICE SPACES ON UPPER FLOORS.
THE INDUSTRIAL SITE IS AN EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING INDUSTRIAL AREA IN TUEN MUN SAN HUI.
NOTE TO EDITORS!
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE LAND AUCTION WHICH BEGINS AT 2.30 . . AT ST. SIMO' LUI MING CHOI SECONDARY SCHOOL. PRESS TRANS'.'ILL BE PROVIDED. IT WILL LEAVE FROM BEHIND THE TSIM SHA TSUI PC1T OFFICE AT 1.15 P.M.
- - 0 - -
/5
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
- 5 -
WORK ON ABERDEEN TUNNEL CONTROL BUILDINGS TO START SOON * * * * *
WORK WILL START EARLY NEXT MONTH ON THE CONTROL BUILDINGS FOR THE ABERDEEN TUNNEL.
THE CONTRACT FOR THE WORK, WORTH MORE THAN $9 MILLION. WAS SIGNED AT P.W.D.’S HIGHWAYS OFFICE IN MURRAY BUILDING THIS AFTERNOON.
DR. CHOI YU-LEUK, CHIEF ENGINEER OF THE CONSULTANTS MANAGEMENT DIVISION OF THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE, SIGNED FOR THE GOVERNMENT AND MR. VINCENT LO OF SHU I ON CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD. FOR HIS COMPANY.
DR. CHOI SAID THAT THE WORK WOULD CONSIST OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF A THREE-STOREY ADMINISTRATION BUILDING BETWEEN THE SOUTHERN TUNNEL PORTALS AT WONG CHUK HANG, A PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE OVER THE TOLL PLAZA ACROSS THE SOUTHERN APPROACH ROAD AND A SMALL TWO-STOREY CONTROL KIOSK AT THE NORTHERN PORTALS.
HE ADDED THAT THE ADMINISTRATION BUILDING WAS DESIGNED TO BLEND IN PLEASANTLY WITH THE PORTAL STRUCTURES AND THE SURROUNDING
,'LTHE SEC0ND ABERDEEN TUNNEL PROJECT CONTRACT SIGNED i H IN A W E c* •
LAST THURSDAY, THE P.W.D. AWARDED A 357.5 MILLION CONTRACT TO CHUI HING CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD. FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE WONG CHUK HANG INTERCHANGE.
THE $306 MILLION TUNNEL PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN 1980.
THE WORK HAS BEEN DESIGNED AND THE CONSTRUCTION WILL BE SUPERVISED BY MAUNSELL CONSULTANTS ASIA ON BEHALF OF THE HIGHWAYS OFFICE OF P.W.D.
--------o----------
/6
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
- 6 -
PWD AWARDED $242 MILLION WORTH OF CONTRACTS LAST MONTH
X * * *
THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AWARDED 38 CONTRACTS WORTH A TOTAL OF $242 MILLION LAST MONTH (SEPTEMBER).
OF THESE CONTRACTS, 15 WERE AWARDED ON THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE CENTRAL TENDER BOARD AND 23 ON THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT TENDER 'iOARD.
ONE OF THE BIGGEST CONTRACTS WAS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WONG NAI CHUNG GAP ROAD/STUBBS ROAD FLYOVER.
ON COMPLETION IN THE MIDDLE OF 1980, THE $54.6 MILLION FLYOVER SHOULD IMPROVE THE TRAFFIC FLOW AT THE STUBBS ROAD ROUNDABOUT.
OTHER MAJOR ROAD CONTRACTS SIGNED LAST MONTH INCLUDED THE TAI WO TSUEN INTERCHANGE ON CASTLE PEAK ROAD AND THE FIRST STAGE TSUEN WAN BY-PASS.
--------0-----------
TEMPORARY WATER CHARGES COLLECTION CENTRESIN N.T.
*****
THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE WILL SET UP TWO TEMPORARY COLLECTION CENTRES AT FAN LING AND SHEUNG SHU I NEXT WEEK TO FACILITATE PAYMENTS OF WATER CHARGES FOR THE SECOND PERIOD THIS YEAR BY LOCAL RESIDENTS.
A DISTRICT OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (MONDAY) THAT THE TWO CENTRES WILL BE LOCATED AT THE FAN LING RURAL COMMITTEE OFFICE AT LUEN WO HUI AND AT THE SHEUNG SHU I PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRE AT SHEK WU HUI.
♦THE FAN LING CENTRE WILL OPERATE ON NOVEMBER 6 AND 7
WHILE THE SHEUNG SHU I CENTRE WILL RECEIVE PAYMENTS ON NOVEMBER 8,9 AND 10,♦ HE SAID.
AT
♦DURING THIS PERIOD, PAYMENTS OF WATER CHARGES CAN BE MADE THE TWO CENTRES FROM 9 A.M. TO 1 P.M.+
APART FROM THE TWO TEMPORARY COLLECTION CENTRES, THE SPOKESMAN ADDED, THE ACCOUNTS OFFICE OF THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE AT TAI PO MARKET ALSO RECEIVES PAYMENTS TO GOVERNMENT INCLUDING WATER CHARGES.
--------o - -
/7
MONDAY, OCTOBER 30, 1978
7
TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN CENTRAL ft ft ft ft ft
THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THE SECTION OF MAN WA LANE BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND DES VOUEX ROAD CENTRAL WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND, AND THE SECTION OF HILLIER STREET BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND FROM 10 A.M. ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 1) TO FACILITATE TRAFFIC FLOW IN THE AREA.
APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE SET UP TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.
- - 0 - -
WATER CUT ft ft ft ft
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT WATER SUPPLY TO BLOCK 2-6, 11 AND 12 OF KWUN TONG (TSUI PING ROAD) ESTATE WILL BE STOPPED FOR SIX HOURS FROM MIDNIGHT TUESDAY (OCTOBER 31) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
THE DEPARTMENT ALSO ANNOUNCED THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CENTRAL AND MONG KOK WILL BE CUT OFF FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON WEDNESDAY (NOVEMBER 1) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
IN CENTRAL THE AREA BOUNDED BY WING WO STREET, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, AND MAN WA LANE, INCLUDING MARINE DEPARTMENT PIER, WATER FRONT POLICE STATION, WING SING STREET, KWONG YUEN STREET EAST AND WEST, RUMSEY STREET, 1-87 AND 2-44 WING LOK STREET AND 170-252 DES VOUEX ROAD CENTRAL WILL BE WITHOUT WATER FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON WEDNESDAY.
THE AREA IN MONG KOK, BOUNDED BY SHAN TUNG STREET, NATHAN ROAD, ARGYLE STREET AND CANTON ROAD, INCLUDING NELSON STREET, RECLAMATION STREET, SHANGHAI STREET AND PORTLAND STREET WILL HAVE NO WATER SUPPLY FOR SIX HOURS FROM WEDNESDAY MIDNIGHT
_ - 0 - -
DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN
ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-233191
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 31, 1978
CONTENTS PAGE NO.
GOVERNMENT PREPARED TO IMPLEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS IN GOLDEN JUBILEE FINAL REPORT ................................ 1
LEGCO DEBATE ............................................... 2
CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRE WELL USED ....................... 3
USD OFFICES IN NT MOVE.................................... 4
PROJECTOR DONATION TO FISHERMEN’S SCHOOLS .................. 4
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE AT HANG HAU.................. 5
WATER CUT................................................. 5
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 31, 1978 •
1
GOVERNMENT PREPARED TO IMPLEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS IN GOLDEN JUBILEE FINAL REPORT * * * *
THE GOVERNMENT IS PREPARED TO IMPLEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS MADE IN THE FINAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE OF ENQUIRY INTO THE PRECIOUS BLOOD GOLDEN JUBILEE SECONDARY SCHOOL PUBLISHED TODAY.
THE COMMITTEE OF ENQUIRY WAS APPOINTED LAST MAY TO RECOMMEND MEASURES THAT SHOULD BE TAKEN TO AVOID A RECURRENCE OF A SIMILAR STATE OF AFFAIRS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR.
FOLLOWING THE RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY THE COMMITTEE OF ENQUIRY IN ITS INTERIM REPORT PUBLISHED IN JULY, A NEW SCHOOL, THE NG YUK SCHOOL, HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED IN ADDITION TO THE ST. TERESA’S SCHOOL NOW OPERATING IN THE PREMISES OF THE FORMER PRECIOUS BLOOD GOLDEN JUBILEE SECONDARY SCHOOL.
COMMENTING ON THE RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE FINAL REPORT, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID THEY WERE GENERALLY ACCEPTABLE AND MEASURES WOULD BE TAKEN TO IMPLEMENT THEM, SUBJECT TO ANY ADVICE OF THE BOARD OF EDUCATION THAT MIGHT BE NECESSARY AND THE VOTING CF ANY NECESSARY FUNDS BY THE FINANCE COMMITTEE.
THE REPORT LISTED AMONG ITS RECOMMENDATIONS THE NEED TO IMPROVE CHANNELS OF -COMMUNI CAT I ON BETWEEN TEACHING STAFF AND SCHOOL MANAGEMENT, BETWEEN TEACHING STAFF AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, AND BETWEEN HEADS OF SCHOOLS AND THAT DEPARTMENT.
THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT HAD ALREADY GIVEN MUCH THOUGHT TO WAYS OF IMPROVING CHANNELS OF COMMUNICATION AND HAD PUT FORWARD SPECIFIC PROPOSALS TO ALL SCHOOL COUNCILS IN JUNE THIS YEAR.
ON THE RECOMMENDATION TO STRENGTHEN THE CAPABILITY OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT TO RESPOND TO GRIEVANCES, PROPOSALS WOULD ALSO BE MADE SOON.
EXTENSIVE CONSULTATION WOULD BE REQUIRED ON THE OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS IN THE REPORT, ESPECIALLY ON THE ROLES OF SCHOOL SUPERVISORS, MANAGERS, PRINCIPALS AND TEACHERS AND ON THE GREATER INVOLVEMENT OF PARENTS IN SCHOOLS AFFAIRS.
+THE GOVERNMENT REAFFIRMS ITS BELIEF IN THE SYSTEM OF AIDED SCHOOLS AS THE PRINCIPAL MEANS OF PROVIDING PUBLIC EDUCATION IN HONG KONG,+ THE SPOKESMAN SAID, +AND REMAINS CONFIDENT THAT PARTICIPATING BODIES AND INDIVIDUALS ARE SUFFICIENTLY ADAPTABLE AND ALIVE TO THE GROWING NEEDS OF YOUNG PEOPLE IN A WIDE VARIETY OF SCHOOLS. +
IN PUBLISHING THE FINAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE OF ENQUIRY, THE GOVERNMENT TAKES THE OPPORTUNITY TO THANK THE MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE FOR COMPLETING THEIR TASK WITH EXEMPLARY ENERGY AND DEVOTION.
+THE RESULT OF THEIR UNSTINTED LABOUR IS A PENETRATING AND THOUGHT-PROVOKING DOCUMENT WHICH DESERVES WIDE RECOGNITION BOTH FOR ITS SCRUPULOUS FAIRNESS AND FOR ITS POSITIVE RECOMMENDATIONS AIMED AT PREVENTING THE RECURRENCE OF SIMILAR SITUATIONS,+ HE ADDED.
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 31, 1978
2
LEGCO DEBATE
* * * *
A TWO-DAY DEBATE ON THE MOTION OF THANKS FOR THE GOVERNOR’S ADDRESS TO BE MOVED BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, THE HON. JACK CATER, WILL BEGIN IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
A TOTAL OF 17 UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL SPEAK ON THE MOTION TOMORROW AND ON THURSDAY.
LEADING OFF THE DEBATE TOMORROW WILL BE SENIOR UNOFFICIAL MEMBER, THE HON. OSWALD CHEUNG, FOLLOWED BY THE HON. JAMES WU, THE HON. HILTON CHEONG-LEEN, THE HON. LI FOOK-WO, DR. THE HON. HARRY FANG, THE HON. T.S. LO, THE HON. FRANCIS TIEN, THE HON. ALEX WU AND THE REV. THE HON. JOYCE M. BENNETT.
ON THURSDAY, ANOTHER EIGHT UNOFFICIAL MEMBERS WILL SPEAK ON THE MOTION. THEY ARE THE HON. LYDIA DUNN, THE HON. WONG LAM, DR. THE HON. RAYSON HUANG, THE HON. CHARLES YEUNG, DR. THE HON. HO KAM-FAI, THE HON. ALLEN LEE, THE HON. DAVID NEWBIGGING AND THE HON. ANDREW SO.
FOUR SESSIONAL PAPERS WILL BE TABLED IN THE COUNICL. THEY ARE THE INCOME AND EXPENDITURE ACCOUNT OF THE SAMARITAN FUND FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1978- THE HALF-YEARLY ECONOMIC REPORT 1978 THE ANNUAL REPORT OF THE URBAN COUNCIL 1977-78- AND THE STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AND STATEMENT OF REVENUE AND EXPENDITURE OF THE URBAN COUNCIL FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1978.
0------
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 31, 1978
3
CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRE WELL USED
* * *
HONG KONG’S FIRST CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRE, WHICH WAS SET UP BY THE YOUTH EMPLOYMENT ADVISORY SERVICE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT LAST MONTH, IS PROVIDING USEFUL GUIDANCE TO YOUNG PEOPLE IN PLANNING THEIR CAREERS.
DURING THE FIRST MONTH OF ITS OPERATION, ABOUT 400 PEOPLE CALLED AT THE CENTRE ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF MA TAU KOK ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES FOR CAREERS INFORMATION.
THE LABOUR OFFICER IN CHARGE OF THE CENTRE, MRS. ANGELA HO, SAID MOST OF THE CALLERS ARE SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS ABOUT TO FINISH THEIR STUDIES.
+THIS IS VERY GOOD BECAUSE IT SHOWS THAT STUDENTS TODAY ARE MORE CONCERNED WITH THE WORLD OF WORK AND THEIR FUTURE CAREERS,* MRS. HO SAID.
SHE POINTED OUT THAT MANY OF THE STUDENTS WHO CALL AT THE CENTRE ALREADY HAVE A CAREER TARGET IN THEIR MIND AND WHAT THEY WANT IS UP-TO-DATE JOB INFORMATION ON THAT PARTICULAR FIELD.
+SOME ARE UNCERTAIN ABOUT THEIR FUTURE CAREERS AND THEY COME HERE TO SEEK ADVICE AND GUIDANCE IN SELECTING THEIR CAREERS ON LEAVING SCHOOL,* SHE ADDED.
MRS. HO SAID STUDENTS ARE ENCOURAGED TO VISIT THE CENTRE, WHICH HAS A COLLECTION OF ABOUT 800 TITLES OF REFERENCE MATERIAL ON CAREERS AND RELATED SUBJECTS AS WELL AS AUDIO-VISUAL FACILITIES SUCH AS CAREERS FILMS, SLIDES AND CASSETTE TAPE RECORDINGS. THEY ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION BY THE CALLERS FREE OF CHARGE.
THE CENTRE IS OPEN FROM 9 A.M. TO 5.30 P.M. ON WEEKDAYS AND FROM 9 A.M. TO NOON ON SATURDAY.
+WE ARE CONSIDERING TO EXTEND OUR OPENING HOURS ON SATURDAY SO THAT MORE STUDENTS CAN MAKE USE OF OUR FACILITIES,* W?S. HO SAID.
THE CAREERS INFORMATION CENTRE IS A PILOT SCHEME UNDERTAKEN BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND IT WILL BE REVIEWED FROM TIME TO TIME WITH THE ULTIMATE AIM OF PROVIDING THIS NEW SERVICE IN OTHER AREAS IN THE FUTURE.
-------0---------
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 31, 1978
4
USD OFFICES IN NT MOVE ******
THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT THE ADMINISTRATION, ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE, RECREATION AND AMENITIES AND PEST CONTROL SECTIONS OF ITS SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICE, NOW LOCATED AT MEI TAK BUILDING, FIRST FLOOR, 1-17 KWONG FUK ROAD, TAI PO, THE NEW TERRITORIES, WILL MOVE TO TING KOK BUILDING, TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO, TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
BUSINESS IN CONNECTION WITH THE ABOVE SECTIONS WILL BE HANDLED AT THE NEW PREMISES WITH EFFECT FROM THURSDAY, (NOVEMBER 2).
THE TELEPHONE NUMBER FOR COMPLAINTS OR ENQUIRIES WILL BE 12-663515.
MEANWHILE, THE CLEANSING AND HAWKERS AND MARKETS SECTIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT’S TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE AT BLOCK ’B’ AND BLOCK ’D’, TING KOK BUILDING, GROUND FLOOR, TING KOK ROAD, TAI PO, WILL MOVE TO MEI TAK BUILDING, FIRST FLOOR, 1-17 KWONG FUK ROAD, TAI PO, ON THE SAME DATE.
------o-------
PROJECTOR DONATION TO FISHERMEN’S SCHOOLS
*'-* *****
THE AMERICAN WOMEN’S ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG WILL PRESENT A 16 MM SOUND PROJECTOR TO THE FISHERMEN’S CHILDREN’S SCHOOLS TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).
THE PRESENTATION WILL BE MADE BY MRS. CHARLES P. LEE, CHAIRMAN OF THE EDUCATION AND SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE OF THE ASSOCIATION, TO THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES, bR. TED NICHOLS, WHO WILL RECEIVE THE GIFT ON BEHALF OF THE FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION.
NOTE TO EDITORS*
YOU ARE INVITED TO SEND A REPRESENTATIVE TO COVER THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY AT ROOM 1401, AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, 14TH FLOOR, CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 393 CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON, AT 10 A.M. TOMORROW.
-----0------
/5
TUESDAY, OCTOBER 31, 1978
- 5 -
REGISTRATION TEAM TO OPERATE AT HANG HAU
******
THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS OFFICE WILL CONDUCT REGISTRATIONS AT HANG HAU RURAL COMMITTEE’S OFFICE FOR THREE DAYS FROM NOVEMBER 6.
REGISTRATIONS WILL BE CARRIED OUT BETWEEN 9.30 A.M. AND
4.30 P.M. ON THESE DAYS.
THE VISIT IS TO ENABLE PARENTS AND GUARDIANS TO REGISTER THEIR CHILDREN AND WARDS BETWEEN 11 AND 17 YEARS OF AGE FOR JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS AND HOLDERS OF JUVENILE IDENTITY CARDS TO REGISTER FOR ADULT IDENTITY CARDS ON REACHING 18 YEARS OF AGE.
ALL PERSONS LIVING IN THIS AREA ARE REMINDED OF THEIR RESPONSIBILITY TO REGISTER THEMSELVES AND THEIR CHILDREN FOR IDENTITY CARDS AND TO REPORT CHANGES OF EMPLOYMENT OR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESSES, MARITAL STATUS, OR ANY OTHER PARTICULARS WHICH HAVE CHANGED SINCE REGISTERING FOR THEIR IDENTITY CARDS.
-------o---------
WATER CUT * * *
THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY THAT FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO A NUMBER OF PREMISES IN CENTRAL AND TSZ WAN SHAN WILL BE STOPPED FOR SEVERAL HOURS ON THURSDAY (NOVEMBER 2) TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.
IN CENTRAL, THE AREA BOUNDED BY THE NORTH SIDE OF WING LOK STREET, THE WEST SIDE OF HILLIER STREET, CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL, THE EAST SIDE OF MORRISON STREET, INCLUDING MACAU FERRY WHARF, AND 233-321 AND 254-320 DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL WILL BE WITHOUT WATER SUPPLY FOR SEVEN HOURS FROM 11 P.M. ON THURSDAY.
THE AREA IN TSZ WAN SHAN, BOUNDED BY TSZ WAN SHAN ROAD, WAN WAH STREET AND SHEUNG FUNG STREET, INCLUDING BLOCK NOS. 17 TO 32, TSZ WAN SHAN ESTATE, WILL HAVE NO WATER SUPPLY FOR SIX HOURS FROM THURSDAY MIDNIGHT.
-------o----------